Professional Documents
Culture Documents
19852011NemetschekVectorworks,Incorporated.All RightsReserved. NemetschekVectorworks,Inc.,hereafterreferredtoas NemetschekVectorworks,anditslicensorsretainall ownershiprightstotheMiniCADVectorworks computerprogramandallothercomputerprogramsas wellasdocumentationofferedbyNemetschek Vectorworks.UseofNemetschekVectorworkssoftwareis governedbythelicenseagreementaccompanyingyour originalmedia.Thesourcecodeforsuchsoftwareisa confidentialtradesecretofNemetschekVectorworks.You maynotattempttodecipher,decompile,developor otherwisereverseengineerNemetschekVectorworks software.Informationnecessarytoachieve interoperabilitywiththissoftwaremaybefurnished uponrequest.
Macintosh,QuickDraw3D,QuickTime,andQuartz2D areregisteredtrademarksofAppleComputer,Inc. MicrosoftandWindowsareregisteredtrademarksofthe MicrosoftCorporationintheUnitedStatesandother countries. Adobe,AdobePDFLibrary,AdobeAIR,andtheAdobe logoaretrademarksofAdobeSystemsIncorporated. ParasolidisaregisteredtrademarkofSiemensProduct LifecycleManagementSoftwareInc. CINEMA4DisaregisteredtrademarkofMAXON ComputerGmbH,MAXONComputerInc.andMAXON ComputerLtd. SpaceNavigatorisatrademarkof3Dconnexion. OpenEXRisatrademarkofLucasfilm,Ltd. ACISandSATareregisteredtrademarksofSpatial Corporation. TheForboflooringtexturesarebasedontextures suppliedbyForboHoldingS.A. Theshaderappendixcontainscontent,copyright MAXONComputerGmbH,MAXONComputerInc.and MAXONComputerLtd.Allrightsreserved.Reprinted withpermission. TheRenderworksCameratoolwasdevelopedbyJulian Carr,OzCAD,Sydney,Australia. Allotherbrandorproductnamesaretrademarksor registeredtrademarksoftheirrespectivecompaniesor organizations. ForDefenseAgencies:RestrictedRightsLegend.Use, reproduction,ordisclosureissubjecttorestrictionsset forthinsubparagraph(c)(1)(ii)oftheRightsofTechnical DataandComputerSoftwareclauseat252.2277013. Forcivilianagencies:RestrictedRightsLegend.Use, reproduction,ordisclosureissubjecttorestrictionsset forthinsubparagraphs(a)through(d)ofthecommercial ComputerSoftwareRestrictedRightsclauseat52.22719. Unpublishedrightsreservedunderthecopyrightlawsof theUnitedStates.Thecontractor/manufactureris NemetschekVectorworks,Incorporated,7150Riverwood Drive,Columbia,MD,21046,USA.
Contributions
ContributionswereprovidedbyBiplabSarkar,Dave Donley,WesGardner,EricGilbey,GuntherMiller,Don Ward,andTimConnors. SplashscreendesignedbyKathleenRyland.Product iconsdesignedbyStephanMnninghoff.
Table of Contents
Preface ...........................................................................................................................................................i
Installing Vectorworks Products................................................................................................................................i Updating Vectorworks Products............................................................................................................................... ii New Features.......................................................................................................................................................... iii Learning Vectorworks ............................................................................................................................................. xi Technical Support and Training .............................................................................................................................xiii Vectorworks Service Select .................................................................................................................................. xiv
1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................1
Understanding Vectorworks.....................................................................................................................................1 The Fundamentals Workspace ................................................................................................................................4 The View Bar ...........................................................................................................................................................7 Palettes and Tool Sets.............................................................................................................................................9 Palette Layout Options...........................................................................................................................................10 List Box Functionality .............................................................................................................................................14 Additional Key Functionality...................................................................................................................................15 Screen Tips............................................................................................................................................................15 Object Editing Mode...............................................................................................................................................16 Setting Vectorworks Preferences...........................................................................................................................17 Setting Document Preferences ..............................................................................................................................28 Setting Quick Preferences .....................................................................................................................................33 Context Menus.......................................................................................................................................................34
ii
| Table of Contents Exiting Vectorworks ...............................................................................................................................................51 Drawing Techniques ..............................................................................................................................................51 Undoing and Redoing Actions ...............................................................................................................................52 Moving Around.......................................................................................................................................................53 Selecting Objects ...................................................................................................................................................58 Setting Up the Drawing ..........................................................................................................................................71 Setting Default Object Attributes............................................................................................................................80 Creating Templates................................................................................................................................................80 Printing...................................................................................................................................................................81 Using Drawing Tablets...........................................................................................................................................86
Table of Contents |
iii
Creating New Symbols ........................................................................................................................................175 Inserting Symbols ................................................................................................................................................178 Editing Symbols ...................................................................................................................................................183 Record Formats ...................................................................................................................................................191 Global Symbol Commands ..................................................................................................................................199
6 Creating Objects.....................................................................................................................................207
Vectorworks Modeling Environment....................................................................................................................207 Using the Data Bar...............................................................................................................................................209 Creating Lines......................................................................................................................................................213 Creating Rectangles ............................................................................................................................................218 Creating Rounded Rectangles.............................................................................................................................221 Creating Circles ...................................................................................................................................................223 Creating Ovals .....................................................................................................................................................227 Creating Arcs .......................................................................................................................................................229 Creating Quarter Arcs ..........................................................................................................................................234 Creating Polylines ................................................................................................................................................234 Creating Triangles ...............................................................................................................................................241 Creating 2D Polygons ..........................................................................................................................................242 Creating 3D Polygons ..........................................................................................................................................249 Closing and Opening Polygons and Polylines .....................................................................................................249 Creating Spheres .................................................................................................................................................251 Creating Hemispheres .........................................................................................................................................252 Creating Cones ....................................................................................................................................................253 Creating Loci........................................................................................................................................................255
iv
| Table of Contents Duplicating Objects ..............................................................................................................................................273 Smoothing Objects...............................................................................................................................................279 Composing and Decomposing Objects and Surfaces .........................................................................................280 Selecting Connected Objects...............................................................................................................................281 Locking and Unlocking Objects............................................................................................................................282 Rotating Objects ..................................................................................................................................................282 Mirroring Objects..................................................................................................................................................286 Converting Objects ..............................................................................................................................................289 Grouping Objects .................................................................................................................................................291 Aligning and Distributing Objects .........................................................................................................................292 Compressing Images ...........................................................................................................................................295 Tracing Bitmaps ...................................................................................................................................................296
Table of Contents |
10 Advanced 3D Modeling........................................................................................................................393
3D Power Pack Fundamentals ............................................................................................................................393 Creating NURBS Curves .....................................................................................................................................400 NURBS Surfaces .................................................................................................................................................402 Extracting Geometry ............................................................................................................................................420 NURBS Surface-curve Interaction .......................................................................................................................422 Creating Helix-Spirals ..........................................................................................................................................432 Creating Contours................................................................................................................................................434 Solids Operations.................................................................................................................................................434 Converting to Generic Solids ...............................................................................................................................443
vi
| Table of Contents Inserting and Editing Symbols Within a Wall .......................................................................................................509 Creating Columns ................................................................................................................................................520 Creating Simple Stairs .........................................................................................................................................522
Table of Contents |
vii
viii
| Table of Contents
20 Worksheets ...........................................................................................................................................833
Creating Worksheets ...........................................................................................................................................833 Using Worksheets................................................................................................................................................837 Entering Data in Spreadsheet Cells.....................................................................................................................851 Entering Data in Database Rows.........................................................................................................................857 Worksheet Functions ...........................................................................................................................................861 Importing Worksheets ..........................................................................................................................................868 Exporting Worksheets..........................................................................................................................................869 Worksheets as Graphic Objects ..........................................................................................................................870
Table of Contents |
ix
Index .........................................................................................................................................................927
| Table of Contents
Preface
WelcometoVectorworksFundamentalssoftwareaCADprogramthatincludesallthe2Dand3Dtoolsand technologyyouneedinoneeasytouse,costeffectivepackage.Inadditiontoprecisiondrafting,itprovidespowerful toolsfor3Dmodelingthatcanbeusedtocreate,present,andevenmanufacturedesigns.Builtindatabaseand worksheetcapabilitieshelptrackcostsandmaterials.Ahostofimportandexportformatsmakesiteasytosharefiles. TheVectorworksFundamentalsproductalsoincludesextensivesymbollibraries,defaultdrawingresources,anda builtinscriptingenvironmentthatcanbeusedtoautomateroutinetasks.
ii
| Preface
ThelistofEnabledProductsintheSerialNumbersdialogboxdisplaysallproductsenabledbythisserial number.Forsecurity,serialnumbersthatbeginwiththeletterAarepartiallyhiddenwherevertheydisplayin Vectorworks. 5. Onlyoneserialnumbercanbeappliedatatime.Whentheserialnumberisset,clickDone.
Network Protection
WhenyourunmultiplecopiesoftheVectorworksprogramacrossanetwork,serialnumbersarecheckedwhenthe programislaunched,andalsoperiodicallythroughoutthesession. Ifthesameserialnumberisfoundtobeinuse,theAllSerialNumbersInUsedialogboxopens.Fromthisdialogbox, clickUserInformationtodisplaytheUserName,ifgiven,andtheIPaddressoftheotherlocation.ClickEdit Numberstodeletetheexistingserialnumberandenteranewone.Oncethesituationisresolved,clickRetry Numberstoregainaccesstotheprogram.Iftheserialnumberisstillinuseafterthreeattempts,theprogram automaticallyshutsdown.
New Features |
iii
New Features
ThisreleaseincludesmanynewfeaturesandsignificantenhancementstotheVectorworksFundamentalsand Renderworksproducts,andtotheFundamentalsworkspace,asdescribedinthefollowingsections.
Feature
ContextsensitivehelpandPDF files Twonewquickpreference buttons
Purpose
TheVectorworkshelpsystem,keyboard shortcutfile,andPDFfileshavebeenupdated toreflectversion2012functionality TheShowGridandShowPageBoundary optionsarenowavailableforeasyaccess fromtheQuickPreferencesmenuontheTool bar Libraryfileswhichcanonlybeusedwith specificDesignSeriesproductsarenow clearlyidentifiedasfingerprinted Anewstatisticisnowavailableforlistingthe numberoffilesthatwerenotprocessed duringthebatchconversionprocessdueto beingdamaged Duringazoomoperation,thenormal appearanceofthedrawingismaintainedin mostcases,resultinginimprovedand accuratezooming WhentheSelectiontoolisactive,thenew CoincidentSelectionkey(Jbydefault)or SelectCoincidentObjectscommand identifiesandallowsselectionofoneormore objectswhoseedgesorpointsarecoincident. ThenewXrayFillsModekey(theBkeyby default)allowsyoutoseeandselectobjects thatarehiddenbehind2Dobjectsthathavea fill
Location
Notapplicable
SettingQuickPreferenceson page 33
Fingerprintimprovements
NewBatchConvertstatistic
Improvedzooming
Zoomingonpage 54
Coincidentobjectselection
CoincidentObjectSelection onpage 61
XrayFillsmode
XrayFillsModeonpage 62
iv
| Preface
Purpose
TheInteractiveAppearanceSettingsdialog boxnowhasoptionstosetthebackground colorsindividuallyforsheetlayers,design layersinTop/Planview,anddesignlayersin 3Dviews. Ifablackbackgroundisinuse,the backgroundwillstillalwaysbeblack,butthe settingsforthevariousinteractivedrawing elementscannowbecustomized.
Feature
Drawingenvironment backgroundoptions
Location
ConfiguringInteractive Displayonpage 65
Usingdashes,classnamescannowbe designatedwithuptofourlevelsofhierarchy Whensavingviewsoreditingsavedviews, theRenderSettingsparameterhasbeen renamedtoSaveRenderModeandOptions, tobemoreclear Whenpastingalayerplaneobjectfromthe clipboardintoasymboldefinition,anew optionallowstheobjecttobeassignedtothe screenplaneforcorrectrepresentationin2D view Wheneditingpagebased(green)symbols, theeditingwindowisautomaticallysettoa 1:1scaleforeasyediting.Otherobjectsinthe editingwindowthatarenotata1:1scaleare stillvisible,butarenotsnappable. Previously,thelengthofafieldnameina recordformatwaslimitedto20characters; now,thelimithasbeenextendedto63 characters Previously,thelengthofatextfieldina recordformatwaslimitedto255characters; thetextlengthisnowunlimited Toassistwithdrawingin3Dwithcertain drawingtools,anautomaticworkingplane appearsonsuitableobjectsurfacesasthe cursormovesoverdrawingobjectswiththe toolselected.Simplyselectatoolandclickto createobjectsonany3Dsurface.The automaticworkingplanegreatlyimproves andspeedsup3Ddrawingworkflows;2D drawingworkflowsremainunchanged. Anewmodeforplanartoolsallowsgeometry tobeextrudedimmediatelyaftercreation
Planarobjectsupportfor symbolediting
EditingSymbolsonpage 183
Editingpagebasedsymbols
Removalof20characterlimit forrecordfieldnames
Push/pullmodeforplanartools
Purpose
ThefollowingtoolsnowhaveeasyToolbar accesstosettings: DoubleLine DoubleLinePolygon RegularPolygon MovebyPoints Connect/Combine Fillet Chamfer ChamferEdge FilletEdge
Location
CreatingDoubleLineson page 215,DoubleLine PolygonToolonpage 247, Regular(Equalsided) Polygononpage 248,Moving ObjectsbyClickingon page 265,Connect/Combine Toolonpage 326,FilletTool onpage 335,ChamferToolon page 337,ModifyingEdgesby Chamferingonpage 438, ReshapingEdgesbyFilleton page 439,ConnectingRoof Facesonpage 475,Moving SymbolsinWallswiththeMove byPointsToolonpage 514 CreatingPolylineson page 234,ConvertingPolyline VerticesfromArctoRadiuson page 309,SmoothingObjects onpage 279,andPolyline Parametersonpage 261
Polylinearcediting improvements
Anewpolylineradiusvertex,createdbythe TangentArcandPointonArcmodes,ismuch easiertoreshapethanarcvertices.Thenew contextmenucommand,ConvertArcto RadiusPolyline,convertsthearcverticesofa polyline(orpathpolyline)toradiusvertices, totakeadvantageoftheeasierediting.The newsmoothingcommand,Radius Smoothing,similarlyusesradiusverticesto smoothapolylineorNURBScurve. WhenyouusetheUngroupcommandonan objectthathasrecordsattachedtoit,younow havetheoptiontodiscardtherecordsor transferthemtotheungroupedobjects The2DReshapetooland3DReshapetool havebeencombinedintoasingleReshape tool,availablefromtheBasicpalette.The currentlyselectedobject(s)andtheview determinethereshapefunctionalityavailable, makingitmucheasiertoreshapeobjects. IntheMoveVertexmodeoftheReshapetool, severalverticesofaNURBScurvecanbe selectedbypressingtheShiftkeyorcreatinga marquee TheOffsettoolhasanewpreferencetoClose OpenCurves;whenselected,linesaredrawn atbothendsoftheoriginalandoffsetobjects, tocreateaclosedshape
Preserverecordsduring ungroupoperation
Ungroupingonpage 291
UnifiedReshapetool
Reshapingmultipleverticesof NURBScurves
Createclosedshapesfromopen curvesusingtheOffsettool
vi
| Preface
Purpose
Nowyoucanformatcallouttextbefore placementfromtheCalloutPreferences dialogbox,androtatecallouttexttoaspecific anglebeforeorafterplacement. NewoptionscandrawatangenttoaNURBS curve,ordrawanormaltoaNURBSsurface Thestartingandendingpeaksofwalls(top andbottom)canbeadjustedindependently, withoutaffectingtheoverallwallheight.This isusefulwhenreshapingwalls,when adjustingwallswiththeFitWallstoRoof command(VectorworksArchitectrequired), andwhenwallcomponentsdonotfollow wallpeaks. Anewoptionwhencreatingtilefills automaticallyscalesandrotatesthemwithin walls,whichisextremelyusefulforcreating insulationfillsforwallsandwallandslab components Anewcontextmenumakesiteasytocreatea newhatchortiledefinitionfromalocally editedhatchortile Fordesignlayersandviewportsthatuse hiddenlinerendering,thenewoption GenerateIntersectingLineswillgenerate lineswheresurfacesintersect Thedimensioningtoolsnowcansensethe3D featuresunderthecursor,toimprove3D dimensioningworkflows Thevisibilityofviewportcropobjectsisnow controlledbytheCropVisiblesettingonthe ObjectInfopalette.Previously,thevisibility wascontrolledbychangingthecropobjects attributes,orbychangingthecropobjects classvisibilityintheviewportsettings.
Feature
Calloutimprovements
Location
CreatingaCalloutObjecton page 371
Automaticallyscalingand rotatingtilefills
DefiningTilesonpage 548
Dimensioning3Dfeatures
Dimensioningonpage 709
CropVisiblecheckboxon ObjectInfopalette
PropertiesofSheetLayer Viewportsonpage 766inthis guide;intheDesignSeries UsersGuide,Propertiesof DesignLayerViewportson page 696,PropertiesofSheet LayerSectionViewportson page 711,andPropertiesof DesignLayerSection Viewportsonpage 715 ExportingFilesonpage 791
vii
Purpose
ImagefillscannowbeexportedasDXF/ DWGclippedimages;previously,image fillswereexportedassolidtypehatches ClippedDXF/DWGimagesnowimportas clippedpolygonswithimagefills; previously,clippedimageswouldbecome unclippeduponimport
Location
DXFandDWGFileFormats onpage 803
Supportforversion2012DXF/ DWGfilesforbothimportand export Supportfortransparencyofall DXF/DWGentitiesduring importandexport SaveDXF/DWGexportoptions Optiontoexportonlyselected objectsduringDXF/DWG export
OntheDXFDWGExportOptionsdialogbox, thereisnowaversion2011/2012option TransparencywasaddedwithDXF/DWG version2011;thispropertyisnowsupported duringbothimportofDXF/DWGentitiesand exportofVectorworksentities Multiplesetsofexportoptionscannowbe savedandreusedwhennecessary. OntheDXFDWGExportOptionsdialogbox, anewoptionwillExportOnlySelected Objects;previouslytheVectorworksprogram exportedallobjectsthatwerevisibleinthe selectedportionsofthedrawing. OntheDXFDWGExportOptionsdialogbox, theExportHatchesoptionnowcontrolsthe exportofhatchfills;previously,hatcheswere alwaysexported. IfyousaveasetofoptionsfromtheDXF DWGImportOptionsdialogbox,any mappingsyoucreatedontheMapLine WeightstoColorsdialogboxarenowsaved also;previously,thelineweightmappings werenotkeptwiththeothersavedsettings.
Optiontoexporthatches duringDXF/DWGexport
Savelineweightmappings duringDXF/DWGimport
viii
| Preface
Purpose
OntheDXFDWGImportOptionsdialogbox, theIgnoreBlockClippingoptionimportsa clippedblockasanormalscaledorunscaled Vectorworkssymbol.Bydefault,theoptionis deselected,andaclippedblockisimportedas acroppeddesignlayerviewport(ifDesign Seriesisinstalled)orasacroppedlayerlink. Previously,asetofdatabasesubrowsina worksheetwaslimitedtothreesortandthree summaryoperators.Nowupto20sortsand anunlimitednumberofsummariesare allowed. Previously,thelengthofatextblockina worksheetcellwaslimitedto255characters; thetextlengthisnowunlimited Severalworksheetfunctionsthatdidnot returnvaluesintheexpecteddocumentunits havebeenreplacedwithnewversions.Each oldfunctionhasbeenrenamedtothesame namewitha_Legacysuffix(asin Area_Legacy).Thelegacyfunctionsno longerappearintheinterface,butexisting worksheetsthatusethefunctionswillstill workproperly.Thefollowingfunctionsare affected: Area,BotBound,LeftBound,Length, Perim,RightBound,SurfaceArea, TopBound,Volume,Xcenter,Ycenter, Zcenter Additionally,thefollowingfunctionswere removedbecausetheybecameredundant: CriteriaArea,CriteriaSurfaceArea, CriteriaVolume
Feature
NewoptionforimportofDXF/ DWGclippedblocks
Location
ObjectsTabonpage 830
Newsearchcriteria
ix
Purpose
Viewportvisibilityresetsarenowthreetoten timesfaster;thiswillbeparticularly noticeableincomplexfileswithnumerous viewports.Abroadrangeoffunctionsinthe Vectorworksapplicationareaffected, includingzooming,panning,switching layers,openingandsavingfiles,editing groups;andupdatingofviewports,plugin objects,andreferencedobjects. Theworksheetdatastructurewasrevisedto allowforfeatureimprovementsinthisand futureversions The3DModelingtoolsethasbeen streamlined,withthefollowingtools removed: SymbolInsertiontool(nowlocatedin Basicpaletteonly) Reshapetool(locatedinBasicpaletteonly) NURBSCircletool NURBSArctool ExtrudedRectangletool ExtrudedPolygontool Cylindertool
Location
Notapplicable
Notapplicable
Variouslocations
Toolpalettescocoaconversion
Notapplicable
Contentfor2012
Notapplicable
| Preface
Feature
AttributeMappingtool improvements
Purpose
VariouschangestotheAttributeMapping toolmakeiteasiertoworkwith,includingthe following: Thetoolnowworksbetterwithsnapping. whichsolvesproblemswitherratic movementofthetextureframe. Additionally,aplanarfilternowensures thatonlyrelevantsnappointsareshown. Whenyouresizeatextureframe,adotted diagonallineisnowdrawnacrossthe textureimage,tomaketheaspectratio constraintmoreclear.Ifsnappingisinuse, graydottedlinesaredrawnfromtheresize handletopossiblesnappoints. Thecursornowchangeswhenitisover3D axes,toindicatethatyoucanclickonthe axestobringupthe3Dmappingcontrols. NewoptionsontheToolbarallowyouto choosewhethertoscaleandrotatethe texturebythecenterofthetextureframe, orbythehandleoppositetothehandle thatwasclickedon.Previously,scale/rotate bycenterwasactivatedbypressingtheAlt key(Windows)orOptionkey(Macintosh). Autoalignmenthasbeenchangedfroman optionforthePlanemaptypeintoa separatemaptype(AutoAlignPlane). Whenyoutrytousethetoolonaplugin objectthatisnotsupported,analert displays;previously,thetexturecontrols woulddisplaybutnotfunction. Thecylinderandspheremaptypeshave beenimprovedtomakemovementofthe textureframemoreintuitive.
Location
ApplyingandMapping Texturesonpage 635
OpenGLshadow improvements
OpenGLonpage 684
xi
Purpose
Renderingparameters,includingrender settings,lightingoptions,andbackground informationcanbesavedasaRenderworks Styleresource,tobereappliedlaterand sharedbetweenfiles.TheRenderworks productincludesseveralrealisticandartistic preconfiguredstylesforcommonlighting situations. ArtisticRenderworksoptionsnowinclude parameterssuchasedgecolorandthickness, tofurthercustomizetheartisticlook.The artisticparameterscanbesavedaspartofa RenderworksStyleresource. FortheBricksshader,thedimensionsof bricksandmortargapjointsarenowsetby realworlddimensionvalues,whichismuch moreintuitive Internaladjustmentshavebeenmadeto improvetheappearanceandvisualeffectof theMetallicreflectivityshader
Location
RenderworksStyleson page 690
ArtisticRenderworksstyles
Bricksshaderdimensions
ColorShadersonpage 903
Improvedmetallicshader
Notapplicable
Learning Vectorworks
ThereareanumberofwaystolearnhowtousetheVectorworksprogram,includingtrainingCDs,bothonlinehelp andPDFversionsoftheuserguides,andbothonlineandclassroomtraining.
Users Guides
ThisguideistheVectorworksFundamentalsUsersGuide.Itisacomprehensivereferenceforallusers describingthecoretools,commands,andfeaturesintheVectorworksFundamentalsproduct.Theguidealso describesthepresentationcapabilitiesoftheRenderworksproduct,foruserswhopurchasedit. TheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuidedescribesthefeaturesintheVectorworksArchitect,Landmark, Spotlight,andDesignerproducts.ItisdesignedforuserswhohavepurchasedoneormoreDesignSeries products. Thefollowingtabledescribestheconventionsusedintheguides.Allinstructionsintheguidesarebasedon clickclickdrawing.
Convention
(Macintosh) (Windows)
Meaning
Macintoshspecificinstruction Windowsspecificinstruction IndicatesfunctionalitythatexistsintheVectorworksArchitectandDesignerproductsonly
xii
| Preface
Meaning
IndicatesfunctionalitythatexistsintheVectorworksLandmarkandDesignerproductsonly IndicatesfunctionalitythatexistsintheVectorworksSpotlightandDesignerproductsonly IndicatesfunctionalitythatexistsintheVectorworksArchitect,Landmark,andDesigner productsonly IndicatesfunctionalitythatexistsintheVectorworksArchitect,Spotlight,andDesigner productsonly IndicatesfunctionalitythatexistsinalloftheVectorworksDesignSeriesproductsaswellas Designer IndicatesfunctionalitythatexistsintheRenderworksproductonly
Convention
boldtext blueindentedtext click doubleclick rightclick Keyandmouse combination,asin Shiftclick Keycombination, asinAlt+Shift+D clickclick clickdrag select
Holddownthecommandkey(s)andpressthespecifiedletterornumberkey;inthis example,holddownboththeAltandShiftkeys,andpresstheDkey Clickthemousebuttononceandrelease.Movethecursortothedesiredlocationandclick again.Thisisthedefaultdrawingpreferencefortheprogramatinstallation. Clickoncewiththemousebuttonanddonotrelease.Drag(move)thecursortoadesired locationandthenrelease. Clickonanobjectwiththemouse,orclickdragoveranobjectwithmarqueeselection,to highlightit.Theobjectishighlighted,and/orhandlesdisplayontheobjecttoindicatethat itiscurrentlyactive.Thistermalsoreferstoexecutingmenucommands. AmenucommandaccessedbyaCtrlclick(Macintosh)orrightclick(Windows)
Contextmenu
xiii
Toaccessthehelpsystem,selectHelp>VectorworksHelpfromwithintheprogram.InthehelpsystemTableof Contents,opentheWelcomebookforcompleteinstructionsonhowtousethesystem.
Technical Support
Technicalsupportisavailableforregisteredusersinseveralways.Internationalusersshouldcontacttheirlocal resellerfordetailsconcerningtechnicalsupport;forresellerinformation,seewww.vectorworks.net/international UnitedStatesuserscancontactTechnicalSupportusingthefollowingmethods: Call443.542.0411 Sendanemailtotech@vectorworks.net Visitthetechnicalsupportknowledgebaseatkbase.vectorworks.net WhenyoucontactTechnicalSupport,provideabriefdescriptionoftheproblemthatincludesspecificdetailsabout whatactionsweretakenpriortotheproblemsoccurrence.Themoreinformationyoucangiveyoursupportspecialist, theeasieritwillbetosolveyourproblemquickly. WhenyoucontactTechnicalSupportbyphone,pleasehaveaccesstoyourcomputerandbereadytotellthespecialist: Vectorworkssoftwareserialnumber Vectorworkssoftwareversionnumber Operatingsystem Typeofcomputerbeingused AmountofRAMinstalledinthecomputer Listofanyrecentchangestothecomputerssetup(suchasnewfonts,software,orhardware)
Troubleshooting
TroubleshootingaproblempriortocallingTechnicalSupportwillalsoaidinaspeedyresolution.Basic troubleshootingtipsinclude: Testtoseeiftheproblemoccursinanew,blankfile Testtoseeiftheproblemoccurssystemwide(especiallyprintandfontproblems) Copyandpastepartofthedocumenttoanewfiletoseeiftheproblempersists RunthecomputerinSafeMode(Windows)toseeifthereisasystemconflict Checkthecommunitymessageboardtoseeiftheproblemhasalreadybeenreportedorresolved techboard.vectorworks.net
Training
Fordetailsabouttrainingoptions,visitwww.vectorworks.net/training Tutorialmanuals
xiv
| Preface
Other Resources
ThefollowingadditionalresourcesareavailabletoNemetschekVectorworksusers: DocumentationupdatesthroughtheonlinehelpAutoUpdateContentorCheckforUpdatesfeatures Vectorworkscommunityboardtechboard.vectorworks.net VectorworksYouTubechannelwww.youtube.com/vectorworks Independentlocalusergroupswww.vectorworks.net/community/usergroups.php PlanetVectorworksglobalcommunityauthorednewsletterplanet.vectorworks.net TheeDispatchNemetschekVectorworksauthorednewsletter www.vectorworks.net/community/edisp_subscribe.php Varioussocialmediasites,suchasFacebook,Twitter,Delicious,LinkedIn,andFlickr LISTSERVuserlistswww.nemetschek.net/community/mailinglists.php
Introduction
Understanding Vectorworks
Modeling Environment
TheParasolidmodelingkernel(aSiemensPLMproduct)wasintegratedintotheprogramstartingwithversion2009. Thiskernelprovidesthegeometricfoundationforsophisticatedmodelingoperations.TheParasolidkernelprovides robustness,consistency,andhighperformanceinmodelingaswellasdraftingoperations. InmostCADprograms,itispossibletocreateeithera2Dora3Ddrawing.TheVectorworksprogramallowsyouto doboth,withdrafting,modeling,andeditingoccurringinanyview.
Symbols
Hybridsymbolsdisplaya2Dor3Drepresentationdependingontheview.Thesoftwareincludessymbollibraries, whichcontainanumberofpreconfiguredhybridsymbols;alternatively,createyourownsymbols. Agoodexampleofahybridobjectisadoor.ItdisplaysasalinedrawinginTop/Planviewandasafullyformeddoor ina3Dview.
Top/Plan View
3D View
| Chapter 1: Introduction
SmartCursor
Datum
Intersection
Image Preview
Animagepreviewisusedforavarietyoffunctions,includingdrawingobjects,placingobjects,andtheSmartCursor. Theimagepreviewistheimagedisplayedastheobjectisdrawn,afteratoolhasbeenselectedoranoperationhas beeninvoked,butbeforetheobjectisphysicallyplacedinthedrawing.Theimagepreviewmayexactlyresemblethe objecttobeplaced,oritmaybearepresentationofthatobject,suchasitsboundingbox.Duringthedrawingprocess, theimagepreviewcontainsafeedbacksegment,whichgathersinformationfordisplayintheDatabar.Theprogram alsousesthissegmenttoproperlyinvokeSmartCursorcues.
Understanding Vectorworks |
Viewports
Whenadesigniscomplete,ittypicallyneedstobepresentedtoaclientwithviewsfromseveraldifferentdirections, completewithdetails,annotations,dimensions,andtitleblocks.ToaccomplishthisintheVectorworksprogram, createviewportobjects,whichcanshowotherdesignlayersinthisfile,orevendesignlayersinotherfiles. Viewportscandisplayentireaswellascroppedviewsofadrawing,withspecifiedlayerandclassvisibilitysettings, projection,rendermode,andorientationparameters.Ifthedrawingchanges,theviewportscanbeeasilyupdatedto reflectthechanges. InboththeVectorworksFundamentalsandtheVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts,youcancreateoneormore viewportsonasheetlayer,andeachviewportcanshowoneormoredesignlayersfromthecurrentfile.Additionally, theVectorworksDesignSeriesproductsallowyoutocreateoneormoreviewportsonadesignlayer,andthedesign layersshowncanbeeitherfromthecurrentfile,orreferencedfromanotherfile. ViewportsaredescribedinPresentingDrawingswithSheetLayerViewportsonpage 762inthisguide,andin PresentingDrawingswithDesignLayerViewportsonpage 689intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide.
VectorScript
TheVectorworksprogramhasacomprehensivescriptcapabilitycalledVectorScript.Useexistingscriptsorcreateyour own.Customizetheworkingenvironmentwithscripts,orcreatecustomizedplugintools,commands,andobjects thatfityourneeds.Youcansavevaluabletimeandeffortbycreatingreusablefunctionsfordrawingswiththe VectorScriptscriptinglanguage.SeeUsingScriptsonpage 871fordetails. SeetheVectorScriptLanguageGuideforanintroductiontotheVectorScriptlanguage.TheVectorScriptLanguage Guideisavailableaspartofthehelpsystem,andalsoasaPDFfileinthehelpsystem.TheVectorScriptFunction Referenceisacomprehensivecommandreferenceavailableonline.Itislocatedin:VWHelp/VectorScriptReference/ VSFunctionReference.html.AnothersourceofdeveloperorienteddocumentationrelatedtotheSDKandVectorScript islocatedathttp://developer.vectorworks.net
Worksheets
TheVectorworksprogramhascomprehensiveworksheetanddatabasefunctionality.Objectattributesandrecordscan belistedinaworksheet,andspreadsheetcalculationscanbeperformedonthisdata.Forexample,listalltheroomsin
| Chapter 1: Introduction
File name
Tool bar
View bar
Rulers
Attributes palette
Tool Sets palette Message bar menu Message bar Horizontal scroll bar Print area border
Component
Menubar Titlebar Databar
Description
ContainspulldownmenusthataccessVectorworkscommands Allwindows,palettes,toolsets,anddialogboxeshaveatitlebar;clickanddraganytitlebar tomovetheitemtothedesiredlocation.SeePaletteLayoutOptionsonpage 10. Dependingonthetoolandontheactionbeingperformed,theDatabardisplaysinformation suchascoordinatedata,length,andangle.UsetheDataBarandEditGroupOptionslisttoset theDatabareithertofloatwiththecursor,ortobestationaryontheDatabar.SeeUsing theDataBaronpage 209formoreinformation.Theseoptionscanalsobesetfromthe selectionslistedunderWindows>DataBarOptions.
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Description
Displaysthevariousmodesoftheactivetool;clickamodetoselectit.Thebaralsodisplays modeinformationandaccessesthetoolpreferences,ifany.TheToolbarisdividedinto sectionsgroupedbymodefunction.Tomoveeasilythroughthemodesectionsfromthe keyboard,presstheU,I,O,P,[ (leftbracket),and ](rightbracket)keys.Eachkeycorresponds toaconsecutiveToolbarsection(seetheModeModifiershortcutsinModifyingSnapping andModeShortcutsonpage 887). Containsbuttonsandpulldownmenusthatcontroltheviewinvariousways(seeTheView Baronpage 7) Displaystoolexplanations,undomessages,minoralerts,andaprogressbar(when applicable).ToalsodisplaycursorlocationfieldsontheMessagebar,clickthetriangleatthe farrightofthebar;selecttheoptiontodisplayallpositionalfields,onlycursorbasedlocation fields,ornocursorlocationfields. ThisistheopenportioninthemiddleoftheVectorworksapplicationwindowwhere drawingsarecreated;itincludesboththeprintareaandthespacethatsurroundsit Withinthedrawingarea,agrayborderdefinestheprintarea,ifshown.Onlytheobjectsthat areincludedwithintheprintareaareprinted.Theprintareaisdividedintopages;eachpage equalsaphysicalsheetofpapertobeprinted.Aprintmarginisbuiltinforeachpage(see ThePrintAreaonpage 81). Basedonthecurrentmeasurementsystem,rulersmakeiteasiertopreciselycreateandplace objectswithinthedrawing. The0,0pointontherulersrepresentstheoriginoftheworkingplaneaxes.TheSetOrigin commandmovestheworkingplaneorigintothelayerplaneorigin(seeSetOriginon page 78). TherulerscanbehiddenwithanoptionintheVectorworkspreferences(seeSetting VectorworksPreferencesonpage 17).
Component
Toolbar
Viewbar Messagebar
Drawingarea Printarea
Rulers
Grids
Previous View
Current View/ Standard Views list Rotated View options (Vectorworks Design Series required)
Component
PreviousView NextView Classestabshortcut ActiveClass/Classes list
Description
Displaysthepreviousviewthatwascreatedbyapan,zoom,orscrollinthedrawingarea; Vectorworkskeepstrackofupto50views Displaysthenextview;Vectorworkskeepstrackofupto50views OpenstheClassestaboftheOrganizationdialogbox Displaystheactiveclass,andactivatesaclassthatisselectedfromthelist;anicontothe leftofeachnameindicatesthecurrentvisibilitysettingoftheclass(seeSetting Visibilitiesonpage 118formoreinformation).Atrianglenexttotheclassnameindicates thattheclasshassubgroupsthatcanbeselectedindividually(forexample,awallclass withexteriorandinteriorsubgroups). DependingonwhetheraDesignLayeroraSheetLayerisactive,openseithertheDesign LayerstabortheSheetLayerstaboftheOrganizationdialogbox
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Description
Displaystheactivelayer,andactivatesadesignlayerorsheetlayerthatisselectedfrom thelist.Theareatotheleftofeachnameindicatestheviewandvisibilityofthelayer. Dependingontheview,anyofthefollowingiconscandisplayfordesignlayers;sheet layersarealwaysinTop/Planview:
Component
ActiveLayer/Layers list
Top/Plan view
Thevisibilityofthelayerisindicatedasfollows: Blackiconthelayerisvisible Grayiconthelayerisgrayed Noiconthelayerisinvisible ActivePlaneslist Displaystheactiveplane.Dependingonthecurrenttool,view,andpresenceofnamed workingplanes,alsoactivatesaplanethatisselectedfromthelist.SeeTheActivePlanes Listonpage 595. Changestheviewtobeperpendiculartotheworkingplane;inotherwords,rotatestheX, YaxestothescreenXandscreenYposition Activatesasavedviewthatisselectedfromthelist.SelectEditViewtoopentheSaved ViewstaboftheOrganizationdialogbox,orselectSaveViewtoopentheSaveView dialogbox;seeCreatingorEditingSavedViewsUsingtheSavedViewsMenuon page 117. OpenstheLayerScaledialogbox;thescaleoftheactivedesignlayerdisplaystotheright. SeeChangingtheScaleoftheDrawingortheActiveDesignLayeronpage 72. Displaysthewholedrawing(allpages)inthedrawingwindow;seeFittoPageAreaon page 592 Zoomsinoroutsothatalloftheobjectsinadrawingarevisible.Ifanobjectorobjectsare currentlyselected,thezoomisrelativetothoseobject(s);seeFittoObjectsonpage 591. Clicktodoublethemagnificationofthedrawing;toreducethemagnificationofthe drawingbyonehalf,useAltclick(Windows)orOptionclick(Macintosh).Thezoom centersonanyobjectsthatareselected;ifnothingisselected,thezoomcentersonthelast emptyspotthatwasclicked.SeeZoomingfromtheViewBaronpage 55. Zoomsinoroutbythezoomfactorthatisselectedorentered;thisoptionisavailable whentheZoomLongoptionisselectedontheViewbarmenu Displaysglobalcoordinateviews(suchasToporFront)basedonX,Y,andZaxes Displaysworkingplanecoordinateviews(suchasToporFront)basedonX,Y,andZaxes Displaysthecurrentview,andactivatesastandardview(suchasTop)thatisselected fromthelist;seeUsingStandardViewsonpage 575.Iftheviewisnotstandard(for example,iftheFlyovertoolwasused),CustomViewdisplays.
Description
Rotatestheplanviewbytheanglespecified;seeRotatingthePlanonpage 686inthe VectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide TogglesUnifiedViewmode;seeUnifiedLayerViewonpage 730intheVectorworks DesignSeriesUsersGuide Ifthecurrentrendermodehasoptions,displaystheappropriateoptionsdialogbox;this optionisavailablewhentheRenderModeLongoptionisselectedontheViewbarmenu Displaysthecurrentrendermode,andactivatesarendermodeselectedfromthelist; selectOptionsforOtherRenderModestoaccesstheoptionsforaparticularmode.See RenderingwithVectorworksonpage 681andRenderworksRenderingModeson page 689. SelectstheoptionstodisplayontheViewbar
Viewbarmenu
Purpose
ContainsSmartCursorsnappingcontrolsthatcanbetoggledonoroff;seeSetting SnappingParametersonpage 133 Containsaselectionofcolors,fills,pens,andotherobjectattributes;seeTheAttributes Paletteonpage 525 Listscontextsensitiveobjectinformationforviewingandediting;seeEditingObject Informationonpage 257 Containscontrolsforaddingandmodifyingworkingplanes;seeTheWorkingPlanes Paletteonpage 602 Accessestheresourcesavailableforuseindrawings,includinggradientfills,hatch patterns,imagefills,recordformats,scriptsandscriptpalettes,symbolsandsymbol folders,worksheets,textures,backgrounds,andmore.SeeUsingtheResource Browseronpage 159. Accessesalllightsandcamerasinthefile;seeManagingLightsandCameraswiththe VisualizationPaletteonpage 705 Containsasinglesetofbasicobjectcreationandeditingtools;thepalettecanbe customizedthroughtheWorkspaceEditor IntheFundamentalsworkspace,thepaletteincludesthefollowingtoolsets,whose toolsaregroupedbysimilarfunctionality;thepaletteanditstoolsetscanbe customizedthroughtheWorkspaceEditor
10
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Purpose
Containstoolsforcreatingandediting3Dobjects,includingsolidsandNURBS Containstoolsforchangingthedrawingviewindifferentways,includingthe WalkthroughandLighttools Containstoolsforaddingdimensionandlabelobjects Containsbasicwallcreationtools Containstoolsforaddingarchitecturaldetailobjects,suchastubing ContainspaletteswithVectorScriptresources
Minimizing Palettes
Toincreasetheavailabledrawingarea,palettescanbeminimizedwhilenotinuse,andthenmaximizedwhenneeded. OnMacintosh,clickthepalettesyellowtitlebarbuttonordoubleclickthepalettestitlebartominimizethepalette. Repeattheprocesstomaximizethepalette. OnWindows,clickthepalettespiniconinthetitlebartotogglebetweenminimized(horizontalpinicon)and maximized(verticalpinicon)display.Movethecursoroveraminimizedtitlebartotemporarilymaximizethepalette; movethecursoroffthepalettetominimizeitagain.
11
Minimized palette
Maximized palette
12
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Pop-out Tools
Ontoolpalettes,anarrowontherightsideofatooliconorlabelindicatesadditional,relatedpopouttools.Clickand holddownthemousebuttontoopenthemenuofpopouttools.
Utility Menus
Eachtoolpalettehasabuttonatthebottomthatopensautilitymenu,whichcontrolsthepaletteandtooldisplay.
Menu / Command
ViewToolsAs Icons IconsandText Text
Action
Displayonlyaniconforeachtool Displaybothaniconandatextlabelforeachtool Displayonlyatextlabelforeachtool
13
Action
Drag the Walls tool set button off the Tool Sets palette to create a Walls tear-off palette
14
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Task
Changethelistssortkey Changeacolumnssortorder Resizeacolumn Selectagroupofitems Selectmultipleitems individually Selectanitemonthelist Editanitemonthelist Openacontextmenuforan itemonthelist ForlistswithaVisibility column,setthesamevisibility forallitemsonthelist
Action
Clicktheheadingofthecolumntosortby;anarrowappearsontherightsideof thecolumnheadingtoindicatethatitisthesortkey Clickthecolumnheading;thesortarrowintheheadingindicateswhetherthe currentsortisascendingordescending Clicktheverticallineontherightsideofacolumnsheadinganddragitleftor right Clickthefirstitem,andthenShiftclickthelastiteminthegroup Clickthefirstitem,andthenCommandclick(Macintosh)orCtrlclick(Windows) eachadditionalitem Typethefirstletter(s)ofthedesireditemsname Doubleclickthedesireditem Ctrlclick(Macintosh)orrightclick(Windows)thedesireditem Optionclick(Macintosh)orAltclick(Windows)thedesiredsetting
Click the heading of a column without the sort arrow to sort the list by that column
The arrow indicates the current sort key and sort order; click the column heading to reverse the sort order
Drag the vertical line on the right side of a column heading to adjust the column size
Option-click (Macintosh) or Alt-click (Windows) one of the Visibility columns to set that visibility for all items on the list
15
Key
Esc
Usage
Cancelsthecurrentoperation.Whenadialogboxisopen,thisistheequivalentof pressingtheCancelbutton.IntheDatabarorObjectInfopalette,cancelstheentryina fieldandreturnsthefocustothedrawingarea.Cancelsrendering.Clearssmartpoints. Deselectstheworkingplane. Whenadialogboxisopen,thisistheequivalenttopressingtheDoneorOKbutton.In afieldintheDatabarorObjectInfopalette,thisacceptstheinformationandreturnsthe focustothedrawingarea. IntheObjectInfopalette,pressShift+Return(Macintosh)orShift+Enter(Windows)to savetheentryandkeepthefocusinthesamefield,sothatyoucanenteradifferent valueifnecessary.
Return(Macintosh)/ Enter(Windows)
Command(Macintosh)/ Shift(Windows)
Screen Tips
Screentipsareavailablethroughouttheprogramtoidentifyitemssuchastool,mode,andsnappingnames.Toviewa screentip,holdthecursorbrieflyovertheiteminquestion.
16
| Chapter 1: Introduction
17
Alternatively,rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)ontheobject,andselectacommandfromthe contextmenutoeditthecomponentdirectly.Forexample,toeditthepathorprofileofapluginobjectdirectly, selectEditPathorEditProfilefromthecontextmenu. 4. TheEditwindowdisplaystheitemtobeedited.Acoloredborderaroundthedrawingwindowindicatesthe editingmodeisactive.TheExitcommandbecomesavailablefromtheModifymenu,andtheExitbuttonis visibleinthetoprightcornerofthedrawingwindow. 5. Makethechangestotheobject. Ifotherobjectsinthedrawingaredisplayed,theobjectsonotherlayersrespectthelayeroptionssettings(for showingandsnappingtoobjectsinotherlayers)andthelayervisibilitysettings.Otherobjectsonthesamelayer astheeditedobjectaresnappable.Oneexceptiontothisiswheneditingpagebased(green)symbols,whichare editedata1:1scale;otherobjectswhicharenotata1:1scalearenotsnappable. Inaddition,theviewcanbeswitchedbetweenregularandunifiedviewmodeasneeded(VectorworksDesign Seriesrequired).(SeeSettingUnifiedViewOptionsonpage 731intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide formoreinformation.) 6. ClicktheExitbuttontoreturntotheregulardrawingmode.(Ifanestedobjectisbeingedited,theExitbutton exitsbacktothenextlevel.)
Edit Preferences
ClicktheEdittabtosetpreferencesthatcontrolvariouseditfunctionsintheprogram.
18
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Parameter
Clickdragdrawing
Description
Letsyoudrawobjectswiththeclickdragmethodratherthantheclickclickmethod (clickclickisthedefault).Clickoncewiththemousebuttonanddonotrelease;dragthe cursortoadesiredlocationandthenrelease.SeeUsingtheMouseonpage 51. Showseighthandles(fourcornerandfourcenter)onmostobjects;deselecttheoptionto displayonlyfourcornerhandles WhenyouusetheDuplicatecommand,placestheduplicateobjectsothatitisoffsetfrom theoriginalobject;deselecttheoptiontoplaceduplicatesdirectlyovertheoriginal WhenyouusetheWalltool,automaticallyjoinswallsatcornersandintersections;when wallsareseparated,theirendsautomaticallyheal;whenwallshavecorecomponents, componentsalsoautomaticallyjoin(seeAutomaticallyJoiningWallsonpage 454) Savesthevieworiginandzoomfactorforeachsheetlayer;deselecttheoptiontousethe sameviewforalldesignlayersandsheetlayers SetsthedefaultbehaviorofthemousewheelandtheMightyMousescrollball.When selected,thewheelzoomsbydefault;whendeselected,thewheelscrollsbydefault.See ZoomingwiththeMouseWheelonpage 55andScrollingwiththeMouseWheelon page 57fordetails. Whenselected,allowsaCtrl+click(Windows)orOption+click(Macintosh)withthe Selectiontooltocreateaduplicatecopyofaselectedobjectinplace.Sinceitissimpleto inadvertentlycreateduplicateobjectsthatcannotbeeasilydetected,leavingthisoption deselectedisrecommended;itisdeselectedbydefault.Regardlessofthesettingmade here,duplicatescanbecreatedwithaCtrl+click/dragorOption+click/drag. Alwaysdisplaysthetexteditingboxinahorizontalposition,evenwhenthetextis rotated(seeCreatingRotatedTextonpage 355) Setsthenumberofsegmentsthatwillbeusedtorepresentpolylinesandcircleswhenyou drawandeditobjects
Separatesheetviews Mousewheelzooms
19
Description
Specifiesthedefaultimagecompressiontoapplytoimagesinaviewportcacheandto imagescreatedbytheRenderBitmaptool(Renderworksrequired).PNGcompression providesthebestimagequalitybutproduceslargerfiles,whileJPEGcreatessmallerfiles, butwithpossiblelossofdetail.PNGisselectedbydefault. SpecifieswhethertheSelectiontool,inInteractiveScalingmode,isallowedtoresize symbolinstances;ifallowed,awarningcanbedisplayedtoavoidinadvertentlyscaling symbol.IfNeverisselected,symbolscanstillberesizedfromtheObjectInfopalette;see ScalingSymbolsfromtheObjectInfoPaletteonpage 323. Selectanarrowandmodifierkeycombinationasashortcutforfourcommonoperations; eachkeycombinationcanbeassignedtoonlyoneoperation Selectthekeycombinationthatswitchestheactivelayer(upanddownarrows)andthe activeclass(leftandrightarrows) Selectthekeycombinationthatpansthedrawingbyhalfoftheareacurrentlyinview Selectthekeycombinationthatnudgesobjectsbyonepixel Selectthekeycombinationthatmovesobjects,andselectwhethertomoveobjectsbythe snapgriddistanceorbythespecifiedcustomdistance
AllowInteractive2D symbolscaling
Display Preferences
ClicktheDisplaytabtosetthedisplaypreferences.
Parameter
Rulers ColoredaxesinTop/Plan view Scrollbars
Description
Showstherulers DisplaysX(red)andY(green)axesin2DTop/Planview Showsthescrollbars
20
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Description
Usesablackdrawingbackgroundinsteadofthedefaultsettings Linesinthedrawingappearthickerwhenyouzoomin;thescreensredrawslowerif Quartz(Macintosh)orGDI+(Windows)imagingisenabled Whenyoucreatetextobjects,dimensionobjects,andsomepluginobjectsthat containtext,thetextblockhasnofill,evenifthedefaultattributesaresettoadda filltonewobjects.Thispreventsobjectsbeneaththetextfrombeingobscured. Displaysparametricconstraints Whencertaincomplexobjectsareedited,anEditwindowwithacoloredborder displaysinthedrawingarea. Whenyoueditsolids,groups,symbols(inthedrawingonly),orviewportsinthe Editwindow,selectthisoptiontomaketheotherobjectsfromthedrawingvisible andsnappableduringediting;deselecttheoptiontoshowonlytheobjectbeing edited.(SeeObjectEditingModeonpage 16formoreinformation.) ThisoptiondoesnotapplytoothertypesofobjectsthatareeditedfromtheEdit window,includingextrudes,multipleextrudes,taperedextrudes,sweeps,meshes, floors,androoffaces.Forsymbols,theoptionappliesonlywhenyoueditasymbol definitionbyclickingonasymbolinstanceinadesignlayer. Grayotherobjects IfShowotherobjectswhileineditingmodesisselected,selectthisoptiontogray theobjectsinthedrawingthatarenotbeingedited Cachesvectorinformationforcomplexdocumententities,suchaspolylinesand hatches;whilethismakesscreenredrawsfaster,italsocanpotentiallyincrease RAMrequirementsbyupto50percent Whentheviewischangedtooneofthestandardviews(suchasToporLeft Isometric),automaticallycenterstheviewontheselectedobjectsatthecurrent zoomlevel;ifnoobjectsareselected,theviewissettothecenterofallobjects Drawslinesofequalthicknesswithroundendcaps;alsoprovidesthesefeatures: fillsin3Dplanarobjects variableobjectopacity layertransparency antialiasing objecttransparencyinXrayFillsmode bettersupportforlargeformatprintouts PDFexport(seeExportingFilesonpage 791)
Parameter
Blackbackground Zoomlinethickness Createtextwithoutfill
21
Description
3Dlociarealwaysvisible 3DlociareonlyvisibleinWireframemode;otherwise,theyarehidden 3Dlociarehiddenregardlessoftherendermode Specifiesthereplacementfontsforfontsthatarenotavailable.Fontmappingscan bechangedordeleted.Ifmappingsaredeleted,theFontMappingsdialogbox appearssothatunavailablefontscanbemapped.
Session Preferences
ClicktheSessiontabtosetgeneralVectorworkspreferences.
Parameter
Usesound Logtimeinprogram
Description
SupplementsthevisualSmartCursorcueswithaudiblecues;movethesliderbarleft (toreduce)orright(toincrease)theprogramvolumerelativetothesystemvolume Recordsinalogfilethetimespentintheprogram,aswellasthetimespenttoopen andclosedocuments;thedateformatdependsonthelanguageandregionalsettings intheoperatingsystem.ThelogfileiscalledVWUserLog.txt,anditiscreatedinthe UserDataandPreferencesFolder(whichdisplaysontheUserFolderstabof Vectorworkspreferences). DisplaysminorwarningsontheMessagebarinsteadofinadialogbox HaltsthecompileandexecutionofaVectorScriptroutinewhenawarningis generated Setshowmanyundooperationsarekeptinmemory;themaximumnumberofundos is100
22
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Description
Presentsadialogboxwhenanactionthatcannotbeundoneisabouttobeperformed Setshowtheprogramhandlesviewchangeswhenyouundoactions Neverignoresalloperationsthatarestrictlyviewchanges GroupingAllViewChangestreatsallconsecutiveviewchangesasonesingle undoableaction GroupingSimilarViewChangestreatssimilarconsecutiveviewchangesasa singleundoableaction Individuallytreatseachindividualviewchangeasanundoableaction
Parameter
Issueundowarnings Undoviewchanges
Enablepalettedocking (Windows) Automaticallyappendfile extensions(Macintosh) Displaydefaultcontent Createanewdocument onstartup Changeactivelayerfor SimilarObjectCreation (VectorworksDesign Seriesrequired) Checkforupdates
Letsyoudockpalettes;deselecttheoptiontodisabledocksandtoundockallactive palettes Appendstheappropriatefileextension(.vwx,or .stafortemplatefiles)toanewly createddrawingfileonaMacintosh Enablespredefinedcontent(suchashatchesandgradients)todisplayforselection throughouttheprogram Createsanew,untitledfilewhentheprogramislaunched.Thenewfileisbasedon theDefault.statemplatefile(ifoneexists);otherwise,itisblank. WhentheCreateSimilarObjectcommandisinvoked,changestheactivelayertobe thatofthesourceobject.Selectthisoptiontocreatethenewobjectonthesamelayer asthesourceobject.SeeCreatingSimilarObjectsonpage 670intheVectorworks DesignSeriesUsersGuide. Selecthowoftentheprogramshouldcheckforavailablesoftwareupdates.Whenthe specifiedupdatecheckintervalhaselapsed,analertdialogboxdisplaysifanew ServicePack(maintenancerelease)ormajorreleaseoftheVectorworkssoftwareis available. IfbothaServicePackandmajorreleaseareavailablesimultaneously,thesystem willsendnotificationabouttheServicePackfirst,followedbynotificationabout themajorreleaseinthenextsession. ClickMoreInfo(orTellMeMore)inthealertdialogboxtoopenawebbrowserto displayanddownloadtheavailableupdate.Youmustexittheprogramto successfullyinstallthesoftwareupdate Ifitisnotconvenienttoupdatethesoftwareatthistime,clickNotNow(or RemindMeLater)inthealertdialogbox.Thealertdialogboxwillredisplaywhen thespecifiedupdatecheckintervalhaselapsed. Todisablenotificationsofamajorreleaseuntilthenextmajorreleaseisavailable, clickNotInterested. Iftheprogramisunabletoconnecttotheupdateserver,itattemptstoconnectoncea dayforsevendaysaftertheoriginalfailedattempt.Ifaconnectiontotheupdate serverstillcannotbeestablished,adialogboxopenstosuggestrunningamanual update.IftheCheckforUpdatescommandisrunaftertheautomaticupdatecheck fails,thenextautomaticupdatecheckoccursthedayafterthemanualcheck.
23
Description
Optionallysendsinformationaboutapplicationcrashesandotherbasicusage statisticstoNemetschekVectorworks.Crashdetailsallowourprogrammerstoreceive crashnotifications,includingtheareaoftheprogramwherethecrashoccurred.Usage patternshelpusseewhateventsleduptoaparticularcrash.Thisreportingassistsus withproductdevelopmentwhilemaintaininguserprivacy;toallayanyconcernsyou mayhave,weneverseethedatainyourdrawings,andthereportinghasnoimpacton yoursoftwareoperations. OpenstheSerialNumbersdialogboxtoaddorremoveserialnumbersforallinstalled NemetschekVectorworksproducts(seeAddingandRemovingSerialNumberson page i) Revertstodefaultsettingsinsteadofuserspecifiedsettingsfortoolmodes,dialogbox positions,anddialogboxvalues.Forpalettepositionsandsettings,revertstothe settingsestablishedwhenthecustomworkspacewascreated(intheUserDataand Preferencesfolder). Inthedialogboxthatopens,selectwhethertoresetsettingsforalwaysperformingthe selectedactioninalertdialogboxes.Alsoselectwhethertoresetsettingsforalltool modes,dialogboxpositions,dialogboxvalues,andpalettepositionsandsettings. ClickOKtoreturntotheVectorworksPreferencesdialogbox.
SerialNumbers
ResetSavedSettings
Palettemargins (Macintosh)
Setswhetherthedocumentwindowleavesaspaceforpaletteswhenthewindowis opened
3D Preferences
Clickthe3Dtabtosetpreferencesfor3Dedits.
24
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Description
Setsthedetaillevelthatdisplayswhilethe3Dviewisrotated.SelectDetailedtodisplay objectscompletely,buttorotateslower.SelectResponsivetorotatefaster,buttodisplay objectswithlessdetailduringtherotation. Determinesthedegreetowhichtheprogramretainstherenderedmodelinmemory during3Drotation.SelectNevertoforcethemodeltoalwaysdisplayinWireframe mode;selectAlwaystoforcethemodeltoremainrendered. Setsthesegmentationresolutionusedtodisplaycurved3Dobjects;affectsextrudedand sweptpolylines,circles,andarcs
Parameter
3DRotation
Autosave Preferences
ClicktheAutosavetabtosetpreferencesforautomaticfilesavesandbackups.
Parameter
Autosaveevery Confirmbeforesave
Description
EnablestheAutosavefeature;alsosetsthenumberofminutesoroperationsbetween autosaves Beforeeachsave,opensadialogboxsothatyoucanchooseeithertosaveortocontinue toworkwithoutasave.Thetimer/counterresetsregardlessofwhichoptionisselected. SeeAutomaticallySavingFilesonpage 44. Writesovertheoriginalfilewiththelatestchangesduringasave
Overwriteoriginalfile
25
Description
AutomaticallysavesabackupcopyofthefileeithertoafoldernamedVWBackup(inthe samefolderastheoriginalfile)ortoacustomlocation,suchasanetworkdrive(click Choosetoselectafolder).Theoriginalfileisnotsavedautomatically;tosaveit,useone ofthesavecommandsontheFilemenu. BackupfileshaveuniquenamesthatincludethewordBackupandadateandtime stampappendedtotheoriginalfilename.Usebackupfile(s)torestoreaprojectif somethinghappenstotheoriginalfile.
Keepthe___most recentbackups
IfAutosaveabackupcopytoisselected,specifiesthemaximumnumberofbackupfiles tokeep;theoldestbackupfileisreplacedwhenanewbackupismade
Interactive Preferences
ClicktheInteractivetabtosetpreferencesforthedisplayoftheinteractivedrawingfeatures,suchasthecursor, selectionboxes,andselectionhighlighting.SeeDrawingwithSnappingonpage 133formoreinformationabout snapping.SeeSelectionandPreselectionIndicatorsonpage 63formoreinformationabouthighlighting.
Parameter
Cursor Fullscreencursor Showselectionbox Showsnapbox Showacquisitionhints
Description
Displaysacrosshaircursorthatextendstotheedgesofthedrawingarea Displaysaboxbeneaththecursorthatindicatestheactiveselectionarea;anobject beneaththeboxcanbeselectedwhenthemouseisclicked Displaysaboxaroundthecursorthatindicatestheareainwhichtofindpossiblesnap points;whenasnappointisbeneaththebox,itcanbesnappedto Showgraphicalhintsnearthecursorwhensmartpoints,edges,andvectorlockscan beacquired(seeSnappingIndicatorsonpage 148)
26
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Description
Controlsthesizeoftheselectionbox,ifShowselectionboxisselected;mustbe smallerthanthesnapbox.Theactualsizeoftheselectionboxisshown. Controlsthesizeofthesnapbox,ifShowsnapboxisselected;mustbelargerthanthe selectionbox.Theactualsizeofthesnapboxisshown.
Parameter
Selectionboxsize Snapboxsize Highlighting Selectionhighlighting
Animation
Cursorpreselection highlighting Highlightingtimer Marqueepreselection highlighting Snappedobject highlighting Toolhighlighting InteractiveAppearance Settings
Highlightsanyobjectthatcanbeselectedwhenthecursorisovertheobject Whenadrawingobjectisbeneaththecursor,specifiesthenumberofsecondstodelay beforepreselectionhighlightingbegins Asaselectionmarqueeisdrawnoverobjects,highlightsanyobjectthatwillbe selected Highlightsthegeometrythatgeneratedthecurrentsnap Highlightsanyobjectthatcanbemodifiedorusedbythecurrenttoolwhenthecursor isovertheobject Opensadialogboxtochangetheappearanceoftheinteractiveelementsin Vectorworks,includinggeneralelements,objecthighlighting,SmartCursorelements, andsnappoints;seeConfiguringInteractiveDisplayonpage 65
27
Parameter
UserDataand PreferencesFolder Choose
Description
Specifiesthefolderthatcontainsprogrampreferences,logfiles,workspaces,andany personalcontentyoucreate.Thismightbeafolderonthelocalcomputer,oronaUSB driveornetworkdrive;thisallowsyoutorunVectorworksfromanycomputer. ClickChoosetochangetheuserdatafolder.Theprogrammustberestartedifyou changethelocationoftheuserdata.SeeUserFoldersPreferencesonpage 26for details. Tolookatthecontentsofthecurrentfolder,clickExplore(toopenWindowsExplorer)or clickRevealinFinder(toopenMacintoshFinder)
28
| Chapter 1: Introduction
WindowsXP: C:\DocumentsandSettings\<Username>\ApplicationData\Nemetschek\Vectorworks\2012\ WindowsVista/7: C:\Users\<Username>\AppData\Roaming\Nemetschek\Vectorworks\2012 Macintosh: /Users/<Username>/Library/ApplicationSupport/Vectorworks/2012/ Tochangetheuserdatafolder: 1. FromtheUserFolderstab,clickChoose. 2. Aconfirmationdialogboxdisplays.ClickYestocontinuewiththefolderchange. 3. Selectafolderfromthedialogboxthatopens,andclickOK(Windows)orChoose(Macintosh). 4. Anotherconfirmationdialogboxdisplays.ClickYestocopytheuserdatatothenewlocation,orclickNotouse theVectorworksdefaults. 5. Ifyoucopythedatatothenewlocation,andthedestinationfolderalreadycontainsafilewiththesamenameas afileinthesourcefolder,theprogramdisplaysanoticethatfilesinthedestinationfolderwillbeoverridden. ClickYestocontinue. 6. Ifanyunsavedfilesarecurrentlyopen,youarepromptedtosavethem.ClickYestocontinue. 7. Theprogramcopiesthefilestothenewlocationandthenclosesautomatically. 8. Restarttheprogram.
29
Display Preferences
ClicktheDisplaytabtosetthedisplaypreferences.
Parameter
Blackandwhiteonly
Description
Drawsobjectsusingonlythecolorsblackandwhite(blackitemsdisplayasblack,and allcolorsincludinggraydisplayaswhite);thischoiceoverridesanyothercolor settings(includingviewportsettings)andisusedmainlyforprintingonblackandwhite printers. TocreateagrayscaleeffectforprintsandPDFswhenthisfeatureisenabled,use patternfillsinsteadofsolidcolorfills.Setthepatternforegroundcolortoblack, andsetthebackgroundcolortoanyothercolor.Patterns4through9inthepattern fillselectionboxdisplayasvariousshadesofgray.
These six patterns display as grays in prints and PDFs
Hidedetailswhenlayer scale<=1:
Selecttohidewallcomponentsandstairdetailswhenthelayerissetto,orisbelow,the scaleratiospecified(thissettingdoesnotaffectwallcomponentdisplayinviewports; seeAdvancedSheetLayerViewportPropertiesonpage 768toshoworhide componentsinviewports) Indicateswhethertosaveviewportcachesinthefile;savingthecachemayincreasefile size,butsavestimewhenfilesthatcontainviewportsareopened.Ifdeselected,any viewportswillrequireupdatingwhenthefileisopened,butfilesizeisreduced.Note thattheviewportcache(s)arealreadycompressedtoPNGorJPEGformattosavespace (theformatdependsontheselectioninVectorworkspreferences;seeEditPreferences onpage 17formoreinformation).
Saveviewportcache
30
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Description
Storesafilteredcopyofthetriangulatedsourcedataandtheexistingandproposedsite model(s),sothatthesitemodelupdatesmoreefficiently.Ifdisabled,updatingthesite modelcausesthesourcedatatoberecalculated,butfilesizeisreduced. Whenspecificpenandfillcolorshavebeensetforadesignlayer,drawsallobjectson thatlayerwiththespecifiedcolors(seeSettingtheDesignLayerColoronpage 102) SmoothsmeshobjectsrenderedwithOpenGLorRenderworks;enterahighercrease anglevalueforasmoothersurface(validvaluesare0to180). Automaticallycoordinatesandupdatessheetnumbersanddrawingnumbersamong sheetborders,drawinglabels,andsectionmarkers
Parameter
Savesitemodelcache (VectorworksDesign Seriesrequired) Uselayercolors Meshsmoothingwith creaseangle Useautomaticdrawing coordination (VectorworksDesign Seriesrequired) Adjustflippedtext
Reorientsmirrored,rotated,andflippedtextinsymbols,pluginobjects,andtext objectssothatthetextisalwaysreadable
Dimension Preferences
ClicktheDimensionstabtosetthedimensionpreferences.
Parameter
Associatedimensions
Description
Associatesdimensionswiththeapplicableobjects.Whenadimensionisassociatedwith anobject,thedimensionautomaticallyupdateswhentheobjectitisappliedtois modified.Formoreinformationaboutassociativedimensioning,seeDimensioningon page 709. Selectthisoptiontoautomaticallyassociateadimensiontothetopmostobjectwhen morethanoneobjectsharesadimensionendpoint AssignsdimensionstotheDimensionclassastheyarecreated(defaultsetting).If deselected,createddimensionsareassignedtotheactiveclass.
31
Description
SelectthedefaultDimensionStandardtouse,orclickCustomtoaddacustom dimensionstandard(seeUsingCustomDimensionStandardsonpage 709). Changingthedimensionstandarddoesnotaffectdimensionsthathavealreadybeen placedonthedrawing.
DimensionSlash
SetsthedesiredThicknessoftheslashateachendofadimension,inpoints,mils,or millimeters
Defaultdimensionstandardsarepresentedinthefollowingtable.
Standard
Description
Arrow
Horiz.
Arch ASME BSI DIN ISO JIS SIA ASMEDual SideBySide ASMEDual Stacked
ArchitecturalStandards AmericanSocietyofMechanical Engineers BritishStandardsInstitute GermanStandards InternationalStandardsOrganization JapaneseIndustrialStandards SwissStandards AmericanSocietyofMechanical Engineers AmericanSocietyofMechanical Engineers
Resolution Preferences
ClicktheResolutiontabtosettheresolutionpreferences.
32
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Description
Setshowrotatedtextisdisplayed:Highestqualityshowsrotatedtextatthebest qualityavailable,Normalqualityshowsrotatedtextslightlyjagged,andBounding boxshowsonlyaboundingboxrepresentingthetextslocation Setshowbitmapsaredisplayed:Fullresolutionshowsbitmapsatthebestresolution available,Reducedresolutionshowsbitmapsatareduceddetail,andBoundingbox showsonlyaboundingboxrepresentingthebitmapslocation.Reducetheresolution tosavetimewhenusingthePantoolorscrollbars. ThePrintingDPIsettingontherightisavailableforallsystems. TheDPIsettingontheleftisforexporttoPICT,PDF,orWMFformat.Theexport optionavailabledependsontheoperatingsystemandonwhethertheQuartz imagingpreferenceisenabledonMacintosh(seeDisplayPreferencesonpage 19). Forallexporttypes,theDPIsettingsdefinetheresolutionforthefollowing: OpenGLorRenderworksrasterrenderingfordesignlayers(significantlyaffects theoutputfilesize) ThecoordinatesystemforVectorworksgeometry RasteroutputgeneratedtosupportformatconversionofPICTorPDFobjectstoan incompatibleexportformat;thisvariesdependingontheexporttype,asdescribed below Forbitmapsandrenderedviewports,eachsheetlayersDPIsettingdeterminesthe upperlimitforresolution;usetheseDPIsettingstosetalowerresolutionforexport,if needed. PICTExport (Macintoshonly,when Quartzimagingisnot enabled) PDFExport(Quartz Only) (Macintoshonly,when Quartzimagingis enabled) WMFExport (Windowsonly) SetstheresolutionwhentheExportPICTcommandisused. InadditiontorendereddesignlayersandVectorworksgeometry,thissettingaffects PDFandrotatedPICTobjects,whicharerasterizedwhenexportedtoPICT (nonrotatedPICTobjectsarenotrasterized). SetstheresolutionwhentheExportPDF(QuartzOnly)commandisused. ThissettingaffectsrendereddesignlayersandVectorworksgeometry. IfVectorworksDesignSeriesproductsareinstalled,usetheExportPDF commandtoexporttoPDFinstead,andsettheresolutionintheExportPDF dialogbox. SetstheresolutionwhentheExportMetafilecommandisused. InadditiontorendereddesignlayersandVectorworksgeometry,thissettingaffects PDFandPICTobjects,whicharerasterizedwhenexportedtoWMF. SetstheresolutionwhenthePrintcommandisused. Thissettingaffectsrendereddesignlayersonly.AnyPICT/PDFrasterizationand Vectorworksgeometrywillprintattheresolutionoftheprinter.Forbitmapsand renderedviewports,eachsheetlayersDPIsettingdeterminestheupperlimitforprint resolution.SeeSettingthePrintResolutiononpage 86formoreinformation.
Parameter
RotatedTextDisplay
BitmapDisplay
Output
Printing
33
Menu Commands
AutoJoinWalls
Autosave
BlackandWhiteOnly
BlackBackground
34
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Description of Button Functionality
DisplaystheDataBarandEditGroupOptionslist(seeDataBarand EditGroupOptionsonpage 211) DisplaystheHideDetailspreferencebutton(seeDisplayPreferences onpage 29) DisplaystheShowAcquisitionHintspreferencebutton(see InteractivePreferencesonpage 25) DisplaystheShowGridpreferencebutton(seeGridSnappingon page 135) DisplaystheShowOtherObjectsWhileinEditModespreference button(seeDisplayPreferencesonpage 19)
Menu Commands
DataBarandEditGroupOptions
HideDetails
ShowAcquisitionHints
ShowGrid
ShowOtherObjectsWhileinEdit Modes
ShowPageBoundary
DisplaystheShowPageBoundarypreferencebutton(seePageSetup onpage 81) DisplaystheShowRulerspreferencebutton(seeDisplayPreferences onpage 19) DisplaystheUseLayerColorspreferencebutton(seeDisplay Preferencesonpage 29) DisplaystheZoomLineThicknesspreferencebutton(seeDisplay Preferencesonpage 19) OpenstheDocumentPreferencesdialogbox(seeSettingDocument Preferencesonpage 28) OpenstheVectorworksPreferencesdialogbox(seeSetting VectorworksPreferencesonpage 17)
ShowRulers
UseLayerColors
ZoomLineThickness
DocumentPreferences VectorworksPreferences
Context Menus
Clickonanobject,pluginobject,thedrawingarea,orasectionoftheResourceBrowserwitharightclick(Windows) orCtrlclick(Macintosh),todisplayamenucontainingcontextsensitivecommandsthatpertaintotheselecteditemor items.Ifseveralsimilaritemsareselected,onlytheapplicablecontextmenucommandsbecomeavailabletoallthe itemsintheselection.
Context Menus |
Documentandobjectcontextmenuscanbecustomizedtoincludefrequentlyneededcommands;seeModifying ContextMenusonpage 883.
35
Description
Activatestheclassorlayeroftheobjectnearesttothelastmouseclick. Thesecommandsprovidequickaccesstotheclassorlayerofanyobject currentlydisplayed. Activatestheclass,layer,orboth(asnecessary),andselectstheobject nearesttothelastmouseclick AccessestheLayerScaledialogbox;fromthere,changethescaleofthe activedesignlayer(oralldesignlayers)
Activatestheclassorlayeroftheobjectclickedupon,eveniftheobject couldnotnormallybeselectedduetoadifferentlayerscale,orthe currentclassorlayeroptionsettings.Thesecommandsprovidequick accesstotheclassorlayerofanyobjectcurrentlydisplayed. Activatestheobjectsclass,layer,orboth(asnecessary)andselectsthe object,eveniftheobjectcouldnotnormallybeselectedduetoa differentlayerscale,orthecurrentclassorlayeroptionsettings Createsanobjectthatmatchesanobjectthatisalreadyinthedrawing. SeeCreatingSimilarObjectsonpage 670intheVectorworksDesign SeriesUsersGuide. Accessestheobjectspropertiesdialogbox,whichissimilartotheObject Infopalette;itcontainsinformationspecifictotheselectedobject
ForceSelect
36
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Description
Editsthe2Dor3Dcomponent,orthe3Dwallholecomponentofthe symbolinstance;ifeditingoneofthecomponents,thecontextmenu allowsyoutoswitchdirectlytoeditingtheothercomponent
SheetBorder ShowGrids TitleBlock WallorRoundWall Join ActivatestheWallJointoolforjoiningwallsegments;seeJoining Wallsonpage 470.Thetooldefaultstothemodeusedpreviouslywith thetool. ActivatestheRemoveWallBreakstooltocleanupwallbreaksorgaps; seeRemovingWallBreaksonpage 470 Togglesbetweenshowingandhidinggridtextandlinesinthesheet bordermargin OpenstheImportTitleBlockdialogbox,foraddingatitleblocktothe sheetborder;seeAddingaTitleBlockonpage 381
Provideshortcutstoedittheviewportsannotations,crop,ordesign layer,bypassingtheEditViewportdialogbox(seeCroppingSheet LayerViewportsonpage 774).Thecontextmenucommandscanalso beaccessedwheninaneditviewportmode(forexample,toswitch directlyfromeditingacroptoeditingannotations). Activatesthedesignlayeroftherightclickedobject(iftherightclicked objectdoesnotbelongtoadesignlayer,theEditViewportdialogbox opens) Exitstheviewportdirectlytothedesignlayerwheneditingadesign layerfromasheetlayerviewport.TheExitViewportcontextmenuis onlyavailableifNavigateBacktoViewportisselectedfromtheEdit Viewportdialogbox. Updatestheviewport,similartotheUpdatebuttonontheObjectInfo palette
EditDesignLayer
ExitViewport
Dimension
37
Description
Removestheassociationbetweentheclickeddimensionandthe dimensionedobject;seeAssociativeDimensioningonpage 714 Formoreinformationoneditingchaindimensions,seeEditingChain Dimensionsonpage 733 Addsadimensionorwitnesslinetothechain Deletesdimensionorwitnessline
38
| Chapter 1: Introduction
Description
Focusesselectedinstrumentsatanexistingfocuspoint,orcreatesanew one
DoubleclickingonanobjectperformsthesamefunctionasselectingEditfromthecontextmenu(italsoreactivates theworkingplaneonwhichaplanarobjectwascreated).
Getting Started
Creating a New File
Tocreateanewfile: 1. SelectFile>New. TheCreateDocumentdialogboxopens. 2. SelectthetypeofdocumenttocreateandclickOKtoopenthenewfile.
ThischapterdescribeshowtogetstartedwiththeVectorworksFundamentalsproduct.Itdescribeshowtosetupbasic programpreferences,units,anddefaultoptions.Printingandusingtabletsarealsodescribed.
Document Type
Createblankdocument Usedocumenttemplate
Description
Opensanewdrawingfilewiththedefaultprogramsettings(attributes,scale,units, etc.) Opensanewdrawingwithsettingsthatweresavedinatemplatefile;selectthe templatetouse(seeCreatingTemplatesonpage 80tolearnmoreabouttemplates)
Opening a File
Therearethreewaystoopenafilethatalreadyexists.Uptoeightfilescanbeopenatonceintheprogram. Toopenafilethatalreadyexists: 1. SelectFile>Open. TheOpendialogboxopens. 2. Selectthenameofthefileortemplatetoopen. 3. ClickOpen. Theprogramopensthelastsavedversionoftheselecteddrawingfile. Toopenafilethatwasrecentlyused: SelectFile>OpenRecentandselectanamefromthelistofthelasttenfilesthatwereopenedorsaved.
40
Toopenafilefromtheoperatingsystem: DoubleclickafiledirectlyinWindowsExplorerorMacintoshFinder. IfmultipleversionsoftheVectorworksprogramareinstalled,andtheprogramisnotyetopen,theversionthat openswhenyoudoubleclickafiledependsontheoperatingsystem. OnWindows,theversionoftheprogramthatwasinstalledmostrecentlyopens. OnMacintoshOSX,theVectorworks2012programopenswhenyoudoubleclickaversion2012file.When youdoubleclickanolderversionfile,theolderversionoftheprogramopens. TheVectorworks2012programcanopenfilesthatwerecreatedinMiniCAD7orinVectorworksversions8andabove. FilesthatwerecreatedinversionsearlierthanMiniCAD7mustbeconvertedtoatleastversion7,withaversionofthe programthatisearlierthanversion12.Ifanearlierversionoftheprogramisnotavailable,contactNemetschek VectorworksSalesSupportforassistance. Whenauserattemptstoopenafilethatanotheruseralreadyhasopen,analertdisplaysthenameoftheuserwhohas thefileopenandwhereitisopen;additionalinformationaboutthefilecanbedisplayed,includingitspath,whenit wasopened,andhowlongithasbeenopen.
41
Parameter
Replace With OriginalFont ReplacementFont NewMappings AllMappings Tomapmissingfonts:
Description
Autopopulateswhenanoriginalfontisselected Liststhedefaultfontandallavailablesystemfonts(thedefaultfontisthesystemfont forthecomputeronwhichtheprogramisinstalled) Liststheunavailablefontusedinthefile Liststhefontthatwillbeusedtoreplacetheoriginalfont Listsfontsthathavenotpreviouslybeenmapped Listsallfontsregardlessofwhethertheyhavebeenpreviouslymapped
1. PopulatethelistoforiginalfontsbyselectingNewMappingsorAllMappings. 2. Ifthedefaultreplacementfontisacceptableforreplacingalloriginalfonts,clickOKtoopenthedocument. Otherwise,proceedtoStep3. FontmappingscanbechangedatanytimebyclickingEditFontMappingsfromtheDisplaytabofVectorworks preferences. 3. Selectanoriginalfonttomap. TheReplacefielddisplaystheselectedoriginalfont,andtheWithfieldliststhedefaultandallavailablefonts. Selectthedesiredreplacementfont,andthenselectthenextoriginalfonttomap.Repeattheprocessuntilall desiredoriginalfontshavebeenmapped. 4. ClickOKwhenalldesiredoriginalfontshavebeenmapped. MappedfontsarestoredasaVectorworkspreference.IfVectorworkspreferencesaredeleted,theFontMapping dialogboxredisplaysforafilethatmayhavepreviouslyhadthefontsmapped.
42
Closing a File |
43
Closing a File
Toclosethecurrentfile: 1. SelectFile>Closeorclickthecloseboxonthedrawingwindow. 2. Ifthefilechangedsinceitwaslastsaved,clickSave(Macintosh)orYes(Windows)tosaveandclosethefile. ClickDontSave(Macintosh)orNo(Windows)toclosethefilewithoutasave. Tocloseallopenfiles(Windowsonly): 1. SelectWindow>CloseAll. 2. Ifthefileschangedsincetheywerelastsaved,clickYestosaveandclosethefiles.ClickNotoclosethefiles withoutasave.
Saving a File
TheSavecommandsavestheopenfile,whichreplacestheearlierversionofthefile.Whenyousaveafileforthefirst time,specifythefilenameandlocation.TheSavecommandisdisabledifnochangeshavebeenmadetothefilesince itwasfirstopenedorcreated. OnWindows,thefilesrequirea.vwxor.mcdextensiontoberecognizedbytheVectorworksprogram.Ifyoudo notenteranextension,theprogramaddsthe .vwxextensionautomatically. Tosavethecurrentfile: 1. SelectFile>Save. Ifthefilehasnotbeensavedbefore,theSaveVectorworksDrawingdialogboxopens. 2. EnteranameforthefileintheNamefield,andthenselectthedestinationforthefile. 3. ClickSave. Theprogramsavesthefile.Thetimerequiredmaydependonthefilesize.
44
Save As
Tosavethecurrentfilewithadifferentname: 1. SelectFile>SaveAs. TheSaveVectorworksDrawingdialogboxopens. 2. EnteranewNameforthefile,andthenselectthedestinationforthefile. 3. ClickSave. Theprogramsavesanewcopyofthefile.Thetimerequiredmaydependonthefilesize.
Save a Copy As
Tosaveacopyofthecurrentfileandcontinuetoeditthecurrentfile: 1. SelectFile>SaveACopyAs. TheSavedialogboxopens. 2. EnteranewNameforthefile,andthenselectthedestinationforthefile. 3. ClickSave. Theprogramsavesanewcopyofthefileandkeepstheoriginalfileopenforfurtheredits.Thetimerequired maydependonthefilesize.
Parameter
Yes No Settings
Description
Savesthefile;ifthedocumenthasnotbeensaved,theSavedialogboxopenstonamethefilefirst Cancelsthesaveoperationandresetstheautosavecounters OpenstheVectorworksPreferencesdialogboxtoedittheautosaveparameters;selectDontbackup thisdocumentfortheremainderofthesessiontodisabletheautosavefeaturefortheactive documentfortheremainderofthesession
45
46
2. SelectTools>Utilities>UpdatePluginObjects. TheUpdatePluginObjectsdialogboxopens.
3. Selectthetype(s)ofobjectstoconverttothenewformat,andthenclickOK. Allolderversionobjectsoftheselectedtype(s)areconvertedintothenewformat.
47
Parameter
SourceFolder
Description
ClickChoosetoopeneithertheChooseSourceFolderdialogbox(Macintosh)orthe BrowseforFolderdialogbox(Windows);selectthefolderthatcontainsthefilesyou wanttoconvert,andthenclickChoose(Macintosh)orOK(Windows)toreturnto theBatchConvertdialogbox Toplacetheconvertedfilesintoadifferentfolder,clickChoosetoopeneitherthe ChooseDestinationFolderdialogbox(Macintosh)ortheBrowseforFolderdialog box(Windows).Selectthefolder,andthenclickChoose(Macintosh)orOK (Windows)toreturntotheBatchConvertdialogbox.ThendeselectConvertin place. Convertsthefileswithinthesubfoldersofthesourcefolder MovestheoriginalVectorworksfilestoanarchivefolder,andplacesthenewly convertedfilesintheoriginalsourcefilelocations.Thearchivefolderiscreated withinthesourcefolderandisnamedOldVersionVectorworksFiles. Deselectthisoptiontoplacetheconvertedfilesinthedestinationfolderandmakeno changestothesourcefolder.
DestinationFolder
Includesubfolders Convertinplace
Createsviewportsondesignlayersthatreferenceoneormorelayerswithinthesame file.Selectthisoptiontoconvertanylayerlinksintheolderversionfilesinto viewports.SeePresentingDrawingswithDesignLayerViewportsonpage 689in theVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide. Createsviewportsondesignlayersthatreferenceoneormorelayersinanexternal file.Selectthisoptiontoconvertanyreferencedlayersintheolderversionfilesinto viewports.SeePresentingDrawingswithDesignLayerViewportsonpage 689in theVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide.
48
Parameter
Convertabsolutereferences intorelativereferences (VectorworksDesignSeries required)
Parameter
Totalfilesinsourcefolder Totalfilessuccessfullyconverted Totalcurrentversionfilescopied
Description
Thetotalnumberoffilescontainedinthespecifiedsourcefolder ThetotalnumberoffilessuccessfullyconvertedbytheBatchConvert command Thetotalnumberoffilesthatwerealreadyinthecurrentversionofthe Vectorworksprogram;ifConvertinplaceisselected,thefilesareleftinplace intheoriginalfolder;ifConvertinplaceisnotselected,thefilesarecopiedto thedestinationfolder Thetotalnumberoffilesthatwerenotconverted Thenumberoffilesthatwerenotconvertedbecausetheywerenot Vectorworksfiles Thenumberoffilesthatwerenotconvertedbecausetheydamagedinsome wayandcouldnotbeopenedandprocessed ThenumberoffilesthatwerenotconvertedbecausetheywereMiniCAD6or anearlierversion,whichisnotsupportedbytheBatchConvertcommand Thenumberoffilesthatwerenotconverted,forwhichtheprogramcouldnot detectareason
49
Description
Thismessageindicatesthatoneormoreofthesuccessfullyconvertedfiles containedasolidthatcouldnotbeproperlygeneratedbytheParasolid kernel.Checkthelogfiletoseewhichfileshadsolidconversionfailures.You maybeabletoedittheconvertedgeometryandregeneratethesolids.
5. ClickDetailstoviewalogfilewithinformationabouteachfileprocessedduringtheconversion.
50
2. Tochangethewaythisfilewillbeconverted,clickSettings. TheVectorworksdialogboxopens.
Parameter
Keeptheoriginalfilenamewith the Convertlayerlinksintoviewports (VectorworksDesignSeries required) Convertreferencedlayersinto referencedviewports (VectorworksDesignSeries required) Convertabsolutereferencesinto relativereferences (VectorworksDesignSeries required)
Description
Selectwhichfilewillhavetheoriginalfilename:theoriginalfileorthenew file Createsviewportsondesignlayersthatreferenceoneormorelayerswithin thesamefile.Selectthisoptiontoconvertanylayerlinksintheolderfileinto viewports.SeePresentingDrawingswithDesignLayerViewportson page 689intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide. Createsviewportsondesignlayersthatreferenceoneormorelayersinan externalfile.Selectthisoptiontoconvertanyreferencedlayersintheolder versionfileintoviewports.SeePresentingDrawingswithDesignLayer Viewportsonpage 689intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide. Convertsworkgroupreferenceswithabsolutefilepathstorelativefilepaths, ifarelativefilepathisallowed.Arelativefilepathisnotallowedifthefileis onadifferentvolumefromthereferencedfile.
Exiting Vectorworks |
51
Exiting Vectorworks
ToclosetheVectorworksprogramalongwithanyopenfiles: 1. FromtheFilemenu(Windows)orVectorworksmenu(Macintosh),selectQuit. 2. Ifthereareanyunsavedfiles,clickSave(Macintosh)orYes(Windows)tosavethechangesandexit.ClickDont Save(Macintosh)orNo(Windows)toexitwithoutasave.
Drawing Techniques
Objectsarecreatedusingthemouse,thekeyboard,oramouseandkeyboardcombination.
Release
Inclickclickmode,clickthemousetomarkthestartpointofanobject,andthenclickagainateachoftheobjects cornersorvertices.
1st click
2nd click
52
Rectangle Tool
Undoing Actions
Oneormoreofthemostrecentactionscanbeundone.Specifythenumberofactionsthatcanbeundoneonthe SessiontabofVectorworkspreferences.SeeSessionPreferencesonpage 21forinformationonthistab.The maximumnumberofactionsthatcanbeundoneis100.SelectIssueundowarningstoopenawarningdialogbox whenattemptingtoundoanactionthatcannotbeundone. Toundorecentchanges: SelectEdit>Undo. Themostrecentchangeisundone.ContinuetoselecttheUndocommandtoundochangesinthereverseorder inwhichtheywereperformed. Thehigherthemaximumnumberofundos,themorememorymayberequired.
Redoing Actions
Actionsthathavebeenundonecanthenberedone.Thenumberofactionsthatcanberedoneisdeterminedbyhow manyundoswereperformed.
Moving Around |
Toredoactionsthatwereundone: SelectEdit>Redo.
53
Themostrecentundoisreversedandtheactionisexecutedagain.ContinuingtoselecttheRedocommandwill redochangesinthereverseorderthattheywereundone.
Moving Around
Thereareseveralwaystomovearoundwithinadrawingfile,whichallowsyoutolookatthewholedrawingorat selectportionsofit.
Panning
UsethePantooltomovethedrawingaroundthedrawingwindow,changingtheareaofdisplay. Topanaroundthedrawing: 1. ClickthePantoolfromtheBasicpalette. 2. Movethehandintothedrawingwindow. 3. Clickandholddownthemousebutton,anddragthedrawingaroundthescreen. Therulersmovewiththepage. 4. Whenthedrawingshowsthedesiredarea,releasethemousebutton. Areasofthedrawingthatwereoffthepagedonotdisplayuntilthemouseisreleased.
DoubleclickthePantooltorefreshthedrawingview.
54
Zooming
Zoomcontrolsthevisualscaleofadrawing.Itdoesnotaffectthephysicalsizeofobjectsassetbythelayerscaleinthe Organizationdialogbox.Likeamagnifyingglass,zoomcontrolshowcloseorfarawayobjectsappearonthescreen. Zoomintogetacloseupviewofadetail,andzoomouttogetabroaderviewofthewholedrawing. Duringazoomoperation,thedrawingcontinuestodisplaynormallyifpossible.Acomplexdrawingmaynotdisplay infulldetailduringazoomoperation,butassoonasthezoomiscomplete,thedrawingdisplaysnormally. TheVectorworksprogramincludeszoomfunctionalitythroughthemousewheel,throughbuttonsontheViewbar, andthroughtheZoomtoolontheBasicpalette.
Moving Around |
55
Zoom In/Out
Current Zoom
Mode
MarqueeZoom
Description
Magnifiestheportionofthedrawingthatiswithinthemarqueearea;inclickdragmode, simplyclickonce(donotcreateamarqueebox)todoublethezoomfactor Tozoomout,holddowntheOption(Macintosh)orAlt(Windows)keyduringthezoom.
InteractiveZoom
Interactivelyzoomsthedrawingarea
56
Moving Around |
57
Normal Scale
TheNormalScalecommandautomaticallydisplaysthedrawingfileat100%ofitsrealworldscale.Forexample,ifa drawingscaleissetto1:1,everyinchonthemonitorcorrespondstoaninchonpaper.Normalscaleisthescaleat whichthedrawingisprinted. Tosetthedrawingtonormalscale: 1. SelectView>Zoom>NormalScale. Vectorworkschangestheviewsothattheobjectsscreensizeandprintsizearethesame. 2. Ifthedrawingsizeislargerthanthemonitorsdimensions,scrollorpanaroundthedrawingtoseeallelements.
Scrolling
Automatically Scrolling While Drawing
TheVectorworksprogramautomaticallyscrollsthedrawingareawhenanobjectisbeingdrawn. Touseautoscroll: 1. Selectanydrawingtool. 2. Pressandholddownthemousebuttontobegindrawing. 3. Dragthecursorontopoforpastascrollbarorruler. Thedrawingwindowscrollsinthedirectionofthecursor. Inclickclickmode,ifyoudonotholddownthemousebuttonwhileyoudraw,theautoscrollishaltedifthe cursorpassesascrollbarorruler;thisallowsinteractionwiththescrollbars,toolpalettes,andtoolsets.
58
Selecting Objects
UsetheSelectiontoolfromtheBasicpalettetoselectobjectsforthenextcommandoreditoperation.TheShiftkeyand theAlt(Windows)orOption(Macintosh)keyaremodifiersforselectionactions.Createrectangular,lasso,or polygonalmarqueesaroundobjectstoselectsingleormultipleobjects.Thefollowingtabledescribesthevarious selectionmethods.
Method
Click Optionclick(Macintosh)or Ctrlclick(Windows) Shiftclick Optiondrag(Macintosh)or Ctrldrag(Windows) Rectangle,lasso,polygonmarquee Shiftmarquee Optionmarquee(Macintosh)or Altmarquee(Windows) InvertSelectioncommand(onthe Editmenu) Doubleclick
Selection Action
Standardselectionmethod;selectsasingleobjectonly Createsacopyoftheobjectandplacesitdirectlyovertheselectedobject, unlessthepreferencehasbeendisabled(seeEditPreferencesonpage 17) Selectsmultipleobjectsaseachobjectisclicked;alsocanbeusedtodeselect oneormoreobjectswithoutaffectingotherselectedobjects Placesacopyoftheobjectwherethemousebuttonisreleased Selectsallobjectsthatarecompletelycontainedwithinthemarquee Reversestheselectionstatusofobjectsinsideamarquee;ifobjectsinsidethe marqueeareselected,thismethoddeselectsthoseobjects Selectsallobjectsthatthemarqueepassesthrough,aswellasthosecontained withinthemarquee Deselectseverythingthatiscurrentlyselected,andselectsallvisibleobjectsin editablelayersandclassesthatarenotcurrentlyselected Reactivatestheworkingplaneonwhichaplanarobjectwascreated;mayalso haveotherbehaviorsuchassymboleditingorpolygonreshaping,depending onselectedsettings
Todeselectallselectedobjects,clickinanemptyareaofthedrawing,orpressthexkeytwiceinrapidsuccession.
59
Description
Noreshapehandlesdisplayforaselectedobject,sothatitcanbedraggedfromany pointwithoutaccidentallyaffectingitssize Allowsresizingbydraggingareshapehandlethatdisplaysonasingleselectedobject
Drag the middle handle to the right to reduce the rectangles width
Drag the lower left handle upward and to the right to rotate the rectangle
UnrestrictedInteractive Scaling
Allowsresizingofmultipleobjectsbydraggingareshapehandlethatdisplaysonone oftheselectedobject(s)
Drag the middle handle to the right to reduce the width of both rectangles
WallInsertion
60
Mode
EnableRectangular Selection
EnableLassoSelection
EnablePolygonalSelection
Selecting Objects |
61
Select All
TheSelectAllcommandselectsallvisibleobjectsineditablelayersandclasses.Theactivelayerisalwayseditable,but otherlayerscanbeeditableiftheyarevisibleandiftheLayerOptionsaresettoShow/Snap/ModifyOthers.Formore informationaboutsettinglayerandclassvisibilityandlayerandclassoptions,seeSettingVisibilitiesonpage 118 andSettingClassandDesignLayerOptionsonpage 113. Toselectallobjectsinthedrawingarea: SelectEdit>SelectAll. Alternatively,rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onthedrawingarea,andselectSelectAllfromthe documentcontextmenu. Theprogramselectsallvisibleobjectsthatcanbemodified.Eachoftheseselectedobjectsisdisplayedwith highlighting.Lockedobjectsarealsoselectedsotheycanbeunlockedformodification.
Previous Selection
ThePreviousSelectioncommandreselectsthesetofobjectsthatweremostrecentlyselected.Thisisespeciallyuseful ifalargenumberofobjectswereaccidentallydeselected. Toreselectpreviouslyselectedobjects,selectEdit>PreviousSelection.
Move cursor
Selection cursor
Resize cursor
YoucanthenuseeithertheCoincidentSelectionkeyortheSelectCoincidentObjectscommandfromthecontext menutoopenadialogboxfromwhichyoucanselecttheappropriateobjects. Toselectoneormorecoincidentobjects: 1. ClicktheSelectiontoolfromtheBasicpalette. 2. Whenthecursorindicatesthatmultipleobjectsareavailablebeneathit,pressandholdtheCoincidentSelection key(Jbydefault)andclickthedrawing.Alternatively,rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)andselect SelectCoincidentObjectsfromtheobjectcontextmenu. TheCoincidentSelectionkeycanbechangedintheWorkspaceEditor;seeModifyingSnappingandMode Shortcutsonpage 887. 3. TheSelectdialogboxopens.Eachobjectavailableforselectionatthatpointdisplaysinalist,intoptobottom stackingorder.
62
Selecting Objects |
63
Layer 1 has an exterior view of a building made from filled objects. Even though the layer options are set to Show/Snap/Modify Others, the objects on Layer 2 are not visible and cannot be selected by clicking with the Selection tool.
Layer 2 has a section view of the same building, also made from filled objects. When the X-ray Fills Mode key is pressed, all filled objects become transparent. The objects on Layer 2 are visible and can be selected by clicking with the Selection tool.
Highlighting
Highlightingcanindicatethefollowinginformationaboutanobjectinadrawing. Currentlyselected Currentlypreselectedbecauseitisunderthecursor(orwithintheselectionmarquee) Locked Onaninactivelayer Causingoneofthedisplayedsnappoints Canbeacteduponbythecurrentlyactivetool
Bydefault,allhighlightingoptionsareenabled,andselectedobjectsdisplayasshowninthefollowingillustration.
64
The cursor is snapping to the circles center; the circle has gray dashed line highlighting, in addition to the orange selection highlighting
Objects highlighted in orange are on the active layer and are not locked
Objects highlighted in dark orange are on an inactive layer Sample highlighting with several types of objects selected
Handles
Inadditiontohighlighting,squarehandlescandisplayonselectedobjects.Theappearanceofthehandlesis controlledbytheSelectionhighlightingsettingontheInteractivetabintheVectorworkspreferences.Also,thecolors ofthehandlescanbecustomized. Ifselectionhighlightingisenabled(thedefaultsetting): Handlesdisplayonaselectedobjectiftheobjectcanbeeditedwiththeactivetool Unlockedobjectsontheactivelayerhavebluehandles Unlockedobjectsonaninactivelayerhavewhitehandles Lockedobjectshavenohandles(sincetheycannotbeedited) Handlescanbeusedasreshapepoints
Selecting Objects |
Selection highlighting enabled Selection highlighting disabled
65
The selected wall is highlighted in orange; blue handles indicate that the wall can be reshaped with the active tool
With three walls selected, the locked wall (bottom) is highlighted in gray; there are no handles because the objects cannot be reshaped with the active tool
With three walls selected, the locked wall (bottom) has a gray handle on the right side; the unlocked walls have blue handles
66
Element
General ActiveLayerPlane
Description
Setsthecolorandopacityoftheactivelayerplane grid
Example
Background3DViews (StandardBackgroundonly)
Setsthebackgroundcolorofthedrawingareafor designlayersin3Dviews
67
Description
Setsthebackgroundcolorofsheetlayers
Example
BackgroundTop/Plan (StandardBackgroundonly)
Setsthebackgroundcolorofthedrawingareafor designlayersinTop/Planview
EditingModesBorder
Setsthecolor,opacity,andthicknessofthecolored borderwheninaneditingmode
Grid
Setsthecolorandopacityofthereferencegrid
PageBoundary
Setsthecolorandopacityofthepageboundary border
68
Element
ObjectHighlighting Action
Example
ActiveLayer
InactiveLayer
AutomaticPlaneSource
Locked
Setsthepattern,forecolor,backcolor,opacity,and thicknessofthehighlightingforanobjectthatis locked Setsthecolor,opacity,andthicknessofthe highlightingforanobjectthatispreselectedonthe activelayer;anobjectcanbepreselectedbybeing eitherunderthecursorsselectionbox,orinsidea selectionmarquee Setsthecolor,opacity,andthicknessofthe highlightingforanobjectthatispreselectedonthe inactivelayer Setsthecolor,opacity,andthicknessofthe highlightingforanobjectthatislocked Setsthecolor,opacity,andthicknessofthe highlightingforanobjectthatisbeingsnappedto; thehighlightingisalwaysadashedline Setstheopacityfortherepetitionsoftheselected tileobjectthataredisplayedwhenatileresourceis beingedited
PreSelectionActiveLayer
SnapObject
TileHighlighting
Repeated object
69
Description
Setsthecolor,opacity,andthicknessofthe highlightingforanobjectthatcanbeeditedbythe activetool
Example
CueBackground
CueText
DatumIndicator
Setsthecolor,opacityandthicknessofthedatum indicator
ExtensionLinesAngle
Setsthecolor,opacityandthicknessofangle extensionlines
ExtensionLinesSmart Point
Planes
SelectionBox
Setsthecolor,opacity,andthicknessoftheselection boxaroundtheSmartCursor
70
Element
SmartEdges
Example
SmartPoints
Setsthecolor,opacity,andthicknessofsmartpoints
SnapBox
Setsthecolor,opacity,andthicknessofthesnapbox aroundtheSmartCursor
VectorLocks
Setsthecolor,opacity,andthicknessofvectorlocks
CongestionIndicator
Setsthecolor,opacity,andthicknessofthesnapbox whentherearetoomanyavailablesnappoints aroundtheSmartCursor(usingthesnaploupeis recommendedinthissituation;seeUsingtheSnap Loupeonpage 152) Setsthecolor,opacity,andthicknessofthecurrent snapindicator Setsthecolor,opacity,andthicknessoftheacquired snappoint
Current
Obtained
Special
71
Description
Restoresthedefaultsettingsforallinterface elements
Example
Parameter
Pattern/ForeColor/BackColor
Description
Touseasolidcolor,selectthecolorfromtheForeColormenu;thenfromthe Patternmenu,selectthesolidpatternforthatcolor Touseapattern,selecttheForeColorandBackColorcolorsfromthemenus(see SelectingaColorfromaColorPaletteonpage 570);thenselectaPattern
4. ClickOKtosavethesettings,whichapplytoallVectorworksdrawings. 5. FromtheVectorworksPreferencesdialogbox,clickOKagaintosavethepreferences.
72
73
Units
TheVectorworksprogramprovidesawiderangeofmeasurementsystemstoselectfromandalsoprovidesthe flexibilitytocreateacustomizedmeasurementsystem.Theselectedmeasurementsystemisappliedglobally throughoutthedrawing,fromthemeasurementsthatdisplayontherulerstothoseusedindimensionsand worksheets. TheUnitscommandopenstheUnitsdialogbox,whichorganizesunitssettingsontwotabbedpanes: TheGeneralDisplayandDimensionstabsettingsaffecttheunitsthroughoutthedrawingandtherounding settingsforprimarydimensions. TheDualDimensionstabcontainsmanyofthesameparametersfoundontheGeneralDisplayandDimensions tab,butitssettingsapplyonlytosecondarydimensions.Ifdualdimensionsarenotbeingused,thesesettings havenoeffect.Formoreinformationondualdimensioning,seeDualDimensioningonpage 722.
74
Parameter
Length Units
Description
Selectthedesiredlengthmeasurementsystemfromthelist. Ifthissettingischangedfromonemetricunittoadifferentmetricunit,the DecimalprecisionandDimensionobjectprecisionvaluesareautomatically scaledbythesameratio,tomaintainthesameinherentprecisionthedocument hadbefore.Ifthesettingischangedfromanonmetricunittoametricunit,the precisionvaluesareautomaticallysettonewdefaultvaluessuitableforthe selectedmetricunit.
Custom ShowUnitMark
IftheCustomunitisselected,clickCustomtocreateacustomlengthmeasurement system;seeCreatingaCustomUnitSystemonpage 76 Selecttodisplaytheunitmarkalongwiththeunitvalue;iftheFeet&Inchesunitis selected,Vectorworksautomaticallydisplaysunitmarksandtherefore,ShowUnit Markappearsdimmed Selecttodisplayathousandsseparatorinthevaluesofdimensionobjects;the separatorused(aperiodorcomma)dependsonthecurrentregionalsettinginthe operatingsystem Separatorsarefordisplayonly;theyarenotusedintheObjectInfopalette,orin thedimensiontextasitisbeingedited
75
Description
Roundingonlyaffectshownumbersaredisplayed;ifthenumber1.23456isentered witharoundingof .00,thevalueisrecognizedas1.23456butdisplaysas1.23 Selectforfractionalrounding Selectfordecimalrounding Selectforacombinationoffractionalanddecimalrounding IfafractionalRoundingStylewasselected,selectastyleforthefractionsthatappear indimensions: Standard: Diagonallystacked: Verticallystacked:
RoundingPrecision Fractionprecision Decimalprecision Dimensionobject precision IfafractionalorcombinationRoundingStylewasselected,selectthefractional precisionvalue,upto1/64 IfadecimalorcombinationRoundingStylewasselected,selectuptotendigitsof decimalprecision Selectaprecisionvaluefordimensionobjects;tolinkthedimensionvaluetothe fractionordecimalprecisionvalue,clickthelinkbuttontotherightoftheprecision fields: Selectwhetherdecimalroundingisperformedusingmultiplesoftenths,quarters,or halves;theoptionselectedisreflectedintheDecimalprecisionfield Selectwhetherdimensionroundingisperformedusingmultiplesoftenths,quarters, orhalves;tolinkthedimensionvaluetothedecimalbasevalue,clickthelinkbuttonto therightoftheroundingbasefields:
DecimalOptions LeadingZero TrailingZeros Area/Volume/Angle Units Selectthearea,volume,andangularmeasurementsystemfromthelist. Ifthissettingischangedfromonemetricunittoadifferentmetricunit,the Precisionvalueisautomaticallyscaledbythesameratio,tomaintainthesame inherentprecisionthedocumenthadbefore.Ifthesettingischangedfroma nonmetricunittoametricunit,theprecisionvalueisautomaticallysettoanew defaultvaluesuitablefortheselectedmetricunit. Custom IftheCustomareaorvolumeunitisselected,clickCustomtocreateacustomareaor volumemeasurementsystem;seeCreatingaCustomUnitSystemonpage 76 Ifoneofthedecimalroundingoptionsischosen,selecttodisplayaleadingzero Ifoneofthedecimalroundingoptionsischosen,selecttodisplaytrailingzero(s)
76
Parameter
Precision
Parameter
UnitName UnitMark SmallerfromLarger LargerfromSmaller
Description
Namegiventothecustommeasurementsystemforexample,Cubit Mark(abbreviation)usedtorepresentaunitinthecustommeasurementsystemfor example,cbt Setthenumberofcustomunitsthatoccurperselectedunitforexample,ThereAre2 UnitsPerInch Setthenumberofselectedunitsthatoccurpercustomunitforexample,ThereAre2 InchesPerUnit
77
Reference Grid
Snap Grid
TheSnapGridassistswithdrawingandplacingobjectsprecisely.Thesnapgridappearsassmalldotswhenzoomed in,dependingonthesnapgriddimensions.ThesnapgridisusedincombinationwiththeSnaptoGridsnapping optionontheSnappingpalette.Asthemousemovesacrossthescreen,itautomaticallycatchesateachincrementon thesnapgrid.Whenyouareplacingordrawinganobject,itsnapstothegrid. Withshortcutkeys,objectscanbemovedconstrainedtothesnapgrid.SeeEditPreferencesonpage 17formore information. TheReferenceGridnormallydisplaysonthescreen(dependingonthezoomfactorandgriddimensions),andcanbe printed.Themostusefulwaytosetthereferencegridissothatitisanextensionofthesetscale. Dependingonthedrawing,thesnapandreferencegridscanhaveidenticalordifferentdimensions.Forexample,if youaredesigningkitchencabinetswithatoleranceofonesixteenthofaninch,setthesnapgridto1/16.Itwouldbe hardtodrawonascreenthatdisplayed16horizontalandverticallinessqueezedwithineveryinch.Forthatreason, youmightwanttomarkoffonlywholeinchesonthescreenbysettingthereferencegridto1. Atfilesetup,establishthesnapandreferencegridsettingsbasedonthedrawingscale.SeeGridSnappingon page 135.Thecolorofthereferencegridcanbechanged;seeConfiguringInteractiveDisplayonpage 65.
Guides
TheMakeGuidecommandenablestheplacementofguidelineswhichcanbeusedtovisuallyalignobjectsinthe drawing.Guidescanbeanyshapeandsize.Inadditiontoprovidingvisualclues,guidesworkwiththeSmartCursor toensureprecisealignment.GuideobjectsarelockedintoaclasscalledGuidesandarecoloredlightpurple.Guides areprintedunlesstheHideGuidescommandisselected,ortheDeleteAllGuidescommandhaspermanently removedthem.
78
Option
MakeGuides SelectGuides ShowGuides HideGuides DeleteallGuides
Description
Theobjectbecomesaguide Selectsalltheguidesinadrawing Displaysguideswhichwerehidden Temporarilyhidestheguidesinthedrawing Permanentlyremovesallguidesandtheobjectsusedtocreatethem
Set Origin
UsetheSetOrigincommandtochangetheplacementoftheorigininthedrawingarea.Theworkingplaneisalso movedtothelayerplaneorigin.TheoriginisthepointwheretheXandYaxesmeet(0,0).Itsdefaultplacementisat thecenterofthedrawingarea. Alldesignlayershavethesameorigin,buteachsheetlayerhasitsownorigin,independentoftheotherlayers. Tosettheorigin: 1. Tosettheoriginforaspecificsheetlayer,selectthesheetlayerfirst. Alternatively,editthesheetlayerpropertiesfromtheOrganizationpalette. 2. Fordesignlayers,makesuretheactivelayerisinTop/Planview. 3. SelectTools>SetOrigin.TheSetOrigindialogboxopens. Alternatively,doubleclicktheSetOriginbutton(seeSetOriginButtononpage 79).
79
Parameter
SetOrigintoNextMouseClick SetOrigintoDrawingCenter NextMouseClickIs
Description
Changesthecursortoabullseyecursor;clicktosettheorigintoanypoint withinthedrawingarea Setstheorigintotheinternaldrawingcenter;thedrawingcenterisafixed internalpointusedtopositionallobjects Setstheclickedpointtospecificcoordinates.Afterselectingthisoption,enter theXandYcoordinatesofthepoint.Theoriginissetaccordingtothevalues enteredwhenclickingalocuspointoranotherreferencepoint.Thisoptionis mostusefulfordrawingsthathaveadistantreferencepoint. DisablestheSetOriginbutton,topreventtheoriginfrombeingmoved inadvertently
80
Creating Templates
Saveadrawingfileasatemplatetouseitasafoundationfornewfiles.Templatessavelayers,classes,titleblocks, sheetborders,resources,andthecurrentsettingsforattributesandunits.(SeeCreatingaNewFileonpage 39for detailsaboutusingatemplate.) Whenatemplateisopened,theVectorworksprogramautomaticallyopensacopyofthefile.Whenthenewdrawingis savedthefirsttime,theprogrampromptsforanewfilename.Thismakesitimpossibletoaccidentallyreplacethe mastertemplatewiththenewdrawingfile. Tocreateatemplate: 1. Startwithanew,emptyfile. 2. Setupthefilewithallofthedesiredelements. 3. SelectFile>SaveAsTemplate. 4. Enterthenameofthetemplate(.sta)fileandplaceitinanappropriateTemplatesfolder.(SeeUserFolders Preferencesonpage 26fordetailsabouthowtospecifythefolderforyouruserdata.) Tosavethetemplateforpersonaluse,placeitintheTemplatessubfolderinyouruserdatafolder:[User]/ Libraries/Defaults/Templates. IfVectorworksDesignSeriesproductsareinstalled,youcansharethetemplatewithotherusersina workgroup.Todoso,placeitintheTemplatessubfolderofaworkgroupfolderonanetworkdrive;other userscanthenspecifythatworkgroupfolderintheirVectorworkspreferences:[Workgroup]/Libraries/ Defaults/Templates. The .staextensionisrequiredforWindows.ItisrecommendedforuseontheMacintoshifthefilewillbeshared withWindowsusers. 5. ClickSave.
Printing |
81
Printing
The Print Area
Withinthedrawingareaisacoloredborderwhichdefinestheprintarea.Anythingwithintheprintareaisprintedand anythingoutsideoftheprintareaisnotprinted.
Print area
Drawing area
ThesettingsfromboththePageSetupandPrinterSetupdialogboxesdeterminethenumberofsheetsofpaper(pages) requiredtoprinttheentiredrawingontheselectedprinter. Thisallowsthesamedrawingtobeprintedorplottedtonumeroussourceswithoutreadjustingthedrawing.For example,ifyouenterthedimensionsofaDsizesheetoftechnicalpaperinthePrintableAreaofthePageSetup dialogbox,andselectLetterpapersizeinthePrinterSetupdialogbox,theprogramdeterminesthatthedrawing needstobetiledacross12sheetsof81/2x11papertoastandardlaserprinter.Thenumberof81/2x11pages requiredforprintinghorizontallyandverticallyareautomaticallyupdatedinthePageSetupdialogbox.Tosendthis samedrawingtoaplotter,changethesettingsinthePageSetupdialogboxforaplotter,andtheprogramconvertsthe pagesrequiredaccordingly. Thecoloroftheprintareabordercanbechanged;seeConfiguringInteractiveDisplayonpage 65. Thepagesetup(includingtheprintablearea)isspecifiedindividuallyforeachsheetlayer(seeSettingSheet LayerPropertiesonpage 104).
Page Setup
ThePageSetupdialogboxsettingsdeterminethenumberofsheetsofpaper(pages)requiredtoprinttheentire drawingontheselectedprinter.Itisalsousedtospecifywhethertodisplaythegraydrawingboundarybox representingtheprintareafordesignlayers,andwhethertodisplaypagebreaksinthedrawingfile. Tochangethepagesetupsettings: 1. SelectFile>PageSetup. ThePageSetupdialogboxopens.
82
Parameter
Pages Horizontal Vertical Showpageboundary
Description
Specifythenumberofpagesinthehorizontaldirection Specifythenumberofpagesintheverticaldirection Selecttodisplayagrayborderaroundtheperimeteroftheprintareafordesignlayers (thissettingisselectedbydefault);alternatively,pressAlt+Btotoggleselectioninthis field.Thissettingalsoaffectsthevisibilityofthepageboundaryinaunifiedview (DesignSeriesrequired). Sheetlayersalwaysdisplaythepageboundary.
Showpagebreaks
Showwatermarks
PrintableArea Choosesize unavailablein printersetup Size/Width/Height PrinterSetup IfthedesiredpapersizeisnotavailableinthePrinterSetupdialogbox(seePrinter Setuponpage 83),selectthisoption,andthenselectthedesiredpaperSizefromthe list;thisisusefulwhensendingfilestoaprintbureauthathasdifferentpapersizes availablethanyourprinter Tomanuallyspecifythepapersize,selecttheappropriatedrawingunits(inchor millimeter)andenterthepaperWidthandHeight AccessesthePrinterSetupdialogboxforspecifyingtheprinter,papersize,drawing scale,andorientation;seePrinterSetuponpage 83
Printing |
2. Specifythepagesetupoptions,andclickOK.
83
Printer Setup
ThePrinterSetupdialogboxsettingsdeterminetheprinter,papersize,scale,andorientationofthedrawing. Tochangetheprintersetupsettings: 1. SelectFile>PageSetup. ThePageSetupdialogboxopens. 2. ClickPrinterSetup. ThePrinterSetupdialogboxopens,configuredtotheselectedprinter.
Printing a File
TheprogramcanprintorplottoanydevicethatisselectedinthePrint&FaxSystemPreferences(Macintosh)or PrinterandFaxesControlPanelitem(Windows).Theactualparametersoftheprintedorplottedfilearedetermined bytheprintersetupsettings. Allvisibleobjects,classes,andlayerswithintheprintareaoftheVectorworksfileareprinted. Toprintafile: 1. SelectFile>Print.OntheMacintosh,specifytheprintersetupparametersandthenclickOK. ThePrintdialogboxopens;theoptionsthatdisplaydependonwhichprinterorplotterisselected.
84
2. Specifytheprintoptions,suchaswhichpagestoprintandhowmanycopiestomake.Thefollowingprint settingsareavailable:
Platform
Macintosh
Setting
ApplicationPrint Resolution(DPI)
Description
Setsaresolutionfortheapplicationoutput;thisaffectsonly VectorworksgeometryandanyPICTorPDFobjectsthatmustbe rasterized.Theresolutionforbitmaps,rendereddesignlayers, andviewportsarecontrolledelsewhere;seeSettingthePrint Resolutiononpage 86fordetails. EitherselectarecommendedDPIvalueforthisprintertype(from thedropdownlist),ormanuallyenteravalue.WhenQuartz imagingisenabled,thisalwaysdefaultstoaminimumof300 DPI,foroptimumprintingresults.
MacintoshQuickDraw imagingonly
PrintPostScript only
Printing | Platform
WindowsandMacintosh
85
Setting
Graylevelfor grayedlayersand classes Enablespecial processingfor transparentcolor bitmaps
Description
Adjuststhelevelofgraywhenprintingwithgrayedlayersand or/classes WhenGDI+imagingisdisabledintheVectorworksdisplay preferencesonWindows,orQuartzisdisabledontheMacintosh, someprinters(includingPostScriptprinters)cannotsupport transparentcolorforrasterimages,whichcanaffectbitmapsand pictureobjectsthathavethefillstylesettoNone.Selectthis optiontouseamoredetailed(andslower)imagingprocessto printtransparencyproperly. Translatesrotatedtextintoabitmapimage,topreventproblems withprinterdriversthatcannotinterpretrotatedtext Printstheviewcurrentlydisplayedinthefilewindow;thisview isscaledlargerorsmallertofittheselectedpagesize
WindowsandMacintosh
Printsthedrawingasarasterbitmap.Selectthisoptionwhenthe printermemoryisinsufficient,orwhenimageproblemsoccur (forexample,toprintdesignlayertransfermodesonOSXoron PostScriptprinters). Printsfillpatternsatapproximatelythesamesizeastheyappear onthescreenata100%zoom.(WhenQuickDrawimagingis enabledonMacintosh,thisoptionhasaneffectonlyifthe Rasterizeprintoutputoptionisalsoselected.) Deselectthisoptiontousetheunscaledprinterresolution(which isusuallymuchlower);onnonPostScriptprinters,thisprints faster.
WindowsandMacintosh
WindowsandMacintosh
86
87
Button No.
1 2 3 4
Function
Samefunctionasa(left)mouseclick TogglestheTabletmodeonandoff Recentersthedisplaytothecurrentpositionofthepointer;noeffectwhenTabletmodeisdisabled Togglesautomaticscrollingonandoff
Aligning a Tablet
Whenyouuseatablet,youhaveoptionsforaligningthetabletwiththedrawingarea.Alignthecenterofthedrawing withthetabletscenter,alignthe2Dlocuspointwiththecenterofthetablet,oralignthe2Dlocuspointwiththe positiononthetabletofthenexttabletcursorclick.Bydefault,theprogramalignsthecenterofthetabletwiththe centerofthedrawingarea. Toalignthe2Dlocuswiththecenterofatablet: 1. Setalocuspoint. SeeCreatingLocionpage 255fordetailsonsettingloci.Keepthelocuspointselected. 2. SelectTools>Tablet. IfalreadyinTabletmode,deselectandselectitagaintoalignthetablet. TheTablettoScreenMappingdialogboxopens. 3. ClickAlignTabletCentertoSelectedLocus. TheAlignNextTabletClicktoSelectedLocusoptionallowsyoutotracemultipleobjectsfromdifferentsources andhavethemdisplayinthedrawingatthecorrectcoordinates.Forexample,iftwobuildingsneedtomaintain asetdistancefromeachother,setalocuspoint,alignthetablettothatlocus,andcreatethefirstbuilding.When thatbuildingiscompleted,setasecondlocuswherethesecondbuildingissupposedtobe,realignthetablet,and createthesecondbuilding.Theboundaryforthetabletismovedandtherelationshipbetweentheobjectsis maintained. 4. ClickOK. Thecenterofthetabletisnowalignedwiththeselectedlocuspoint.Thetabletsboundaryboxmovestoindicate thecenterofthedrawingtabletinrelationtothedrawingarea. Thisactiononlyaffectsthecenterofthedrawingtablet.Thedrawingareasoriginisunaffected.
88
Drawing Structure
90
Button
Classestab New Edit Duplicate
Function
ClickNewtoopentheClassOptions(Macintosh)orNewClass(Windows)dialogbox.See CreatingClassesonpage 106. SelectaclassandclickEdittoedititintheEditClass(es)dialogbox.SeeSettingClass Propertiesonpage 108. SelectaclassandclickDuplicatetocreateacopyofit.Thenameoftheduplicateisthesame astheoriginalclass,withanumberadded(asincabinets2);iftheoriginalnameendsina number,thenextavailablesequentialnumberisused. SelectaclassandclickDeletetoopentheDeleteClass(es)dialogbox.Specifywhattodowith theobjectscurrentlyassignedtotheclass(es)beingdeleted(deletethem,orreassignthemto anotherselectedclass).ClickOKtoreturntotheOrganizationdialogbox.Vectorworks movesallobjectsinthedeletedclass(es)totheappropriateclass,ordeletesthem,asspecified. NotethattheDimensionandNoneclassescannotbedeleted.Thesearedefaultclassesin everydrawing.
Delete
Preview
Displaysapreviewofthecurrentsettingsinthedrawingarea
91
Function
Delete
Preview Update Reference (onthecontext menuonly) LevelTypes (Vectorworks Architect required) PageSetup Storiestab (Vectorworks Architectrequired) SheetLayerstab New Edit Duplicate
Displaysapreviewofthecurrentsettingsinthedrawingarea (Layerimportreferencingmethodonly)Thisoptionisavailableifadesignlayerhasbeen importedintothisfilewithworkgroupreferencing(thenameofthereferencedlayerdisplays initalics).Toupdatethisfilewithlayerinformationfromthemasterfile,rightclick (Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)thelayer,andselectUpdateReferencefromthecontext menu.SeeWorkgroupReferencingonpage 121. Managesavailableleveltypes;seeManagingLevelTypesonpage 6intheVectorworks DesignSeriesUsersGuide
ClickNewtoopentheNewSheetLayerdialogbox.SeeCreatingLayersonpage 94. SelectasheetlayerandclickEdittoedititintheEditSheetLayersdialogbox.SeeSetting SheetLayerPropertiesonpage 104. SelectasheetlayerandclickDuplicatetocreateacopyofit.TheSheetTitleoftheduplicate isthesameastheoriginallayer.TheSheetNumberoftheduplicateisthesameasthe originallayer,withanumberadded(asindetails2);iftheoriginalSheetNumberendsina number,thenextavailablesequentialnumberisused. SelectasheetlayerandclickDelete;whenprompted,clickYestoconfirmthedeletion Displaysapreviewofthecurrentsettingsinthedrawingarea
92
Button
Edit
Duplicate
SavedViewstab New Edit Duplicate ClickNewtoopentheSaveViewdialogbox.SeeCreatingSavedViewsonpage 114. SelectasavedviewandclickEdittoedititintheEditSavedViewdialogbox.SeeEditing SavedViewsonpage 116. SelectasavedviewandclickDuplicatetocreateacopyofit.Thenameoftheduplicateisthe sameastheoriginalview,withanumberadded(asindeckview2);iftheoriginalnameends inanumber,thenextavailablesequentialnumberisused. SelectasavedviewandclickDelete;whenprompted,clickYestoconfirmthedeletion
ClickNewtoopentheOpenFiledialogbox.Forlayerimportreferences,seeAddingand EditingLayerImportReferencesonpage 123inthisguide.Fordesignlayerviewport references(VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired),seeCreatingaReferencedDesignLayer Viewportonpage 692intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide. SelectareferencedfileandclickEdittoopentheEditReferencedialogbox.Forlayerimport references,seeAddingandEditingLayerImportReferencesonpage 123inthisguide.For designlayerviewportreferences(VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired),seeCreatinga ReferencedDesignLayerViewportonpage 692intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsers Guide. SelectareferencedfileandclickDelete.IntheDeleteReferencedialogbox,specifywhatto dowiththeitemsinthefilethatarecurrentlyreferenced.SeeDeletingReferenceson page 130. SelectareferencedfileandclickUpdatetoupdatethisfilewithinformationfromthemaster file.SeeUpdatingReferencesonpage 126. ClickSettingstoopentheReferenceSettingsdialogbox.SeeSettingtheReferencing Optionsonpage 122.
Edit
Delete
Update Settings
Managing Layers |
93
Managing Layers
Createlayersinadrawingtoprovideimmediateflexibility.Stackthedesignlayersinanyorder,ortemporarilyhide someofthem.Reorderthelayers,whichmovesalloftheobjectscontainedwithineachlayertoanotherlocation withoutactuallymodifyingtheobjectsortheiralignmentwitheachother.
Layer 3
Layer 2
Layer 2
Layer 1
Layer 3
Ifyouhanddrawafloorplanontwodesignlayers,onevellumsheetwithamasterdraftingplanandanotherwithan additiontotheplan,itwouldbeeasytolookatthefloorplanwithorwithouttheaddition.IntheVectorworks program,thevellumiselectronic,sofarmorecanbedonewithit.Adistancecanbesetbetweendesignlayersrather thanhavingthemlieflatontopofeachother.Additionally,withtheprogramsmodelingcapabilities,theselayerscan beviewedin3D.Forexample,ifthefirstfloor,secondfloor,basement,androofofahouseareeachplacedintheirown designlayers,notonlycanthe2Ddraftingplanbeprintedforanyoneofthoselayers,butthedesignlayerscanbe linkedtogether,creatingamodelofafullyformed3Dhouse.Useviewportstodisplayseveralviewsofthefinished design,eitherondesignlayers(VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired)oronsheetlayers,whicharespecialpresentation layers.Theoriginaldesignlayersremainunchanged. Layershavemanyotheruses,aswell.Moveelementsbetweendesignlayers,orchangethescaleofalayer,instantly makingadetailofanareaofthedrawingwithoutredrawinganything.Createdesignlayerswithobjectsthatshould alwaysdisplay,orlayersthatcontainobjectsfordisplayonlyatparticulartimes.Controlthevisibilityofthedesign layerstolimittheneedforcreatingnewobjects.
94
Layer 3
Layer 1
IntheVectorworksArchitectprogram,designlayerscanbeassociatedwithstories;storiesdefineabsoluteelevations inthebuildingmodel,whilelayerscanbesetatanelevationrelativetothestory.Thismethodoforganizingafile makesitmucheasiertomanageabuildingslayersandcertainassociatedobjectslikewallsandcolumns.SeeSetting UptheBuildingStructurewithStoriesonpage 4intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide. Usedesignlayerstodrawandmodelprojects.Usesheetlayerstocreateapresentationversionofthefinalized drawing;thiscanincludeviewports,titleblocks,notes,andotherannotations(seePresentingDrawingswithSheet LayerViewportsonpage 762). OnthelayerslistintheViewbar,sheetlayersarelistedfirst,andthendesignlayers.Aseparatordividesthetwotypes oflayersinthelist. Sheetlayersdisplaywithawidegrayborderrepresentingtheprintmarginarea,asopposedtodesignlayers,which haveathingrayborder(whenthepageboundaryisdisplayed).Thismakesiteasiertodistinguishthelayertypesata glance.
Creating Layers
Whenanewdrawingiscreated,itautomaticallycontainsanemptydesignlayerentitledDesignLayer1.Add designlayerstothedrawingasneededtoorganizeit.Addsheetlayersasneededforpresentation.Createnewdesign layersandsheetlayers,orimportthem(andoptionally,theobjectstheycontain)fromothercurrentversionfilesor fromstandardfiles.InVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts,createadesignlayerviewporttoreferencedesignlayers inotherfileswithoutimportingthem. Tocreateanewlayer: 1. SelectTools>Organization.Alternatively,clicktheLayersbuttonontheViewbar. TheOrganizationdialogboxopens. 2. SelecttheDesignLayersorSheetLayerstabandclickNew. TheNewDesignLayerorNewSheetLayerdialogboxopens.Createanewlayer,orimportalayerandits propertiesfromstandardorexistingVectorworksfiles.
Managing Layers |
95
Parameter
CreateaNewDesignLayer orCreateNewSheetLayer
Description
Createsanewdesignorsheetlayer. Foradesignlayer,alsoenteradescriptiveName. Forasheetlayer,enterauniqueSheetNumber,orusethedefault(asinSht2).The SheetNumbercanbedisplayedindrawinglabels,sectionmarkers,andtitle blocksonsheetlayers.AlsoenteradescriptiveSheetTitle,whichcanbedisplayed intitleblocks.
ImportDesignLayers orImportSheetLayer
Importslayersandtheirattributesfromstandardfilesorfromexistingfiles.Files locatedintheStandardsfolder,aswellasexistingfilesselectedpreviously,are displayedinthelist.Selectafile;theavailablelayersarelistedbeneaththefilename. Ifalayernameinthecurrentfilematchesalayerintheimportfile,thatlayerisnoton thelistasanimportoption. Selectthedesiredlayer(s).Toselectmultiplelayersfromtheimportlist,holddown theCtrl(Windows)orCommand(Macintosh)keywhileyouclick. Formoreinformationaboutstandards,seeImportingDrawingStructurefrom StandardsorOtherFilesonpage 93.
96
Parameter
ViewportVisibility (designlayeronly) EditPropertiesAfter Creation
3. ClickOKtocreatethenewdesignorsheetlayer(s). ThelayersdisplayinthelayerlistintheOrganizationdialogbox,andalsointhelayerslistontheViewbar.
Managing Layers |
97
Displays when the Vectorworks preference for Quartz imaging (Macintosh) or GDI+ imaging (Windows) is enabled Displays when the Vectorworks Architect product is installed
3. Tochangeotherlayerproperties,selectoneormorelayersandclickEdittoopentheEditDesignLayersdialog box.
98
Parameter
Name Scale StackingOrder Story (VectorworksArchitect required)
Description
Ifonelayerwasselected,displaysthelayersname,whichcanbeeditedif necessary Setsthescalefortheselectedlayer(s);seeChangingtheScaleofSelectedDesign Layersonpage 72 Changesthe2Dstackingorderofthelayer(s);seeChangingtheDesignLayer StackingOrderonpage 99 Associatesthelayerwithastory;selectthestoryfromthelist,orcreateanew storyforthelayer(seeCreatingandManagingStoriesonpage 7inthe VectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide).Ifthedesignlayerdoesnotneedto belongtoastory,selectNone;forexample,adetaillayerdoesnotneedtobe associatedwithabuildingstory. Setstheheightofalayerrelativetothegroundplane. ForVectorworksArchitectusers,theelevationissetrelativetothestory,ifthe layerisassociatedwithastory.Theelevationrelativetothegroundplanealso displays.Forexample,thesecondstoryofabuildingmightbeslightlyoffsetfrom thestoryelevation,andalsoseveralfeetabovestreetlevel. Whenanewlayerisaddedtoadrawing,itselevationvaluesare automaticallyenteredbasedonthepreviouslayerselevationandlayerwall heightvalues.
Elevation
LayerWallHeight
99
Description
Specifiesthelayersleveltype;selectthetypefromthelist,orcreateanewlevel type(seeDefaultStoryLayersonpage 4intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsers Guide).Onlyoneleveltypecanbeusedperstory(alayercannothavetwoceiling leveltypes,forexample). Controlshowtheselectedlayer(s)andothervisiblelayersdisplay;seeSetting theDesignLayerOpacityonpage 100
WhentheRenderworksproductisinstalled,selecttheRenderworksbackground tousefortheselectedlayer(s)fromeitherthedefaultcontentorthecurrentfiles content;seeDefaultContentinVectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworks onpage 157andCreatingLayerBackgroundsonpage 629. IftheRenderworksBackgroundchoicesarenotavailable,thebackground selectioniscontrolledbytheRenderworksstyleineffect.Setthe backgroundintheRenderworksstyleinstead;seeRenderworksStyleson page 690.
Specifiesthedefaultlayercolorfortheselectedlayer(s);seeSettingtheDesign LayerColoronpage 102 Specifiesthevisibilitysettingsfortheselectedlayer(s)ineachsavedview;see SettingVisibilitiesonpage 118 Specifiesthevisibilitysettingsfortheselectedlayer(s)ineachviewport;see SettingVisibilitiesonpage 118 Enablesgeoreferenceinformationtobeattachedtothelayer(s);clickEdit GeoreferencingtoopentheGeoreferencingdialogbox.SeeGISand Georeferencingonpage 580intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuidefor details.
100
3. TheDesignLayerstabdisplaysthenewstackingorder.ClickOKtoclosetheOrganizationdialogboxandsave thechanges.
Click on a layer and drag it to change its stacking order position in the list
101
Description
Makesobjectsinthenewlayersolid,obscuringobjectsinlayersstackedbelowit(thisisthe defaultsetting)
Overlay
Makesitsoobjectsinthenewlayerdonotobscurestackedlayers
Invert
Makesareversed,orphotonegativeimagedisplaywhenanobjectinthenewlayeroverlapsan objectinanotherlayer
Erase
Makesobjectsinthenewlayerdisplayallforegroundpatternsaswhiteandallbackground patternsastransparent
NotPaint
Makesobjectsinthenewlayersolidandinvertsanyareasthatoverlapobjectsinstackedlayers
NotOverlay
Makesobjectsinthenewlayertransparentandinvertslayercolors
NotInvert
Makesobjectsinthenewlayertransparentandconvertsanyblackpixelsfromoverlappingareas towhiteandwhitepixelstotransparent
102
Mode
NotErase
Managing Layers |
4. ClickOK.
103
104
Right-click (Windows) or Ctrl-click (Macintosh) on the sink from a gray, non-active layer to open the document context menu
The Activate Layer command activates the sinks layer, and the objects that are not in that layer become grayed
Managing Classes |
105
Parameter
SheetNumber
Description
Displaysthenumberoftheselectedsheetlayer;thisnumbermustbeuniqueinthedocument.If thisvalueischangedandUseAutomaticDrawingCoordinationisenabledindocument preferences(VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired),anyannotationobjects(sheetborders,drawing labels,orsectionmarkers)thatshowthisnumberareupdatedautomatically. Displaysthedescriptivetitleoftheselectedsheetlayer.IfUseAutomaticDrawingCoordination isenabledindocumentpreferences(VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired),anysheetbordersthat showthisnumberareupdatedautomatically. Specifiestheresolution(DotsPerInch)forprintingandviewingtherasterrenderedviewportsin theselectedlayer(doesnotaffectvectorgeometryorbitmapsthatareinsideviewports);see SettingthePrintResolutiononpage 86formoredetails SpecifiestheXandYcoordinatesofthesheetlayerorigin;eachsheetlayerhasitsownorigin OpensthePageSetupdialogboxforentryofsheetlayerprintingparameters;thissavestimelater, whendifferentsheetlayerscanbeautomaticallysenttodifferentprinterswithdifferentprintarea settings(seePageSetuponpage 81)
SheetTitle
DPI
Origin PageSetup
Managing Classes
Inadditiontodesignlayers,classesareapowerfulwaytoorganizetheelementsinadrawingprojectaccordingto category.Thisallowstheobjectstobeviewed,changed,andtrackedasagroup.Becauseclassesworkacrossdesign layers,theyallowthegroupingofsimilarobjectsinadrawingthatforpracticalreasonsneedtoexistonseparate layers.Classesalsoallowthesamefiletobeusedforallstagesofaprojectandforvariouspurposes.Forexample,the classesshownforalicenseapplicationcouldbedifferentfromthoseshownforthebuildingcontractor. VectorworksclassesaresimilarinfunctiontoandareexportedasAutoCADlayers.Ifadrawingwillbe exportedtoAutoCAD,useclassestomakeiteasytoturnonoroffselectedportionsofthedrawing.Forexample, ifaconsultantusingAutoCADwillbedoingtheductlayoutforabuilding,afurnitureclassallowshimorherto turnoffthefurniturelayer,insteadofdeletingfurnitureobjects. Settinguptheclassesatthebeginningofaprojectisrecommended,sothatobjectscanbeassignedtoappropriate classesastheyarecreated. EachnewdrawingcreatedwiththeVectorworksprogramautomaticallyhastwoclasses:DimensionandNone.Any dimensionscreatedareassigned,bydefault,totheDimensionclass(thisisapreferencesettingthatcanbechanged; seeDimensionPreferencesonpage 30).Groupobjectsareassignedtotheactiveclass.Allotherobjectsandsymbols
106
Creating Classes
Considerclassnamesatcreation.Iftherearealargenumberofclasses,organizethembynamingeachclasswitha compoundnameconsistingofuptofourparts,separatedbyadash.Eachnamepartrepresentsadifferentlevelinthe classnamingstructure.Forexample,adrawingofabuildingmighthaveaclassstructurethatincludesmaingroups forarchitecture,plumbing,andelectricalobjects.Withinthearchitecturegroup,theremightbedoor,floor,andwall groups.Thosegroupsinturnhavesubgroupsforexample,thewallsubgroupmighthaveinteriorandexterior designations.Aclassisnamedaccordingtoitspositionintheclassstructure,asinArchWallExt,ElecLiteCeiling,or PlumEquipNew. IntheclasseslistontheViewbar,eachmaingroupisamenuoption,withsubmenusforthesubgroups.Inthe followingexample,theArchoptionhasaWallsubmenu,withExtandIntoptions.Thistypeoforganizationmakesit easytoassignclassesasobjectsarecreated.
Managing Classes |
TheNewClassdialogboxopens.Createanewclass,orimportaclassanditspropertiesfromstandardor existingVectorworksfiles.
107
Class Type
CreateNewClass ImportClasses
Action
CreatesaclassbasedoncurrentAttributespalettesettings;enteraclassName Importsclassesandtheirattributesfromstandardfilesorexistingfiles.Fileslocatedin theStandardsfolder,aswellasexistingfilesselectedpreviously,aredisplayedinthe list.Selectafile;theavailableclassesarelistedbeneaththefilename. Selectthedesiredclass(es).Toselectmultipleclassesfromtheimportlist,holdtheCtrl (Windows)orCommand(Macintosh)keywhileyouclick. Formoreinformationaboutstandards,seeImportingDrawingStructurefrom StandardsorOtherFilesonpage 93.
108
3. ClickOKtocreatethenewclass(es). TheclassesdisplayintheclasseslistintheOrganizationdialogbox,andintheclasseslistontheViewbar.
Managing Classes |
109
Displays when the Vectorworks preference for Quartz imaging (Macintosh) or GDI+ imaging (Windows) is enabled
Parameter
UseatCreation
Description
Appliestheattributesdisplayedinthisdialogboxwhencreatinganobject assignedtothisclass.IfUseatCreationisnotselected,theseattributescanbe appliedtotheobjectlaterbyassigningtheClassStylefromtheAttributespalette. SeeSettingClassAttributesonpage 111formoreinformation.
Fill Style None Solid Pattern Selectoneofthefollowingfillstylesfromthelist Nofillisappliedtotheobjectsinthisclass Appliesasolidfilltotheobjectsinthisclass;clickthecolorboxtoselectthe desiredcolorfromthemainColorMenudialogbox Appliesapatternedfillandcolortoobjectsinthisclass.Clickthepatternboxto selectthedesiredpattern,andthenselecttheforegroundcolorandbackground colorfromthecolorboxesnexttothepattern. Appliesahatchfilltoobjectsinthisclass.Selectthedesiredhatchfromeitherthe defaultcontentorthecurrentfilescontent(seeDefaultContentinVectorworks FundamentalsandRenderworksonpage 157). Appliesatilefilltoobjectsinthisclass;clickthetilepreviewtoselectatilefrom eitherthedefaultcontentorthecurrentfilescontent(seeDefaultContentin VectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworksonpage 157)
Hatch
Tile
110
Parameter
Gradient
Image
Pen Style Color LineStyle/LineThickness SelectNone,Solid,Pattern,orDashfromthelist Clickthecolorboxtoselectapenforegroundcolor Selectthelinestyleandthicknessfortheclass;touseacustomthickness,select SetThicknessfromthelinethicknesslisttoaccesstheSetThicknessdialogbox. Thenamesanddisplayorderoftheavailabledashstylescanbechanged;see CreatingCustomDashStylesonpage 535. Markers Selectthemarkerstyleforeachendoflines,dimensions,arcs,polylines,2D polygons,orfreehandlinesinthisclass.Choosethemarkerstylefromthelistof availablemarkers.Touseacustommarkerstyle,selectCustomandspecifythe markersettings,orselectEditMarkerListfromthemarkerstylelisttosetthe availablemarkertypes(seeEditingtheMarkerListonpage 539). WhentheQuartz(Macintosh)orGDI+(Windows)imagingVectorworks preferenceisenabled,specifiestheclasstransparency;dragtheslidertotheleftto increasethetransparency,orenteranopacitypercentageintheboxtotherightof theslider IfRenderworksisinstalled,clickthesetabstosetthetexturepropertiesforwall, roof,andotherobjectsassignedtotheclass.SeeApplyingTexturestoSymbols, Walls,andRoofsonpage 651formoreinformation. Iftherearesavedviewsinthedrawing,openstheSavedViewVisibilitiesdialog box.Setthevisibilityforthenewclass(es)inthesavedviews(Visible,Invisible, Gray,orDontSave).SeeSettingVisibilitiesonpage 118. Ifthereareviewportsinthedrawing,openstheViewportVisibilitiesdialogbox. Setthevisibilityforthenewclass(es)intheviewports(Visible,Invisible,Gray,or DontSave).SeeSettingVisibilitiesonpage 118.
Opacity
Walls,Roofs,andOthertabs
SavedViews
Viewports
Managing Classes |
111
Formoreinformation,seeTheAttributesPaletteonpage 525.
112
Right-click (Windows) or Ctrl-click (Macintosh) on a cabinet in a gray, non-active class to open the document context menu
The Activate Class command activates the cabinets class, and the objects that are not in that class become grayed
113
Parameter
ActiveOnly GrayOthers Gray/SnapOthers
Description
Displaysonlyobjectsintheactiveclass/layer;onlytheactiveclass/layerprints Displaystheactiveclass/layernormallyandallotherclasses/layersappeardimmed(exceptfor thosesettoinvisible);eventhoughvisible,objectsindimmedclasses/layerscannotbeedited Displaystheactiveclass/layernormallyandallotherclasses/layersappeardimmed(exceptfor thosesettoinvisible);objectsinanynormallydisplayedorgrayclass/layercanbesnappedto. Onlyobjectsintheactiveclass/layercanbeedited. Allclasses/layersdisplaynormally,exceptforthosesettoinvisibleorgrayed;eventhough visible,objectsinclasses/layersotherthantheactiveclass/layerarenoteditableandcannotbe snappedto Allclasses/layersdisplaynormally,exceptforthosesettoinvisibleorgrayed;objectsinany normallydisplayedorgrayclass/layercanbesnappedto.Onlyobjectsintheactiveclass/layer canbeedited. Allclasses/layersdisplaynormally,exceptforthosesettoinvisibleorgrayed.Objectsinany normallydisplayedorgrayclass/layercanbesnappedto;onlyobjectsinnormallydisplayed classes/layerscanbeedited.(Anobjectonanotherlayercanonlybeeditedifitslayerscaleand viewarethesameasthoseoftheactivelayer.)Lockedobjectsdisplaywithgrayhighlighting.
ShowOthers
Show/SnapOthers
Show/Snap/ ModifyOthers
2. Thecurrentclassordesignlayerdisplaychangesaccordingly.
Managing Viewports
Asheetlayerviewportordesignlayerviewport(VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired)showsaspecificportionofone ormoredesignlayers.Theoriginallocationoftheviewportlayerscanbeeitherwithinthisfileoranotherfile.The viewparametersintheviewportcanbedifferentfromthoseoftheoriginallayers.Forexample,thescale,layerand classvisibility,orrendermodemightbechangedtocreateacertaineffect.Asheetlayerviewportdoesnotalways automaticallychangewhentheunderlyingdrawingdoes.Toseethedrawingchangesthatweremadeafterasheet layerviewportwascreated,updatetheviewport.Oneormoreviewportscanbeplacedonasheetlayerordesign layer,toshowvariouspartsofthedrawingprojectindifferentways.
114
Zoomed in view
115
Parameter
ViewName SaveViewOrientation SaveZoomandPan SavePageLocation
Description
Specifytheviewname Savesthegeneralviewparametersoftheactivelayer,includingplanrotation (VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired),projection,3Dorientation,andpageoriginsettings Savesthezoomandpansettingsoftheactivelayer Savesthedesignlayerpagelocationwiththeview;ifdeselected,thecurrentpagelocation settingisusedwhentheviewisdisplayed.Thepagelocationofsheetlayerscannotbe saved. Savestheunifiedviewstatuswiththeview;ifdeselected,thecurrentunifiedviewsetting isusedwhentheviewisdisplayed Savestherendermodeandoptionswiththeview;ifdeselected,thecurrentrendermode andoptionsareusedwhentheviewisdisplayed Savingtherendersettingswiththeviewisaneffectivemethodofsavingand restoringcustomrenderingoptions.
Specifiesthelayervisibilityoptionstosave;ifdeselected,thecurrentlayervisibility settingsareusedwhentheviewisdisplayed Selectthedesignlayerdisplayoptions(seeSettingClassandDesignLayerOptionson page 113) Selecttheactivelayer;ifasheetlayerisselected,theLayersbuttonisdisabled OpenstheLayerVisibilitiesdialogbox;specifythedesignlayervisibilitiesforthesaved view(seeSettingVisibilitiesonpage 118) Specifiestheclassvisibilityoptionstosave;ifdeselected,thecurrentclassvisibility settingsareusedwhentheviewisdisplayed
116
Parameter
ClassOptions ActiveClass Classes
3. ClickOKtosavetheviewwiththespecifiedsettings.ThesavedviewisthenavailablefromtheSavedViews menuandfromtheOrganizationdialogbox.
117
Thesettingsarethesameaswhentheviewiscreated(seeCreatingSavedViewsonpage 114).Classesand layersthatwereaddedafteraviewwascreatedarelistedasvisibleinthevisibilitysettings. Ifthelayerorclassvisibilitywassavedwhentheviewwascreated,RestoreLayerVisibilityandRestoreClass Visibilityareenabled.SelectRestoreLayerVisibilitytorestorethelayervisibilities,thelayeroptions,andthe activelayerthatweresetwhentheviewwassaved.SelectRestoreClassVisibilitytorestoretheclassvisibilities, theclassoptions,andtheactiveclassthatweresetwhentheviewwassaved. SavedviewsaresavedasVectorScriptmacros.Ifnecessary,clickEditScripttoeditthescript. 7. ClickOKtosavethechanges.ClickOKagaintoclosetheOrganizationdialogbox. AnotherwaytoeditasavedviewisthroughtheSavedViewspalette.SelectWindow>ScriptPalettes>SavedViews. PresstheOption(Macintosh)orAlt(Windows)keyanddoubleclicktheviewnametoedit.Doubleclicktheview scriptnametoswitchthecurrentdrawingareatothesavedview.
118
2. Selectthedesireditemfromthemenu.
Menu Item
SaveView EditView Listofsavedviews
Description
OpenstheSaveViewdialogbox(seeCreatingSavedViewsonpage 114) OpenstheSavedViewstaboftheOrganizationdialogbox(seeEditingSavedViews onpage 116) Selectasavedviewfromthelisttoswitchtothatview
Setting Visibilities
Theactiveclassanddesignlayerarealwaysvisible;eachinactiveclassanddesignlayercanbesettobevisible, invisible,orgray.Thevisibilitiesofinactiveclassesanddesignlayersarecontrolledinaverysimilarway,andthey bothcanbesetindependentlyforthedrawingarea,savedviews,andviewports. ClassanddesignlayervisibilityinthedrawingareaandinsavedviewsarealsoaffectedbytheClassOptionsand LayerOptionssettings.SeeSettingClassandDesignLayerOptionsonpage 113fordetails.TheVisibilitytoolcan makequickchangestolayerandclassvisibilities(VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired). Formaximumusability,visibilitiescanbesetfrommultipleplaces,butthemethodofsettingvisibilitiesisthesame. Thelevelofgrayforgrayedlayersandclassescanbeadjustedforprinting;seePrintingaFileonpage 83.
Setting Visibilities |
119
Parameter
Visiblecolumn
Description
Class/designlayerisvisible;objectsinthisclass/layerdisplaywhenanotherclass/layeris active Class/designlayerisinvisible;objectsinthisclass/layerdisplayonlywhentheclass/layeris active Class/designlayerisgray;objectsinthisclass/layeraredimmedwhenanotherclass/layeris active Forsavedviews,afourthcolumndisplaystotherightoftheothercolumns.Whenselected, class/designlayervisibilityisnotsavedforthesavedview;thecurrentclass/layervisibilityis usedwhentheviewisdisplayed.
Invisiblecolumn Graycolumn
DontSavecolumn
Setting Class and Design Layer Visibility for the Drawing Area
UsetheOrganizationdialogboxtosetthevisibilitiesofclassesanddesignlayersinthedrawingarea. Tosetthevisibilityinthedrawingarea: 1. FromtheOrganizationdialogbox,selecttheClassesorDesignLayerstabinDetailsview. 2. ChangetheVisibilitysettingsasdesired.(SeeSettingVisibilitiesonpage 118.)
3. Toseethechangesbeforesavingthem,clickPreview. 4. ClickOKtosavethechanges.
120
Setting Class and Design Layer Visibility for Viewports and Saved Views
Thevisibilitiesofclassesanddesignlayerscanbesetduringcreationoreditingofclasses,designlayers,viewports,or savedviews.ThosesettingscanalsobechangedintheOrganizationdialogbox.
Create or Edit
Classes DesignLayers Viewports SavedViews
Sets
Classvisibility;seeCreatingClassesonpage 106andSettingClassPropertieson page 108 Designlayervisibility;seeCreatingLayersonpage 94andSettingDesignLayer Propertiesonpage 97 Designlayerorclassvisibility;seeCreatingaSheetLayerViewportfromaDesignLayer onpage 762 Designlayerorclassvisibility;seeCreatingSavedViewsonpage 114andEditingSaved Viewsonpage 116
Tosettheclassanddesignlayervisibilityforviewportsandsavedviews: 1. FromtheOrganizationdialogbox,selectatabinVisibilitiesview.
Sets Visibility of
Setsvisibilityofaclassinviewportsandsavedviews Setsvisibilityofadesignlayerinviewportsandsavedviews Setsvisibilityofclassesanddesignlayersinaviewport Setsvisibilityofclassesanddesignlayersinasavedview
Workgroup Referencing |
4. Toseethechangesbeforesavingthem,clickPreview(notavailableontheSavedViewstab). 5. ClickOKtosavethechanges.
121
Workgroup Referencing
Vectorworks Referencing Capability
Aworkgroupisseveralpeoplewhoworktogetheronaproject.Groupmembersmayworkonthesamefileoron differentfilesforthesameproject.Additionally,itisoftennecessarytocreatestandardelementsandreusethemin differentfiles.Itcanbedifficulttosharethesestandardswithothermembersofaworkgroupandtokeepupwith changestothem. Referencingistheabilitytolinkthecurrent(target)filetoamasterfilethatcontainsthestandards.Layers,classes,and resources(suchashatches,worksheets,orsymbols)inotherVectorworksfilescanbereferenced.InVectorworks DesignSeriesproducts,imagefilesandPDFfilescanalsobereferenced.Whenareferencediteminamasterfile changes,thechangesarereflectedinthetargetfile.Updatestotargetfilescanbeperformedautomaticallyoronly whenmanuallyrequested. Youcanreferencespecificlayerswithalloftheclassesandresourcesusedinthoselayers,aswellasanyresources fromamasterfile.Workgroupreferenceddesignlayerscanbedisplayedinviewports.Referenceditemsareindicated intheResourceBrowserandintheOrganizationdialogboxbyitalicizednames. Therearetwowaystoreferencedesignlayers: IntheVectorworksFundamentalsproduct,designlayersareimportedintothetargetfilewhentheyare referenced.Forbackwardcompatibility,VectorworksDesignSeriesproductssupportthismethod;seeSetting theReferencingOptionsonpage 122. IntheVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts,therecommendedmethodistocreateadesignlayerviewportand thenreferencethedesireddesignlayersfromthemasterfile.SeeCreatingaReferencedDesignLayerViewport onpage 692intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuidefordetailsaboutthistypeofreference. Dependingonthetypeofobjectreferenced,youmaybeabletoupdatethemasterfilefromthetargetfile. Resourcescanbeeditedorrenamedinthetargetfile,andthecorrespondingresourceinthemasterfileis automaticallyupdated.SeeReferencingResourcesonpage 128. Objectsonlayersreferencedwithlayerimportreferencingarelocked;theycanbeunlockedandeditedinthe targetfile,butthechangewillnotappearinthemasterfile.Moreover,whenthetargetfilesreferencesare updated,referenceditemsareoverwrittentoreflectthemasterfile.Therefore,anypermanentchangetoa referenceditemmustbemadeinthemasterfile. Objectsonlayersreferencedinadesignlayerviewportcannotbeediteddirectly,butthereisanoptionto navigatetothemasterfile,makethechange,andthenreturntothetargetfiletoviewthechange. Keepthefollowingconceptsinmindforbothdesignlayerreferencingmethods. Drawinginformationissharedandupdatedonalayerbylayerbasis. Forlayerimportreferencing,referencedlayersshouldbetreatedasreadonlylayers;anychangestoreferenced informationandanyinformationaddedtoreferencedlayersareremovedthenexttimethereferencedlayeris updated. Referencedlayernamescannotbechanged. Resources(symbolnames)inlayersthatarereferencedfromthemasterfiletakeprecedenceoverresourcesinthe targetfile.
122
Parameter
Checkforoutofdate referencesevery___
Description
Automaticallychecksreferencedfilesforchangesafterthistimeinterval;ifany referencesareoutofdate,analertdialogboxdisplaystoallowthetargetfiletobe updated
123
Description
Ifthesameresourceexistsinmultiplereferencedmasterfiles,deselectthisoptionto updateeachreferenceditemfromtheoriginalsource,regardlessofthepriority orderofthereferencedfiles.Thisisrecommendedbecause,ifyouchangethe priorityorder,orifyouupdateanindividualreference(insteadofallreferences), youcouldchangethesourcefileofaresourceinadvertently. Selectthisoptiontoupdateresourcesinthetargetfileaccordingtothepriority ordersetintheReferencestaboftheOrganizationdialogbox(seePrioritizing ReferencedFilesonpage 126).Analertmessagepromptsyoutoconfirmthatyou wanttousepriorityupdatingforreferences.
Whenmanuallyupdating
SpecifieswhathappenswhentheUpdatebuttonontheReferencestabofthe Organizationdialogboxisclicked:thebuttoneitherupdatesonlytheselected referencesthatareoutofdate,oritupdatesalloftheselectedreferencesinthe targetfile SpecifieswhichmethodtousetoreferencedesignlayersinotherVectorworks documents.Bydefault,VectorworksDesignSeriesproductsusedesignlayer viewports,asdescribedinCreatingaReferencedDesignLayerViewporton page 692intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide.SelectLayerimporttouse thereferencingmethoddescribedinAddingandEditingLayerImportReferences onpage 123inthisguide.
3. ClickOKtoreturntotheOrganizationdialogbox.
124
Parameter
New Edit Delete
Description
OpenstheOpenFiledialogboxtoselectanewreferencefile OpenstheEditReferencedialogboxtochangetheparametersofaselectedreferencefile OpenstheDeleteReferencedialogboxtodeleteafilefromthelistofreferencedfiles,and tochoosewhethertokeepthereferencedlayersandresourcesinthetargetfile;see DeletingReferencesonpage 130 Manuallyupdatesthereferenceditemsfromtheselectedfile(s) OpenstheReferenceSettingsdialogboxtosetoptionsforupdatesofreferenceditems; seeSettingtheReferencingOptionsonpage 122
Update Settings
Workgroup Referencing |
125
Parameter
SourceFile Savereferencelocationas
Description
Displaysthepathandfilenameofthereferencedmasterfile;iftheEditoption wasselected,clickBrowsetoeditthefilelocation Maintainseitheranabsoluteorrelativefilepathreferencefromthecurrentfile tothereferencedfile.Usetheabsolutepathwhenthelocationofthereferenced filewithrespecttothecurrentfileisnotgoingtochange.Usetherelativepath whenthefilesmightbemovedtoanothercomputerorplatform;aslongasthe relativepathbetweenthefilesremainsthesame,thereferencecanbefound. Bothfilesmustbesavedonthesavevolumetoselectthisoption. TheSourceFilepathdisplayseitheranabsoluteorrelativepath,dependingon theselection.
LayersAvailable
Specifythedesignlayerstobereferenced;selectedlayersareindicatedwitha checkmark.Sheetlayerscannotbereferenced.Thisstepisoptional;alayerdoes nothavetobeselectedtoreferenceitsresources.Resourcesintheentire referencedfileareavailablethroughtheReferencecommandintheResource Browser. Selecttheupdateoptions Savesacopyofthereferenceddatawiththetargetfile.Whenthisoptionis deselected,acopyofthereferenceddataisnotsaved,whichmeansthatthe targetfilesizeissmaller;thereferenceddataisrefreshedwhenthetargetfileis opened.
Options Savereferencedcachetodisk
126
Parameter
Automaticallyupdateoutof datereferenceduringfile open Updateclassdefinitions Ignoresourceuserorigin Createlayerlink(s)onlayer
Updating References
Referenceddesignlayersandresourcesareeitherupdatedautomaticallywhenthetargetfileisopened,ortheyare updatedmanuallyuponcommand.ThesepreferencesaresetineithertheNewReferenceortheEditReferencedialog box.Ifthefileissettoupdateautomatically,manualupdatescanstillbeperformedatanytime. Beforeanupdate,correctanybrokenreferencesasdescribedinCorrectingBrokenReferencesonpage 127. Toupdatereferencesmanually: 1. SelectTools>OrganizationtoopentheOrganizationdialogbox.
Workgroup Referencing |
2. FromtheReferencestab,selectthemasterfile(s)thatcontainthereferenceditemstobeupdated. Toupdateallreferencesinthetargetfile,selectallofthefiles. 3. ClickUpdatetoupdatethereferenceditemsinthetargetfilefromtheselectedfiles.
127
Parameter
Breakthereference Deletetheresource Replaceresourcewith
Description
Breaksthereferencewiththemasterfile,leavingtheresourceinthetargetfile Deletesalloccurrencesoftheresourceinthetargetfile(fromboththedrawingandthe ResourceBrowser) Toreplacethemissingresourcewithanotheritemfromthemasterfile,selectthis option,andthenselectthereplacementitemfromthelistofavailableresources
5. ClickOKToAlltoperformthesameactionforallmissingresources.Toselectanactionforeachmissing resourceindividually,clickOK;thedialogboxredisplaysforeachmissingitem.
128
Referencing Resources
TheresourcesoffileslistedintheReferencestaboftheOrganizationdialogbox,aswellastheresourcesinany Vectorworksfileofthesameversionnumber,canbereferencedthroughtheResourceBrowser. Toreferencetheresourcesofamasterfile: 1. TodisplaytheresourcesofthemasterfileintheResourceBrowser,eitherusetheBrowseaDocumentcommand ontheFilesmenu,orusetheFileslisttoaccessthemasterfileifitisinaresourcelibrary(seeAccessingExisting Resourcesonpage 164). 2. Rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onthedesiredresource,andselectReferencefromthecontext menu. 3. Iftheresourceisasymbolorpluginobject,theReferenceSymbol(s)dialogboxopens.Specifythelocationofthe referencedsymbolandclickOK.
Parameter
Preservefolderhierarchy Selectdestinationfolder Folderlist NewFolder
Description
Maintainsthesamefolderstructurethereferencedsymbolhadinitssourcefile Addsthereferencedsymboltotheselectedfolder Displaysthetargetfilessymbolfolders;theselectedfolderbecomesthedestinationfor thereferencedsymbol Createsanewfolderwithintheselectedfolder;specifythefoldernameandclickOKto createthesymbolfolder
4. Ifthemasterfilehasneverbeenreferencedinthecurrentfile,theNewReferencedialogboxopens.Specifythe referenceparametersandclickOK.
Workgroup Referencing |
129
Parameter
SourceFile Savereferencelocation as
Description
Displaysthepathandfilenameofthereferencedresourcefile Maintainseitheranabsoluteorrelativefilepathreferencefromthecurrentfiletothe referencedresourcesfile.Usetheabsolutepathwhenthelocationofthereferencedfile withrespecttothecurrentfileisnotgoingtochange.Usetherelativepathwhenthe filesmightbemovedtoanothercomputerorplatform;aslongastherelativepath betweenthefilesremainsthesame,thereferencecanbefound.Bothfilesmustbesaved onthesavevolumetoselectthisoption. TheSourceFilepathdisplayseitheranabsoluteorrelativepath,dependingonthe selection.
130
Situation
Editingareferenced resource
Resourcenameconflict
Ifthereisanameconflictbetweenareferencedobjectandanotherobjectduringan update,analertallowsyoutorenametheotherobject.(Iftheotherobjectisalsoa referencedobject,itcannotberenamedandtheupdatefails.) Iftheuseroriginofamasterfileischanged,thelocationofthereferencedresourcesdo notchange,ifIgnoresourceuseroriginisselectedintheEditReferencedialogbox Changestotheclassofareferencedresourceareonlyreflectedinthetargetfileafteran updateifUpdateclassdefinitionsisselectedintheNewReferencedialogbox Ifareferencedresourceisdeletedinamasterfileandtheresourcedoesnotexistinany othermasterfileincludedinanupdate,whenthereferencetothemasterfileisupdated, analertdisplays.ClickOKtoconfirmthattheresourceisanorphan,orclickOKto Alltohideallalertsaboutorphanedresourcesduringthecurrentupdate.Orphaned resourcesarenolongerreferenced.
Deleting References
Youcanstopreferencingafile,andchoosewhethertokeepthereferencedlayersandresourcesinthetargetfile. Todeleteareferencetoafile: 1. SelectTools>OrganizationtoopentheOrganizationdialogbox. 2. Selectthefiletostopreferencing,andthenclickDelete. TheDeleteReferencedialogboxopens.
Workgroup Referencing |
131
Parameter
Referenceto ReferencedLayers Keepincurrentdocument Delete ReferencedResources Keepincurrentdocument Deleteifunused
Description
Displaysthemasterfilenameandpath Selectanoptionforlayersthatarecurrentlyreferencedinthetargetfilefromthe masterfile Keepsthelayersinthetargetfile,butremovesthereference Removesreferencedlayersfromthetargetfile,includinglayerlinksandany objectsonthelayer Selectanoptionforresourcesthatarecurrentlyreferencedinthetargetfilefrom themasterfile Keepstheresourcesinthetargetfile,butremovesthereference Deletesunusedreferencedresources;keepsresourcesthathavebeenplacedin thefile,butremovesthereference
3. ClickOK.
132
2D Snapping palette
3D Snapping palette
134
4. Clickasnappingtooltoactivateit. SnappingpaletteshortcutkeyscanbesetintheWorkspaceEditor;seeModifyingSnappingandMode Shortcutsonpage 887. Differentcombinationsofconstraintsandsnappingparametersarerequiredfordifferentdrawingtasks.Select theTools>CustomTool/AttributecommandtoeasilycreateaVectorScriptwiththecurrentSmartCursor settingsandactivetoolsontheSnappingpalette.ExecutethescriptbydoubleclickingonitfromtheResource Browsertoquicklychangesnappingparametersandsettings.SeeCreatingCustomTool/AttributeScriptson page 872formoreinformation.
General Snapping
TheparametersontheGeneraltabspecifyglobalSmartCursorfunctionality. Tosetgeneralsnappingparameters: 1. SelectTools>SmartCursorSettings,ordoubleclickaSnappingpalettetoolthathasadditionalparameters. TheSmartCursorSettingsdialogboxopens.ClicktheGeneraltab.
Parameter
ShowSmartCursorCues
Description
DisplaysSmartCursorcueswhiledrawing.Thecuesdisplayeddependonthe combinationenabledintheSnappingpalette,aswellasthecurrentcursorposition. SmartCursorcuesarelistedinSmartCursorCuesonpage 153. Displaystemporarygraphicalhintstoindicatethatasnappointisavailable;see SnappingIndicatorsonpage 148formoreinformation.Deselecttohidesnap points. Whenusingthesnaploupe(seeUsingtheSnapLoupeonpage 152),setstheline thicknessesrelativetothezoomlevelsothatobjectsdisplaynormallyintheloupe view Snapstotheedgesandcenterofthecombinedprintableareaofdesignlayerand sheetlayerpages
ShowSnapPoints
135
Description
Snapstotheedgesandcenteroftheindividualpageswithindesignlayerandsheet layerpages Snapsonlytosnappointsthatareplanarwithinthecurrentplanescontext, ignoringsnappointsthatarenotcoplanar.Thisisusefulinseveralsituations: whentheautomaticworkingplaneison,andthecursorisoveraplanarface(nota curvedface);andwhentheautomaticworkingplaneisoff,andyouaredrawing planarobjects. Opensadialogboxtochangetheappearanceoftheinteractiveelementsinthe Vectorworksprogram,includinggeneralelements,objecthighlighting, SmartCursorelements,andsnappoints;seeConfiguringInteractiveDisplayon page 65 Remindsyouthatsnappingcanbesuspendedtemporarilybypressingthe key (backquotekey);seeSettingSnappingParametersonpage 133 Restoresdefaultparametersettingsforalltabs
InteractiveAppearance Settings
Grid Snapping
Thesnapandreferencegridsassistwithprecisedrawingonbothdesignandsheetlayers,asdescribedinSnapand ReferenceGridsonpage 77. Whensnaptogridison,theSmartCursorsnapstosetpointsonthesnapgrid.Forexample,ifthegridissetto1,as themousemovesoverthegrid,itautomaticallycatcheseveryinch.Whenyoucreatealine,thelinesfirstandlast pointwill(ifnoothersnappingisactive)lieonthesnapgrid.Snaptogridistheonlytypeofsnappingthatdoesnot provideanysortofvisualcues.Ifsnaptogridison,themouseisalwaysonthegrid,unlessothersnapsarealso selectedwhichoverridesnaptogrid.
Reference grid
Snap grid
136
Parameter
SnapGrid Symmetrical XandY ReferenceGrid Symmetrical XandY GridOptions ShowGrids
Description
Thegridthataligns(snaps)objectsduringdrawingandediting,whenSnaptoGridis active SelecttoconstraintheYsettingtobethesameastheXsetting,resultingina symmetricalgrid(thissettingisselectedbydefault) SetsthegriddimensionsintheXandYdirections;theYsettingappearsdimmedif Symmetricalisselected Thevisiblegridusedforvisuallyaligningobjectsduringdrawingandediting SelecttoconstraintheYsettingtobethesameastheXsetting,resultingina symmetricalgrid(thissettingisselectedbydefault) SetsthegriddimensionsintheXandYdirection;theYsettingappearsdimmedif Symmetricalisselected Setshowthereferencegridbehavesonscreenandwhenprinting Displaysthereferencegridwhenpossible(evenwiththisoptionselected,the referencegridmaynotdisplaydependingonthezoomfactor);alsodisplaysthe activelayerplanegridin3Dviews.Thissettingisselectedbydefault. Printsthereferencegridonbothdesignlayersandsheetlayers
ShowstheZaxisforworkingplanes(thissettingisselectedbydefault)
Z axis
Show3DAxisLabels 2. ClickOK.
Showslabelsforeachaxisintheactivelayerplaneandworkingplane
137
Object Snapping
Whensnaptoobjectison,theSmartCursorfindsspecificpartsofanobject,suchascorners,endpoints,midpoints,or centersof2Dobjectsandarcedges,aswellasmeshes,extrudes,sweeps,spheres,3Dpolygons,3Dplanarfaces,and walls,floors,roofs,rooffaces,loci,andcolumns.Cuesdisplaynearthecursortoidentifythelocation. Tosetobjectsnapping: 1. SelectTools>SmartCursorSettings,ordoubleclicktheSnaptoObjecttoolintheSnappingpalette. TheSmartCursorSettingsdialogboxopens.FromtheObjecttab,specifytheobjectsnapsettings.
Parameter
EndPoint
Description
Findstheendpointofarcs,andtheendofanobjectsedge
Endpoint
Endpoint
MidPointofEdge
Findsthemiddleoftheedgeofanobject
Midpoint Midpoint
138
Parameter
CenterPoint
Center
Center
2D Object Snapping
3D Object Snapping
QuadrantPoints
Findsthetop,left,right,andbottomofcircles,ovals,rectangles,androunded rectangles
Top Center
InsertionPoint
Locatestheobjectoriginofloci,lights,objects,symbols,text,andfordimensions,one ofthereferencedpoints
Insertion Point
Vertex
Locatesthecornerpointonpolyline,polylineBzier,andpolylinecubicsegments;for 3D,findsthevertexofasolidorthecontrolpointofaNURBScurve
Point Point
139
Description
For2D,findstheclosestpointonanobjectsedge,andfor3D,findsanynonspecific pointalongasolidedgeorNURBScurve.Itmaybemoreconvenienttousesmart edgesnappinginstead;seeSmartEdgeSnappingonpage 143.
Object
2. ClickOKtosettheobjectsnappingoptions. 3. Toactivateobjectsnapping,clicktheSnaptoObjecttoolfromtheSnappingpalette.
Angle Snapping
Twopointsdefineanangle;SnaptoAngleonlyappliestothesecondpointofatwopointfeedbacksegment,suchas whendrawingalineorpolygon.Whensnappingtoangles,theSmartCursorfindstheanglesspecified,andbydefault, theSmartCursoralsofindsanglesrelativetothehorizontalandverticalaxes.SnaptoAnglecanalsodetectaplan rotationangle(VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired);itemscreatedalongthatanglewheninarotatedplanview, appearhorizontalwheninanonrotated,worldcoordinateview. Tosetanglesnapping: 1. SelectTools>SmartCursorSettings,ordoubleclicktheSnaptoAngletoolintheSnappingpalette. TheSmartCursorSettingsdialogboxopens.FromtheAngletab,specifytheanglesnapsettings.
140
Parameter
Angles Anglesfrom Axes
45 45
Anglesrelativeto priorsegment
Findstheangleofplanrotation;thissnapisusefulwhendrawinginarotatedtop/plan view,andrequiringobjectstobehorizontalwhentheplanisnolongerrotated
141
142
Parameter
Horizontal/VerticalExtensions
Align V Align Y
ExtensionLines
Createsanextensionlinefromasmartpointwhendrawingatasnapangleand theSmartCursorisalignedperpendiculartothesmartpoint
15 / Align
SnaptolinebetweenSmart Points
Snapstotheextensionlinebetweensmartpoints
Edge
Allowextensionsfromnearby SmartPoints
AcquireSmartPoint
143
Description
Setsafloatingdatumtodefineatemporarydataoriginbypausingthecursor fortheindicatednumberofseconds(normally,setthistimeintervaltobe longerthanthesmartpointacquisitiontime).Alternatively,presstheGkeyto setorreleaseadatumatthecursorlocation,eveniftheSetDatumoptionis disabled.
Datum
DatumOffset
Setsanoffsetfromthetemporarydatumoriginthatisindicatedbyan additionalmarkeralongtheextensionline;entertheoffsetvalue
Datum Datum
144
Parameter
AcquireEdge
Description
Setsasmartedgeatthecursorlocationwhenthecursormovesoveranobjectedgefor theindicatednumberofseconds.Alternatively,presstheTkeytosetorreleaseasmart edgeatthecursorlocation,eveniftheAcquireEdgeoptionisdisabled.
Smart Edge
SnaptoBisector
Findspointsalongthebisectorthatintersectstwosmartedges
Bisector Bisector
SnaptoOffset
Setsanoffsetfromeitherendofasmartedgeextensionlinethatisindicatedby additionalmarkersalongtheextensionline;entertheoffsetvalue
Offset Offset / Align V
145
Description
Generatesextensionlinesfromsmartpointsperpendicularandparalleltothesmart edge
Align X Align Edge 90
Distance Snapping
Whensnaptodistancesnappingison,theSmartCursorfindspointsataselecteddistancealongastraightorcurved line,polygonedges,walledges,andotherlinearobjects.
Along Line
Along Line
146
Snap to Intersection
Whensnaptointersectionsnappingison,theSmartCursorfindstheintersectionbetweentwoobjectsorbetweenthe partsofanobject.
Object/Object
Toactivatesnappingtointersection: ClicktheSnaptoIntersectiontoolfromtheSnappingpalette.Noparametersarerequired.
147
Tangent
Tangent
While drawing, as the feedback segment approaches a tangent, the special snap points indicator shows that a tangent snap is available
Move the cursor to the tangent snap, and click to create a line that is tangent to the circle
Alternatively, begin drawing a line from the arc geometry, and the feedback segment remains tangent to the circle. Click to create a tangent line.
Use tangent snapping to find the tangent when drawing arcs or polylines in Tangent Arc mode
HolddowntheOption(Macintosh)orAlt(Windows)keytoswitchthetangenttotheoppositesideoftheobject.
While moving along the top edge of the extrude with working plane snapping on, the cursor snaps to the working plane
148
vertical)alongwithsmartpointsnapping.Thefeedbacksegmentofthelinesnapstotheverticalandtothesmart point,andasecondclickfinishesdrawingthelineasdesired.
Smart point has already been set Vertical / Align V
Severalareasintheprogramcontrolthevariousaspectsofsnapping.
Functionality
Enable/disablesnappingtools Enable/disableindividualsnapping parameters Changetheappearanceofsnap pointsandindicators Enable/disablesnapbox,selection box,andacquisitionhints Changetheappearanceofthesnap boxandselectionbox SavesnapsettingsinaVectorScript Changesnappingshortcutkeys Snappingtoobjectsinotherlayers orinclassesorlayerssettogray
Location/Description
Snappingpalette,SettingSnappingParametersonpage 133 SmartCursorSettingsdialogbox;SettingSnappingParameterson page 133 InteractiveAppearanceSettingsdialogbox;ConfiguringInteractive Displayonpage 65 InteractivetabofVectorworkspreferences;InteractivePreferenceson page 25 InteractivetabofVectorworkspreferences;InteractivePreferenceson page 25 CustomTool/Attributecommand;CreatingCustomTool/AttributeScripts onpage 872 KeystaboftheWorkspaceEditor;ModifyingSnappingandMode Shortcutsonpage 887 Classandlayeroptioncommands;SettingClassandDesignLayerOptions onpage 113
Snapping Indicators
Thereareseveraltypesofsnappoints.UsetheseincombinationwiththesettingsintheSnappingpalette, SmartCursorSettingsdialogbox,theInteractiveAppearanceSettingsdialogbox,andInteractivetabinVectorworks preferencestotailorsnappingandsnappingappearancetoyourdrawingtask.Inadditiontothesnappoints,other interactiveelementsassistwithsnapping. Availablesnappoints Availablesnappointsdisplaynearthecursor,withinthesnapradius,toindicatethatasnappointisnearthe cursor.
149
Currentsnappoint ThecurrentsnappointshowsthattheSmartCursorissnapped.
2D current point
3D current point
150
Smart point
Datum
SmartCursorselectionboxandsnapbox Twoareasaroundthecursorassistwithdrawing:theselectionboxandsnapbox.
Selection box Snap box
Theselectionboxshowstheareawhereobjectgeometrycanbeselectedorrecognizedbyatoolthatselectsor clicksobjects(suchastheSelectiontoolortheEyedroppertool).Thesnapboxindicatestheareafromwhichthe currentsnapwillbeobtained.Thecurrentsnapisobtainedfromalltheavailablesnapsinsidethesnapbox.The snapboxallowsasnaptobeheldwhiletheselectionboxmovesaroundtochangethesnappingselection. Thesizeandvisibilityoftheselectionboxandsnapboxcanbeadjusted,andtheseindicatorsenabled,fromthe InteractivetabinVectorworkspreferences.SeeInteractivePreferencesonpage 25. Acquisitionhints Acquisitionhintsdisplaythepotentialsnappointsthatcanbeacquirednearthecursor.Theyindicatethata smartpoint,smartedge,orvectorlockcanbeacquired.
Acquisition Hint
Smartpoint
Appearance
Smartedge
151
Appearance
The lock acquisition hint indicates that by pressing the T key, a vector lock can be placed at the current cursor location
Green Y plane alignment indicator Green Y axis alignment indicator Green Y axis alignment indicator
152
4. TheSmartCursorlockstothevectorandtheoperationissnappedalongthedesireddirection.
SmartCursor Cues |
153
3. Clicktoperformthedesiredoperation;thesnaploupewindowclosesautomatically,returningtothedrawing. Alternatively,presstheEsckeytoexitthesnaploupewithoutclicking,orclickoutsideoftheloupetocloseit.
SmartCursor Cues
ThefollowingtableliststheindividualcuesthattheSmartCursorusesalongwithadescriptionofeach.Inmanycases, twocuesareusedtogethertoindicatethattwosnapshavebeenactivated.Forexample,thecueAlignH/Anglemeans thatthepointlocatedisbothalignedhorizontallytotheindicatedsmartpointandalsosnappingtoanangle. Somecuesdisplaywhenafirstpointhasalreadybeenfound,andasecondpointisbeingsought.Thesetwopoints formalinecalledthefeedbacksegment.ThissegmentformsanangleandlengthwhichtheSmartCursorusesfor someofitssnaps.
154
Cue
SnaptoAngle Alt Alt90 Deltaangle Horizontal Parallel Perpendicular PlanRotation (VectorworksDesign Seriesrequired) Symmetric Vertical X Y Z X Y Z SmartPoint Align AlignH AlignV AlignX AlignY AlignZ AlignX AlignY
Description
Feedbacksegmentisparalleltothealternativecoordinatesystemangle Feedbacksegmentisperpendiculartothealternativecoordinatesystemangle Feedbacksegmentisatthespecifiedsnapanglefromtherotatedgrid Feedbacksegmentishorizontal Feedbacksegmentisparalleltoanobject Feedbacksegmentisperpendiculartoanobject Feedbacksegmentisalignedtotherotatedplanangle
Feedbacksegmentissketchingoutasquareorcircle Feedbacksegmentisvertical FeedbacksegmentisalignedwiththeXaxis FeedbacksegmentisalignedwiththeYaxis FeedbacksegmentisalignedwiththeZaxis,orpointisalignedtoasmartpointin thedirectionoftheZaxis FeedbacksegmentisalignedwiththeXaxisoftherotatedgrid FeedbacksegmentisalignedwiththeYaxisoftherotatedgrid FeedbacksegmentisalignedwiththeZaxisoftherotatedgrid,orpointisalignedto asmartpointinthedirectionoftheZaxisoftherotatedgrid
ExtensionlineusedforallsmartpointcuesexceptDatum Feedbacksegmentisperpendiculartoasegmentfromthecursortoasmartpoint Pointisalignedhorizontallywithasmartpoint Pointisalignedverticallywithasmartpoint PointisalignedwiththeXcoordinateofasmartpoint PointisalignedwiththeYcoordinateofasmartpoint PointisalignedwiththeZcoordinateofasmartpoint PointisalignedwiththeXcoordinateofasmartpoint,inthespaceoftherotated grid PointisalignedwiththeYcoordinateofasmartpoint,inthespaceoftherotated grid
155
Description
PointisalignedwiththeZcoordinateofasmartpoint,inthespaceoftherotated grid Pointisalignedtosmartedge Pointisalignedperpendiculartosmartedge Pointisalignedtotheusercoordinatesystem Pointisalignedperpendiculartotheusercoordinatesystem PointistheDatum CirclearoundDatum Pointisonthegridplane
3DPointisataspecifieddistancealonglinefromtheendpointofaNURBScurve, 3Dpolygon,oredgeofasolidobject Databar Angle Length SnaptoObject Arc ArcCenter ArcEnd Bzier BottomCenter BottomLeft BottomRight Center Cursorisoverthecornerpointofapolylinearcsegment Cursorisoverthecenterpointofanarc Cursorisovertheendofanarcsegment CursorisoverthecornerpointofapolylineBziersegment Cursorisoverthebottomcenterofrectangleorgroup Cursorisoverthebottomleftoftheobjectsboundingbox Cursorisoverthebottomrightoftheobjectsboundingbox 2DCursorisoverthecenteroftheobjectsboundingbox 3DCursorisoverthegeometriccenterofcertainobjects,NURBScurves,3D polygons,orthecenterofacircularNURBScurve CenterLeft CenterRight Corner Endpoint Fit InsertionPoint Cursorisoverthecenterleftoftheobjectsboundingbox Cursorisoverthecenterrightoftheobjectsboundingbox Cursorisoverthecornerpointofapolylinesegment Cursorisovertheendofanobjectsedge Cursorisoverthecornerpointofapolylinecubicsegment Cursorisovertheobjectoriginforsymbols,parametricobjects,andtextobjects;for dimensions,thecursorisoveroneofthereferencedpoints ExtensionlineusedtoindicateXorYvalueislocked Feedbacksegmentisconstrainedtoanangle FeedbacksegmentisofafixedlengthsetinDatabar
156
Cue
SmartEdge Bisector Edge Edge90 Offset SmartEdge SnaptoTangent Tangent Tangent/Tangent Feedbacksegmentistangenttoanarc Feedbacksegmentistangenttotwoarcs Pointisonthebisectorbetweentwosmartedges Feedbacksegmentisparalleltoasmartedge,orcursorisontheedgebetweentwo smartpoints Feedbacksegmentisperpendiculartoasmartedge Pointisapresetdistancefromasmartedge Pointisonasmartedge,butnotontheobjectitself
Libraries
Vectorworkssoftwareisinstalledwithhundredsoflibraries,whichcanbeaccessedthroughtheResourceBrowser (seeAccessingExistingResourcesonpage 164).Excludingstandardsandtemplates(whichareinstalledbasedon thedrawingunitselectedduringinstallation),alllibrariesfortheVectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworks productsareuniversal,andareinstalledregardlessofthedrawingunitselectedduringinstallation.Librariesare organizedbyprofessionaldisciplineandsubject,andincludethefollowing: Hatches ImageProps(Renderworksrequired) ObjectsBuildingServices ObjectsMiscellaneous&Entourage Textures(Renderworksrequired) Backgrounds(Renderworksrequired) GradientFills ImageFills TileFills ObjectsBuildingArchitecture&Interior ObjectsBuildingLandscape&Site RenderStyles(Renderworksrequired)
Asubsetofcontent(someofwhichareresourcesavailableinlibraries)isalsoavailablebydefaultatthepointofuse (seeDefaultContentinVectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworksonpage 157).TheVectorworksDesignSeries productscontainadditionallibraries.Foralistoflibrariesandtheproduct(s)towhichtheybelong,seeLibrariesin VectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworksonpage 891inthisguide,orVectorworksDesignSeriesLibrarieson page 989intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide.AdditionallibrariesareavailableforVectorworksService Selectsubscribers;seeVectorworksServiceSelectonpage xiv.
Default Content
Cabinethandles Colorpalettes Dashstyles Gradients Hatches Imagefills Renderworksbackgrounds
Location
Libraries\Defaults\CabinetHandles Libraries\Defaults\ColorPalettes Libraries\Defaults\AttributesDashStyles Libraries\Defaults\AttributesGradients Libraries\Defaults\AttributesHatches Libraries\Defaults\AttributesImageFills Libraries\Defaults\RenderworksBackgrounds
Vectorworks
X X X X X X
Renderworks
158
Default Content
Renderworkstextures Renderworksstyles Structuralshapes Textstyles Tilefills Titleblocks(simple) Walltextures VBvisual3Dplants
Vectorworks
Renderworks
X X
159
Feature
Filesmenu
Description
Listsmenucommandsthatareusedtocreateandmanageasetoffavoriteresource files(seeUsingFavoritesFilesonpage 166)andtobrowsetheresourcesinan existingdocument(seeQuickResourceBrowsingonpage 165) SpecifiesthefilefromwhichtodisplayresourcesintheResourceBrowser.Selectafile fromtheOpenFilesorFavoritessectionsofthelist,orselectanoptionfromthe Librariessectionofthelistandbrowsetolocatethefilethatcontainstheresourcesyou need. SelectAlwaysDisplayActiveDocumenttoautomaticallydisplaytheresourcesinthe activefilewheneveryouswitchfromoneopenfiletoanother. SeeUsingResourcesfromOpenFiles,Favorites,andLibrariesonpage 165.
Fileslist
160
Feature
Homebutton Resourcesmenu
Uponelevelbutton Filefolderlist
Resourcetype
InThumbnailsmode,displaysresourcesdividedintocategoriesbytype;thetypesare displayedinheadingsthatcanbeshownandexpanded,orcollapsedandhidden(see HidingandShowingResourcesonpage 162).InListmode,clickthecolumnheader tosortthecolumnsbyresourcenameorbyresourcetype. Showsthefullresourcenameasatooltipwhenthemousepointerhoversovera resource;forreferencedresources,thetooltipalsoshowsthesourcefilename Displaysresourceswithapreviewimage,orliststheresourceswitharepresentational icon(seeViewingResourcesonpage 160) Showstheresourcename;anameinitalicsindicatesareferencedresource.Typethe firstletterofaresourcetoquicklydisplayresourcenamesbeginningwiththatletter. Thecolorofasymbol(black,red,orblue)indicatesthesymboltype(seeSymbol Typesonpage 173). DisplaystheresourcesfromthefileshownintheFileslist,andthesymbolfolder shownintheFileFolderlist.Selectwhichresourcetypestodisplayfromthe Resourcesmenu(seeHidingandShowingResourcesonpage 162). Displaysthecurrentlyactivesymbolintheresourcedisplaywindow
Resourcedisplaywindow
Activesymbolbutton
Viewing Resources
ResourcescanbeviewedineitherThumbnails(default)orListmode.
161
Click the column header to select how to sort the resources; click again to change the sort order Representational resource icon
Thumbnails mode
List mode
Resource
GradientFill(seeUsingGradientFillsonpage 552)
Thumbnail Icon
List Icon
HatchFill(seeUsingHatchFillsonpage 541)
ImageFill(seeUsingImageFillsonpage 557)
RecordFormat(seeRecordFormatsonpage 191) ReferencedResource(seeWorkgroupReferencingonpage 121) RenderworksBackground(Renderworksrequired;seeCreatingLayer Backgroundsonpage 629) RenderworksTexture(Renderworksrequired;seeCreatingTextureson page 609) RenderworksPropTexture(Renderworksrequired);seeCreatingImage PropObjectsonpage 626 Resourcenamedisplaysinitalics
162
Resource
RenderworksStyle(Renderworksrequired);seeCreatingRenderworks Stylesonpage 690 SketchStyle(VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired;seeSketchRendering onpage 641intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide) SlabStyle(VectorworksArchitectrequired;seeCreatingSlabsonpage 91 intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide) 2DSymbolsandPluginObjects(seeUnderstandingSymbolson page 173) 3DSymbolsandPluginObjects(seeUnderstandingSymbolson page 173) HybridSymbolsandPluginObjects(seeUnderstandingSymbolson page 173) SymbolFolder(seeManagingSymbolsonpage 188) TextStyle(seeUsingTextStylesonpage 364)
TileFill(seeUsingTileFillsonpage 548)
VectorScript(seeUsingScriptsonpage 871)
163
2. Selecttheresourcetypetohideorshow.Acurrentlyvisibleresourcetypeisindicatedbyacheckmarknexttoits name.(InListview,hiddenresourcesarenotshownintheresourcedisplaywindow.)
164
165
166
167
Removing Favorites
Toremoveasinglefavoritefile: 1. IntheResourceBrowser,selectthefavoritefiletodeletefromtheFileslist. 2. SelectRemoveCurrentFavoritefromtheFilesmenu. ThefileisremovedfromtheFavoriteslist. Toremoveallfavoritefiles: 1. IntheResourceBrowser,selectRemoveAllFavoritesfromtheFilesmenu. Aconfirmationdialogboxopens. 2. ClickYestoremoveallfavorites. AllfavoritefilesareremovedfromtheFavoriteslist.
Favorites Folder
[User]/Libraries/Favorites
[Workgroup]/Libraries/Favorites (VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired)
Finding Resources
TherearethreewaystoquicklyaccessspecificresourcesthroughtheResourceBrowser:
168
Incremental Search
Toquicklyaccessaresourcethatisalreadyinthedocument,clickintheresourcedisplaywindowandbegintotype theresourcesname.Theresourcedisplaywindowscrollstothefirstresourceorfolderthatbeginswiththeletter(s) youentered.Theresourcetype(suchasTexturesorWorksheets)mustbeshowninthebrowserwindowtobepartof thesearch.Iftheresourceisinafolder,selectthefolderfromtheFilefolderlistfirst.
Finding a Resource
UsetheFindResourcecommandtoquicklylocatearesourceinanyfilecreatedwiththecurrentversionofthe program,andoptionallytoselectthatresourceintheResourceBrowser. Tolocateandusearesource: 1. IntheResourceBrowser,selectFindResourcefromtheResourcesmenu. TheFindResourcedialogboxopens.
Parameter
Findresourcenamescontaining SearchLocation Currentfile Filesondisk
Description
Enterthefullorpartialresourcenametofind
Includesubfolders
169
Description
Selectthisoptiontosearchforoccurrencesthatarewholewordsonly,andnot partofalargerstringoftext
2. EnterthesearchcriteriaandclickFind. TheFindResourceResultsdialogboxdisplaystheresourcename,type,andfilelocationforallresourcesthat matchthespecifiedsearchcriteria.SelecttheresourcenameandclickSelect(ordoubleclicktheresourcename). Iftheselectedresourceisinadifferentfile,theResourceBrowsertemporarilydisplaysalltheresourcesofthat type(suchasHatches)thatarecontainedinthefile.Theresourceyouselectedishighlighted. 3. Oncetheresourceisfound,therearevariouswaystouseit: Tousetheresourceimmediately,doubleclickittoactivateit,orselectApplyorMakeActive,ifapplicable, fromtheResourcesmenu.(Alternatively,dragtheresourceontoanobjectortoalocationinthecurrentfile.) Ifsymbolfoldersarepresentinthedrawing,specifythelocationoftheimportedresource. Toimporttheresourceforfutureuse,selectImportfromtheResourcesmenu. Toreferencetheresource,selectReferencefromtheResourcesmenu.Ifthesourcefileisnotcurrently referencedbythisfile,specifythenewreferenceinformation.(SeeReferencingResourcesonpage 128.) TheresourceisaddedtothecurrentfilesResourceBrowser.(Defaultcontentisautomaticallyimportedintothe currentfileatthepointofuse,anddisplaysintheResourceBrowser;seeDefaultContentinVectorworks FundamentalsandRenderworksonpage 157.)
170
Command
Apply Attach
Description
Appliestheresourcetotheselectedobject(s) Attachestherecordtotheselectedobject(s).Opensthe AttachRecorddialogboxtoattacharecordtoaplugin objectorsymbol. DeletestheresourcefromtheResourceBrowser Duplicatestheresourcewithanewname,ifapplicable Openstheeditdialogboxfortheresource. Iftheresourceisreferenced,analertpromptsyou toverifythatyouwanttoedittheresourcebefore theeditdialogboxopens.Editsmadeinthecurrent documentarealsosavedautomaticallytothe sourcedocument,whichmayaffectreferencesto thisresourceinotherfiles.
Doubleclick Notapplicable
Notapplicable
MakeActive Move
Doubleclick Notapplicable
171
Description
Allowsquickcreationoftheresourcetyperelevanttothe sectionoftheResourcewindowinwhichthecontext menuwasinvoked Opensaworksheetonscreenforedits;opensa VectorScriptpalette OpenstheAssignNamedialogboxtorenamethe resource. Iftheresourceisreferenced,analertpromptsyou toverifythatyouwanttorenametheresource beforetheAssignNamedialogboxopens.The namechangemadeinthecurrentdocumentisalso savedautomaticallytothesourcedocument,which maybreakreferencestothisresourceinotherfiles. Referencedsymbols,gradients,recordformats, hatches,tiles,Renderworksbackgrounds,textures, sketchstyles,wallstyles,textstyles,slabstyles, plants,andimageresourcescanberenamed.
Open
Rename
Importsaresourceintothecurrentfile Createsareferencedresource(seeReferencing Resourcesonpage 128) Breaksthereferencebetweenamasterfileandthetarget file;theresourceremainsinthetargetfilebutisnolonger referenced RunstheselectedVectorScript.Textdocumentsthat containVectorScriptsmustberunusingtheTools> Scripts>RunVectorScriptcommand. Placestheworksheetonthedrawingfordisplayand printing Appliesaviewtothethumbnailpreviewoftheselected symbol(s),ortoallsymbolswithinfoldersand subfoldersifasymbolfolderisselected,ortoall symbolsinthefileifnothingisselected Appliesarendermodetothethumbnailpreviewofthe selectedsymbol(s),ortoallsymbolswithinfoldersand subfoldersifasymbolisselected,ortoallsymbolsinthe fileifnothingisselected
Run
Doubleclick
Doubleclick Notapplicable
SetThumbnail RenderMode
Notapplicable
172
Access Method
FromtheFileslistintheResource Browser,selectthelibraryfile fromtheFavoritessection,and thenselectaresourcefromthe resourcedisplaywindow FromtheFileslistintheResource Browser,selecttheUserLibraries option,selectthelibraryfile,and thenselecttheresourcefromthe resourcedisplaywindow FromtheFileslistintheResource Browser,selecttheWorkgroup Librariesoption,selectthelibrary file,andthenselecttheresource fromtheresourcedisplaywindow Availablefromanywheredefault contentresourcesareavailable, suchasthehatcheslistinthe Attributespalette
Reference
Using FavoritesFiles onpage 166
Librariesfolderinyouruserfolder: [User]/Libraries/[foldername]
Workgroup Folderson page 578inthe Vectorworks DesignSeries UsersGuide Creating Custom Default Contenton page 158
Understanding Symbols |
173
Understanding Symbols
Symbol Advantages
Objectscanbesavedas2D(screenplane),3D(2Dplanaror3D),orhybrid(2Dscreenplaneand3Dcombined)symbol definitions.Vectorworkssoftwarealsoshipswiththousandsofsymbols.Symboldefinitionssavetheobjectproperties, suchassize,color,andclass,withinthesymboldefinition;thesepropertiesareretainedeachtimethesymbolis placed,andwhenasymbolisimportedintoadifferentdrawing. Symbolsprovideseveraladvantages: Smallerfilesizes:Thesymbolanditsdefinitionarestoredonlyonceinthedrawingfile.Placementinformation (locationcoordinates,rotation)isallthatisrequiredforeachsymbolinstance. Onetimeediting:Changestothesymboldefinitionautomaticallyupdatealltheinstancesofthesymbolinthe drawing. Attacheddatabaseinformation:Theinformationassociatedwithasymbolcanbeusedtogeneratereportsand worksheets.Informationattachedtoasymbolisspecifictothatinstance,allowingeachinstancetobeedited individually. Easeofimport:WiththeResourceBrowser,importingsymbolsfromonefiletoanotherisfastandeasy,andany databaseinformationattachedtothesymbolisalsoimported.
Symbol Types
InVectorworks,youcancreate2Dand3Dobjects.Symbols,whichareconvertedobjects,canalsoconsistof2D,3D,or hybridobjects. Inaddition,therearespecialsymbolcategorieswhichindicatethesymbolsbehavioratplacement.Thesecategories arecolorcodedwithintheResourceBrowserforidentification.Thecategoryasymbolbelongstodependsonthetype ofobjectconvertedtoasymbolandtheoptionsselectedatsymbolcreation. Symbolscanbenestedwithinothersymbols.
Symbol Type
2D 3D
Symbol Category
2Dsymbolsarecomposedexclusivelyof2Dscreenplaneobjects.Theinstancesofthesymbolare consideredplanar,andmayoccupythescreenplane,layerplane,ora3Dplane. 3Dsymbolsarecreatedfrom2Dplanarobjectsand/or3Dobjects,haveaheight(Zcoordinate)as wellaswidthsandlengths(XandYcoordinates).TheseobjectsdisplayflatinTop/Planview. However,theyretaintheir3Dproperties.Symbolscreatedfrom3Dobjectsthatarenothybrid objectsappearflatin2Dviews,butshowdimensionin3Dviews. Ahybridsymbolcontainsbotha2Dscreenplaneobjectanda3Dcomponent,anddisplays correctlyaccordingtotheview.Theadvantageofworkingwithhybridsymbolsisthat3Dmodels canautomaticallybecreatedfrom2Ddrawings,orviceversa.Forexample,ahybriddoorsymbol displaysasaswingarcinTop/Plan2Dviewandasafullyformeddoorina3Dview.Hybrid symbolsmustbeinsertedinthelayerplane. Thisisthemostcommontypeofsymbol,thestaticsymbol.Itsparametersaresavedwithinthe symboldefinition,andsetatplacement.Changesmadetothesymboldefinitionaffectallinstances ofthesymbol.
Hybrid
Black
174
Symbol Type
Blue
Red
Green
Plug-in Objects
Pluginobjectshaveallthepowerofstandardsymbols,withtheaddedadvantageofbeingcustomizable.Unlike symbols,pluginobjectshavetheoptionofbeingplacedontothedrawingandremainingmodifiable.Thisisusefulif thedrawingneedstocontainmanydifferentvariationsofthesameobject. Sometoolsetsandlibrariescontainpluginobjects;forexample,theScaleBartool,locatedintheDims/Notestoolset, insertsapluginobject.Inadditiontothetoolsets,predefinedpluginobjectsareavailableintheLibrariesfolder(in subfoldersbeginningwiththewordObjectorObjects),andareaccessedthroughtheResourceBrowser. Whenapluginobjectfromatoolsetisinserted,anobjectpropertiesdialogboxmayopenthefirsttimetheitemis placedinthedrawing.Thepropertiesinthisdialogboxsetthedefaultvaluesfortheobjectduringthissession.Modify thepropertiespriortoinsertingtheobject,oracceptthedefaultvaluesandclickOK.Objectinstancescanbemodified throughtheObjectInfopaletteafterinsertion. PluginobjectscanbecreatedmanuallythroughTools>Scripts>VectorScriptPluginEditorusingVectorScript.See VectorScriptPluginEditoronpage 113intheVectorScriptLanguageGuide.Pluginsaredescribedindetailin UsingVectorScriptPluginsonpage 87intheVectorScriptLanguageGuide.TheVectorScriptLanguageGuideis availableaspartofthehelpsystem,andalsoasaPDFfileinthehelpsystem. Inaddition,asymbolcanbesavedasaredsymbolthatbecomesapluginobjectuponinsertion. Therearefourdifferenttypesofpluginobjects:point,linear,rectangular,andpath.Eachtypeisdifferentinhowitis placedinthedrawingandedited. Linearandrectangularobjectscannotbeinserteddirectlyintoawall.However,onceplacedinthedrawing,they canbedraggedontoawalltoinsertthem.
175
Rectangularpluginobjectsareplacedbyasequenceofthreeclicksinthedrawing.Therearetwodifferentplacement modeswhichdeterminehowthesethreeclicksareinterpreted.
Center-Line Placement Plug-in object specific preferences Edge Placement
Item
2Dscreenobject 3Dobjectand/or2D planar 2Dscreen+3Dobject Symbol
Convert to
2Dsymbol 3Dsymbol Hybridsymbol Symbol Group Pluginobject
Result
2Dblacksymbol,planar 3Dblacksymbol,foruseina3Dviewonly Hybridblacksymbol,forusein2Dplanand3Dmodels Savesanychangestothecurrentsymbolattributesasanew,black symboldefinition Createsanewbluesymboldefinition,tobeinsertedasagroup Createsanewredsymboldefinition,tobeinsertedasapluginobject Createsanewblacksymboldefinition,withmultipleobjectsexisting withinasymbolcontainer
Group
Symbol
176
Item
Result
Createsanewblacksymboldefinition.Thisallowsallinstancesto changebyeditingthepluginobjectinsidethesymbol,eventhoughthe actualsymbolinstancecannotbeedited. Createsanewredsymboldefinition,tobeinsertedasapluginobject. Thisallowsaneditablepluginobjecttobeplacedinadrawingwith savedparameters.Forexample,adoorpluginobject,whensavedwith awidthof4andinsertedasapluginobject,isinsertedwithawidthof 4ratherthanwiththedefaultwidth. Createsanewbluesymboldefinition,tobeinsertedasagroup.For example,aworksheetcanbesavedasapreformattedreportbysavingit asabluesymboldefinition.
Pluginobject
Pluginobject
Worksheet
Group
Tocreateanewsymbol: 1. Selecttheobject(s)toconvertintoasymbol. Tocreateahybridsymbol,selectboththe2Dand3Dobjects,whichbecomethe2Dand3Dcomponentsofthe symbol.InTop/Planview,aligntheobjectsfirst(symbolalignmentcanbeadjustedaftercreationwiththeEdit Symbolcommand).ThesymbolpreviewthatdisplaysintheResourceBrowserisgeneratedinthesymbolview atcreationorediting. Ifahybridsymbolwillbeinsertedintoawall,youcanoptionallyspecifythe3Dwallholecomponentinaddition tothe2Dand3Dcomponents;seeAddinga3DWallHoleComponenttoaSymbolDefinitiononpage 518. For2Dsymbolsinsertedinwalls,twolocicanbespecifiedaswallbreaklocations.InTop/Planview,placetwo lociatopposinglocationswiththeobjecttoconvert,andselectthemallbeforeconverting.Whenthesymbolis insertedintothewall,thewallbreaksatthelocilocationsinsteadofthesymbolboundingbox. 2. SelectModify>CreateSymbol. TheCreateSymboldialogboxopens.
177
Parameter
Name InsertionPoint 3DObjectCenter/ PluginOrigin
Description
Provideanameforthenewsymbol.Donotusesinglequotesinsymbolnames.Single quotesinnamesarereservedforuseinVectorScript. Controlshowthesymbolisinserted Placesthesymbolbyusingitsgeometriccenter(asdeterminedbyitsboundingbox)as thesymbolinsertionpoint. Ifconvertingapluginobject,selectPluginOrigintosetthecenteroftheobjectasthe insertionpoint.
Setstheinsertionpointmanually,withthecursor,afterclickingOK Determinesthesymbolssizeunits Setsthesymbolsizeaccordingtothepage.Wheninserted,thesymbolautomatically scalesrelativetothepageenvironment.Thisisusefulforannotationobjectsthatshould alwaysremainthesamesizeonthepage,regardlessofthelayerscale. Setsthesymbolsizeaccordingtoconstantworlddimensions;itsinsertionsizedepends onthelayerscale Selectwhetherthesymbolwillbeinsertableinwalls.WhenWallInsertionmodeis enabled,objectsthathavetheInsertinWallsoptionenabledwillinsertintowalls(see InsertingSymbolsonpage 178). IfInsertinWallsisselected,selecthowthesymbolwillbeinserted.OnCenterlinesnaps thesymbolsinsertionpointtothecenterlineofthewall.OnEdgesnapsthesymbols insertionpointalongeitheredgeofthewall. IfInsertinWallsisselected,selecthowthewallwillbreakaroundthesymbolwhenitis insertedintoawall
Worldbased InsertinWalls
OnCenterline/On Edge WallBreaks OtherOptions LeaveInstance InPlace Change2DObjects fromLayerPlaneto ScreenPlane ConverttoGroup
Whenselected,replacesthecurrentselectionwithasymbolinstance;whendeselected, theobjectisremovedfromthedrawing.Inbothcases,thenewsymboldefinitionis addedtotheResourceBrowser. Convertsanyplanar2Dobjectsinthelayerplaneintoscreenplane2Dobjects,forthe Top/Planrepresentationofthesymbol.Ifdeselected,any2Dplanarobjectsinthelayer planethatarepartofthesymbolwillnotdisplayinTop/Planview,soahybridsymbol maynotdisplayproperlyinTop/Planview. Convertsthesymbolintoagroupedobjectwheninserted,disassociatingitfromthe originalsymboldefinition.ConvertedgroupedobjectsareidentifiedintheResource Browserwithabluename. Deselecttoconvertthesymbolintoablack,unmodifiablesymbol;eachinstanceis controlledbythesymboldefinition.
ConverttoPlugin Object
178
Parameter
AssignTo
Parameter
Folderlist NewFolder Dontshowthisdialog 6. ClickOK.
Description
Displaysthefilessymbolfolders;theselectedfolderbecomesthedestinationforthenew symbol Createsanewfolderwithintheselectedfolder;specifythefoldernameandclickOKto createthesymbolfolder Hidesthisdialogboxifyouonlywanttoseeitwhenafilealreadycontainssymbolfolders
ThenewsymbolisaddedtotheResourceBrowser.
Inserting Symbols
SymbolsareresourcesavailablefromtheResourceBrowser.ToopentheResourceBrowser,selectWindows> Palettes >ResourceBrowser.DisplaythesymboltoinsertintheResourceBrowser(seeAccessingExisting Resourcesonpage 164). Thecurrentlyactivesymbolisinserted;theactivesymbolsnamedisplaysatthebottomoftheResourceBrowser. Clickingontheactivesymbolbuttonautomaticallydisplaysthecurrentlyactivesymbolintheresourcedisplay window.
Inserting Symbols |
SymbolsareinsertedfromtheResourceBrowserbydragginganddropping,orwiththeSymbolInsertiontool. Symbolscanbeinsertedasindividualobjectsorinsertedtobecomepartofawall.
179
180
Mode
StandardInsertion OffsetInsertion SymbolPickUp WallInsertion
Description
Insertsthesymbolbasedonitsspecifiedinsertionpoint,oralignedaccordingtooneof thesymbolalignmentmodes Insertsthesymbolinawallaccordingtoanoffsetreferencepoint Designatesasymbolfromthedrawingastheactivesymbol Togglesbetweeninsertingasymbolorpluginobjectintoawallwithwallbreaks,and insertingasymbolorpluginobjectnearoronawallwithoutbreakingit. Topreventallsymbolandpluginobjectsfrominsertingintowalls,turnoffWall Insertionmode.WhenWallInsertionmodeisenabled,objectsthathavetheInsertin Wallsoptionenabledwillinsertintowalls(seeCreatingNewSymbolsonpage 175).
SymbolAlignmentModes
ThesealignmentmodesapplytoStandardInsertionmode,andtemporarilyoverride theinsertionpoint.Thesemodeschangethealignmentoftheinsertionpointalongthe Xaxisoftheboundingboxsurroundingthesymbol.Alternatively,keeptheoriginal pointastheinsertionpoint. Movestheinsertionpointtotheleftedgeofthesymbolsboundingbox,alongthe originalXaxis Movestheinsertionpointtothecenterofthesymbolsboundingbox,alongthe originalXaxis Movestheinsertionpointtotherightedgeofthesymbolsboundingbox,alongthe originalXaxis Usesthesymbolsoriginallyspecifiedinsertionpoint
Inserting Symbols |
4. Clickthedesiredalignmentmode(seeInsertingSymbolsonpage 178). 5. Clicktosetthelocationofthesymbol.
181
6. Ifthesymbolisnotorientedproperly,movethecursorslightlyawayfromtheinsertionpoint;thenmovethe cursortorotatethesymbolaboutitsinsertionpoint.IntheDatabar,usetheA(angle)andWPA(workingplane angle)fieldstohelppositionthesymbol. 7. Clickasecondtime,withoutmovingthemouse,topositionthesymbolexactlyasinserted.Alternatively,move thecursorslightlyawayfromtheinsertionpointtorotateorflipthesymbolaboutitsinsertionpoint. Forsymbolsplacedinsidewalls,movingthemouseflipsthesymbolaboutoneoftwoaxes:upanddown,orleft andright. Inclickdragmode,clickandholdthemousetoinsertthesymbolandstillbeabletorotateit.Aquickclick eliminatestheabilitytorotateorflipthesymbolandlockstheorientationofthesymbolasitisplaced. 8. Clicktosetthesymbol.
Toplaceanothercopyofthesymbolinthedrawing,movethecursortoanotherlocationandclick.Theselected symbolandSymbolInsertiontoolremainactiveuntilanothertoolisselected.
182
Parameter
Offset
Description
Forstraightwalls,specifytheoffsetdistance.Forroundwalls,specifyeithertheDistanceorthe Anglebetweenthereferencepointandthesymbol.Thedistanceismeasuredalongtheouter arcoftheroundwall. Selectwhethertooffsetthesymbolusingtheinsertionpointorthenextmouseclickonanother pointonthesymbol
OffsetUsing
Editing Symbols |
Topickupandplaceasymbol: 1. ClicktheSymbolInsertiontoolfromtheBasicpalette. 2. ClicktheSymbolPickUpmodebutton. 3. Clickasymbolinthedrawing.
183
Thesymbolbecomestheactivesymbol.Notethatthesymbolclickedonisnothighlighted(selectionhandlesdo notdisplay). EithertheStandardInsertionmodeorOffsetInsertionmodeisautomaticallyenabled,dependingonthelast modeused.Selectadifferentinsertionmode,ifdesired. 4. Insertthesymbolaccordingtotheinstructionsforthatmode(seeStandardSymbolInsertionModeon page 180orOffsetSymbolInsertionModeonpage 181). ToswitchtoSymbolPickUpmodequickly,pressandholdtheOption(Macintosh)orAlt(Windows)keywhilethe SymbolInsertiontoolisactive,andthenclickonthedesiredsymbol.Theselectedsymbolisnowreadytobeinserted intothedrawing.
Editing Symbols
Onceasymbolinstanceisplacedinadrawing,itsinformationcanbedisplayedintheObjectInfopalette.Selecta symbolinstancetodisplayitsproperties.Asymbolslocationcanbeadjusted,oritslayerandclassassociationcanbe changedbyselectinganewclassorlayerfromtheappropriatelist.Asymbolcanbereplacedwithanothersymbol, rotatedin2Dor3Dspace,and,forsymbolslocatedinwalls,flipped,replaced,andrepositioned. MostofablacksymbolsphysicalattributescannotbedirectlychangedintheObjectInfoorAttributespalette.Instead, thecomponentsofasymbolmustbeaccessedandeditedthroughtheEditSymbolwindow.Changesmadetoa symboldefinitionaffectallexistingandfutureinstancesofthatsymbol,unlessthesymbolwasinsertedasagroup (blue)orpluginobject(red). Ifyoudeleteasymboldefinitionandthereareinstancesofthatsymbolinthedrawing,youcanspecifywhetherto replaceallinstanceswithlociortodeletethemcompletely.
184
Editing Symbols |
185
Symbol Type
Blackorgreen Blue
Edit Behavior/Result
EditfromtheResourceBrowserorfromthedrawing.Changestothesymbol,whethermade tothedefinitionortheinstance,affectbothexistingandfuturesymbolinstances. EditfromtheResourceBrowser.Changestothedefinitionaffectfuturesymbolinstancesonly. Abluesymbolinsertedonthedrawingasagroupcannotbeeditedfromthedrawinginthe EditSymbolwindow(makeeditsdirectlyfromtheObjectInfoorAttributespalette,andby editingthegroup).Changestoadrawinginstanceaffectthatinstanceonly. EditfromtheResourceBrowser.Changestothedefinitionaffectfuturesymbolinstancesonly. Aredsymbolinsertedonthedrawingasapluginobjectcannotbeeditedfromthedrawing intheEditSymbolwindow(makeeditsdirectlyfromtheObjectInfoorAttributespalette). Changestoadrawinginstanceaffectthatinstanceonly.
Red
186
Parameter
2D/3DComponent 3DWallHole Component SymbolOptions Doubleclick
Description
Editsthe2Dscreenplaneorthe2Dplanar/3Dcomponentofthesymbol Editsthe3Dwallholecomponentofthesymboldefinition(seeAddinga3DWallHole ComponenttoaSymbolDefinitiononpage 518) Editsthemethodofinsertingthesymbolintoawall,andwhethersymbolsareworldbasedor pagebased(seeCreatingNewSymbolsonpage 175) Setsthefuturebehaviorwhendoubleclickingonasymbolinadrawing.Selectwhetherto displaytheEditSymboldialogbox,ordirectlyeditthe2Dor3Dcomponentorinsertion options.SelectEditstheComponentbasedoncurrentviewtoautomaticallyeditthe2D componentifinTop/Planview,orthe3Dcomponentifinoneofthe3Dviews. MatchestheResourceBrowserthumbnailviewtotheselectededitingview.Forexample,ifa hybridsymbolsthumbnailpreviewissettoTop/Plan,andthe3Dcomponentofthesymbolis editedwhileinaRightIsometricview,thethumbnailviewswitchestoRightIsometricto match.
Usetheeditview
3. ClickEdit. IfSymbolOptionswasselected,theSymbolOptionsdialogboxopens.SeeCreatingNewSymbolson page 175forinformationonwallinsertionoptionsandunits. Ifoneofthecomponentoptionswasselected,theEditSymbolwindowopens,containingthesymboltobe edited.Acoloredborderaroundthedrawingwindowindicatesthatyouareinaneditingmode.TheExit SymbolcommandbecomesavailablefromtheModifymenu,andtheExitSymbolbuttonisvisibleinthetop rightcornerofthedrawingwindow. Toeditnestedsymbols,selectModify>EditSymbolagain. ThevisibilityofotherobjectswhenineditingmodeiscontrolledbytheShowotherobjectswhileinediting modesoptionintheDisplaytaboftheVectorworkspreferences(seeDisplayPreferencesonpage 19).Toshow theotherobjectsinalessobtrusiveway,alsoselecttheGrayotherobjectsoption.Ifthesymbolwaseditedfrom theResourceBrowser,otherobjectscannotbedisplayed;editasymbolinstancefromthedrawingtodisplay
Editing Symbols |
187
otherobjectswhileineditingmode.SeeObjectEditingModeonpage 16formoreinformation).Ifa pagebased(green)symbolisbeingedited,theeditingmodescalehaschangedto1:1,andwhileotherobjects thatarenotata1:1scalemaybevisibleattheirownactivelayerscale,theyarenotsnappable. Ifyouarepasting2Dlayerplaneobjectsfromtheclipboardwhileeditingasymbol,analertallowsyoutoassign thoseobjectstothescreenplane.Normally,selectYessothatthe2DcomponentsdisplaycorrectlyinTop/Plan view. Inaddition,ifyouareeditinga2Donlysymbolandadding3Dobjects(including2Dplanarobjects)orhybrid objects,oreditinga3Donlysymbolandaddingscreenplaneorhybridobjects,analertinformsyouthatyouare creatingahybridsymbol.Portionsofthesymbolmaynotbevisibleincertainviews.Similarly,ifremoving portionsofahybridsymbolduringediting,youmaybecreatinga2Donlyor3Donlysymbolwhichmaynot displayasexpectedincertainviews.Keepinmindthat2Dobjectsthatarepartofasymbolmustbeinthescreen planetobevisibleinTop/Planview;iftheyareplanar,theywillbevisiblein3Dviews.3Dobjectsthatarepartof asymbolarenotvisibleinTop/Planview. 4. Wheneditingcomponents,makethesymboleditsintheAttributesorObjectInfopalette.Toeditthesymbol insertionpoint,selectallthecomponentsofthesymbol,andrelocatethecomponentsabouttheinsertionpoint crosshairs.TheintersectionofthecrosshairsgivesthefeedbacksegmentLocuswhenencountered.
Crosshairs
Insertion point
188
Parameter
Dontconvertsubobjectstogroups Convertnestedsymbolsandpluginobjects Convertallsubobjects
Description
Excludesanysubobjects,suchasnestedsymbols,fromthe conversionprocess Convertsnestedsymbolsand/orpluginobjectswithinthesymbolto individualobjectswithinthegroup Convertsallobjectswithinthesymboltoindividualobjectswithin thegroup
Usecautionwhenconvertinghybridsymbols.IfinTop/Planview,the3Dcomponentofthesymbolmaybelost duringtheconversion.Similarly,ina3Dview,the2Dscreenplaneportionofthesymbolmaybelost. 3. ClickOK. Thesymbolisconvertedintoagroup.Tomakechangestogroupeditems,selectModify>EditGroupor Ungroup. Theobjectcanbeleftasagroupedobjectorsavedasanewsymbol.Anychangestotheoriginalsymbol definitiondonotaffectthisinstance. Insteadofrepeatedlyconvertingasymboltoagroup,createabluesymbolwhichautomaticallyconvertstoa groupuponinsertion;seeCreatingNewSymbolsonpage 175.
Managing Symbols
Creating a New Symbol Folder
CreatesymbolfolderstoorganizesymbolswithintheResourceBrowser. Tocreateanewsymbolfolder: 1. FromtheResourcesmenu,clickNewResourcetodisplaytheNewResourcemenu. 2. SelectSymbolFolder. TheAssignNamedialogboxopens. 3. Enterthenametoassigntothenewsymbolfolder. 4. ClickOK. ThenewfolderisaddedtotheResourceBrowser.
Editing Symbols |
189
Parameter
Folderlist NewFolder
Description
Displaysthefilessymbolfolders;theselectedfolderbecomesthedestinationforthe symbol Createsanewfolderwithintheselectedfolder;specifythefoldernameandclickOKto createthesymbolfolder
3. ClickOK. Vectorworksmovesthesymboltothenewfolder.
190
Parameter
Preservefolder hierarchy(symbol folderimportonly) Selectdestination folder Folderlist NewFolder Dontshowthisdialog whenthecurrentfile hasnosymbolfolders 4. ClickOK.
Description
Importsthesymbolfolder,andanysubfoldersandsymbolsitcontains,andmaintains thesamefolderstructureithadinitssourcefile Forsymbolfolders,importsthesymbolfolder,andanysubfoldersandsymbolsit contains,totheselectedfolder;forsymbols,importsthesymboltotheselectedfolder Displaysthefilessymbolfolders;theselectedfolderbecomesthedestinationforthe symbolorsymbolfolder Createsanewfolderwithintheselectedfolder;specifythefoldernameandclickOKto createthesymbolfolder Ifthecurrentfilehasnosymbolfolders,selectthisoptiontohidethisdialogboxwhen youimportsymbolsorsymbolfoldersbydraggingthemintodrawingsinthefuture
Deleting Symbols
Whenasymbolresourceisdeleted,allinstancesofthesymbolinthecurrentdocumentcanbeeitherdeletedor replacedwithlocitopreservethesymbollocations. Todeleteasymbolresource: 1. IntheResourceBrowser,selectthesymboldefinitiontodelete,andselectDeletefromtheResourcesmenu.
Record Formats |
191
Record Formats
Recordformats,whichstoreawiderangeofdata(likepriceorpartnumbers),canbeattachedtoanyobjectorsymbol. Recordsattachedtoanobjectorsymboldefinitionbecomeapermanentpartofit,remainingwiththeobjectorsymbol evenwhenitisimportedorcutandpastedintoanotherdrawing.Severalrecordformatscanbeattachedtoasingle objectorsymbol,andrecordvaluescanbeindividuallychangedforeachobjecttowhichtherecordisattached. IntheVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts,recordformatscanbelinkedtoanexternaldatabaseforautomated, twowaycommunication;seeDatabaseConnectivityonpage 1009intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide.
192
Parameter
Name Type Integer
Description
Enteranameforthefield,upto63characters Selectthetypeoffield Selecttousewholenumbersrangingfrom32,768to32,767 UsingIntegerrequireslessmemorythanNumber.
SelecttouseadatavalueofeitherTrueorFalse Selecttoenterastringofcharacters(defaultoption),suchasawordorasentence SelecttousenumbersoutsidetherangeofInteger,fractionsordecimals,ortospecifya numberformat.ClickFormattodefinethenumberformatintheNumberFormatdialog box;clickOKtoreturntotheEditFielddialogbox. Thedefaultformat Usesdecimalnumbers;enteravalueforthenumberofdecimalplaces,andifdesired, selecttousecommasasseparators Usesscientificnumbers;enteravalueforthenumberofdecimalplaces Usesfractionalnumbers;entertheroundingvalueforfractions Usesdimensionnumbers Usesdimensionareaformatanddisplaysthespecifiedareaunitsafterthenumber Usesdimensionvolumeformatanddisplaysthespecifiedvolumeunitsafterthenumber Determinestheaccuracyofanglesandmeasurementsystemapplied;measurement systemisdegrees,minutes,andsecondsordecimalnumbersuptoeightdecimalplaces Usesdates;selectthedesireddateformatfromthelist WhentheNumberFormatdialogboxisopenedfromaworksheet,enterthetexttodisplay beforethecellvalue WhentheNumberFormatdialogboxisopenedfromaworksheet,enterthetexttodisplay afterthecellvalue EnterthedatavalueintheDefaulttextbox,ifdesired
General Decimal Scientific Fractional Dimension DimensionArea Dimension Volume Angle Date Leader Trailer Default
Record Formats |
5. ClickOKtoreturntotheCreateRecordFormatdialogbox. 6. Foreachadditionalfieldtoadd,repeatsteps4through6. 7. ClickOKtoreturntothedrawingarea.
193
Whenanobjectisselected,theDatataboftheObjectInfopalettedisplaysallrecordscontainedinthecurrent drawing.
194
3. SelecttheDatatab. TheObjectInfopalettelistsallrecordformatsinthedrawing. 4. Inthecheckboxnexttothedesiredrecordformat(s),clicktoattachordeselecttodetachtherecordformat. Ifattachingarecordformat,anXdisplaysintheboxandtherecordisattachedtothatinstanceofthesymbolor object. Ifdetachingarecordformat,confirmtheprocedure. ToattachrecordformatstoasymbolorobjectinthedrawingusingtheResourceBrowser: 1. Selectthesymbol(s)inthedrawing. 2. FromtheResourceBrowser,selecttherecordformattobeapplied.Rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick (Macintosh)andselectApplyfromthecontextmenu.(Alternatively,doubleclicktherecordformatresourceto applyittotheselectionordragtherecordformatresourceontoasymbolorobject.)
Record Formats |
195
Method
Edittherecordformatresource,changingthefield listand/ordefaultfieldvalues(seeEditing DefaultRecordFormatsonpage 195) Editthefieldvaluesofarecordattachedtoa selectedobject(seeViewingandEditingObject Recordsonpage 196) Edittherecordfieldvaluesofasymboldefinition (seeEditingSymbolDefaultRecordValueson page 197)
Result
Futureobjectsorsymbolswiththerecordattachedreflectthe changes;existingattachedrecordsareunaffected Changestofieldvaluesaffecttheselectedobjectonly;the recordfieldscannotbechanged.Existingandfutureobjects withtherecordattachedusethedefaultvalues. Changestofieldvaluesaffectfutureinstancesofthesymbol; therecordfieldscannotbechanged.Existingsymbolsand othersymbolswiththerecordattachedareunaffected.
196
Description
Displaysthenameofthecurrentrecordformat Liststhefieldsofthecurrentrecordformat Createsanewfield(asdescribedinCreatingRecordFormatsonpage 191) Editstheselectedfield Deletestheselectedfield
Parameter
Name
Description
Displaysthename,ifany,giventoanobject
197
Description
Displaysallrecordscontainedinthedrawing;recordsattachedtotheselectedobjectare indicatedwithanXinthecheckboxtotheleftoftherecordname.Ifmorethanoneobjectis selected,onlytherecordsattachedtoallobjectsdisplayanX. Displaysallthefieldsintheselectedrecord;ifadefaultvaluewasassignedtothefield,it displaysafterthefieldname.Ifnoitemiscurrentlyselectedinthedrawing,thelabelRecord FieldDefaultsdisplaysinstead. Editsthefieldvaluesfortheselectedrecord;allenteredvaluesoverrideanydefaultvaluesforthe object
RecordInfo
198
Records list
Field list
5. SelecttherecordformatfromtheRecordslist. 6. Inthelistoffields,selectthefieldoftheselectedrecordtoassociatewiththetext. 7. ClickOK. Vectorworksaddsthetextobjecttothesymboldefinition,aswellasallexistinginstancesonthedrawing.The defaultvalueoftheselectedfieldreplacesthedummytext. 8. ClickExitSymbolatthetoprightofthedrawingwindowtoreturntothedrawing. Placethesymbolonthedrawing.Thetextlinkedtotherecorddisplaysthefieldinformation.Ifnecessary,toedit thevalueforthatparticularinstance,selectthefieldwherethetextwasassignedintheObjectInfopaletteData tab.IntheEditFieldbox,enterthetexttodisplayinthesymbol;thelinkedfieldinformationdisplaysonthe attachedsymbol.
199
123-456789
Attaching Records
Thiscommandattachestheselectedrecordformattoallofthesymboldefinitionsinaspecifiedsymbolfolder. Toattacharecord: 1. SelectTools>Records>AttachRecord. TheAttachRecorddialogboxopens.
2. FromtheSymbolFolderlist,selectthecriteriaforattachingarecord.
200
Detaching Records
Thiscommanddetachestheselectedrecordformatfromallsymboldefinitionsinaselectedsymbolfolder. Todetacharecord: 1. SelectTools>Records>DetachRecord. TheDetachRecorddialogboxopens.
201
2. FromtheSymbolFolderlist,selectNone,All,orasymbolfolder,ifany. SelectNonetochangetherecordofthesymboldefinition(s)attherootofthesymbollibrary(symboldefinitions notinanyfolder).SelectAlltochangetherecordformatofallofthesymboldefinition(s)inthefilessymbol library.Selectingasymbolfolderchangesallofthesymboldefinitionsonlyinthatfolderandanysubfolders. 3. FromtheRecordFormatlist,selecttherecordformat. TheFieldNameselectionsdependontherecordformatselected. 4. SelecttheFieldNametochange. 5. EntertheNewValue. 6. ClickOK. Confirmtheoperationandthenumberofsymboldefinitionsaffected.
202
203
2. SelecteitherListSymbolsandFoldersorListFoldersOnly. 3. ClickOK.
204
4. Enteranewfilenameorusethedefaultname,andthenclickSave. Atextfileiscreatedlistingthenamesofallthefoldersand,ifchosen,symbolswithinthecurrentfile.
205
206
Creating Objects
Vectorworks Modeling Environment
Objectsarecreatedasplanarobjectsbydefault;theydisplayinwireframewiththeirgraphicattributesonthelayer planeinviewsotherthanTop/Plan,andbecomepartofthe3Dmodel.2Dobjectscanbecreatedandeditedonany planeandinanyview;theeditingoccurswithintheplanarcontextoftheobjectsplane.Whenperforming operationsonmultipleselectedplanarobjectsina3Dview,theobjectsmustbecoplanar. Doubleclickonaplanarobjecttosettheworkingplanetotheplaneonwhichtheobjectwascreated. TheSplittool,aswellastheModify>Rotate>Rotate,RotateLeft,andRotateRight,andFlipcommands, operatewithinthescreenplaneonly. Whilemost2Dobjectsshouldnormallybeplanar,someobjectsfunctionbestasscreenplaneobjects.Forexample,all elementsonsheetlayersare,bydefinition,onthescreenplane.Objectscreatedascropobjectsforviewportsare automaticallyplacedinthescreenplane.Inaddition,whencreatingspecialhybridsymbols,the2Dcomponentofthe symbolshouldbecreatedinthescreenplane,sothatthesymbolhasarepresentationwhenviewedinTop/Plan. 2Dobjectscreatedinversion2010retaintheirplanardesignationuponconversion.2Dobjectscreatedinversionsof Vectorworkssoftwarepriorto2010becomescreenplaneobjectsuponconversion. TheActivePlaneslistlocatedontheViewbarsetsthecurrentlyactiveplane,anddetermineswhether2Dobjectsare createdasplanarorscreenplaneobjects.Tocreateplanarobjects,selectLayerPlanefromtheViewbar.Tocreate screenplaneobjects,selectScreenPlane.(Tocreateplanarobjectsontheautomaticworkingplane,selectAutomatic asdescribedinthenextsection.)Theselectedplanarmoderemainsineffectuntilthenexttimeitischanged.
208
TheActivePlaneslistontheShapetaboftheObjectInfopaletteswitchestheplanarpropertyofselectedexisting2D objects.Aselected2Dobjectdrawninscreenplanemodecanbeswitchedtolayer(planar),andviceversa.
With the Hemisphere tool selected, the automatic working plane displays on an applicable surface as the cursor moves over it. The axes display the working plane origin.
The hemisphere is created on the automatic working plane, and it is automatically made planar to the surface
Rendered view
Whenthecursorisnotoverasuitablesurfacewhileina3Dview,thedefaultautomaticplaneisineffect.Thedefault automaticworkingplanealignstothelayerplane,andanobjectdrawnisplacedonthelayerplane.See UnderstandingtheWorkingPlaneonpage 593formoreinformation. Insomecases,itmaybedesirabletoturnofftheautomaticworkingplane,aswhendrawingonthelayerplaneor screenplane,whendrawingonahiddensurfacewheretheautomaticplanedoesnotappear,orwhendrawingona specificworkingplanethatwasestablishedbytheSetWorkingPlanetool.The \ key(backslash)togglesthe automaticworkingplaneonandoff.(ThiskeycanbecustomizedintheWorkspaceEditor;seeModifyingSnapping andModeShortcutsonpage 887.)Thecolorandopacityoftheautomaticworkingplanecanalsobecustomized;see ConfiguringInteractiveDisplayonpage 65.
209
Use the Circle tool to create a circle on the side face of an object. The automatic working plane indicates a suitable planar surface.
The circle that was just created is still selected, and can immediately be extruded when the Push/Pull mode is enabled.
Floating 3D Data bar (follows the cursor) Offset of the cursor relative to the working plane Fixed 3D Data bar (on the Tool bar) 3D Data bar Location of the cursor relative to the working plane
210
Description
211
Key
Enter(Windows)or Return(Macintosh)
Action
WhenthefocusisinaDatabarfield,setsthevaluethatiscurrentlydisplayed,andmoves thefocustothedrawingarea Whenthefocusisinthedrawingarea,completestheobject(orcompletesthecurrent segmentoftheobject,forpathobjectssuchaspolygons,walls,anddimensions)
Tab
Shift+Tab
212
Description
TheDatabarfloatswiththecursorinthedrawingarea TheDatabarfloatswiththecursoronlywhentheTabkeyispressed; otherwisethebardoesnotdisplay TheDatabardisplaysonthetopleftsideofthewindow,atthetopof theToolbar
213
Description
Showallfields
Creating Lines
Creating Single Lines
UsetheLinetooltocreatesinglelines.
Unconstrained Line from Center
214
Mode
Constrained Unconstrained
2nd click
1st click With the Length Scale Factor set to 1.5, click the center of the filled arc to start the line, and then click a point on the edge of the filled arc The finished line is 1.5 times longer than the radius of the filled arc
Creating Lines |
215
Using snapping points, locate the center of the circle and a point on the circle; click midway between them to start the line
Constrained
216
Description
Cursorcreatestherightline Linesareequidistantfromthelinedrawnbythecursor Cursorcreatestheleftline Specifyanoffsetvaluefromthelinedrawnbythecursor
4. EnterthedistancebetweenthedoublelinesintheSeparationfieldontheToolbar. 5. ClicktheDoubleLinePreferencesbuttontoenterothercriteria,asneeded.
Parameter
Separation ControlOffset Options CreateLines CreatePolygons CreateLinesand Polygons Components
Description
Enterthedistancebetweenthedoublelines;sameastheSeparationfieldontheToolbar ForCustomControllinemode,enterthedistancefromthetop/rightlineofthecursor
Creating Lines |
217
Parameter
Preview
Description
Displaysapreviewofthecomponentsbetweenthedoublelines,includingthedefined components;thepreviewisdrawnfromlefttoright,sothetopofthepreview,by default,indicatestheleftpartofthedoublelinesastheywillbedrawn.Thearrowshows thedrawingdirection. Thethicknessofthedoublelinewithcomponentsisdefinedbythesumofthecomponent thicknesses Liststhecomponentsthatformthestructureofthedoubleline,inorderfromlefttoright asdisplayedinthepreview.Tochangetheorderofacomponent,clickanddragwithinthe #column. TheCoredesignationappliestowalls,butnottodoublelines.
OverallThickness Components
New Edit
Delete
218
2. Whenthecomponentshavebeendefined,clickOK.
4. ThebreaklineparameterscanbeeditedintheObjectInfopalette.
Parameter
BreakStyle BreakWidth BreakHeight BreakRadius NumberofBreaks
Description
Selectsthestyleofthebreakline(Straight,Curved,orArc) Indicatesthewidthofthebreakonly Indicatestheheightofthebreakonly Setstheradiusofthebreakonly Indicateswhetherasingleormultiplebreakshouldbedrawn
Creating Rectangles
TheRectangletoolcanbeusedtocreatearectangularorrotatedrectangularshape. Fourmodesareavailable.ThePush/Pulltogglemodeisavailablein3Dviewsforinstantlyextrudingtherectangle aftercreation.
Center and Corner Rectangle Rotated Rectangle
Rectangle
Push/Pull
219
Description
Definestherectanglebyclickingtwodiagonalpoints Definestherectanglebythedistancefromthecentertoonecorner Definestherectanglebythedistancefromthecenterofonesidetotheopposite corner Createsarectanglethatisrotatedbyaspecifiedangle Instantlyextrudestherectangleaftercreation;availablein3Dviews
Creating a Rectangle
Tocreatearectangle: 1. ClicktheRectangletoolfromtheBasicpalette,andclickRectanglefromtheToolbar. 2. Clickattherectanglesstartpoint.Movethemouseuntilthedesiredsizeispreviewed. 3. Clickattherectanglesendpoint.
2nd click
1st click
Tocreateasquare,pressandholdtheShiftkeywhiledrawingwiththeRectangletool.
220
1st click
221
Mode
RoundedRectanglebyBox RoundedRectanglebyWidth andHeight Push/Pull(3Dviewsonly)
Description
Definesthedimensionsoftheboxcontainingtheroundedrectangle Definestheheightandwidthlengthstocreatetheroundedrectangle,whichcan berotatedifdesired Instantlyextrudestheroundedrectangleaftercreation;availablein3Dviews
222
Parameter
CornerStyles
Description
Selecttouseeithersymmetricaland/orproportionalcorners
Symmetrical corners
Proportional corners
Alternatively,typeintheprecisecornerXandcornerYmeasurements
5. Clicktosettheendpointoftherectangle.
2nd click
1st click
Creating Circles |
223
Creating Circles
TheCircletoolhassixmodesandthePush/Pulltogglemode.
224
Mode
CirclebyRadius CirclebyDiameter CirclebyThreePoints CirclefromThreeLines CirclebyPointandCenter CirclebyTangentandCenter Push/Pull(3Dviewsonly)
Description
Definesthecirclebyitsradius Definesthecirclebyitsdiameter Definesthecirclebyitscircumference Definesthecirclebymakingittangenttotwoorthreeselectedlines Definesthecirclebyapointonitscircumferenceandthenitscenter Definesthecirclebydefiningatangenttothecircleandthenitscenter Instantlyextrudesthecircleaftercreation;availablein3Dviews
TocreateaNURBScurve,drawacircleandthenselectModify>Convert>ConverttoNURBS.
Circle by Radius
Tocreateacirclebyradius: 1. SelecttheCircletoolfromtheBasicpalette,andselectCirclebyRadiusmode. 2. Clicktosetthecenterofthecircle. 3. Movethemousetothedesiredradiusandclicktosettheradiusofthecircle.
2nd click 1st click
Circle by Diameter
Tocreateacirclebydiameter: 1. ClicktheCircletoolfromtheBasicpalette,andselecttheCirclebyDiametermode. 2. Clicktosetthefirstpointonthecirclediameter. 3. Movethemousetothedesireddiameterandclicktosetthediameterofthecircle.
Creating Circles |
225
2nd click
1st click
1st click
226
2nd click
3rd click A preview of the circle tangent to the selected lines (or their extensions) displays beneath the hand cursor
1st click
2nd click
Creating Ovals |
3rd click: defines the radius perpendicular to the tangent 1st click
227
2nd click
Creating Ovals
TheOvaltoolhastwomodesandthePush/Pulltogglemode.
Oval by Width and Height
Oval by Box
Push/Pull
Mode
OvalbyBox OvalbyWidthandHeight Push/Pull(3Dviewsonly)
Description
Definesthedimensionsoftheboxcontainingtheoval Definestheheightandwidthlengthstocreatetheoval Instantlyextrudestheovalaftercreation;availablein3Dviews
228
Oval by Box
Tocreateanovalbybox: 1. ClicktheOvaltoolfromtheBasicpaletteandselectOvalbyBoxmode. 2. Clicktosetthefirstpointoftheboxcontainingtheovalandthenclickagaintoset. Tocreateatruecircle,presstheShiftkeywhilecreatingtheoval.
2nd click
1st click
1st click
Creating Arcs |
AnovalcanbeextrudedatanytimewiththePush/Pulltool.SeeDirectModelingonpage 434. TheextrudeheightcanbechangedwiththeReshapetool(seeReshapingExtrudedObjectsandSolid Primitivesonpage 310),ormodifiedintheObjectInfopalette.
229
Creating Arcs
TheArctool,whichcreatescirculararcsofanyangle,hassevenmodes.Createanarcbyradius,threepoints,tangent, twopointsandcenter,twopointsandradius,twoendpointsandanotherpointonthearc,orbyarclengthand optionally,chordlength.ThePush/Pulltogglemodeisavailablein3Dviewsforinstantlyextrudingthearcafter creation.
Arc by 2 Points and Center Arc by 3 Points Arc by 2 Points and a Point on Arc
Push/Pull (3D views only) Arc by Arc Length and Chord Length Arc Tangent to a Line
Arc by Radius
Tocreateanarcbyradius: 1. ClicktheArctoolfromtheBasicpalette,andselectArcbyRadiusmode. 2. Clicktosetthecenterofthearc. 3. Clickthestartpointofthearc.Movethemouseuntilthedesiredarcorientationandsizeispreviewed. 4. Clicktosettheendpointofthearc.
1st click 3rd click
2nd click
230
Arc by 3 Points
Tocreateanarcbythreepoints: 1. ClicktheArctoolfromtheBasicpalette,andselectArcby3Pointsmode. 2. Clicktosetthestartpointofthearc. 3. Clicktosetthepointforthearctopassthrough.Movethemouseuntilthedesiredarcorientationandsizeis previewed. 4. Clicktosettheendpointofthearc.
1st click
2nd click
3rd click
2nd click
1st click
Tangent
Creating Arcs |
231
232
1st click
2nd click
Without the Shift key, the angle of the line between the arc endpoints (1st and 2nd clicks) is unconstrained, and the chord defining the arc height is an unconstrained line drawn from the second endpoint
1st click
3rd click
2nd click When the Shift key is pressed, the angle of the line between the arc endpoints (1st and 2nd clicks) is constrained, and the chord defining the arc height is perpendicular to the center of that line
Creating Arcs |
TheArcLengthdialogboxopens.
233
Parameter
ArcLength SpecifyChordLength ChordLength
Description
Thedrawnarclengthisdisplayed,andcanbechanged;thisallowsyoutocreate severalarcswiththesamechordlengthandvaryingarclengths Selecttomanuallyspecifythechordlength,changingthearcendpoint Thechordlengthisthedistancebetweenthetwoendpointsofthearc;thearclength mustbegreaterthanthechordlength
4. ClickOKtocreatethearc.
1st click
2nd click
Completed arc
AnarccanbeextrudedatanytimewiththePush/Pulltool.SeeDirectModelingonpage 434.
234
Creating Polylines
Polyline Tool
ThePolylinetoolcreatesopenandclosedpolylinesobjectsmadeofaseriesofconnectedarcs,curves,orlines. Whiledrawingapolyline,setthetypeofcontrolpointforeachsegmenteitherbyclickingonthedesiredmodewhile drawingorbyusingthekeyboardshortcuts(seeCreatingorEditingaWorkspaceonpage 879)toselectthedesired mode.Apolylinecanhavedifferentcombinationsofvertices.Useapolylinetocreateplanarshapeswithinternal holes. ThecornersofthepolylinecanbesmoothedwiththePolySmoothingcommands(seeSmoothingObjectson page 279).MarkerscanbeaddedwiththeAttributespalette(seeMarkerAttributesonpage 538).ThePush/Pull togglemodeisavailablein3Dviewsforinstantlyextrudingthepolylineaftercreation.
Bzier Vertex Tangent Arc Arc Vertex Fillet
Polyline Preferences
Mode
CornerVertex
Description
Createspolylinesegmentswithstraightlinesandangledverticesatthecontrolpoints.The typeofvertexcreatedisacornervertex.
235
Description
Createspolylinesegmentswithcurvespulledtoward,butnottouchingthecontrolpoints. ThetypeofvertexcreatedisaBziervertex. Createspolylinesegmentswithcurvesthatpassthroughthecontrolpoints.Thetypeof vertexcreatedisacubicvertex. Createspolylinearcsegmentsthataretangenttotheprevioussegment(usetangent snappingtoassistwithdrawingthetangentpolyline;seeSnaptoTangent(2DOnly)on page 146).Thetypeofvertexcreatedisaradiusvertex. Createspolylinearcsegmentsthataredrawnbyclickingthreepoints:thestartpoint,apoint thearcpassesthrough,andtheendpoint;usefulfortracingexistingarcs.Thetypeofvertex createdisaradiusvertex. Createspolylinesegmentswithcurvesthatlooklikeafilletplacedatthecontrolpoints;click PolylinePreferencestosettheradiusofthefillet.Thetypeofvertexcreatedisanarcvertex. Instantlyextrudesthepolylineaftercreation;availablein3Dviews
PointonArc
While drawing a polyline, press the U key to switch the mode used to create the polyline
236
Closed polyline created using Corner Vertex and Tangent Arc modes
Creating Polylines |
Freehand Edit Freehand Preferences
237
Mode
FreehandEdit FreehandPreferences
Description
Reshapesthesingularlyselectedpolyline,polygon,rectangle,circle,orarc;formore information,seeReshapingObjectswiththeFreehandToolonpage 237 Setsthesmoothinglevelwhendrawingacurve.Increasingthedegreeofsmoothing decreasesthevertices,andthereforeitiseasiertoreshapethecurve.Decreasingthe degreeofsmoothingincreasestheverticeswhichproducesamoreaccurate representationofthecurve.SelectOfftodrawthecurvewithoutusingthesmoothing feature.
3. Selectthesmoothinglevelwhendrawingacurve. 4. ClickOK. 5. Clickinthedrawingtosetthepolylinestartpoint.Movethemousetocreatethedesiredfreehandpolyline shape. 6. Clickagainwhentheobjectiscomplete. Thenumberandplacementofpolylineverticesisdeterminedbytheobjectshapeandspecifieddegreeofcurve smoothing.Forexample,anobjectconsistingofaseriesofarcsandcurvescreatedwithalowdegreeofcurve smoothingcontainsmoreverticesthanaseriesoflinescreatedwithahighdegreeofcurvesmoothing. MarkerscanbeaddedwiththeAttributespalette(seeMarkerAttributesonpage 538). Bydefault,theFreehandtoolappliesafillofNone.Changethefilltypebeforesweepingafreehandpolyline,if renderingofthesweepvolumeisdesired.
238
Action
Changeexistingcurve
Guidelines
New Curve Direction Appended Curve
New Curve
Connecttwopointswith newcurve
Appended Curve
New Curve
Createclosurewithnew curve
Appended Curve
239
Guidelines
New Curve Appended Curve
Original Curve
Extendexistingcurve
Discarded Curve
New Curve
Retained Curve
Retainpartialcurve
Appended Curve
Discarded Curve
New Curve
Retained Curve
5. Clickagaintofinishdrawingthefreehandpolylineedit.Thevalidobjectiseditedandconvertedtoapolyline.
Creating Spirals
TheSpiraltooldrawsanArchimedesspiral.Thenumberofturns,distanceperturn,startradiusandthicknesscanbe specified,aswellasthenumberofpointsusedtodefinethecurve.UsethealignmentmodesontheToolbarto temporarilyoverridetheinsertionpoint.ThesemodeschangethealignmentoftheinsertionpointalongtheXaxisof theboundingboxsurroundingthespiral.
Wall Insertion Mode Standard Insertion Offset Insertion Spiral Preferences Spiral Alignment Modes
240
ForinformationonusingtheOffsetInsertionandWallInsertionmodes,seeOffsetSymbolInsertionModeon page 181andWallInsertionModeonpage 183. Todrawaspiral: 1. ClicktheSpiraltoolfromtheBasicpalette. 2. SelecttheinsertiontypeandalignmentfromtheToolbar. 3. Clicktodefinethecenterofthespiral. Ifthisisthefirsttimeaspiralisplacedinthissession,theSpiralPropertiesdialogboxopens.Theseparameters applytosubsequentlycreatedspirals;theycanbechangedlaterbyaccessingthemfromtheObjectInfopalette. 4. Specifythespiralproperties.
Distance per turn Thickness
Start radius
Parameter
DistanceperTurn NumberofTurns StartRadius Increment(deg)
Description
Enterthedistancebetweentheouteredgesofeachturninthespiral Specifythenumberofturnswhichdeterminethetotalsweepangleofthespiral;oneturn equals360degrees Enterthedistancefromthecentertothebeginningofthespiral Specifythenumberofpointsusedtodefinethecurve;thehighertheincrement,the fewerthenumberofpoints(forexample,anincrementoffivedegreesmeans360/5=72 pointsperturn) Specifythethicknessvalueoftheareabetweentheouterandinneredgeoftheturn
Thickness
Creating Triangles |
5. ClickOK. Aspiralwiththespecifiedparametersisplacedonthedrawing. Tocreatea3Dspiral,seeCreatingHelixSpiralsonpage 432.
241
Creating Triangles
TheTriangletoolhasthreemodes.Thestepsfordrawingthetrianglearethesameforeachmode;theonlydifference isthefieldsthatdisplayinthedialogboxthatopens.
Triangle by Two Sides and Included Angle
3. Thelengthofthefirstsideofthetriangledisplays.Entertheremainingfieldsasrequiredfortheselectedmode andclickOK.Thefollowingrestrictionsapply.
Mode
TrianglebyThreeSides TrianglebyTwoSidesand IncludedAngle
Restriction
Thesumofthelengthsofanytwosidesofthetrianglemustbegreaterthanthe remainingside Theanglemustbelessthan180degrees
242
Mode
TrianglebyTwoAngles andCommonSide
4. Twopossibletrianglesdisplay;clickthetriangletokeep.
2nd click
1st click Click two points to define the first side of the triangle After you enter the required side lengths and angles, two possible triangles display; click the triangle to keep
Creating 2D Polygons
Thereareseveralwaystocreate2Dpolygons.Singlelinepolygons,doublelinepolygons,andregularpolygonscan becreated;apolygonalwayshassquareverticesandiscomposedofaseriesofstraightlinesegments.Apolygonthat representsacurvewillrequiremorevertices(andmorecomplexity)thanapolyline. Polygonscanbecreatedautomaticallyfromexistinggeometry,whichisespeciallyusefulforillustratingtheelements ofahiddenlinerenderedviewport.
2D Polygon Tool
The2DPolygontoolcreatesopenandclosedpolygonswithsinglelines.Polygonscanhaveasfewasthreeverticesor asmanyas32,767vertices.The2DPolygontoolcanalsoautomaticallycreatepolygonsbyfillingoroutliningexisting geometry,toeasilyannotateadrawinggraphicallybyoutlining,filling,ortexturing(withanimageorgradientfill)the newpolygons. Threemodesareavailable.ThePush/Pulltogglemodeisavailablein3Dviewsforinstantlyextrudingthepolygon aftercreation.
Polygon from Inner Boundary Polygon from Outer Boundary
Push/Pull
Mode
PolygonfromVertices PolygonfromInner Boundary PolygonfromOuter Boundary
Description
Createsapolygonbyclickingtoseteachvertex Createsapolygonoutofexistinggeometrybyclickingwithintheboundaryofanobject Createsapolygonoutoftheouterboundaryofexistinggeometrybydefininggeometry withalassomarquee
243
Description
Instantlyextrudesthepolylineaftercreation;availablein3Dviews
1st click
6th click
244
First polygon selected, and Alt/Option key pressed while clicking in second area
Creating 2D Polygons |
245
246
Creating 2D Polygons |
247
Separation Preference
Mode
TopControlLine CenterControlLine BottomControlLine CustomControlLine
Description
Thecursorcreatestherightline Createslinesequidistantfromthecursor Thecursorcreatestheleftline Specifyanoffsetvalue
Parameter
Separation ControlOffset
Description
Enterthedistancebetweenthedoublelines;sameastheSeparationfieldontheToolbar FortheCustomControlLinemode,enterthedistancefromthetop/rightlineofthecursor
248
Parameter
Options CreateLines CreatePolygons CreateLines andPolygons Components
Edge-Drawn Polygon
Mode
InscribedPolygon CircumscribedPolygon EdgedrawnPolygon Push/Pull(3Dviews only)
Description
Createsapolygonbydrawingitsradius Createsapolygonwitharadiusequidistantfromthecenterofthepolygonandthe midpointofanyofitssides Createsapolygonbydrawingoneofitssides Afterthepolygoniscreated,clicktheselectedpolygonanddragtoextrudeit
Creating 3D Polygons |
249
1st click
2nd click
Creating 3D Polygons
The3DPolygontoolcreatespolygonsthathavealocationin3Dspace,butnoheight.Thepolygoncanbecreated throughany3Dpoint,notnecessarilyconstrainedtotheworkingplane. Tocreateaplanar3Dpolygon: 1. Clickthe3DPolygontoolfromthe3DModelingtoolset. 2. Clicktosetthepolygonsstartpoint(firstvertex). 3. Clickateachvertex. 4. Doubleclickatthefinalvertextoendanopenpolygon;clickatthestartingvertex(apointcuedisplays)toenda closedpolygon(thefirstandlastvertexareautomaticallyjoined).
2nd 3rd 4th
6th
250
Ifapolygonorpolylineisopen,selecttheClosedsettingtocloseit;anyedgesthatwerehiddenarealsoclosed.
Open edge
Hidden edge
When the Closed setting is selected, the open and hidden edges of the polygon are closed
Ifapolygonorpolylineisclosed,deselecttheClosedsettingtoopenit.Thelastsegmentoftheobjecttobedrawnis removed(forpolygons)orhidden(forpolylines).
Creating Spheres |
251
When the Closed setting is deselected, the last segment to be drawn is opened
To hide a different segment, use the Reshape tool in Hide or Show Edges mode
Creating Spheres
TheSpheretoolcreatesspheresusingoneofthethreemodes.
Sphere By Diameter
Sphere By Radius
Mode
SpherebyRadius SpherebyDiameter SpherebyCenterandRadius
Description
Definesthebaseofthespherebyradius Definesthebaseofthespherebydiameter Definesthebaseofthespherebycenter(accordingtotheheightabovetheworking plane)andradius
Sphere by Radius
Tocreateaspherebyradius: 1. ClicktheSpheretoolfromthe3DModelingtoolset,andselectSpherebyRadiusmode. 2. Clicktosetthecenterofspherebase. 3. Movethemousetothedesiredradiusandclicktosettheradiusofthespherebase.Theradiuscanalsobesetin theDatabar.
252
Sphere by Diameter
Tocreateaspherebydiameter: 1. ClicktheSpheretoolfromthe3DModelingtoolset,andselectSpherebyDiametermode. 2. Clicktosetthefirstpointonthespherebasediameter. 3. Movethemousetothedesireddiameterandclicktosetthediameterofthespherebase.
Creating Hemispheres
TheHemispheretoolcreateshemispheresusingoneofthreemodes.
Hemisphere by Diameter
Hemisphere by Radius
Hemisphere by Up Radius
Mode
HemispherebyRadius HemispherebyDiameter HemispherebyUpRadius
Description
Definesthebaseofthehemispherebyradius Definesthebaseofthehemispherebydiameter Definesthebaseofthehemispherebycenterandrotation
Creating Cones |
253
Hemisphere by Radius
Tocreateahemispherebyradius: 1. ClicktheHemispheretoolfromthe3DModelingtoolset,andselectHemispherebyRadiusmode. 2. Clicktosetthecenterofthehemispherebase. 3. Movethemousetothedesiredradiusandclicktosettheradiusofthehemispherebase.Theradiuscanalsobe setintheDatabar.
Hemisphere by Diameter
Tocreateahemispherebydiameter: 1. ClicktheHemispheretoolfromthe3DModelingtoolset,andselectHemispherebyDiametermode. 2. Clicktosetthefirstpointonthehemispherebasediameter. 3. Movethemousetothedesireddiameterandclicktosetthediameterofthehemispherebase.
Hemisphere by Up Radius
Tocreateahemispherebyupradius: 1. ClicktheHemispheretoolfromthe3DModelingtoolset,andselectHemispherebyUpRadiusmode. 2. Clicktosetthecenterofthehemispherebase. 3. Movethemouseandclicktosettherotationandtopofthehemisphere.
Creating Cones
TheConetoolcreatesconesusingoneoftwomodes.
Cone By Radius and Height Cone By Radius and Tip
Mode
ConebyRadiusandHeight ConebyRadiusandTip
Description
Definesthebaseoftheconebyradiusandtipoftheconebyheight Definesthebaseoftheconebyradiusand,ifdesired,snapsthetipoftheconetoa point
254
Creating Loci |
255
Creating Loci
Alocusisareferencepointthatisusedtodrawandmeasureobjects.Locidonotprint. TurnonSnaptoObjectsfromtheSnappingpalettetosnaptoloci(seeObjectSnappingonpage 137).
2D Locus Tool
The2DLocustoolplacesa2Dlocusinadrawing.Becausetheyaremerelymovablereferencepoints,locicannotbe reshapedorresized. Toplacea2Dlocus: 1. Clickthe2DLocustoolfromtheBasicpalette. 2. Clicktoplacethelocus. 3. Clicktoplaceadditionallociifnecessary.
3D Locus Tool
The3DLocustoolplacesasnappable3Dlocusorreferencepointontothedrawing.Like2Dloci,theyarereference points.Theycanbemoved,buttheycannotbereshapedandtheydonotprint. Tomanuallyinserta3Dlocus: 1. Clickthe3DLocustoolfromthe3DModelingtoolset. 2. Clicktoplacethelocus. Thelocusisplacedontheworkingplaneunlessitissnappedtoanobject. 3. Clicktoplaceeachadditionallocus. Toinserta3Dlocusbydialogbox: 1. Doubleclickthe3DLocustoolfromthe3DModelingtoolset. TheCreateObjectdialogboxopens.
2. Selectthe3DlocusClassandLayer.EntertheX,Y,andZpositionwherethe3Dlocusistobelocated.
256
3. ClickOK.
Editing Objects
TheObjectInfopalettenotonlyprovidesinformationaboutanobject,italsoallowstheobjecttobeedited.
Onceanobjectiscreated,itmayrequireediting,whichcouldinvolvechangingthesize,shape,ornumberofobjectsin adrawing;rotating,mirroring,orgroupingobjects;orconverting,moving,andremovingobjects.
TheObjectInfopaletteorganizesdataintothreetabbedpanes:
Tab
Shape Data Render
Description
Displaysinformationaboutaselectedobjectsgeometry,class,layer,andlocation(seeShapeTab onpage 258) Listsanydatabaserecordsattachedtoaselectedobject(seeDataTabonpage 262) WhentheRenderworksproductisinstalled,thistabisaddedfortheassigningandmappingof texturesto3Dobjects(seeApplyingaTexturetoanObjectonpage 639).Ifsketchrenderingis activeinaVectorworksDesignSeriesproduct,theSketchparameterisavailableontheRendertab, eveniftheRenderworksproductisnotinstalled. Specifiesoptionsforthedisplayofcoordinatesinrotatedplanviews(VectorworksDesignSeries required).SeeRotatingthePlanonpage 686intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide.
Coordinates menu
258
Shape Tab
ObjectpropertiescanbedirectlyeditedthroughtheObjectInfopalettefromtheShapetab.Objectscanalsobeedited withthetoolsontheBasicpalettethroughoutthischapter. TheShapetabalwaysdisplaysclassandlayerinformation.Thedetailedobjectinformationthatisalsodisplayed dependsonthetypeofobjectselected,andcanbesimpleorveryextensivedependingontheobject.
259
View
Top/Plan
Coordinate Display
Coordinatesarerelativetothescreenplane(XandY)
3Dviewwithworking planeactive
Rotatedplan(Design Seriesrequired)
Coordinatesarerelativetothelayerplane(XandY)andtotherotatedplan(ScreenX andScreenY).Therotatedplancoordinatesdisplayinblue,asdotherulers.
Somesymbolsarepagebasedatcreationoruponimport.ThesedonotdisplayaBoxPositionindicatorintheObject Infopalette.(Theobjectcanonlyberesizedsymmetrically.)Thecoordinatesarerelativetothescreenplane(XandY).
260
Key
Enter Tab Shift+Enter
Function
Savetheentryandreturnthefocustothedrawingarea Savetheentryandmovethefocustothenexteditablefield Savetheentryandkeepthefocusinthesamefield,sothatyoucanenteradifferentvalueif necessary
261
Scroll arrow
Polyline Parameters
Forpolylinesandobjectsbasedonpolylines,functionalitysimilartotheReshapetoolisavailablefromtheObjectInfo paletteShapetab,wherevaluescanbeenteredtomovevertices(ortheentireobject)ratherthanmanipulating
262
graphicallywiththetool.Similarly,clickthebuttonstoadd,delete,changethevertextype,orhidethenextedge;the selectedvertexisaffected.
Scrolls through the vertices, highlighting the selected one; press the center button to highlight the selected vertex Select whether to affect the entire object or the selected vertex only Displays the location of the selected vertex; edits the location of the entire object or selected vertex
Data Tab
TheDatatablistsallrecordsinthedrawing,alongwithcheckboxesshowingwhichrecordsareattached.TheObject Infopalettecanbeusedtomakechangestorecordsettingsforindividualobjects. Toviewandeditrecordinformation: 1. SelectWindow>Palettes>ObjectInfo. 2. ClicktheDatatab.
3. Selectthedesiredobjectinthedrawingarea. Thefollowinginformationisdisplayed.
Parameter
Name RecordFormatDatabase Connection (VectorworksDesignSeries required,database connectionrequired)
Description
Displaysthename,ifany,giventoanobject IntheVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts,linksrecordformatstoanexternal databaseforautomated,twowaycommunication;seeDatabaseConnectivityon page 1009intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide.
263
Description
Linkstheobjectinstancetotheexternaldatabasestablerows
Displaysalltherecordsthatareactiveinthedrawing;ifanyoftheserecordsare attachedtotheselectedobject,theboxtotheleftoftherecordnamedisplaysanX. Ifmorethanoneobjectisselected,onlytherecordsattachedtoallobjectsdisplay anX. Providesalistofalltherecordfieldsifarecordisattachedtotheselectedobject;if anyfieldhasadefaultvalueassigned,itdisplaysafterthefieldname.Ifnoitemis currentlyselectedinthedrawing,thelabeldisplaysRecordFieldDefaults insteadofRecordFields. Editsthefieldvaluesfortheselectedrecord;allenteredvaluesoverrideany defaultvaluesfortheobject
RecordFields
RecordInfo
Moving Objects
Objectscanbemovedinseveralways. UsetheMovecommand(operatesinthescreenplane)orMove3Dcommandtomoveanobjectanexact distance. UsetheMovebyPointstooltomove,duplicate,anddistributeobjectsbyclicking. Usetheselectiontoolstoselectanddragobjectstoanewlocation. Nudgeselectedobjectsonepixelatatime,orbythesnapgrid(seeSettingVectorworksPreferencesonpage 17 andNudgingSymbolsinWallsonpage 513).
264
Parameter
Cartesian Polar
Description
Specifythedistancetomovetheobject;forCartesiancoordinates,selectCartesianandenter theXandYOffsetdistances Specifythedistancetomovetheobject;forPolarcoordinates,selectPolarandenterthe DistanceandAngle
3. ClickOK. Theobjectismovedinthescreenplaneaccordingtothecriteriaspecified.
Parameter
Cartesian X,Y,ZOffset WorkingPlane X,Y,ZOffset
Description
SelecttheX,Y,Z(Cartesian)coordinatesystem ForCartesiancoordinates,specifythedistancetomovetheobject SelecttheX,Y,Z(workingplane)coordinatesystem Forworkingplanecoordinates,specifythedistancetomovetheobject
3. ClickOK.Theobjectismovedin3Dspaceaccordingtothecriteriaspecified.
Moving Objects |
265
Move
Reference Point
Preferences
Mode
Move Distribute ReferencePoint ObjectRetention
Description
Movesandduplicatesselectedobjectsaccordingtothedistanceanddirectionspecifiedby twomouseclicks Movesanddistributesduplicateobjectsbetweenthepointsspecifiedbytwomouseclicks Movesselectedobjectsaccordingtoaclickedreferencepointandaspecifiedoffsetdistance fromthatpoint;thePreferencessettingsarenotapplicablewhenthismodeisselected Keepstheoriginalobjects;thisisthesameasselectingtheRetainoptioninthetool preferences
Parameter
NumberofDuplicates
Description
Specifiesthenumberofcopiesoftheoriginalobject(s)tocreate;sameastheNumberof DuplicatesfieldontheToolbar. Avalueof0(zero)meansthattheoriginalobjectwillbemoved;inthiscase,theRetain optionbelow(andtheObjectRetentionbuttonontheToolbar)havenoeffect.
OriginalObject
266
Parameter
Retain LeaveSelected
Mode
Moveor Distribute Moveor Distribute Moveor Distribute Move
Number of Duplicates
0 1 1 >1
Result
Movestheoriginalobject(s)tothelocationspecifiedbyclicking Movestheoriginalobject(s)tothelocationspecifiedbyclicking Createsoneduplicateoftheoriginalobject(s),placedatthelocation indicatedbyclicking Movestheoriginalobject(s),placingtheoriginalatthelocation specifiedbythefirstclick,andplacingtheduplicatesthesamedistance apartfromeachotheralongthevectorcreatedbythetwoclickpoints Createsduplicatesoftheoriginalobject(s),placingthefirstduplicateat thelocationspecifiedbythesecondclick,andplacingadditional duplicatesthesamedistanceapartfromeachotheralongthevector createdbythetwoclickpoints Movestheoriginalobject(s),placingtheoriginalatthelocation specifiedbythefirstclick,anddistributingtheduplicatesbetweenthe twoclickpoints,andalongthevectorcreatedbythetwopoints Createsduplicatesoftheoriginalobject(s),distributingtheduplicates betweenthetwoclickpoints,andalongthevectorcreatedbythetwo points
Move
>1
Yes
Distribute
>1
No
Distribute
>1
Yes
Moving Objects |
Move mode, two duplicates, retain original 1st click 2nd click
267
268
Click the point from which to offset the selected object, click the object, and then enter the offset distance
2nd click
1st click
Copying Objects
TheCopycommandcopiesanobjecttotheclipboard,whereitistemporarilystored.Theoriginalobjectremainson thedrawing. Tocopyanobject: 1. Selecttheobject(s)tocopy. 2. SelectEdit>Copy. Alternatively,rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)ontheobject,andselectCopyfromtheobject contextmenu. Theprogramplacesacopyoftheobjectintheclipboard.
Pasting Objects
ThePastecommandplacestheclipboardobjectintothesamedrawingfile,intoanotherVectorworksfile,orinto anothersoftwareprogramsfile(ifthatprogramalsohascopy,cut,andpastecommands).AslongastheVectorworks programremainsopenwhiletheobjectisintheclipboard,theobjectretainsallitsobjectinformationforpastinginto Vectorworksdocuments. Someimagequalitycanbelostwhenobjectsarepastedintootherprograms. Topasteanobject: 1. Openthefileandlayerwheretheobjectistobeadded.
269
Paste as Picture
LikethePastecommand,thePasteasPicturecommandplacesacopyoftheclipboardcontentsintheactive Vectorworksdrawingfile.However,PasteasPictureplacestheentireclipboardcontentsasasingleobject/picture. Becausethecontentsarenowoneitem,individualobjects(includingsymbolsandtext)cannolongerbeedited. TherearetwoadvantagestousingthePasteasPicturecommand.First,asasingleitem,theclipboardobjectsaremore quicklyplacedintothedrawingfile.Inaddition,thepastedobjectsretainanyPostScriptcomments,aswellasallother embeddedinformation. Topasteasapicture: 1. Openthefileandlayerwheretheobjectistobeadded. 2. SelectEdit>PasteasPicture.
Paste in Place
ThePasteinPlacecommandworksexactlylikethePastecommand,exceptthattheclipboardcontentsarepastedinto theactivedrawingatthesamecoordinates(relativetothelayerorigin)fromwhichtheywerecopied.Whenyoupaste toasheetlayer,rememberthateachsheetlayerhasitsownorigin,whichmaybedifferentfromtheoriginofthelayer wheretheobjectwascopied(seeSetOriginonpage 78fordetails). Topasteinplace: 1. Openthefileandlayerwheretheobjectistobeadded. 2. SelectEdit>PasteinPlace.
270
Method
SendForward SendBackward SendtoFront SendtoBack
Theobjectsstackingorderischanged.
Removing Objects
Clearing Objects
TheClearcommanddeletesanyselectedobjectorobjects.IthasthesameeffectaspressingtheDeletekey,meaning thattheobject(s)arenotstoredontheclipboard.TheonlywaytoretrieveaclearedobjectistoselectUndo.This commandprovidesanadditionalwayofremovinganobjectfromthedrawingwithoutdeletingthecurrentcontents oftheclipboard. Toclearanobjectfromthedrawing: 1. Selecttheobjectorobjectstoremovefromthedrawing. 2. SelectEdit>Clear.
Removing Objects |
271
Element
UnusedResources Gradients Hatches Images RecordFormats
Description
Deletesanyunusedgradientresources Deletesanyunusedhatchresource Deletesanyunusedimageresources Deletesanyunusedrecordformatresources. AlsoselectSpecialRecordFormatstodeleteunusedrecordformats thatstorepluginobjectdefaultvalues.Analertpromptsyouto confirmthatthedefaultvaluesshouldbedeleted.
RenderworksBackgrounds (Renderworksrequired) RenderworksStyles (Renderworksrequired) RenderworksTextures (Renderworksrequired) SketchStyles (VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired) SlabStyles (VectorworksArchitectrequired) Symbols
DeletesanyunusedRenderworksbackgroundresources DeletesanyunusedRenderworksstyles Deletesanyunusedtextureresources Deletesanyunusedsketchstyleresources Deletesanyunusedslabstyleresources Deletesanyunusedsymbolresources. AlsoselectSpecialSymbolstodeletetheresourcesforpluginobject symbolsandgroupsymbols(thoselistedinredandblueinthe ResourceBrowser).Thiswillnotdeleteanyassociatedpluginorgroup objectsthathavealreadybeenplacedinthedrawing.Analertprompts youtoconfirmthatthespecialsymbolresourcesshouldbedeleted.
272
Element
TextStyles Tiles WallStyles (VectorworksArchitectorLandmark required) All
Checkedbox:AllattributesintheUnusedResourcesgroupare selected;clicktodeselectallattributesinthegroup. Emptybox:NoattributesintheUnusedResourcesgroupare selected;clicktoselectallattributesinthegroup. Boxdisplays (Windows)or (Macintosh):Oneormore attributesintheUnusedResourcesgrouparenotselected;clickto selectallattributesinthegroup. TheSpecialRecordFormatsandSpecialSymbolsoptionsarenot automaticallyselectedalongwiththeotherunusedresources; theymustbeselectedindividually.
OtherItems EmptyLayers EmptyStoryLayers (VectorworksArchitectrequired) EmptySymbolFolders UnusedClasses UnusedDashStyles ObjectsOutsideofPageBoundaries for Deletesanylayersthatdonotcontainanyobjects Deletesanystoriesthatdonotcontainanylayers Deletesanyunusedsymbolfolders Deletesanyunusedclasses Deletesanyunuseddashstyles Deletesanyobjectsthataretotallyoutsidethepageboundaries;ifan objectispartiallywithintheboundary,itwillnotbedeleted.Objects canbedeletedfromtheactivelayeronly,fromalldesignlayers,and fromallsheetlayers. Checkedbox:AllattributesintheOtherItemsgroupareselected; clicktodeselectallattributesinthegroup. Emptybox:NoattributesintheOtherItemsgroupareselected;click toselectallattributesinthegroup. Boxdisplays (Windows)or (Macintosh):Oneormore attributesintheOtherItemsgrouparenotselected;clicktoselectall attributesinthegroup. Previewitemsthatwillbepurged OpensthePurgePreviewdialogboxafteryouclickOKonthePurge dialogbox;ifneeded,itemscanberemovedfromthepurgelist
All
Duplicating Objects |
273
3. ClickOKtocompletethepurge. 4. Ifnecessary,usetheUndocommandtoundothepurge.
Duplicating Objects
Duplicating Single
TheDuplicatecommandmakesacopyofanobjectorgroupofobjectsandplacesitonthedrawing.Dependingonthe settinginVectorworkspreferences,theduplicatedobjectorobjectswilleitherbeoffsetorplaceddirectlyontopofthe original. Toduplicateanyobject: 1. Selecttheobject(s)tocopy. 2. SelectEdit>Duplicate. Theprogramplacesacopyoftheselectedobject(s)inthedrawingaccordingtothesettingsintheVectorworks preferencesdialogbox. Whenobjectswithanoffsetareduplicated,theoffsetismaintainedwiththeduplicate.
Duplicate Array
TheDuplicateArraycommandcontrolshowmanycopiesofselectedobjectsaremadeandhowthesecopiesare arrayed,orplaced,inthedrawing. Forinformationaboutplacingsymbolsinwallsinaduplicatearray,seeInsertingSymbolsinaDuplicateArrayon page 511.
274
Linear Array
Rectangular Array
Circular Array
Description
Specifythenumberofcopiesoftheoriginalobjecttocreate Specifythestartpointforthefirstcopiedobject,byeitherspecifyingcoordinatesor placingtheobjectwiththemouse TouseCartesiancoordinates,clickthisoptionandspecifythedistanceofthecenter ofthecopyfromthecenteroftheoriginalobjectbyenteringX,Y,andZ coordinates.IftheviewissomethingotherthanTop/Plan,andthefieldValuesAre WithRespecttotheissettoWorkingPlane,thelabelsonthecoordinatefieldsare X,Y,andZinsteadofX,Y,andZ.Z(orZ)mustbezerowhenonly2Dscreen objectsarebeingduplicated. Thisoptionisalwaysenabledif2Dobjectsareselected;if3Dorhybridobjectsare selected,orifboth2Dand3Dobjectsareselected,thisoptionisenabledonlyin Top/Planview.Tousepolarcoordinates,clickthisoptionandspecifythedistance ofthecenterofthecopyfromthecenteroftheoriginalobjectbyenteringr(radius), theta(angle),andZcoordinates;Zmustbezerowhenonly2Dscreenobjectsare beingduplicated.
PolarOffset
275
Description
Thisoptionisalwaysenabledif2Dobjectsareselected;if3Dorhybridobjectsare selected,orifboth2Dand3Dobjectsareselected,thisoptionisenabledonlyin Top/Planview.Toplacethecopywiththemouse,selectNextMouseClick.To offsetthefirstcopyfromtheoriginalobjectsplane,enteraZ(orZ)value;Z(orZ) mustbezerowhenonly2Dscreenobjectsarebeingduplicated. Specifywhetherthearrayshouldbebuiltrelativetotheactivelayerplaneor workingplane SelectResizeDuplicatestoresizeeachsuccessivecopywiththespecifiedXScale, YScale,andZScalevalues;toleavethecopiesatthesamescaleastheoriginal object,ensurethatResizeDuplicatesisdeselected SelectRotateDuplicatestorotateeachsuccessivecopyatthespecifiedAngle;to leavethecopiesatthesamerotationastheoriginalobject,ensurethatRotate Duplicatesisdeselected Toincludetheoriginalobjectinthearray,selectRetain;otherwise,theoriginal objectisdeleted.Toleavetheoriginalobjectselectedafterduplication,alsoclick LeaveSelected.
RotateDuplicates
OriginalObject
Description
SpecifythenumberofcopiesoftheoriginalobjecttocreateinthearraysXdirection (activelayerplaneduplication)orXdirection(workingplaneduplication) SpecifythenumberofcopiesoftheoriginalobjecttocreateinthearraysYdirection (activelayerplaneduplication)orYdirection(workingplaneduplication) SpecifythenumberofcopiesoftheoriginalobjecttocreateinthearraysZdirection (activelayerplaneduplication)orZdirection(workingplaneduplication) Specifythedistancebetweeneachcolumninthearray(measuredfromthecopied objectscenters)
276
RotateDuplicates
OriginalObject
Description
Specifythenumberofcopiesoftheoriginalobjecttocreate Specifytheangleofseparationbetweenthecentersofeachobjectinthearray Tooffsetcopiesfromtheoriginalobjectsplane,specifythedistancebetweeneach successivecopy.IftheviewissomethingotherthanTop/Plan,andValuesAreWith RespecttotheissettoWorkingPlane,thelabelisZinsteadofZ.ZandZmustbe zerowhenonly2Dscreenobjectsarebeingduplicated. Specifythecenterpointforthecirculararray,byeitherspecifyingcoordinatesor placingthearraywiththemouse
CircleCenterPoint
277
Description
Toplacethearrayusingcoordinates,entertheXandYcoordinatesofitscenter point.IftheviewissomethingotherthanTop/Plan,andValuesAreWithRespect totheissettoWorkingPlane,thelabelsonthecoordinatefieldsareXandY insteadofXandY. Thisoptionisalwaysenabledif2Dobjectsareselected;if3Dorhybridobjectsare selected,orifboth2Dand3Dobjectsareselected,thisoptionisenabledonlyin Top/Planview.SelectNextMouseClicktoplacethearraysothatitscenterisatthe nextclickedpoint. Specifywhetherthearrayshouldbebuiltrelativetotheactivelayerplaneor workingpane SelectResizeDuplicatestoresizeeachsuccessivecopywiththespecifiedXScale, YScale,andZScalevalues;toleavethecopiesatthesamescaleastheoriginal object,ensurethatResizeDuplicatesisdeselected SelectRotateDuplicatestorotateeachsuccessivecopyateithertheAngleBetween DuplicatesorthespecifiedCustomAngle;toleavethecopiesatthesamerotation astheoriginalobject,ensurethatRotateDuplicatesisdeselected Toincludetheoriginalobjectinthearray,selectRetain;otherwise,theoriginal objectisdeleted.Toleavetheoriginalobjectselectedafterduplication,alsoclick LeaveSelected.
NextMouseClick
RotateDuplicates
OriginalObject
278
Toduplicateobjectsalongapath: 1. Selecttheobjectorobjectstoduplicate,andselectthepathobject.
2. SelectEdit>DuplicateAlongPath. TheDuplicateAlongPathdialogboxopens.
Parameter
Selectapathobject DuplicatePlacement NumberofDuplicates FixedDistance StartOffset CurveLength
Description
ClickPrevorNexttoselecttheobjectthatrepresentsthepath;theselectedpathobject ishighlighted Specifiestheduplicateobjectplacementparameters CreatesthespecifiedNumberofduplicateobjects,equallyspacedalongthepath DuplicatesobjectsatthefixedintervalsspecifiedinDistance Specifiesthedistancefromtheendofthepathtothefirstduplicatedobject;enterzero toplacethefirstobjectatthestartofthepath Displaysthelengthofthepathobject,forreference
279
Description
Rotatestheduplicatessotheyarealwaystangenttothepath
Keeporiginal orientation
Theobjecttoduplicateremainsinitsoriginalorientation.Theremainingduplicates arerotatedtangenttothepath,relativetotheoriginalobjectstangencyangle.
Preview 3. ClickOK.
ClicktopreviewtheeffectofparameterchangesbeforeclickingOK
Theduplicatesarearrayedwiththeircentersalongtheselectedpathobject.
Smoothing Objects
Thesmoothingcommandssmoothallselectedpolygonandpolylineverticesinonestep,changingallverticesofthe objectintotheselectedvertextype.ThecommandsalsoworkonNURBScurves.TheNoSmoothingcommand changessmoothedverticesintocorneredvertices. Tosmoothanobject: 1. Selecttheobject(s)tosmooth. 2. SelectModify>PolySmoothing.Fromthesubmenu,selectthesmoothingmethodtouse.
Option
NoSmoothing BzierSplineSmoothing
Description
Createsstraightlinesandcornervertices Createscurvespulledtowardsbutnottouchingthevertices
280
Option
CubicSplineSmoothing ArcSmoothing
RadiusSmoothing Theobjectissmoothed.
Iftherearemultipleobjectstouchingatthesameendpoint,thetwoobjectsclosestinstackingorderare combined.
281
282
Unlocking Objects
UnlockanobjectorgroupofobjectsthatwaspreviouslylockedwiththeUnlockcommand.Unlockedobjectscanbe copied,moved,deleted,oredited. Tounlockobjects: 1. Selecttheobjectorobjectstobeunlocked. 2. SelectModify>Unlock Alternatively,rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)ontheobject,andselectUnlockfromtheobject contextmenu. TheObjectInfopalettenolongerindicatesthattheobjectislocked.Dependingontheselectionhighlighting settinginVectorworkspreferences,thehandlesand/orhighlightingalsochangetoindicatethattheobjectisnow unlocked(seeSelectionandPreselectionIndicatorsonpage 63).
Rotating Objects
Thereareseveralwaystorotateobjects.UsetheRotatetooltorotateanobject,oraduplicateofanobject,directlywith themouse.UsethevariousRotatecommandstorotatetheobjectbychoosingapresetrotation,orbyenteringcustom rotationinformationinadialogbox. Certainobjects,suchasrectangles,roundedrectangles,ovals,bitmaps,PICTimages,andtextobjects,canbe rotatedwiththeInteractiveScalingmodeoftheSelectiontool.PresstheAltkey(Windows)orOptionkey (Macintosh)whiledraggingareshapehandle.
Rotate Tool
TheRotatetoolcanrotateobjectsinthedrawing.DoubleclickingthetoolwhenanobjectisselectedopenstheRotate ObjectdialogboxasdescribedinCustomRotationonpage 285. TheRotatetoolcanrotateorrotateandduplicatetheselectedobject(s)aboutanaxisoralignedrelativetoanother object.
Rotating Objects |
Duplicate and Rotate Rotate Standard Rotation Alignment Rotation
283
Mode
Rotate DuplicateandRotate StandardRotation AlignmentRotation
Description
Rotatestheselectedobject Createsaduplicateobjectandrotatesit Rotatestheobjectaboutadefinedaxis Rotatestheobjectbyaligningitwithanotherobject
Standard Rotation
Torotateanobjectaroundaspecifiedaxis: 1. Selecttheobjecttorotate. 2. ClicktheRotatetoolfromtheBasicpalette. Toselectadditionalobjectsortochangethecurrentlyselectedobjectstorotate,pressandholdtheAltkey (Windows)orCmdkey(Macintosh)whileshiftclickingorclickdraggingthemousearoundthemtomarquee selectthem;theSelectiontoolisactivatedinboomerangmodewhiletheAltorCmdkeyisbeingpressed. 3. SelectRotateorDuplicateandRotatefromtheToolbar,dependingonwhethertheoriginaloraduplicateobject istoberotated. 4. SelectStandardRotationfromtheToolbar. Bydefault,therotationplaneisthatoftheactiveworkingplane;theworkingplaneorientationcanbechanged.If desired,selectScreenPlanefromtheActivePlanelistontheToolbartorotateinaplaneparalleltothescreen plane. 5. Clicktocreateafulcrumline(atemporaryhandletorotatetheobject).Therotationplaneisparalleltothe workingplane. 6. Clicktoendthefulcrumline. 7. Movethecursortorotatetheobjecttothedesirednewposition. Apreviewobjectdisplays. 8. Clicktosettherotation. Theoriginalobjectoritsduplicateisrotatedtothenewposition.
284
1st click
2nd click
Rotation by Alignment
Torotateanobjectbyaligningitwithanotherobject: 1. Selecttheobjecttorotate. 2. SelecttheRotatetoolfromtheBasicpalette. Toselectadditionalobjectsortochangethecurrentlyselectedobjectstorotate,pressandholdtheAltkey (Windows)orCmdkey(Macintosh)whileshiftclickingorclickdraggingthemousearoundthemtomarquee selectthem;theSelectiontoolisactivatedinboomerangmodewhiletheAltorCmdisbeingpressed. 3. SelectRotateorDuplicateandRotatefromtheToolbar,dependingonwhethertheoriginaloraduplicateobject istoberotated. 4. SelectAlignmentRotationfromtheToolbar.Thismodeisonlyavailableina3Dview. 5. Clicktosetthefirstpointontheselectedobject. 6. Clicktosetthesecondpointontheselectedobject. Thisdefinestheedgeoftheobjectthatwillberotatedbyalignmentandcreatesafulcrumline. 7. Clickthedesiredpointtoaligntheobject. Theoriginalobjectoritsduplicateisrotatedtothenewposition.
3rd click
Rotating Objects |
Torotateataspecifiedangle: 1. Selecttheobject(s)torotate. 2. SelectModify>Rotate,andthenthepresetrotation.
285
Alternatively,rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)ontheobject(s),andselectRotatefromtheobject contextmenu.
Parameter
RotateLeft90 RotateRight90 FlipHorizontal FlipVertical
Description
Rotatestheselectedobjectcounterclockwise90 Rotatestheselectedobjectclockwise90 Flipstheselectedobjectaboutitscenter Flipstheselectedobjectverticallyaboutitscenter
Custom Rotation
Thecenterofrotationforthiscommandislimitedtothecenteroftheobjectsboundingbox.Therotationisperformed withinthescreenplane. Torotatebyacustomangle: 1. Selecttheobjectorobjectstorotate. 2. SelectModify>Rotate>Rotate.Alternatively,doubleclicktheRotatetool. TheRotateObjectdialogboxopens.
3D Custom Rotation
Theprecisionoftherotationvaluesthatcanbeentered(degrees,minutes,and/orseconds)dependsontheUnits setting. Torotateatcustomanglesin3D: 1. Selectthe3Dobjectorobjectstorotate. 2. SelectModify>Rotate>Rotate3D. TheRotateObjectin3Ddialogboxopens.Specifytherotationparameters.
286
Parameter
RotationAngle CenterofRotation WorkingPlaneCenter ObjectCenter NextMouseClick RotationAxis
Description
Entertheangleofrotation Specifythedesiredcenterofrotation Rotatesusingthecenteroftheworkingplane Rotatesaboutthecenteroftheselectedobject Rotatesaroundthenextmouseclickinthedrawingwindow SelectwhethertherotationaxiswillbebasedontheActiveLayerPlaneorthe WorkingPlane,andaboutwhichaxis
3. ClickOK.
Unrotating 3D Objects
TheUnrotate3DObjectscommandreturnsany3Dobjectthathasitsowncoordinatesystemtoitsuprightposition. Usethecommandtorotatesymbols,extrudes,multipleextrudes,andsweepssothattheyalignwiththeworld coordinatesystem. Tounrotatea3Dobject: 1. Selectthe3Dobjectorobjectstounrotate. 2. SelectModify>Unrotate3DObjects.
Mirroring Objects
TheMirrortoolcanmirror,ormirrorandduplicate,objectsaboutanaxislineoracrosstheworkingplane.
Mirror Mirror Across Working Plane
Mode
Mirror
Description
Mirrorstheselectedobject.Themirroredobjectisonthesameplaneasthe originalobject.
287
Description
Createsaduplicateoftheselectedobjectandthenmirrorstheduplicate.The mirroredobjectisonthesameplaneastheoriginalobject. Mirrorstheselectedobjecttotheothersideoftheworkingplane.
Mirror axis line Mirror mode mirrors the object to the other side of the axis line
Duplicate and Mirror mode creates a mirror duplicate of the object Mirror axis line
288
Forobjectsinwalls,themirroredobjectisplacedinthewall,ifthereisroomforit.
Mirror axis line
Duplicate and Mirror mode creates a mirror duplicate of the door inserted into the wall
Duplicate and Mirror mode creates a mirror duplicate of the column across the working plane
Converting Objects |
289
Converting Objects
Objectscanbeconvertedinseveralways.
Convert to Lines
TheConverttoLinescommandchangesasingleobjectintotheseriesoflinesneededtocreateit.Forexample,a rectangleisconvertedintofourlines. Circlesandovalscanalsobeconvertedintonumerouslinesegments.However,especiallywhenconvertingcircles,the accuracyofthelinesegmentsdependsonthe2Dconversionres(resolution)settingchosenintheVectorworks Preferencesdialogbox. Toconvertanobjecttolines: 1. Selecttheobjecttoconvert. 2. SelectModify>Convert>ConverttoLines. 3. Iftheobjectcanberendered,selectthewireframe,hiddenline,ordashedhiddenlinerenderingconversion option. 4. ClickOK. Theobjectisconvertedintolinesandeachsegmentcanbemanipulated.
Convert to Polygons
TheConverttoPolygonscommandchangesanyobjectwithasurfaceintothe2Dpolygonorseriesofpolygons neededtocreateit. Circlesandovalscanalsobeconverted.However,especiallywhenconvertingcircles,theaccuracyofthepolygons dependsonthe2Dconversionres(resolution)settingchosenintheVectorworksPreferencesdialogbox.
290
Convert to 3D Polygons
TheConvertto3DPolyscommandconvertsany2Dlineorsurfaceobject,includingpolylines,polygons,circles,ovals, andrectangles,intoa3Dpolygon.Onceconverted,thenewpolygoncontainsaZdimension,assigningitaplacein3D space.Itcanberotatedandmanipulatedwith3Dtools.Thenewpolygonwillnot,however,haveathickness. Whenyouconverttwoormoreobjectssimultaneously,theconvertedobjectsareplacedinagroup. Toconverta2Dobjectto3Dpolygons: 1. Selectthe2Dobjectorobjectstoconvert. 2. SelectModify>Convert>Convertto3DPolys.
Convert to Mesh
TheConverttoMeshcommandconvertsanyextrude,multipleextrude,sweep,orwireframeobjectintoamesh object.UsetheObjectInfopalettetoeditthemeshobjectvertice(s).Thecommandcanalsocollectanumberofseparate 3Dpolygonsintoasinglemeshobject. Toconverttomesh: 1. Selectthe3Dobjecttoconvert. 2. SelectModify>Convert>ConverttoMesh. Theobjectchangestoameshobject.Toeditthemesh,selectModify>EditGroupandeditthe3Dpolygonsthat makeupthemesh.
Grouping Objects |
291
Grouping Objects
TheGroupcommandgroupstwoormoreindividualobjects(includingtextandsymbols)together.Thegroupof objectsisthentreatedasasingleobject.Forexample,groupedobjectscanbemovedtoadifferentlayerinonemove.In addition,thiscommandcangrouptwoormoregroupsofobjectsintoasinglegroup.
Individual objects
Grouped objects
Editing a Group
UsetheModify>EditGroupcommandtoeditindividualobjectsinagroupwithoutungroupingthem.This commandalsoeditsagroupofobjectsthatisnestedinsideanothergroup;eachtimethecommandisselected,the programmovesoneleveldeeperintothegroup.SeeObjectEditingModeonpage 16fordetails.
Ungrouping
TheUngroupcommandungroupsobjectsorgroupsthatwerepreviouslycombinedwiththeGroupcommand. Nestedgroupsmustbeungroupedoneatatime.
Grouped objects
Ungrouped objects
Toungroupagroupofobjects: 1. Selectthegrouptoungroup.
292
Vertical Align/Distribute
Horizontal Align/Distribute
3. Selecttheobjectalignment/distributioncriteria.Objectsareonlymovedalongthehorizontalandverticalaxes.
Parameter
Align Distribute
Description
Selecttoalignitemsalongthehorizontalorverticalaxis Selecttodistributeitemsalongthehorizontalorverticalaxis
293
Description
294
3. Selectthealignment/distributioncriteria.
Parameter
Alignment/ DistributionAxes Align/Distribute Minimum Center Maximum Spacing
Description
Selectwhethertoalign/distributeabouttheactivelayerplaneortheworkingplane SelectAlignandspecifythecoordinatevaluetousewhenaligningobjects,orselect Distributetodistributeobjects Align/distributeobjectsalongthespecifiedaxisbytheminimumcoordinatevalueof eachobject Align/distributeobjectsalongthespecifiedaxisbythecentercoordinatevalueofeach object Align/distributeobjectsalongthespecifiedaxisbythemaximumcoordinatevalueof eachobject Distributespacingbetweenobjectsalongthespecifiedaxis,ensuringthatthespace betweentheobjectsisequalalongtheaxis
Compressing Images |
Toalignanobjecttoagrid: 1. Selecttheobjectorobjectstoalign. 2. SelectModify>Align>AligntoGrid. Theprogramalignstheobject(s),placingtheupperleftcornerofeachobjectatitsclosestgridpoint.
295
Compressing Images
ThebitmapimagesandimageresourcesinaVectorworksfilecanbecompressedwiththeJPEGcompressionmethod, tosavefilespace.JPEGcompressioncansignificantlyreducebitmapimagefilesize,butcanresultinthelossoffine detailforsomeimages. ThecompressionmethodandfilesizeforaselectedimagedisplayintheObjectInfopalette.Imagesthatarealready compressedbytheJPEGcompressionmethodremainunchanged. AselectedbitmapfiledisplaysBitmapastheobjecttypeatthetopoftheObjectInfopalette.Abitmapfilemay alreadyhavehadPNGcompressionappliedatimport;theCompressImagescommandchangesitscompression formattoJPEG.
3. SelectApplyJPEGCompressiontoSelectedBitmapObjects.ClickOKtocompresstheselectedimages.
296
2. SelectApplyJPEGCompressiontoAll.ChoosewhethertoapplytheJPEGcompressiontoallbitmapimagesin thedrawing,imageresources,orboth.ClickOKtocompresstheimages.
Tracing Bitmaps
TheTraceBitmapcommandtracesbitmapobjectsandpictureobjects(imageswhichhavebeenimportedwiththe PICTasPicturecommand).Itcreatesagroupofvectorlinesfromtheimage. Totraceabitmaporpictureobject: 1. Selecttheimagetotrace. 2. SelectModify>TraceBitmap. 3. EnterthedesiredcriteriaintheTraceBitmapdialogbox.
Parameter
Maximumwidthinpixels CollinearitySensitivity 4. ClickOK.
Description
Specifythemaximumnumberofpixelstoberecognizedasasingleline; pixelcountsabovetheselectedvaluearetraced Selectavaluetodefinethesegmentsizeandaccuracyofthetrace
Thetimeittakestotracetheimagecanvaryfromsecondstohours.Thetracingtimerequiredisdeterminedby theimagesize,aswellasthelinethresholdandcollinearitysensitivitysettingsselected.
Object Operations
Extruding Objects
Single Extrude
TheExtrudecommandchanges2Dobjectsinto3Dobjectswithaheight.Thetypeofobjectanditsattributes determinesthetypeofextrudethatisproduced.Linesareextrudedasflatplanes,whileallotherobjectsareextruded aswireframe3Dobjects.Whilemorethanoneobjectcanbeextrudedatatime,groupedobjectsmustfirstbe ungroupedinordertobeextruded.Objectsthatarelockedmustfirstbeunlockedinordertobeextruded. Objectsareextrudedintothecurrentviewingprojection,sotheextrusiondirectionisdependentonthecurrentview. Theycanberotatedafterwardsifdesired.SeeRotateToolonpage 282orPresetRotationAnglesonpage 284.The extrudedobjectheightcanbeeditedinteractivelywiththeReshapetool;seeReshapingExtrudedObjectsandSolid Primitivesonpage 310formoreinformation. Whenyouextrudemultipleobjectsatthesametime,theyareturnedintoasingle3Dgroupofobjects.Toeditan individualobject,eitherungroupthesetorusetheEditExtrudecommandtoaccesstheindividualobjects. ThePush/Pulltoolcanalsobeusedtocreateextrudedobjectsfromplanarobjects;seeDirectModelingon page 434. Toextrudeanobject: 1. Selectthe2Dobject(s)toextrude. 2. SelectModel>Extrude. TheCreateExtrudedialogboxopens.
3. EntertheExtrusionheightandspecifyanychangeinsizealongtheXandYaxes,andthenclickOK.
298
Multiple Extrude
Apyramid,sphere,orother3Dobjectcanbecreatedfromaseriesof2DobjectsusingtheMultipleExtrudecommand. Includea2Dlocus,orseveralloci,intheselectiontoprovideanextrusionreferencepointorpoints. Theprocessmatchessegmentsoneachobjecttocreatetheextrude.Thesegmentordermaybereversedforone ormoreoftheobjects,producingunexpectedresults(suchasatwistedextrusion).Ifthisoccurs,convertthe objectstoopenpolygonspriortoselectingtheMultipleExtrudecommand. Tocreateamultipleextrude: 1. Selectthe2Dobjectstoextrude. 2. SelectModel>MultipleExtrude. TheCreateExtrudedialogboxopens. 3. EntertheExtrusionheightandspecifythechangeinsizealongtheXandYaxes. 4. ClickOK. Theprogramextrudesthesetofobjects/locuspointsbyconnectingonetoanotherintheirstackingorder,turning theobjectsintoasingle3Dobject.
2D locus
Extruding Objects |
299
2. SelectModel>ExtrudeAlongPath. TheExtrudeAlongPathdialogboxopens.Specifytheextrusionparameters.
Parameter
Selectapathobject UniformScale ExponentialScale LockProfilePlane FixProfile
Description
ClicktheNextorPrevbuttontoselecttheobjectthatrepresentsthepath Scalestheobjectlinearlyalongthedesignatedpath;enteraScaleFactorof1toperformno scaling,orenterapositivescalefactorotherthan1foruniformscaling Scalestheobjectexponentiallyalongthedesignatedpath;enteraShapeFactorof0to performnoscaling,orenterashapefactorotherthan0forexponentialscaling LockstheorientationoftheprofileplanetotheglobalZaxis,constrainingtheextrusionto beperpendiculartotheXYplane Maintainstheoriginalrelativepositionandorientationoftheprofileobjectwithrespectto thepath.Normally,thisshouldbedeselected,sothattheprofileismovedandrotatedwith respecttothepath.
300
Uniform scaling
Exponential scaling
4. ThetypeofScale,Shape/ScaleFactor,LockProfilePlane,andFixProfilestatusofanextrudealongpathobject canbeeditedintheObjectInfopalette.
Sweeping Objects |
301
Ifataperedextrudefails,theobjectrevertstothelastknowngoodvalue.
Sweeping Objects
TheSweepcommandconverts2Dobjectsinto3Dcylindricalobjects.Useittoconvertasingleobjectatatime,orto convertseveralselectedobjects.Whilemorethanoneobjectcanbesweptatatime,groupedobjectsmustfirstbe ungrouped.Lockedobjectsmustfirstbeunlockedinordertocreateasweep. Asweephasfourbasicelements:acentroid(locus),anarcangle,asegmentangle,andapitch.Thelocusactsasthe sweepscenterofrotation.Ifalocusisnotselected,theprogramsweepstheobjectarounditsleftedgeorpointfarthest ontheleftifmorethanoneobjectisselected.AlocuscanberelocatedoraddedaftercreationusingtheEditSweep command.Theotherthreeelements(arcangle,segmentangle,pitch)canbeeditedafterthesweephasbeencreated throughtheObjectInfopalette. Ifmorethanoneobjectisselectedwhencreatingasweep,theobjectsareautomaticallygrouped.Toeditanobject withinthesweep,usetheEditSweepcommand. Tocreateasweep: 1. Selectthe2Dobject(s)tosweepand,ifcreated,thelocus. 2. SelectModel>Sweep. TheCreateSweepdialogboxopens.EnterthesweepcriteriaandclickOK.
302
Parameter
Size Height Radius Angles StartAngle ArcAngle SegmentAngle
Description
Indicatesthesweepheight Indicatesthesweepradius
Pitch
Create object
Place locus to act as sweep centroid; select both Object swept, rotated, and rendered
Reshaping Objects
TheReshapetoolreshapesanobjectafterithasbeencreated,bymoving,removing,changing,oraddingtoits vertices.Changethelengthofobjects(includingdimensions),reshapesingleobjects,orreshapemultipleobjectsat once.Reshapepolygonsandpolylines,includinglinesdrawnwiththeFreehandtool(whichareconsidered polylines).Inaddition,specifyexactradiusmeasurementsforcirculararccontrolpoints.TheReshapetoolcanalsobe usedtoreshape3Dsolids,walls,roofs,NURBScurvesandsurfaces,andotherobjects. ThemodesandfunctionalityavailablefortheReshapetooldependonthecurrentlyselectedobjectorobjects,andthe currentview.
Functionality Enabled
2Dreshape 2Dreshape 3Dreshape 3Dreshape 2Dreshape
Selection or view
2Dplanarorscreenobject(s),inanyview Multipleobjectsselected,inanyview,orareshapemarqueeexists Single3Dpolygon,3Dsolid,NURBScurve,NURBSsurface,sectionline(Design Seriesrequired),inanyview Singlewall,roofobject,pluginobjectwithcustomreshapebehavior(suchasthe retainingwallsitemodifier,DesignSeriesrequired),ina3Dview Wall,roofobject,pluginobjectinTop/Planview
303
Selection or view
Noselection
2D Reshape Modes
TheReshapetoolhasfivedifferentreshapemodeswhen2Dfunctionalityisenabled.Italsohasfourcontrolpoint modesforchangingtheexistingvertex.Inaddition,thetoolcanoperateinthreemarqueeselectionmodes.
Change Vertex Delete Vertex Corner Point Cubic Spline Point Fillet (Circular Arc) Point Enable Rectangular Marquee Enable Polygonal Marquee
Add Vertex
Fillet Preferences
Mode
MovePolygonHandles ChangeVertex AddVertex DeleteVertex HideorShowEdges CornerPoint BzierControlPoint CubicSplinePoint Radius(PointonArc) Point Fillet(CircularArc) Point
Description
Dragavertexbyclickingit,ordragasegmentbyclickingonthemidpoint Changesanexistingvertexintoacorner,Bzier,cubic,radius,orarcvertex Addsavertexasacorner,Bzier,cubic,radius,orarcvertex Removestheselectedvertex Clickingonthemidpointhidesthepolylineorpolygonsegment;clickingonavertex hidesthesegmentthatfollowsthevertex InChangeVertexmode,changesthevertextoacornervertex;inAddVertexmode,adds acornervertex InChangeVertexmode,changesthevertextoaBziervertex;inAddVertexmode,adds aBziervertex InChangeVertexmode,changesthevertextoacubicvertex;inAddVertexmode,addsa cubicvertex InChangeVertexmode,changesthevertextoaradiusvertex;inAddVertexmode,adds aradiusvertex InChangeVertexmode,changesthevertextoanarcvertex;inAddVertexmode,adds anarcvertex.ClicktheFilletPreferencesmodebutton,enteraFilletRadiusintheFillet Settingsdialogbox,andclickOK(forthelargestpossiblefillet,settheFilletRadiusto zero). Createsarectangularmarqueeboxaroundseveralvertices.Clicktosetthestartpoint, dragthemouseinthedesireddirection,andreleasetosettheendpoint.Allvertices withinthemarqueeareselectedforperformingasubsequentreshapeoperation.
EnableRectangular Marquee
304
Mode
EnableLassoMarquee
EnablePolygonal Marquee
3D Reshape Modes
TheReshapetoolchangestheheightandradiusofanextrudedobject,taperedextrude,ora3Dobjectthatisnota meshobject.Inaddition,useittoreshapewalls(seeEditingWallsonpage 464),3Dpolygons,andsolidprimitives (suchascylinders,hemispheres,cones,andspheres),reshaperetainingwalls(DesignSeriesrequired),changethe angle(rise/run)ofroofscreatedwiththeRoofFacecommand,andreshaperoofobjectscreatedwiththeCreateRoof command(seeReshapingRoofObjectsonpage 484). TheReshapetoolgenerallyhasthreemodeswhen3Dfunctionalityisenabled.Dependingontheselectedobject, additionalmodesareavailable,asdescribedintheassociatedsections. Forsomeobjects,suchas3Dsolids,thereshapingfunctionalityisaccesseddirectlyfromthedrawing,andthe marqueemodesdisplayinthetoolbar.
Add Vertex
Move Vertex
Remove Vertex
Mode
MoveVertex AddVertex RemoveVertex
Description
Changesthelocationofaselectedvertexorseveralvertices Addsavertextotheobject Removesavertexfromtheobject
Marquee Modes
Whennoobjectsareselected,theReshapetoolhasthreemarqueemodestodrawaplanarmarqueeinanyview.
Reshaping Objects |
Enable Lasso Marquee Enable Rectangular Marquee Enable Polygonal Marquee
305
Mode
EnableRectangular Marquee EnableLassoMarquee
Description
Createsarectangularmarqueeboxaroundseveralvertices.Clicktosetthestartpoint, dragthemouseinthedesireddirection,andreleasetosettheendpoint.Allvertices withinthemarqueeareselectedforperformingasubsequentreshapeoperation. Createsafreeformmarqueearoundseveralvertices,allowingamoreexactselection ofverticesofirregular2Dshapes.Clicktosetthestartpoint,dragthemouseinthe desireddirection,andreleasetosettheendpoint.Allverticeswithinthemarqueeare selectedforperformingasubsequentreshapeoperation. Createsamarqueewithanirregularpolygonalshapearoundseveralvertices.Clickto setthestartpoint,andthencontinueclickingtodefinetheshape.Doubleclickto finishthemarquee.Allverticeswithinthemarqueeareselectedforperforminga subsequentreshapeoperation.
EnablePolygonal Marquee
Clickdraginthedrawingtobegindrawingamarqueearoundverticesforreshaping;thecurrentlyactivemarquee modedeterminesthemarqueetypethatwillbedrawn.Regardlessofwhatmarqueemodeiscurrentlyactive,youcan alternativelypressandholdtheAlt(Windows)orOption(Macintosh)keytodrawalassomarqueeorpressandhold theShift+Alt(Windows)orShift+Option(Macintosh)keytodrawapolygonalmarquee. Assoonasareshapemarqueeexistsandanobjectisselected,theavailablemodesswitchtothe2Dreshapemodes, and2Dreshapefunctionalityisenabled(see2DReshapeModesonpage 303).Thisallows2Dreshapebehaviortobe performed,evenona3Dobjectandina3Dview,whenthevertexisenclosedinthereshapemarquee.Forexample, walllengthcanbechangedwiththeReshapetoolina3Dview,ifthewallendvertexisenclosedwithinareshape marqueethatiscoplanarwiththebottomelevationofthewall. 3DobjectscanbemovediffullyinsidethemarqueeandinToporTop/Planview. Whileusinganymarqueeselectionmode,iftheverticestobeselectedaresurroundedbyafilledobject,firstselectthe object(s)usingtheSelectiontool.PressandholdtheShiftkeywhiledrawingthemarqueearoundthevertices;the currentlyactivemarqueemodedeterminesthemarqueetypethatwillbedrawn.Thedesiredverticesareselected withouttheboundaryobjectbeingselected. Performthedesiredreshapeoperationontheselectedvertices.
306
4. Clickthevertextomoveanddragittoitsnewlocation.
Bzier
Click on the desired vertex; when the Resize cursor displays, drag it to the new location
Ifanobjectcannotbereshapedwiththistool,itsverticesdonotdisplay.
Reshaping Objects |
Toreshapea2Dpolylineorpolygonbyaddingavertex: 1. ClicktheReshapetoolfromtheBasicpalette. 2. ClicktheAddVertexmodefromtheToolbar. 3. Selectthepolylineorpolygontochange. 4. FromtheToolbar,selectthetypeofcontrolpointforthenewvertex.
307
308
With the Hide/Show Edges cursor, click a vertex near an edge to show or hide the edge
Clickagaintoshowthehiddenedge.
Reshaping Objects |
Toresizeobjectswithmultiplereshape: 1. Selecttheobjectstoresize. 2. ClicktheReshapetoolfromtheBasicpalette,andselectMovePolygonHandlesfromtheToolbar. Thecursorchangestoacrosshair.
309
Create marquee to select multiple vertices, and then drag selected vertices to new location
310
Reshaping Polylines
PolylinescanbereshapedinamannerthatissimilartoanEditGroupoperation.Thepolylineitselfislockedinthis process,butholescanbeaddedtoit,filleted,chamfered,offset,duplicated,extracted,anddeletedfromit. Toreshapeapolyline: 1. Selectthepolylinetochange. 2. SelectModify>EditPolyline. 3. Selectpolylineholesandmove,delete,orreshapethem.Addnewholestothepolyline,ormoveaholeoutofthe polylinetoextractit,creatingindividualpolylines. Theoriginalpolylineislockedandcannotbeedited. 4. ClickExitPolylinetoreturntothedrawing.
Original polyline
Reshaping Objects |
311
With the Reshape cursor, drag the resize handle up (or down) to the desired extrude height
Change the radius of a cylinder, sphere, hemisphere, or cone by dragging the resize handle to the desired radius
Change the angle of a tapered extrude by dragging the side resize handle to the desired angle
Alternatively,usethePush/Pulltoolfortheseoperations.Changingthetoporbottomfaceofanextrudedoesnot changetheobjecttype;itremainsanextrude.
Reshaping 3D Polygons
TheReshapetool,locatedintheBasicpalette,canmanipulateandreshape3Dpolygons. Toreshape3Dpolygons: 1. Selectthe3Dpolygontoreshape.Onlyone3Dpolygoncanbeselectedforreshapingatatime. 2. ClicktheReshapetoolfromtheBasicpalette. SelectthemodefromtheToolbar.
Add Vertex
Move Vertex
Remove Vertex
Mode
MoveVertex AddVertex RemoveVertex
Description
Changesthelocationofaselectedvertexorseveralvertices Addsavertextotheobject Removesavertexfromtheobject
312
3. Selectavertex.Whenthecursorisoveravertex,thestandardarrowcursorchangestoanunfilled,fourway arrow.
Move Vertex
Z-axis Constrain
Add Vertex
Change Vertex
X-axis Constrain
Mode
MoveVertex AddVertex DeleteVertex ChangeVertex WorkingPlaneConstrain
Description
Changesthelocationofavertexorseveralvertices AddsavertextotheNURBScurve RemovesavertexfromtheNURBScurve Togglesanexistingvertexbetweenacornervertexandsmoothvertex Movestheselectedvertexorverticesonaworkingplane
313
Description
MovestheselectedvertexorverticesalongtheXaxis MovestheselectedvertexorverticesalongtheYaxis MovestheselectedvertexorverticesalongtheZaxis
4. ReshapetheNURBScurve. InMoveVertexmode,clickdragthemousetomovethevertexorvertices.Theselectedconstraintmoderestricts themovementtotheworkingplaneortooneoftheaxes.Releasethemouseatthedesiredlocation. Alternatively,entertheexactcoordinatesintheDatabar.PresstheTabkey,enterthecoordinates,andthenpress Enter. ToaddavertexinAddVertexmode,movethecursortoanexistingvertexnearthelocationwherethenew vertexistobeadded.Thecursorbecomesanarrowwithtwoblackdiamondswhenavertexcanbeadded.Drag thecursortothedesiredlocationforthenewvertex.Clickatthenewlocation. TodeleteavertexinRemoveVertexmode,clickonthevertextodelete. TogglethevertexbetweenacornervertexandasmoothvertexbyclickingonthevertexinChangeVertexmode.
314
Z Axis Constrain
X Axis Constrain
Mode
MoveNURBSSurfaceVertex MoveNURBSSurfaceUVertices MoveNURBSSurfaceVVertices Workingplaneconstrain Xaxisconstrain Yaxisconstrain Zaxisconstrain
Description
Changesthepositionoftheselectedvertexorverticesonly ChangesthepositionofallverticesinarowintheUdirection ChangesthepositionofallverticesinarowintheVdirection Movestheselectedvertexorverticesonaworkingplane MovestheselectedvertexorverticesalongtheXaxis MovestheselectedvertexorverticesalongtheYaxis MovestheselectedvertexorverticesalongtheZaxis
Toselectonevertexorrowofvertices,positionthecursoroveroneoftheNURBSsurfacevertices.Whenthe cursorisoveravertex,thestandardarrowcursorchangestoanunfilled,fourwayarrow.
Offsetting Objects |
315
Offsetting Objects
TheOffsettooleithercreatesaduplicateobjectoffsetfromtheoriginal,oroffsetstheselectedobjectfromitsoriginal location.Usethistooltoeasilycreateparallelobjects,suchaslinesandwalls.Alsouseittoproducealargerorsmaller versionofclosedobjects,suchasovalsandconnectedwalls.NURBSsurfacesareoffsetbytheoffsetdistancealongthe surfacenormaldirection. TheOffsettoolcanbeusedwiththefollowingobjects(seetheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuideforinformation abouttheVectorworksDesignSeriesobjects).
TheOffsettoolhasfourmodes,whicharealsooptionsintheOffsetToolPreferencesdialogbox.
Offset by Point Offset Original Object
Offset by Distance
Distance (for Offset by Distance mode only) Duplicate and Offset Offset Preferences
The2Dconversionresfield,ontheEdittaboftheVectorworksPreferencesdialogbox,adjuststhedegreeof smoothing.Thehighertheconversionresolution,thehigherthedegreeofsmoothing,whichproducesamore accurateoffsetofobjects.Formoreinformationon2Dconversionresolution,refertoSettingVectorworks Preferencesonpage 17. Tooffsetoneormoreobjects: 1. Selecttheobject(s)tobeoffset,ifdesired. 2. ClicktheOffsettoolfromtheBasicpalette. 3. ClickOffsetPreferencesfromtheToolbar. TheOffsetToolPreferencesdialogboxopens.
316
Parameter
Method OffsetbyDistance OffsetbyPoint Duplication DuplicateandOffset OffsetOriginalObject WallOffset OffsetfromCenterLine OffsetfromNearestEdge SmoothCorners CloseOpenCurves
Description
PlacestheoffsetobjectatthespecifiedDistancefromtheoriginallocation(same asselectingtheToolbarbuttonandenteringthedistanceontheToolbar) Placestheoffsetobjectatadistancespecifiedbyamouseclick(sameasselecting theToolbarbutton)
4. SpecifythedesiredpreferencesandclickOK.
Offsetting Objects |
317
Offset Method
OffsetbyDistance Clickonobjectstooffset
Description
Selecttheobjecttobeoffset;theobjectishighlighted.Clicktospecifytheoffset locationrelativetotheselectedobject,andtoplacetheoffsetobject.Tocontinue offsettingobjects,clickanotherobjecttohighlightit,andthenclickagainto indicatetheoffsetlocation. Clickinthedrawingtospecifytheoffsetlocationrelativetotheoriginallyselected object,andtoplacetheoffsetobject.Theoffsetobjectisnowselected;tooffset fromthatobject,clickagaintoindicatetheoffsetlocation.
Offsetselectedobjects
Offsetselectedobjects
Dependingontheoffsetpreferences,eitheraduplicateobjectortheoriginalobjectisplacedattheoffsetlocation.
Select the walls with the Selection tool, and then select the Offset tool. Select Offset by Distance mode, and set the offset Distance to 2. Click outside the walls to offset them 2 beyond the original location.
318
In Offset by Point mode, click the object to be copied and offset; the object is highlighted
For grouped objects, the offset result depends on where you click
319
Trim Tool
TheTrimtooltrimsaportionoftheselectedobject.Objectsthatcanbeeditedinthismannerincludelines,arcs, rectangles,roundedrectangles,circles,ovals,polylines,andpolygons. Totrimaportionofanobject: 1. Positionthetrimmingobjectovertheobject(s)tobetrimmed. 2. ClicktheTrimtoolfromtheBasicpalette. Thestandardarrowcursorchangesintoahand. 3. Clicktheportionoftheobjecttobetrimmed. Thatportionoftheobjectistrimmedbacktotheclosestintersectionwithanotherobject. Totrimanotherportionofthesameobject,movethehandtothatsectionandclick.
Clip Tool
TheCliptoolcutsoutpiecesfrom2Dobjects,suchaslines,arcs,rectangles,roundedrectangles,circles,ovals, polygons,andpolylines.Inaddition,thistoolcanbeusedtosplitanobject.TheCliptooloperatesonallselected objectsintheactiveplane.
Removes Outside Rectangular clipping object
Removes Inside
Splits at Boundaries
Mode
RemovesInside RemovesOutside SplitsatBoundaries Clippingobjectshape
Description
Cutsaholeintheobject(s)accordingtotheclippingobjectshape Trimseverythingawayfromtheoutsideoftheclippingobjectshape Splitstheobject(s)andtheclippingareaintoseparateobjects Eachmodecanuseoneoftheclippingshapes;selectrectangular,polygonal,orcircular
320
2nd click
Resizing Objects
Fixed Point Resize Tool
TheFixedPointResizetoolresizesrectangles,roundedrectangles,polygons,circles,andovalsusingafixedpointon thedrawingasthepointofreference.Itisbestusedtoscaleanobjectrelativetoaparticularlocationinthedrawing.To rescaleanobjectsymmetricallyorasymmetricallybyaspecificfactor,usetheScaleObjectscommand.SeeScaling Objectsonpage 321. Toresizeanobject: 1. Selecttheobjectorobjectstochange. 2. ClicktheFixedPointResizetoolfromtheBasicpalette. 3. Clickonthepointinthedrawingtoserveasthefulcrum. Toscaletheresizedobjectsymmetrically,selectafulcrumpointthatisattheexactcenteroftheobject. Ifthefixedpointisnotatthecenteroftheobject,theresizedobjectchangesproportions. 4. Clickonanobjectedgeanddragtheobjectintoitsnewsize,shape,and/orlocation.
Resizing Objects |
321
Ifthedragpointismovedpasttheselectedfulcrum,theobjectisreversed. Thestartingpointfordraggingcannotbethesameasthefulcrumpointorexactlyhorizontalorverticaltoit.
Scaling Objects
TheScaleObjectscommandrescalestheXand/orYdimensionofanyselectedsolid,object,orgroup,orrescalesthe selecteditemsuniformlyintheX,Y,andZdimensions.Theselecteditemisrescaledusingitscenterpoint.Theobject canberescaledbyindicatingasegmentonthedrawingandenteringanewdistanceforthesegment.Ifnoobjectsare selected,theentiredrawingcanbescaled. Spheres,hemispheres,andconescannotbescaledasymmetrically.Symbolsandlayerlinkscannotbescaledwith thiscommand.UsetheObjectInfopaletteortheSelectiontooltoscalesymbols.
322
Parameter
Symmetric X,Y,ZFactor SymmetricByDistance CurrentDistance NewDistance Asymmetric X/YScalingFactor Scaletext Entiredrawing
Description
ScalesuniformlyalongX,Y,andZaxes Enterthescalingfactor(forexample,enter2todoubleor .5tohalvethescale) Scalessymmetricallyusingtheratioofthecurrentandnewdistancevaluesasascale factor Enterthecurrentdistancetobescaled,orclickthebuttontouseatemporarytoolto indicatethedistanceonthedrawing Enterthenewvalueforthedistance ScalesalongonlythespecifiedXandYaxes;whenasymmetricallyscalingasolid,the currentviewmustbealignedwiththesolidsmatrixforscalingtooccur Enterthescalingfactor(forexample,enter2todoubleor .5tohalvethescale) Scalesselectedtexttothenewscalingfactor Scalesallobjectsonalllayers,includingtext,symbols,andhatches
Resizing Objects |
323
IntheObjectInfopalette,enterascalefactorintheXScale,YScale,orZScalefieldtoscaletheselectedsolidalongthe specifiedaxis.
X axis
Y axis
AselectedsolidcanalsobescaledasymmetricallybyselectingtheModify>ScaleObjectscommandandenteringan Asymmetricscalefactor.However,thecurrentviewmustbealignedwiththesolidsmatrixforscalingtooccur.
324
Shearing Objects
TheSheartoolsimultaneouslyskewsalloftheverticesofarectangle,roundedrectangle,polygon,circle,oval,or polyline,usingafixedpointonthedrawingasapointofreference.Itislikeplacingathumbtackononepointofan object,orthedrawing,andreshapingeveryotherobjectpointexcepttheonetackeddown.TheSheartoolcanbeused tofakea3Dperspective. Toshearanobject: 1. Selecttheobjectorobjectstochange. 2. ClicktheSheartoolfromtheBasicpalette. 3. Clickonthepointinthedrawingtotackdown. 4. Clickontheobjectanddragtheresizecursortosheartheobject.Apreviewobjectdisplays. 5. Clicktosettheshearposition.
Click to tack down a point then drag the resize cursor to shear the object
Joining Objects
Join Command
TheJoincommandcanbeusedtojointwosinglelines,twodoublelines,ortwowallstogether.Joinedlinesintersect butremainasindividualobjects.
Object
IndividualLines DoubleLines
Specifications
Anindividuallinecanbejoinedtoanotherindividualline Doublelinescanbejoinedtoanothersetofdoublelinesortoawall.Doublelinesdrawnwith theCreatePolygonsoption(setinDoubleLinepreferences)cannotbejoined.Onlytheline elementsofdoublelinesdrawnwiththeCreateLinesandPolygonsoptioncanbejoined. AwallcanbejoinedtoanotherwallortodoublelinescreatedwiththeCreateLinesoption (setinDoubleLinepreferences).Wallswilljointothelineelementsofdoublelinesdrawn withtheCreateLinesandPolygonsoption.
Walls
Join
Tojoinwalls,singlelines,ordoublelines: 1. Selectthetwononparallelwalls,lines,ordoublelinestojoin.
Joining Objects |
2. SelectModify>Join>Join. Theselectedwalls/linesarejoinedtogetherwithanyexcesstrimmedaway.
325
326
Mode
SingleObjectConnect
Description
Trimsorextendsthefirstselectedobjecttojoinasecondorboundaryobject Thismodecanbeusedtoconnectrooffaces;seeConnectingRoofFaceson page 475.
DualObjectConnect
327
Option
MidPoint
Description
Connects/combinesthetwoobjectsbyjoiningthetwoendpointsmidwaybetweenthem
Blend
Connects/combinesthetwoobjectsbycreatinganotherobjectbetweenthem
Connects/combinestwoNURBScurvesorsurfacesbymakingthefirstobjectsselectedend pointtangenttotheselectedendpointoftheboundaryobject
328
Option
Curvature Matching(NURBS curvesandsurfaces only)
Connection Type
2Dobjectextendedtoboundaryobject
Example
1st click 2nd click
329
Example
NURBSsurfacetoNURBSsurface
Multipleselectionconnecting2D objectstoboundaryobject
330
Connection Type
MidPoint
Example
Blend
PositionMatching
TangencyMatching
CurvatureMatching
331
Tangent or curvature matching between two NURBS surfaces creates a single surface
332
ThefollowingmodesareavailablefortheSplittool.
Point Split Line Trim
Line Split
Mode
PointSplit LineSplit LineTrim
Description
CutsanobjectorNURBSsurfaceataspecifiedpoint SplitsanobjectorNURBSsurfacealongacuttingline SplitsanobjectorNURBSsurfacealongacuttingline,andthenkeepsadesignatedside
333
HighlighttheobjecttosplitbyusingtheNextandPrevbuttons. 4. Theobjectissplitintotwopieces.
Click
The wall is split into two separate pieces at the click location
Iftheobjectisclosed,asinacircleorrectangle,theobjectisconvertedsothatitsendpointsmeetunjoinedatthe split.Someobjectsarenottrulyclosed,andinsteadbreakintotwosegments.
334
ThesurfaceissplitbyisoparametriccurvespassingthroughtheclickpointalongUandVparametricdirections. Ifthesplitpointisonanexistingisoparametriccurve,thesurfaceissplitinbothdirections(UandV).
Clicking once on the iso-parametric curve (shown in light gray) with the Split tool creates four split surfaces (in black)
SolidscanalsobesplitinLineSplitmode.Twosectionsolidobjectswillresult.
335
336
Mode
Fillet
Description
Placesafilletwithoutaffectingtheoriginalobject;thefilletandtheobjectmustbegroupedto formasingleobject
FilletandSplit
FilletandTrim
3. EntertheFilletRadiustouseintheToolbar.
337
Chamfer Tool
TheChamfertoolplacesachamfer,orline,betweentwoobjectsoradjacentsidesofanobject,includingrectangles, NURBScurves,polygons,3Dpolygons,polylines,orlinesegments.Achamfercannotbeplacedbetweenparallellines orNURBScurves. Thetoolhasthreemodes:chamferscanbeplacedwithoutaffectingexistingobjects,theycansplittheexistingobjects atthechamferendpoints,ortheycantrim(orextend)theexistinglinestothechamferendpoints.
Chamfer Preference Fields (the available fields vary based on the entry option selected in the Chamfer Settings dialog box)
Chamfer
Chamfer Preferences
Mode
Chamfer
Description
Placesachamferwithoutaffectingtheoriginalobject;tocreateasingleobject,groupthe chamferandthechamferedobjecttogether
ChamferandSplit
338
Mode
ChamferandTrim
Parameter
EntryOptions FirstandSecondLines
Description
Selectamethodforspecifyingthechamfersize;onceselected,therequiredentry fieldsalsodisplayontheToolbarforeasyentry EnterthedistancesfromtheendoftheFirstLineandSecondLineatwhichtoplace theendsofthechamferline
339
Description
EnterthedistancefromtheendoftheFirstLineatwhichtoplaceoneendofthe chamferline,andentertheAnglebetweentheFirstLineandthechamferline
ChamferLineLength
EntertheChamferLineLength
340
Intersect Surface
TheIntersectSurfacecommandprovidesaneasywaytocreateanewobjectthatistheexactsizeandshapeofthe overlappingareaoftwocoplanarobjects. Tointersectsurfaces: 1. Selectthetwooverlappingobjectstousetocreateathirdobject. Thenewobjectspropertiesarebasedontheobjectonthebottomofthestackofobjects.Ifthebottomobjectisa 2Dprimitive(suchasarectangleorcircle),thenewobjectwillhaveitsattributes.Ifthebottomobjectis somethingotherthana2Dprimitive(suchasafloororpillar),thenewobjectwillbethesametype,withthe sameproperties.Ifnecessary,usetheSendcommandtostacktheobjectstoproducethedesiredattributesor objecttype. 2. SelectModify>IntersectSurface. Thenewobjectisplaceddirectlyontopofthetwooriginalintersectingobjects.Toseethenewobject,selectit anddragittotheside.
Add Surface
TheAddSurfacecommandcreatesasingleobjectfromtwoormorecoplanarobjects,aslongasallofthefollowing aretrue: Theobjectsarenotsymbols. Theobjectstouchoroverlapeachother. Theobjectsarenotlockedorgrouped. Notethatanyopenpolygonswillbeconvertedtoclosedpolygons. Toaddsurfaces: 1. Selectthetwoormoreobjectstobecombined.
341
In Top/Plan view, select the pillar (gray object on bottom) and the rectangle (white object on top)
Select Add Surface to combine the two surfaces into a single pillar object
Click here
Clip Surface
TheClipSurfacecommandtrimsthebottomobjectinaselectionsothatanyareasoverlappedbythetopobjectarecut outofit.Objectsmustbecoplanar.Multipleobjectscanbeusedasclippingobjectsinoneoperation.Symbolsand groupedobjectscannotbeclippedorbeusedasclippingobjects.
342
Ifthereisastackofmorethantwooverlappingobjects,theneachobjectundertheclippingobject(thetopobjectinthe stack)willbeclipped. Therearetwoimportantthingstorememberaboutthiscommand: Iftheobjecttobeclippedisanopenpolygon,itisautomaticallyconvertedtoaclosedpolygonbeforeitis clipped. Dependingontheobjectsselected,thecommandmaychangethebottomobjectstype;forexample,ifaholeis clippedintoarectangle,theclippedrectangleisautomaticallychangedintoapolyline. Toclipasurface: 1. Ensurethattheobjecttoclipisthebottomobject. Ifnecessary,changetheobjectsorderwiththeSendcommand(seeChangingObjectStackingOrderon page 269). 2. Selecttheobjectstoclip. 3. SelectModify>ClipSurface. Thebottomobjectisclipped;theclippingobjectcanbedeletedifitisnolongerneeded.
In Top/Plan view, select the roof face (gray object on bottom) and the rectangle (white object on top)
Select Clip Surface, and then move the rectangle clipping object to reveal the modified roof face
Object
Sweeps
Criteria
Cannotcontainlines,orbesweptaroundalocuswhichisbetweentheleftandright boundsoftheswept2Dprimitive;ifnotsweptaroundalocus,shouldhaveavertical segmentontheleftedge
343
Criteria
Mustbesweptaroundalocusoutsidetheleftandrightboundsoftheobject Musthaveplanarpolygons Cannothaveinterpenetratingpolygons;everyedgeofeverypolygoninthemeshmustbe sharedwithoneotherpolygon Mustnothavesymbolsthatextendabovethetoporbelowthebottomofthewall
Adding Solids
TheAddSolidscommandjoinstwoormore3Dobjectsintoasinglemodel. Toaddsolidsin3D: 1. Selecttwoormore3Dobjectstocombine. 2. SelectModel>AddSolids. Asinglesolidmodeliscreatedfromtheobjects.
Intersecting Solids
TheIntersectSolidscommandcreatesasinglemodelfromthevolumecreatedwheretwoormore3Dobjects intersect. Tointersectsolids: 1. Selectthetwoormore3Dobjectstocombine. 2. SelectModel>IntersectSolids. Asinglesolidmodeliscreatedfromtheobjects;itisthesizeandshapeoftheoverlappingvolumeoftheselected objects.
344
Subtracting Solids
TheSubtractSolidscommandcuts(subtracts)oneormore3Dobjectsfromanother3Dobject,creatinganewmodel. Thesubtractingobjectshouldextendbeyondthesurfaceoftheoriginalobject. Tosubtractsolids: 1. Selectboththeobject(s)tosubtractandtheobjecttosubtractfrom(thebaseobject). 2. SelectModel>SubtractSolids. Adialogboxopens. 3. Selectthedesiredobjecttosubtract. Usetheforwardandbackarrowstoselectthebaseobject,whichisshownwithathickoutline. 4. ClickOK. Asinglesolidmodeliscreated,withtheselectedobjectsubtracted.
Sectioning Solids
TheSectionSolidscommanddiscardsaportionofsolidsorNURBSsurfaces,allowingthecreationofplanaror steppedsectionsthroughasolidorsurface.Thesectionedsurfacecanbemarkedbythesectioningsurfacecolor. Tosectionasolid: 1. Selectthesolidorsurfacetobesectioned,alongwiththesectioningsurface.Thesectionedsurfaceselection dependsonthenormaloftheNURBSsurfaces;selectShowNormalintheObjectInfopalettetodisplaythe surfacenormals(seeDisplayingSurfaceNormalsonpage 398).
345
The sectioning surface is highlighted (select it with the arrows in the dialog box)
ThesolidsectionparameterscanbeeditedintheObjectInfopalette.
Parameter
Width/Depth/Height(displayonly) ReverseSectionSide UseSectionColor
Description
Displaystheparametersofthesolidsectionsurface Switchestheremainingsideofthesolidbeingsectioned Appliesthecolorofthesectioningsurfacetothesectionedsurface
346
3. Selectthedesiredoptionsandunits.
Parameter
Units Placelocusatcentroid Placepropertiesondrawing Writepropertiestoafile
Description
Updatethedisplayedinformationtoreflecttheselectedunitofmeasurement Selecttoaddalocusatthecentroidoftheselectedobjectafterclosingthe EngineeringPropertiesdialogbox Selecttoplacealistofthepropertiesatthenextmouseclickafterclosingthe EngineeringPropertiesdialogbox Selecttosendthepropertiestoatextfile;specifythefilenameandlocationafter closingtheEngineeringPropertiesdialogbox
4. ClickOK.
Drafting Aids |
TheVolumetricPropertiesdialogboxopens,displayingthesurfacearea,volume,andcenterofmassofthe object.
347
Parameter
Placelocusatcenterofmass Placepropertiesondrawing
Description
Placesa3Dlocusatthecenterofmassoftheobject Placesthevolumetricpropertiesastextonthedrawingataspecifiedlocation
3. ClickOK.IfPlacelocusatcenterofmasswasselected,the3Dlocusisplacedautomaticallyontheobject.If Placepropertiesondrawingwasselected,clickinthedrawingfiletospecifythelocationofthetext.
Drafting Aids
TheDraftingAidsmenucontainsseveralcommandsthatcreatenewarcs,lines,orrectanglesthatarebasedon existingobjects,tomakedraftingfasterandeasier.
348
Parameter
Method NumberofSegments SegmentLength Options DrawPolygon DrawLines
Description
Drawsthespecifiednumberofequalsegmentsalongthearc Drawssegmentsofthespecifiedlengthalongthearc
Drawsthesegmentsaspolygons Drawsthesegmentsaslines
3. ClickOKtocreatethesegments.
Drafting Aids |
349
Parameter
Placeloci BreakLineIntoSegments LeaveOriginalLineIntact NumberofSegments
Description
Placeslociatthesegmentdivisions Createssegmentsfromtheoriginalline,convertingit;deselecttoplacelocionly Retainstheoriginalline,andcreatessegmentsfromacopyoftheline Specifiesthenumberofsegmentstocreate
3. ClickOKtodraweitheranewsegmentedlineorconverttheselectedone.
350
After you select the two lines, the next click indicates the starting edge for the dividing lines
Click another point to indicate the ending edge for the dividing lines
The specified number of divisions are created; in this case, two lines are added to create three divisions
After you select the two lines, click two points anywhere on the same indicator circle to create loci instead of lines
The specified number of divisions are created; in this case, three loci are added to create four divisions
Even Divide
TheEvenDividecommanddivideslines,arcs,circles,andrectanglesintothespecifiednumberofsubdivisions.You canchoosewhetherornottoretaintheoriginalobject. Toevenlydividelines,arcs,circles,andrectangles: 1. Selectoneormoreobjectstodivide. 2. SelectModify>DraftingAids>EvenDivide. TheEvenDividedialogboxopens.
Drafting Aids |
351
Parameter
NumberofDivisionsfor Line,CircleandArc NumberofDivisions NumberofDivisionsfor Rectangle NumberofDivisions inWidth NumberofDivisions inHeight OriginalObject Retain LeaveSelected
Description
Specifiesthenumberofevensubdivisionstocreatefromeachselectedline,circle,orarc (mustbegreaterthan1)
3. ClickOKtocreatenewobjectsthatareevensubdivisionsoftheselectedobject(s).
In this example, four rectangles were created from the original rectangle; the width was divided into four even sections, and the height remained in one section (one rectangle moved for clarity)
352
TheVectorworksprogramhasseveralfeaturestoaddtextandannotationtodrawings,includingtextobjects,callouts, sheetborders,andothernotationobjects.Therearemanyoptionstocreate,format,andcustomizetheappearanceof textobjects.Textstylesmakeiteasytoapplyaconsistentlooktoalltextthroughoutthefile,andtochangeitquickly whennecessary. Tocreatespecialeffects,youcanconverttextobjectstopolylinesandextrudethem,orcreate3Dpathobjectsfromtext objects. Commandsarealsoprovidedtocheckspellingandtofindandreplacetext. IfQuartzimaging(Macintosh)orGDI+imaging(Windows)isdisabled,textdisplaysonlyifthecurrentviewis Top/Plan,orifthetextisonthescreenplane.InanyviewotherthanTop/Plan,emptyrectanglesdisplayasplace holdersforthetextboxes,butthetextcanbeeditedasdescribedinModifyingTextonpage 357.
Imaging enabled
Imaging disabled
Inserting Text
UsetheTexttooltocreatebothsinglelinesandblocksoftextinyourdrawings.Oncecreated,textobjectscanbe moved,duplicated,duplicatedinanarray,androtated.Thetextboundingboxcanberesizedtoadjustablocksheight orwidth.Textisplacedrelativetothespecifiedalignmentpoint,nottheboundingbox.
Horizontal Text Text Style list
Rotated Text
Tight Fill
Mode
HorizontalText RotatedText TightFill TextStylelist
Description
Createshorizontaltextlinesandtextblocks Createstextblocksatanangle Ifafillisappliedtothetextobject,thefilldisplaysonlybehindthetextonanygiven line;blanklineshavenofill Appliesastoredsetofattributestotextasitiscreated,includingthefont,size, spacing,fontstyle,alignment,andcolor
354
Inserting Text |
Tocreateablockoftext: 1. ClicktheTexttoolfromtheBasicpalette,andselectHorizontalTextfromtheToolbar. 2. FromtheToolbar,settheTightFillmodeandTextStyleasdesired. 3. Clickanddragtocreateatextboxoftheapproximatewidthneeded. Atexteditingboxwithablinkingcursordisplays.Thepositionofthetextcursorindicatesthehorizontal alignmentofthetexttobeplaced.
355
356
1st click
Click and drag; release the mouse button to set the box width and angle
Move the mouse to adjust the box position along the red perpendicular line; click again to set the position
Text with a yellow tight fill on top of an oval with a pattern fill
Modifying Text |
1. ClicktheTexttoolfromtheBasicpalette. 2. Enteroreditthedesiredtext;presstheTabkeytoplacetabswithinthetextwhereneeded. 3. Onthetextboxruler,clickonatabstopanddragittoadjustthespacing.Tabstopsarerepeatedatequal intervalsthroughoutthetext,andtheyallmovewhenonetabstopismoved.Tabstopscannotbeaddedor removed.
357
Pasting Text
TomovetextbetweenVectorworksfiles,selectEdit>Copy,andthenEdit>Paste.Textisaddedexactlyascopied, includinganyformatting.Ifyoudefineatextblockbeforepasting,thetextpastedintotheblockiswrappedtofit withinthetextblock.Ifthescaleoftheoriginallayerandthenewlayeraredifferent,thetextsizechangesaccordingly; forexample,ifyoucopy16pointtextfroma1:1layerandpasteittoa4:1layer,thetextchangesto4points.Thisalso meansthatanystyledtextyoupastetoadifferentlayerscalebecomesunstyled;reapplythetextstyletorestorethe propertextsize. Whenyoupastetextfromadifferentprogram,clickonthedrawingusingtheTexttoolfirst.Ifyoupastetextwithout firstestablishinganinsertionpoint,eachlineoftextisbroughtinasanindividualtextblock.Embeddedgraphicsare notsupportedandareremovedwhenthetextblockispastedintotheVectorworksfile.Inaddition,multialignedtext isconvertedtothecurrentdefaultalignment.
Modifying Text
Onceatextobjectiscreated,youmayneedtomakechanges,suchasaddwords,changethefontcolor,orchangethe margins.Changescanbeappliedtoaportionofthetextortothewholeobject.Atextobjectcanevenbeconvertedinto polylinesandextruded,orconvertedtoa3Dpathobject.Dependingonwhatchangesarerequired,eitherselectthe textobjectwiththeSelectiontooloractivatethetexteditingmode.
358
Modifying Text |
Thetextobjectcanalsoberesizedandrotatedsimilartoother2Dobjects,usingthereshapehandles.
Drag the middle handle left to widen the text box; the height adjusts automatically
359
Press the Alt (Windows) or Option key (Macintosh) while dragging a handle to rotate the text box
Formatting Text
TheFormatTextcommandmodifiesmultipletextattributesfromasingledialogbox.Individualattributesalsocanbe changedwithvariouscommandsontheTextmenu,includingfont,size,fontstyle,alignment,spacing,and capitalization(lowercase,UPPERCASE,andTitleCaps).AllattributesareavailableontheObjectInfopalette,aswell. Someobjectshavetheabilitytoselectthefontformattingwhilesettingtheobjectattributes. Formattingcanbeappliedtoanentiretextblockortoselectedcharactersandwords.Ifnotextisselected,thesettings becomethedefaultsfortheTexttool. Toformattext: 1. Toselectthetexttochange,dooneofthefollowing: Toformattheentiretextbox,selectthetextobjectwiththeSelectiontool. Toformataword,doubleclickthetextobjecttoactivatetheeditingmode;thendoubleclickanywhere withinthewordtohighlightit. Toformataline,doubleclickthetextobjecttoactivatetheeditingmode;thentripleclickanywherewithin thelinetohighlightit. Toformatasectionofthetext,doubleclickthetextobjecttoactivatetheeditingmode;thenhighlightthe desiredtextbydraggingoverit. Toexitthetexteditingmodewhentextishighlighted,presstheEsckey. 2. Oncethetextisselected,dooneofthefollowing: FromtheTextmenu,selectthetextoptiontochange. SelecttheoptiontochangefromtheObjectInfopalette. SelectText>FormatText.Alternatively,rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)thetext,andselect FormatTextfromthecontextmenu.TheFormatTextdialogboxopens.
360
Parameter
Style
Description
Displaysthestyleofthecurrentlyselecteditem(s).Ifmultipleitemswithdifferentstylesare selected,<UnStyled>isselected. Selectastylefromthelist;theremainingparameterschangetomatchthesettingsforthatstyle.If youchangeanyoftheotherparametersafterselectingastyle,thestylerevertsto<UnStyled>.
Save
Font
Size
Spacing
361
Description
Displaysthefontstyleofthecurrentlyselecteditem(s).Ifmultipleitemsareselectedandtheyhave differentsettingsforaparticularstyle,theselectionboxdisplaysanindeterminatestate: (Windows)or (Macintosh). Specifythedesiredoptions.OutlineandShadowoptionsareavailableforMacintoshonly. SuperscriptandSubscriptaredisabledwhentheentiretextblockisselected.
Alignment
Change
MovesthetextboxalongtheXandYaxis Adjuststhetextboxwidth Rotatesthetextbox Enablesordisablestextwrapping Forfilledtextobjects,enablesordisablesthetightfilloption
362
2. Selectthedesiredunitofmeasure,enterthefontSize,andthenclickOK.
Modifying Text |
Tocreate3Dtextalongapath:
363
Parameter
TextSize PreserveHeightand Width ScaleWidthOnly ScaleHeightandWidth CreateTextAs Curves
Description
Specifiestextsizeoptions Maintainstheaspectratioofthetext,keepingwidthandheightparametersthe sameastheywereintheoriginaltext Changesthewidthofthetexttofitthepath,butdoesnotchangetheheight accordingly(resultinginwider,shortertext,dependingonthepath) Changesthewidthofthetexttofitthepath,andthenchangesthetextheightto match(resultinginwider,talltext,dependingonthepath) Specifiestheformatforconvertingthetext Convertsthetextintoagroupofpolylines(ifthepathisdrawnontheactivelayer plane)orNURBScurves(ifthepathhasaZheightoraRotaboutPathgreater than0) ConvertsthetextintoagroupofNURBSsurfaces Convertsthetextintoagroupofextrudeobjects;specifytheHeightofthe extrudedletters
Surfaces Extrusions
3. ClickOK.Theselectedtextfollowsthepathobject,andtheoriginalpathobjectisdeleted.
364
Parameter
AbovePath
Description
Placestheboundingboxofthelettersdirectlyabovethepath;abovedependsonthedirection thatthepathwasdrawn.Deselectthisoptiontoplacethelettersbelowthepath.Depending onthepathandletters,theappearanceofthetextmaybeimprovedbyswitchingitaboveor belowthepath. Indicatestheangleofrotationaboutthepath,usingthepathasarotationaxis
RotaboutPath
365
Parameter
StyleName Font Size Spacing FontStyle Alignment Color
Description
Enteranameforthistextstyle. Selectafontfromthelist;typethefirstletter(s)ofthedesiredfonttoautomaticallyscrolland highlighttheclosestmatchinthelist Enterasizeandselectaunitmeasurement(points,millimeters,orinches) Selectoneofthestandardspacingoptions,orselectOtherandspecifyasizeandunitmeasurement (points,millimeters,orinches)ofyourown Specifythedesiredoptions.OutlineandShadowoptionsareavailableforMacintoshonly Specifythehorizontalandverticalalignment SelectacolorfortheTextfromthecolormenus(seeSelectingaColorfromaColorPaletteon page 570). Tohaveabackgroundfillbehindthetext,selecttheBackgroundoptionandalsospecifyacolor.To havenobackgroundfill,deselecttheBackgroundoption.
366
Object Type
Newtextobject Existingtextorpluginobject Existingtextobject Existingtextobject
Because it contains two text styles, the text object itself has no Text Style
Checking Spelling |
367
Checking Spelling
CheckthespellingofeitherselectedtextorallthetextinafilewiththeCheckSpellingcommand.Spellingintext blocks,symbols,records,worksheets,andviewportscanbechecked.Availabledictionariesinclude: Danish Finnish Norwegian Swedish Dutch French Portuguese(Brazilian) English(American) German Portuguese(Iberian) English(British) Italian Spanish
Dictionariescanbeeditedandadded.SeeAddingandEditingDictionariesonpage 369.
Parameter
TextBlocks Symbols Records Worksheets Viewports
Description
Checkstextcontainedintextblocks Checkstextcontainedinsymboldefinitions Checkstextcontainedinrecords Checkstextcontainedinworksheets Checkstextannotationscontainedinviewports
3. Selecttheitemstohavespellingchecked,andthenclickOK.Ifaspellingerrorisdetected,theDocument SpellingCheckdialogboxopenssothatcorrectionscanbemade.
368
Parameter
Spellingerrorin NotinDictionary
Description
Identifiesthelocationoftheobjectcontainingthepotentialspellingerror Liststhepotentiallymisspelledword;ifnoneofthesuggestedcorrectionsinthe Suggestionslistisanacceptablereplacement,typethecorrectionintotheNotin Dictionaryfield(ordeletethewordbyleavingthefieldblank).ThenclickChangeor ChangeAlltoreplacetheerrorwiththetypedword.Thewordisreplacedandthe spellingcheckresumes. Suggeststheclosestmatchingword(s)fromthedictionary SelectoneofthesuggestedwordsfromthelistofSuggestionstoreplacethemisspelled wordandclickChange.Themisspelledwordisreplacedwiththesuggestedword. Alternatively,pressEnterwiththesuggestionselected.Toreplacealloccurrencesofthe sameerrorinthefile,clickChangeAll.Thewordisreplacedandthespellingcheck resumes. Ifthewordisspelledcorrectly,butitisnotpresentinthedictionary,clickIgnoreto leavethewordasisandcontinuethespellingcheck.ClickIgnoreAlltoignoreall occurrencesofthewordinthefile.Thewordisignoredandthespellingcheckresumes. Clicktoaddthewordtothedictionary;thisallowsthespellingcheckertorecognizeall futureoccurrencesoftheword Clicktocustomizethespellingcheckoptions;seeSpellingCheckOptionson page 369 Clicktodiscontinuethespellingcheck;allchangesuptothatpointaresaved,butcan beundonebyselectingEdit>Undo
Ignore / IgnoreAll
369
Thespellingoflayers,classes,symbolnames,objectnames,scriptpalettenames,dimensiontext,lockedobjects, orrecordsattachedtolockedobjectsisnotchecked.
Customizethespellingcheckertoreduceunnecessaryspellingchecksinyourtypicalfiles.ClickOKtoreturntothe SelectionSpellingCheckorDocumentSpellingCheckdialogbox.
370
Parameter
Action FindNext ReplaceNext ReplaceAllSelected ReplaceAll Lookin TextObjects RecordFields Worksheets FindString ReplaceWith Options ActiveLayerOnly AllLayers VisibleLayersOnly Casesensitive
Description
Locatesand,ifselected,replacesagiventextstringwithanewtextstring Findsthenextoccurrenceofthetextstring Replacesthenextoccurrenceofthetextstring Replacesallselectedoccurrencesofthetextstring Replacesalloccurrencesofthetextstring Searchesforoccurrencesinthespecifiedpartsofthedocument Searchesinalltextobjects Searchesinallrecordfields,includingCalloutobjects Searchesinallworksheets;appearsdimmedifReplaceAllSelectedischosen,since thereisnoselectionattributeforaworksheet Entertextstringtosearchfor Enterreplacementtextstring;dimmedifFindNextisselected Specifiesthedepthofthesearch Searchesintheactivelayeronly Searchesonalllayerswithinthedocument,regardlessofvisibility Searchesinallcurrentlyvisiblelayers Searchesfortextthatexactlymatchesthecriteria,includingcapitalization
2. Enterthedesiredsearchand,ifusing,replacecriteria. 3. ClickFind/Replace.
Inserting Callouts
TheCallouttoolplacescalloutobjectsonadrawing.Acalloutobjectisablockoftextattachedtoaleaderlinewithan optionalbubblesurroundingthetext.Usecalloutobjectstoannotateitemsinafile.
Inserting Callouts |
371
Shoulder-to-Arrow
2 Point
Callout Preferences
Mode
ShouldertoArrow ArrowtoShoulder 2Point 3Point Preferences
Description
Clickfirstwherethecallouttextistobeplaced,andthenneartheobjecttobeannotated Clickfirstneartheobjecttobeannotated,andthenwherethecallouttextistobeplaced Twoclicksarerequiredtoplacethecalloutobject;in2Pointmode,thelengthofthe shoulderisdeterminedinthecalloutpreferencesorObjectInfopalette Threeclicksarerequiredtoplacethecalloutobject;in3Pointmode,thethirdclick determinesthelengthoftheshoulder OpensthePreferencesdialogbox
372
Parameter
TextOptions RotateText TextAngle Max.TextWidth
Description
Whenselected,rotatesthecallouttexttothespecifiedTextAngle Specifiestheangleoftextrotation;certainanglesmaynotbeavailable,dependingon thetextsHorizontalPositionsettings Indicatesthemaximumtextwidthbeforetextwraps;ifthetextstringisshorterthan maximumwidth,thebubblesizestofitthetext.Rotatedtextcannotrestrictthe maximumtextwidth. Setstheverticalpositionofthetextrelativetotheshoulder;selectAutotoalignthetop textlinetotheshoulderiftheleaderisontheleft,ortoalignthebottomtextlinetothe shoulderiftheleaderisontheright Setsthehorizontalpositionofthetextrelativetotheshoulder;selectAutotoposition thetexttotherightiftheleaderisontheleft,ortotheleftiftheleaderisontheright Forcesthetexttobeleftjustified,evenwhenthetextistotheleftoftheleader OpenstheFormatTextdialogbox,tosettextattributesorselectatextstyle
VerticalPosition
373
Description
Hexagonal
Setsthelengthofthelinebetweenthetextandthestartoftheleader;canbechanged bymovingacontrolpointorintheObjectInfopalette.In3Pointmode,thislengthis setbythethirdmouseclick. SelectLine,Arc,Bzier,orNone;curvedleaderlinescontainadditionalcontrolpoints forcontrollingthecurveshape Forarcleadertypes,specifiesthearcradius Selectamarkerstylefromthemarkerstylelist,orselectCustomtocreateacustom marker.SelectEditMarkerListtoopentheEditMarkerListdialogbox;seeEditing theMarkerListonpage 539.
Leader endpoint
374
5. Clickagaintodetermineeithertheleaderendpointorleadershoulder,dependingonthemode.
Shoulder-to-Arrow mode
Arrow-to-Shoulder mode
7. ClickOKtocreatethecalloutobjectinthedrawing.
New dishwasher
375
R19facedbattinsulation
Adjusts text width
376
Parameter
ShoulderLength
Description
Setsthelengthoftheleaderlinesshoulder
Shoulder Length
377
Parameter
SheetSize
Description
Selectastandardsizeandformatforthesheetborder,orselectFittoPagetosetthesheet bordertothepagedimensions(seePageSetuponpage 81).SelectCustomtouse customsheetborderdimensions,andspecifytheWidthandHeightdimensions. OpenstheImportTitleBlockdialogbox,forselectingatitleblocksymboltoinsert(see AddingaTitleBlockonpage 381),orselectNonefornotitleblock Locksthesheetbordercenterpositiontothepagecenter;deselecttopositionthesheet bordermanually.Iftheplanhasbeenrotated(VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired), selectLocktoPageCentertopositionthesheetbordercorrectlywheninanonrotated view. Whenatitleblockhasbeenselected,displaysonlythetitleblockandhidesallother sheetborderelements
TitleBlock LocktoPageCenter
UseAsTitleBlockOnly
4. Clickonceinthedrawingtosetthesheetborderinsertionpoint,andthenclickagaintosetthesheetborder orientation. 5. Thesheetborderisplacedonthedrawing.Sheetbordersshouldbeplacedas2Dscreenobjects(SeePlanar Modesof2DObjects:ScreenPlaneandLayerPlaneonpage 207). 6. SetthetextattributesasneededusingtheText>FormatTextcommand.Youcanalsodraganddropatextstyle fromtheResourceBrowserontothesheetborderobject. 7. SetthelineattributesasneededusingtheAttributespalette. 8. Thesheetbordercanberesizedandrescaledafterplacement,andtitleblocksandrevisionhistoriescanbe added.
378
Parameter
Plane LocktoPageCenter
Description
Generally,forsheetborders,selectScreentoplacetheborderonthescreenplane.See PlanarModesof2DObjects:ScreenPlaneandLayerPlaneonpage 207. Locksthesheetbordercenterpositiontothepagecenter;deselecttopositionthe sheetbordermanually.Iftheplanhasbeenrotated(VectorworksDesignSeries required),selectLocktoPageCentertopositionthesheetbordercorrectlywhenina nonrotatedview. Selectastandardsizeandformatforthesheetborder,orselectFittoPagetosetthe sheetbordertothepagedimensions.SelectCustomtousecustomsheetborder dimensions,andclickBorderSettingstospecifythedimensions. SelectPortraitorLandscapeorientation Displaysthesheetborderhorizontaldimensions Displaysthesheetborderverticaldimensions OpenstheSheetBorderSettingsdialogbox,forspecifyingfurtherproperties(see SpecifyingAdditionalSheetBorderSettingsonpage 380) OpenstheImportTitleBlockdialogbox,toselectatitleblocksymboltoinsert(see AddingaTitleBlockonpage 381).Thisdialogboxcanalsobeaccessedfromthe sheetbordercontextmenu;rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onthe sheetborder,andselectTitleBlock. Toremoveatitleblock,selecttheDefaultssymbolfolder,andthenselectNonefrom theSymbolslist.
Size
379
Description
Ifthetitleblockistoolargeorsmallatnormalscale(scalefactor1),scalesthetitle blocksize,includingtext.Avaluebelow1makesthetitleblocksmaller,whileavalue above1makesthetitleblocklarger;textisautomaticallyscaledalongwiththetitle blockgeometry. Addsahorizontal,vertical,orblockmargintothetitleblock Addsarevisionhistoryblocktothesheetborder
TitleBlkMargin UseRevisionBlock (VectorworksDesign Seriesrequired) ShowRevisionZone (VectorworksDesign Seriesrequired) UseToleranceBlock (VectorworksDesign Seriesrequired) UseProjectionBlock (VectorworksDesign Seriesrequired) ShowGrids
ForASMEtitleblocks,addsaprojectionblockareatothetitleblock;specifyFirst AngleorThirdAngleinProjection Displaysgridtextandlinesinthesheetbordermargin.Thissettingcanalsobe accessedfromthesheetbordercontextmenu:rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick (Macintosh)onthesheetborder,andselectShowGrids. Displaysgridlinesonthedrawing Selectthefoldmarkmeasurementswhenaddingfoldmarkstothesheetborder.The firstmeasurementspecifiesthedrawingfoldwidthandthesecondmeasurement indicatesthemarginfoldwidth.SelectCustomtospecifycustomfoldmarkdistances. FoldmarksaredesignedforusewithISOdrawings.
ShowGridLines FoldMarks
380
Parameter
EditTitleBlock
381
Parameter
DrawingSize Vertical/Horizontal Dimension DimensionsShown Are Margins Zones/Grids VerticalZones GridTextOrder HorizontalZones GridNumberOrder GridLabelSize ResettoDefaultValues
Description
Specifiesthesheetbordersize Specifiesthesheetbordervertical/horizontaldimensions;initially,thesearebasedon theSizeselectedintheObjectInfopalette,butthedimensionscanbeedited.This parameterisnotavailablewhentheSizeisFittoPage. Appliesthedimensionstoeithertheouterorinnerborderdimensions Specifiesthesheetbordermarginwidths
3. ClickOKtosetthesheetborderparameters.
382
Atitleblockcanbetheonlypartofthesheetborderthatdisplays,byselectingUseAsTitleBlockOnlyinthesheet borderpreferencesortheObjectInfopalette. AdditionaltitleblockcapabilitiesaredescribedinCreatingSheetBordersonpage 521intheVectorworks DesignSeriesUsersGuide. Toaddatitleblocktothesheetborder: 1. Selectthesheetborder. 2. IntheObjectInfopalette,clickTitleBlock. Alternatively,rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onthesheetborderandselectTitleBlockfromthe contextmenu. TheImportTitleBlockdialogboxopens.
Parameter
SymbolFolders Symbols
Description
Specifiesthelocationofthesheetbordersymbols Providesagraphicallistofavailablesheetbordersymbols
3. Selectatitleblocksymbolfromtheselectedsymbolfolder.TheDefaultsfoldercontainsthedefaulttitleblock resources;seeDefaultContentinVectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworksonpage 157.Thetitleblocks listedunderTopLevelaretitleblocksymbolsthatexistinthecurrentfile. Toremoveanexistingtitleblock,selectNone. 4. ClickOKtoaddtheselectedtitleblocksymboltothesheetborder.Thetitleblockisscaledtomatchthecurrent layerscaleifnecessary. Whenasheetborderwithatitleblockisinsertedintoadrawing,theSheetBorderComponentssymbolfolderis automaticallycreatedanddisplaysintheResourceBrowser.Titleblocksymbolsaddedtothesheetborderare automaticallyplacedinthatfolder.
383
Description
Theattributesofthetitleblockelements areinheritedfromthesheetborder
Method
SpecifyByClassintheAttributespaletteforthese elements.Fortextfontandstyleattributes,setthePen Stylebyclasstousethesamefontandstyleasthe sheetborder.Fortextcolor,setthePenColorto ColorByClass. Settheattributesofthegeometryandtextfromthe Attributespalettewhenthetitleblockiscreated.For textfontandstyleattributes,setthePenStyletoSolid tousethetextattributessetwhenthetitleblockwas created.Fortextcolor,selectthedesiredPenColor.
Thetitleblockelementsretainthe attributesascreated
Differentsettingscanbecombinedsothatsomeattributesareinheritedfromthesheetborder,whileothers remainascreated.Forexample,ifalineshouldusethesamecolorasthesheetborder,buthaveadashedline stylewithathicknessof1mm,whencreatingtheline,setthelinesPenColortoColorByClass,itsLine Thicknessto1mm,itsPenStyletodashed,anditsLineStyletothedesireddashstyle. 2. Selectallthetitleblockelements,andthenselectModify>CreateSymbol. Theinsertionpointofthesymbolshouldbeatlowerrightcornerofthetitleblock.SeeCreatingNewSymbols onpage 175. 3. CreateanewrecordformatasdescribedinCreatingRecordFormatsonpage 191. ThefieldnamesoftherecordformatareusedasthetitlesfortheassociatededitablefieldsintheEditTitleBlock dialogbox.
384
Tocreateamultilinefield,appendapoundsign(#)tothefieldname,asinDrawingTitle#. UseaP_prefixtoindicateprojectfields(fieldswiththesamevalueonalltitleblocksinthefile).AnS_prefix indicatessheetfields(fieldswithadifferentvalueonanytitleblocks).TheprefixescausetheEditTitleBlock dialogbox,accessedfromtheObjectInfopalette,tobeseparatedintoprojectandsheettabs.Fieldswithouta prefixareplacedontheGeneraltab. Usean_SNsuffixtoindicatethatafieldshouldgetsitsvaluefromtheSheetNumberofitssheetlayer.IfUse AutomaticDrawingCoordinationisenabledindocumentpreferences(VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired), the_SNsuffixalsomeansthatwhenthistitleblockfieldisupdated,theSheetNumberofthesheetlayerandof annotationobjectsonthelayerareupdated. Usean_SDsuffixtoindicatethatthefieldshouldgetitsvaluefromtheSheetTitleofitssheetlayer.IfUse AutomaticDrawingCoordinationisenabledindocumentpreferences(VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired), the_SDsuffixalsomeansthatwhenthistitleblockfieldisupdated,theSheetTitleofthesheetlayerisupdated. Ifthefieldshouldalsobemultiline,usean_SD#suffix.
385
386
Oval
Preferences
Regular Polygon
Convex Shape
Mode
Oval
Description
Insertstherevisioncloudaroundtheperimeterofapreviewoval.Clicktosetthestartpoint, movethecursorinthedesireddirection,andclicktosettheendpoint.Constraintheovalto 45degreestodrawacircle.
1st click
2nd click
Convex Shape
Concave Shape
Rectangle
387
Description
Insertstherevisioncloudaroundtheperimeterofthespecifiedvertices.Clicktosetthestart point(firstvertex),clickatthedesiredlocationforeachsubsequentvertex,andeitherclickat thestartingvertextoclosethepolygonordoubleclickatthefinalvertextocreateanopen polygon.Ifthepolygonisopen,thecloudiscompletedbasedontheoutline.
2nd click
FreehandPolygon
Convex Shape
Concave Shape
4. Clicktodrawtherevisioncloudaccordingtothespecifiedmode. TherevisioncloudpropertiescanbeeditedfromtheObjectInfopalette.
Parameter
BillowSize BillowRadius BillowVariability BillowHeight BillowType PolylineParameters
Description
Selecttherelativebillowsizefromextrasmalltoextralarge,orselectCustomtospecifya billowsize Foracustombillowsize,setsthebillowsize Selectthevariability(thevariationbetweenthesmallestandlargestbillows) Selecttherelativebillowheight(small,medium,orlarge) Selectaconvexorconcavebillowtype Editstherevisioncloudpolyline;seePolylineParametersonpage 261
Thefollowingillustrationdemonstratestheeffectsofvaryingthebillowsizeandbillowvariabilityparameters.
388
None
Billow Variability
Low
Medium
High Extra Small Small Medium Billow Size Large Extra Large
389
Parameter
Rotation DrawingTitle
Description
Specifiesthenumberofdegreestorotatethelabel(0.00ishorizontal) Specifiesthetitletextthatdisplaysabovethelabelshorizontalrulingline;defaultsto thefilename(onadesignlayer),tonothing(onasheetlayer),ortotheDrawingTitle (inaviewport),butitcanbeedited. IfUseAutomaticDrawingCoordinationisenabledindocumentpreferences (VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired),andthelabelisinaviewport,changingthis fieldwillupdatetheviewportsdrawingtitle,andviceversa.
DrawingNumber
Identifiesthisdrawingonthecurrentsheet.Thisvaluedisplaysinthetophalfofthe labelbubble,unlessNumberStyleissettoNone.Ifthelabelisinaviewportorsheet layer,theprogramautomaticallynumbersitemsandupdatesthisfield;thisnumber mustbeuniqueonthislayer.Ifthelabelisonadesignlayer,enteranidentifier manually. Identifiesthesheetthatcontainsthedrawing.Thisvaluedisplaysinthebottomhalf ofthelabelbubble,ifNumberStyleissettoDrawingandSheet.Ifthelabelisona sheetlayer,thisfielddefaultstotheSheetNumber. IfUseAutomaticDrawingCoordinationisenabledindocumentpreferences (VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired),andthelabelisonasheetlayer,thisfield cannotbeeditedandalwayscontainstheSheetNumber.
SheetNumber
NumberStyle
Specifieswhichdrawingidentifiernumbers(fromtheDrawingNumberandSheet Numberfields)displayinthelabel
Drawing only
ScaleDisplayStyle
Specifieswhichscaleinformationdisplaysbeneaththelabelshorizontalrulingline
None
Numbers only
Scale label
Custom
CustomScale UseArchitecturalScale
390
Parameter
BubbleStyle
None
Round rect
Circle
Rectangle
Selectthisoptiontoextendthebubblegraphictothefulllengthoftherulingline;not availableifBubbleStyleissettoNone Selectthefontsizesforthevariouselementsofthedrawinglabel Specifiesthelabelsbubblesize;enteralargervaluetoincreasethesize(thenumber mustbegreaterthanzero) Setsthelengthofthedrawinglabelshorizontalrulingline.Afixedlengthrulingline issetbythePrintedLengthvalue.Anautofitrulinglineissettothelengthofthe longesttextboundingbox,eitheraboveorbelowtherulingline.Acontrolpoint rulinglineissetbythelocationofitscontrolpoint;clickthecontrolpointtoselectit andclickinthedesiredlocationinthedrawingtoadjusttherulinglinelengthorto fliptherulinglinetotheoppositeside.
Fixed
control
PrintedLength Flip
Default label
Flipped label
391
Description
Specifiestheverticaloffsetbetweenthelabelsbubbleandhorizontalrulinglineon theprintedpage(0iscentered);enteranegativenumbertomovetheline,title,and scalebelowthecenterlineofthebubble Specifiestheverticaldistancebetweenthelabelshorizontalrulinglineandthetext aboveit.Enterapositivevaluetomovethetextfurtherabovetherulingline,ora negativevaluetomovethetextclosertotherulingline. Specifiestheverticaldistancebetweenthelabellineandthetextbelowit.Entera positivevaluetomovethetextfurtherabovetherulingline,oranegativevalueto movethetextclosertotherulingline.
TitleMargin
ScaleMargin
392
Parameter
Rotation 2DScaleFactor Type/Config
Section
Config 1
Config 2
Config 3
Advanced 3D Modeling
The3DPowerPackprovidesthefollowingfeaturesandbenefits: Advancedsolidmodelingoperations Advancedsurfacemodelingoperations Solidsurfaceinteractions ParticipationofsurfacesinBooleanoperations Easymanipulationofsurfacegeometry Simple3Duserinterface
10
The3DPowerPacktechnologyisfullyintegratedwiththeVectorworksprogramtoprovidecomprehensiveNURBS (NonUniformRationalBsplines)functionality.
Increasingtherelativeweightofoneoftheverticesmeansthevertexhasmoreofaninfluenceonthecurveandpulls thecurvetowardsthatvertex.
NURBS curve Degree = 3 Vertices = 6 Weight of selected vertex = 8 Weight of remaining vertices = 1
394
IncreasingthedegreeofaNURBScurveproportionallyincreasesthenumberofvertices,allowingformoreflexibility indrawingthecurve,butalsomorecomplexityduetothenumerousweightsaffectingthecurve.
NURBS curve Degree = 10 Vertices = 27 Weight of each vertex = 1
ThesameprinciplesthatapplytoaNURBScurveapplytoasurface.ANURBSsurfaceisagrid,ormesh,ofweighted controlpointsintheuandvdirections.
U direction
IncreasingthedegreeofaNURBSsurfaceintheUand/orVdirectionincreasesthenumberofvertices,adding flexibilityaswellascomplexity.
395
Edge
Iso-parametric curve
Eachvertexonthesurfacecanhaveaweightwhichpullsthesurfacetowardstheweightedvertices.
NURBS surface U Degree = 6 V Degree = 6 Vertices = 49 Weight of selected vertex = 100 Weight of remaining vertices = 1
BothNURBScurvesandsurfacescanbedefinedbycontrolpointsorbyinterpolationpoints.Thecurveorsurface passesbetweencontrolpointsorthroughinterpolationpoints.
Control point Interpolation point
396
Cursor/Operation
EdgeSelection
Where Used
ExtracttoolsPointandCurvemodes,ChamferEdgetool,andtheFilletEdgetool
FaceSelection
CurveSelection
LoftSurfacetool,Projecttool,andPush/Pulltool
SurfaceSelection
Projecttool
Selecting Edges
Thecursorchangestoanarrowheadwhenonornearanedge,andtheedgeishighlightedforselection.Ifmorethan oneedgeisnearthecursor,thenearestedgeishighlighted.Clicktheedgetoselectit. ThecursoralsochangestoanarrowheadwhenonornearanisoparametriccurvefortheExtracttoolin IsoparametricCurvesmode.
Action
Selectmorethanoneedge Deselectaselectededge
Description
PresstheShiftkeyandselecttheedges ClickontheedgeagainwiththeShiftkeypressed
397
Description
Clickonanemptyarea PresstheBackspace(Windows)orDelete(Macintosh)key,ordoubleclickontheedge
Iso-parametric curve
Selecting Faces
Whenthecursorisoveraface,thefacegeometryishighlighted,makingitveryeasytodeterminewhichfacewillbe selected.Clickonafacetoselectit.
2D face selection
MultiplefacescanbeselectedwhilepressingtheShiftkey,muchliketheedgeselectiondescribedearlier.Deselecting facesisalsosimilartodeselectingedges.
398
Normally,onlythefrontsurfacesofasolidobjectcanbeselecteddirectly.Toselectthebackfaceofasolid,pressthe Optionkey(Macintosh)ortheAltkey(Windows)duringfaceselection.
399
Ifdesired,clickReverseNormalwhenasingleNURBSsurfaceisselectedtoreversethedirectionofthesurface normal.Thearrowchangesdirectionaccordinglytoindicatethenewdirection.
Ifdesired,clickReverseDirectionwhenasingleNURBScurveisselectedtoreversethedirectionofthecurve. Thearrowchangesdirectionaccordinglytoindicatethenewdirection.
400
Converting to NURBS
TheConverttoNURBScommandconvertsplanarobjectsand3DpolygonsintoNURBScurves,andconvertsthe facesofsolidstoNURBSsurfaces.ThisisaquickwayofcreatingNURBScurvesfromcirclesandarcs,orNURBS surfacesfromanextrusion,sweep,orothersolids. ToconverttoNURBScurvesorsurfaces: 1. SelecttheobjectorsolidtoconverttoNURBSsurfaces. 2. SelectModify>Convert>ConverttoNURBS. TheselectionisconvertedtoNURBSsurface(s)oraNURBScurve,asreflectedintheObjectInfopalette. Ifthesolidconsistedofseveralfaces,theconversionresultsinagroupofNURBSsurfaces.SelectModify>Ungroup toaccesstheindividualNURBSsurfacesthatmakeupthesolid.
401
4. Doubleclicktosettheendpointofthecurve.
402
4. Doubleclicktosettheendpointofthecurve.
NURBS Surfaces
Interpolated NURBS Surfaces
AsdescribedinCreatingNURBSCurvesonpage 400,NURBScurvescanbecreatedbyinterpolationpointsor controlpoints.Similarly,aNURBSsurfacecanbecreatedbyinterpolationpoints.AninterpolatedsurfaceisaNURBS surfacethatpassesthroughatwodimensionalarrayof3Dinterpolationpoints.RegularNURBSsurfacesaredefined bytheircontrolpoints,whichmaynotlieonthesurfaceandcanbedifficulttouseforreshapingthesurface(itis difficulttoknowhowmuchthecontrolpointshouldbemovedinordertoreshapethesurfacebyaspecificdistance). Becauseinterpolationpointslieonthesurface,itismucheasiertomodifythesepointswiththeReshapetoolorthe ObjectInfopalette,andhavethesurfacepassthroughthepoints. Aninterpolatedsurfacecanbecreated,oranexistinguntrimmedNURBSsurfacecanbeconvertedtoaninterpolated surface,foreasierreshaping. Whenaninterpolatedsurfaceisusedinanotheroperation,suchasaBooleanoperationortrimming,thesurface becomesacontrolpointsurface.
TheCreateInterpolatedSurfacedialogboxopens. 3. SpecifythenumberofinterpolationpointsanddegreeofflexibilitytocreateforboththeUandVdirection.
NURBS Surfaces |
403
Parameter
UDirection NumberofPoints Degree VDirection NumberofPoints Degree
Description
Specifiesthenumberofinterpolationpoints(upto1000)tocreateintheUdirection; thisnumbermustbegreaterthantheUdegreenumber IndicatestheflexibilityofthesurfaceintheUdirection,from1to28;alargernumber resultsinamorevariablesurface
4. ClickOKtocreatetheinterpolatedsurface.SelectShowVerticesintheObjectInfopalettetodisplaythe interpolationpoints.UsetheReshapetooltoreshapetheinterpolatedNURBSsurface.
404
3. ClickOKtocreatetheinterpolatedsurface.SelectShowVerticesintheObjectInfopalettetodisplay interpolationpoints.UsetheReshapetooltoreshapetheinterpolatedNURBSsurface.
NURBS Surfaces |
Loft With One Rail
405
Birail Sweep
Mode
LoftWithNoRail LoftWithOneRail BirailSweep
Description
CreatesaloftsurfaceusingtwoormoreNURBScurvecrosssections CreatesaloftsurfaceusingaNURBScurverailandoneormoreNURBScurvecrosssections CreatesaloftsurfaceusingtwoNURBScurverailsandoneNURBScurvecrosssection
406
4. Specifythedesiredloftcreationsettings.
Parameter
SelectCurve Reverse SelectAlignmentbyPoint SelectAlignmentby Percentage Ruled
Description
Selectsthepreviousornextcrosssectioncurve.Reversechangesthedirectionof thecurvetotwistoruntwisttheloftsurface. Clicktoreversethecurvedirection Selectsthepreviousornextpointontheselectedcrosssectioncurve.Ifthecross sectiondoesnothaveanycorners,thisoptionisdisabled. Selectspointsalongageometricallycontinuouscrosssection(suchasacircle)by aspecifiedpercentage,orbyadjustingtheslider Createsalinearlyinterpolatedobject
407
Description
Createsaloftsurfacethatclosesinonitself.Becausethestartpointcannotbe selectedastheendpointofaloft,theClosedoptionautomaticallycompletesthe connection.
Cross section
CreateSolid
Createsasolidloftsurfacewithcappedends;deselecttocreateagroupofNURBS surfacesinsteadofagenericsolid
KeepCurves Preview
Retainsthecrosssectionsaftertheloftiscreated Displaystheproposedloftsurfacesbasedonthecurrentsettings
5. ClickOKtoclosethedialogboxandcreatetheloftsurface(s).
408
NURBS Surfaces |
409
Rails
410
Rails
Top rail clicked first, then bottom rail, Top rail clicked first, then bottom rail, and then the top of the profile curve and then the bottom of the profile curve OR OR Bottom rail clicked first, then top rail, Bottom rail clicked first, then top rail, and then the bottom of the profile curve and then the top of the profile curve
Theclickorderandlocationdonotaffecttheloftsurfacecreation Theclickorderaffectshowtheloftsurfaceiscreated
Top rail clicked first, then bottom rail, and then the profile curve
Bottom rail clicked first, then top rail, and then the profile curve
NURBS Surfaces |
3. SelectModel>3DPowerPack>CreateSurfacefromCurves. ANURBSsurfaceiscreated.
411
412
2. SelectModel>3DPowerPack>CreateDrapeSurface. TheCreateDrapeSurfacedialogboxopens.
Parameter
Numberof Points UDirection VDirection PlaneZValue
Description
Specifiesthenumberofcontrolpointsonthedrapesurface;thegreaterthenumberof points,thecloserthedrapesurfaceistotheobject EnterthenumberofpointstocreateintheUdirection;thisnumbermustbegreaterthan3 EnterthenumberofpointstocreateintheVdirection;thisnumbermustbegreaterthan3 Specifythebaselevelofthedrapesurface(howfardownthebottomofthedrapegoes), whichmustbelessthanthehighestZcoordinateoftheobject
3. ClickOKtocreatethedrapesurface.
NURBS Surfaces |
TocreateafilletsurfaceattheintersectionoftwoselectedNURBSsurfaces:
413
Parameter
FilletRadius TrimType
Description
Specifiestheradiusofthefilletsurface
414
Parameter
EdgeTangency
Minimal
Trimsthefilletsurfacetotheminimalintersectingareasonthefaceboundaries
Maximal
Trimsthefilletsurfacetothemaximalintersectingareasonthefaceboundaries
415
Description
Generatestheentirefilletwithouttrimmingthefilletsurface
Linear
Createsafilletsurfacewithalinearcrosssection
416
Parameter
Tangent Continuous Blend
CreatesafilletsurfacewithacurvaturecontinuousG2crosssection
TrimOriginal Surfaces
Createsafilletsurfaceandtrimstheoriginalsurfaceswheretheyconnecttothefilletsurface
NURBS Surfaces |
417
2. SelectModel>3DPowerPack>CreatePlanarCaps. PlanarNURBSsurfacesarecreatedtocloseofftheendsofthesolid.
3. AddthesolidandtheplanarcapsurfacesbyselectingthemallandchoosingModel>AddSolids.
418
axis
profile
rail
2. SelectModel>3DPowerPack>RevolvewithRail.Select,inorder,theaxis,profile,andrail.
3. TheNURBSsurfacesareautomaticallycreated.
Theraildefinestheextentoftherevolution.Anopenrailcurvegeneratessurfacesuntiltherailends.
NURBS Surfaces |
419
Parameter
Move
Description
SelectEntireObjecttoeditalltheverticesofthesurface,VertexOnlytoedit onlytheselectedvertex,UVerticestoeditalloftheverticesinarowintheU direction,andVVerticestoeditalloftheverticesinarowintheVdirection ScrollsthroughtheverticesoftheselectedNURBSsurfaceineithertheU parametricdirectionorVparametricdirection DependingontheselectionintheMovelist,displaysthepositionofthecurrent surfaceorvertex;editthevaluestochangethesurface/vertexposition ANURBSsurfaceisdefinedmathematicallybytwoparameters,UandV,which increaseordecreasealongcertaindirectionscalledtheUandVparametric directions.Thetwodirectionsareperpendiculartoeachother. IncreasingtheUorVDegreevalueaddsverticesinthatparametricdirection;the verticescanthenbemanipulated
VDegree Weight
DegreeintheVparametricdirection;increasingthisvalueaddsverticesthatcan thenbemanipulated NURBScurvesandsurfacesarerepresentedmathematicallybyweightedcontrol points.Theweightvaluecanbeanywherebetween .01and100.Aweightabove 1pullsthecurveorsurfacetowardthecontrolpoint;aweightbelow1hasthe reverseeffect. Flipsthesurfacenormaldirection CreatesaNURBSsurface,ifthesurfacehasbeentrimmed DisplaystheNURBSsurfaceparameters Selecttodisplaythesurfacesvertices DisplaysthesurfacenormalasaredarrowfortheselectedNURBSsurface
420
Extracting Geometry
TheExtracttoolcanbeusedtoextractgeometryfromtheedgeorsurfaceofaNURBSsurfaceorsolidobject,leaving theoriginalunmodified.Theextractedgeometrycanthenbeusedforsnappingorforothersurfaceoperations.
Extract Curve Extract Surface Extract Preferences
Extract Point
Mode
ExtractPoint
Description
Extracts3DlocifromtheedgesofaNURBSsurfaceorsolidobject.3Dlociare placedatthestart,end,andmidpointsoftheselectededges.Forcircular edges,a3Dlocusiscreatedatthecirclecenteraswell. ExtractsaNURBScurvefromtheedgeofasolidobject Extractsanisoparametriccurvefromthesurfaceofasolidobject ExtractsaNURBSsurfacefromthefaceofasolid Providesoptionsforextractingtangententities,faces,orallentities;the specificitemsextracteddependsonwhichmodeisselected.Theseoptions havenoeffectinExtractIsoparametricCurvemode.
421
Description
InExtractPointorExtractCurvemode,extractslociorcurvesfrom tangentiallyconnectededgesoftheselectedobject;inExtractSurfacemode, extractssurfacesfromtangentiallyconnectedfacesoftheselectedobject InExtractPointorExtractCurvemode,extractslociorcurvesfromalledgesof theselectedface(s) InExtractPointorExtractCurvemode,extractslociorcurvesfromalledgesof theselectedobject;inExtractSurfacemode,extractssurfacesfromallfacesof theselectedobject InExtractSurfacemode,createsplanarobjectsfromfacesbyextractingthe geometryofaplanarface.Forexample,createapolylineextractedfromthe faceofawall.Thepolylinecouldthenhaveahatchappliedtosimulatethe appearanceofbrickin3Dviews.
SelectFaces SelectAllEntities
CreatePlanarObjects
AnotherwaytocreateplanarobjectsfromfacesiswiththePolygonfromInner Boundarymodeofthe2DPolygontool.SeeCreatingaPolygonfromanInner Boundaryonpage 243. 3. SpecifythedesiredpreferencesandclickOK. Selecttheedge(s)orsurface(s)fromwhichgeometrywillbeextracted.Toselectmultipleedgesorsurfaces,hold theShiftkeywhileselecting.Toselectthebackfacesofsolids,presstheAltkey(Windows)orOptionkey (Macintosh). SeeSelectingtheEdgesandFacesofaSolidonpage 396forinformationonselectingsurfaces. 4. PressEnter(Windows)orReturn(Macintosh)orclickthecheckmarkbuttonontheToolbartoextractthe3D loci,curves,orsurfaces. Toeditextractedgroups,selectModify>Ungroup.
422
In Extract Iso-parametric Curve mode, click the hemisphere surface to select curve(s)
In Extract Surface mode, with the Select Tangent Entities preference selected, click an interior surface to select all tangent interior surfaces
Mode
Proximity Interrogation
Description
DeterminestheminimumdistancebetweenNURBScurves/surfacesand3Dloci,orthe intersectionbetweenNURBScurves/surfaces InteractivelydeterminesthecurvatureofNURBScurvesandsurfacesanddisplayscurvature parameters
423
A3DlocusisplacedoneachNURBScurveattheclosestminimumdistanceorintersectingpointsbetweenthe twoitems,oraNURBScurveisplacedattheintersectionoftwoNURBSsurfaces.
NURBS curve
Locus points placed at each intersection between a NURBS curve and NURBS surface
Locus points placed at the minimum distance from a 3D locus point to both a NURBS curve and a NURBS surface
424
3. Clickthecurvetoobtaincurvepropertiesataspecificlocationalongthecurve.TheCurvePropertiesdialogbox opens,displayingcurvatureparametersforthatlocation.
Option
CreateCurvatureCircle Locusatcenterof curvature CreateTangentCurve Length
Description
AddstheNURBScurvedisplayinginredtothedrawing Addsa3DlocusatthepointwherethecurvaturecirclemeetstheNURBScurve,and anotherlocusatthecenterofthecircle AddtheNURBScurvedisplayinginbluetothedrawing Specifiesthelengthofthetangentcurve
4. Toaddacurvaturecircleortangentcurvetothedrawing,selecttheappropriateoptionsandclickOK.Ifyou selectmultipleitems,theyarecreatedasagroup.
Click a point on the existing NURBS curve and select Create Tangent Curve to place a curve at that point
425
2. ClickontheNURBSsurfaceofinterestandmovethecursoralongthesurfacetodisplaythecurvaturecircles(in red)andnormalcurve(inblue)atthecursorposition.
Original NURBS surface
Curvature circles
Normal curve
3. Clickagaintoobtainsurfacepropertiesataspecificlocationalongthesurface.TheSurfacePropertiesdialogbox opens,displayingcurvatureparametersforthatlocation.
Option
CreateCurvatureCircles
Description
AddstheNURBScurve(s)displayinginredtothedrawing
426
Option
Lociatcentersof curvature CreateNormalCurve Length
4. Toaddcurvaturecircle(s)oranormalcurvetothedrawing,selecttheappropriateoptionsandclickOK.Ifyou selectmultipleitems,theyarecreatedasagroup.
Click a point on the existing NURBS surface and select Create Curvature Circles to place curves at that point
427
Description
Specifiesthenumberofpointstouse;foraNURBScurve,enterthenumberofpoints, whichmustbeatleast3 ForaNURBSsurface,enterthenumberofpointstousealongtheUdirection;this numbermustbeatleast3 ForaNURBSsurface,enterthenumberofpointstousealongtheVdirection;this numbermustbeatleast3 Retainstheoriginalcurveorsurface,andaddsanew,rebuiltcurveorsurface AfterclickingPreview,displaysthemaximumdeviationbetweentheoriginaland rebuiltsurfaceorcurve Displaysapreviewofthenew,rebuiltcurveorsurface
3. ClickOKtorebuildtheNURBScurve(s)orsurface(s).
Mode
ProjectandSplit ProjectandTrim ProjectandAdd ProjectandAddUpward
Description
SplitsaNURBSsurfacewithaprojection TrimsaNURBSsurfacewithaprojection AddsaprojectiontoaNURBSsurface InProjectandAddmode,addstheprojectionintheprofileplane normaldirection
428
Mode
ProjectandAddDownward ProjectandAddBothDirections
ThesplittingobjectisprojectedontotheNURBSsurface,resultinginagroupofNURBSsurfaces.
429
ThetrimmingobjectisprojectedontotheNURBSsurface,andtheregionselectedtobetrimmedawayis removedfromtheNURBSsurfaceatthepointofintersection,resultinginagroupofNURBSsurfaces.
The2DobjectorNURBScurvemustbeclosedandplanar. 2. ClicktheProjecttoolfromthe3DModelingtoolset.
430
TheobjectsprojectionisaddedtotheNURBSsurfaceatthepointofintersection,creatingagenericsolid.
Creating a Rib
TheProjectandAddmodeoftheProjecttoolcanbeusedtocreateribs. Tocreatearib: 1. Inthedesiredview,drawa2DobjectorNURBScurveontopofasolid.
431
Theribprofileisprojecteduntilitmeetsthenextsurfaceitencounters.Theprofileistrimmedattheextremities automatically.
432
Parameter
SelectEndPoint/Edge
Linear Extension
Smooth Extension
3. ClickPreviewtochecktheextension,andthenclickOKtoextendtheNURBScurveorsurface.
Linear Extension
Smooth Extension
Creating Helix-Spirals
TheCreateHelixSpiralcommandcreatesahelixshapedorspiralshaped3Dobjectfromoneormorepathobjects. Thepathscanbe2DobjectsorNURBScurves. Tocreateahelixorspiral: 1. Selecttheobject(s)touseasthepath. 2. SelectModel>3DPowerPack>CreateHelixSpiral. TheHelixSpiralCreationdialogboxopens.
Creating Helix-Spirals |
433
Parameter
UseTurns Turns UsePitch Pitch StartRadius EndRadius StartAngle ReverseDirection Flatten
Description
Selecttocreateahelix/spiralbyaspecifiednumberofturnsalongthepath Enterthetotalnumberofturnstobecreatedalongthepath Selecttocreateahelix/spiralbypitch Enterthepitchvalue(thedistancebetweensuccessiveturns) Entertheradiusoftheperpendicularstartingcircle Entertheradiusoftheperpendicularendingcircle.Tocreateahelix,enteravalue matchingthestartradius.Tocreateaspiral,enteradifferentvalue. Enterthestartingpointofthetwistonthestartingcircle Selecttochangetherotationdirectionofthehelix/spiralfromclockwiseto counterclockwiseorviceversa Selecttoflattenthehelix/spiralintoa2Dspiral.UsePitchisnotavailablewiththis option.
3. ClickOK. Ahelixorspiraliscreated.
434
Helix object
Spiral object
Creating Contours
ContoursareintersectionsofasolidorsurfacewithaplanepassingthroughthelinespecifiedwiththeCreate Contourstool.Thistoolcreatescontoursatspecifiedintervals,whichcanthenbeusedtocreatealoftsurfaceinorder torecreateasolidshape. Tocreatecontours: 1. ClicktheCreateContourstoolfromthe3DModelingtoolset,andthenselectPreferencesontheToolbarto specifythecontourinterval.
Solids Operations
Direct Modeling
ThePush/Pulltoolinteractivelyreshapesplanargeometry,creatingbosses(protrusions)orcutoutsonsolidsby addingorsubtractingvolumefromasolid.ThevolumeiscreatedorsubtractedbyextrudingafaceinExtrudeFace
Solids Operations |
435
Move Face
Mode
ExtrudeFace MoveFace SubFace
Description
Selectstheplanarfaceofasolid,a2Dplanarobject,orNURBScurve,toaddtoor subtractvolume,creatingperpendicularfaces Extendstheplanarfaceofasolid,addingorsubtractingthefacealongwithany geometrypresentontheface Selectsacurveorgroupofcurvestoaddtoorsubtractvolumefromasolid
436
4. Clickatthedesiredlocationtoeditthesolid.
Solids Operations |
437
4. Clickatthedesiredlocationtoeditthesolid.
Modifying Edges
TheChamferEdgeandFilletEdgetoolsremovethesharpcornersofasolidbymodifyingtheshapeofitsedges.The ChamferEdgetoolmodifiesthesurfacewithalinearcrosssectionwhiletheFilletEdgetoolmodifiesthesurfacewith acircularcrosssection.
438
Edgesareusuallymodifiedduringthedetaileddesignphaseofaproject.Thismayreducetheheatand/orstress concentrationinmanufacturingandcanprovideamorerealisticoraestheticappearancetoamodel.
Parameter
Setback
Description
Specifythedistancebywhichthefacesaresetback Alternatively,enteravalueintheSetbackfieldontheToolbar
Solids Operations |
439
Before chamfering
After chamfering
Results rendered
TheSetbackvalueforthechamferededgecanbeeditedthroughtheObjectInfopalette. Oncethemodificationiscomplete,theedgesetusedtocreatethemodificationcannotbechanged.Themodified edgecanbeungrouped,andanewmodificationwithdifferentedgescanbecreated. Ifonemodificationhasbeencreatedoveranother,thefirstmodificationcannotbeeditedintheObjectInfo paletteunlessthelastoneisungrouped(seeEditingaFillet/ChamferorShellObjectonpage 399). Achamferedgeoperationmayfaildueto: complexsurfacegeometryadjacenttoanedgeorcornerinvolvedinthemodification; anattempttomodifyoneedgeinasequenceoftangentialedges(selectalltheedgesforabetterchanceof success);or anattempttomodifywithoutselectingalltheedgesatavertex.
440
Parameter
SelectTangentEntities ConstantRadius Radius
Description
Choosethisoptiontoselecttangentiallyconnectededgesandfacesforfilleting Createafilletedsurfacebasedonaconstantradius Indicatetheradiusofthefilletedge Alternatively,enteravalueintheConstantRadiusfieldontheToolbar
Solids Operations |
441
3. PressEnter(Windows)orReturn(Macintosh)orclickthecheckmarkbuttonontheToolbartoperformtheedge modification.
Before filleting
Results rendered
Before filleting
Results rendered
TheRadiusvalueforthefilletededgecanbeeditedthroughtheObjectInfopalette.Forthefilletbyvariableradius, presstheEditarrowbuttonstohighlighteachpointalongtheedgeforediting. Oncethemodificationiscomplete,theedgesetusedtocreatethemodificationcannotbechanged.Themodified edgecanbeungrouped,andanewmodificationwithdifferentedgescanbecreated. Ifonemodificationhasbeencreatedoveranother,thefirstmodificationcannotbeeditedintheObjectInfo paletteunlessbotharefirstungrouped(seeEditingaFillet/ChamferorShellObjectonpage 399). Afilletedgeoperationmayfaildueto: complexsurfacegeometryadjacenttoanedgeorcornerinvolvedinthemodification; aradiusvaluethatistoolarge; anattempttomodifyoneedgeinasequenceoftangentialedges(selectalltheedgesforabetterchanceof success);or anattempttomodifywithoutselectingalltheedgesinavertex.
442
Parameter
Shell Inside Outside Thickness
Description
Createsaninteriorshell Createsanexteriorshell Enterthethicknessoftheshellwall Alternatively,enteravalueintheThicknessfieldontheToolbar
SelectTangentFaces
Selectsatangentiallyconnectedchainoffaces
443
3. PressEnter(Windows)orReturn(Macintosh),orclickthecheckmarkbuttonontheToolbar,tocreatetheshell.
444
includesanyeditingperformedwithothersolidsoperations.TheConverttoGenericSolidscommandremovesthis historyfromthesolidobjects,reducingthefilesize(thoughtheobjectisnolongereditable). Forexample,usethiscommandonacopyofthefinaldrawingtoreducefilesizewhensendingafiletoaprintbureau. Toconvertanobjectintoagenericsolid: 1. Selectthesolidobject(s)toconvert. 2. SelectModify>Convert>ConverttoGenericSolids. 3. Awarningdialogboxopens.ClickOKtoconverttheobject(s). Theobjectisconverted. Ifobjectsareselectedthatcannotbeconverted,adialogboxopensstatingthattheseobjectshavebeen deselected.
11
TheVectorworksprogramprovidesavarietyofspecializedtoolsandcommandsforcreatingbuildingandstructural elementssuchasfloors,walls,columns,androofs.
Product
VectorworksArchitect VectorworksLandmark VectorworksSpotlight Tocreateafloor:
Command
AEC>Floor Landmark>Architectural>Floor Spotlight>Architectural>Floor
Parameter
BottomZ Thickness 3. ClickOK.
Description
Specifiesthedistanceabovetheactivelayerplanethatthefloorwillbegin(theBottomZ height).Inmostcases,usethedefaultof0,whichstartsthefloorontheactivelayerplane. Setsthefloorthickness
Creating Walls
Usethewalltoolstodrawbothstraightandroundwallsandtojointhosewallstootherwalls.Eachwallsegmentis treatedasaseparateobject.Eitherautomaticallyjoinwallstogetherwhendrawingthem,orjointhemafterdrawingby usingoneofthejoiningoptions.Otherwalloptionsincludetheabilitytoaddcomponentlinesandfillstowalls,cap andtrimthem,andinsertsymbols(suchasdoorsandwindows)intothem.Youcanalsoaddanddeletepeaksina wall,iftheelevationchangesfromoneendofthewalltotheother.
446
Therearefourwaystopositionthewallinrelationtothecontrolline;thecontrollinecanbesetrelativetoeitherthe walloranoptionalcorecomponent.ThesemodesareactivatedbythebuttonsontheToolbar.
Right Control Line Wall Control Line Wall Preferences
Straight Walls
Left Control Line Custom Control Line Center Control Line Custom Wall Offset
Round Walls
Left Control Line Right Control Line Wall Control Line Wall Preferences
Mode
LeftControlLine CenterControlLine RightControlLine CustomControlLine/ CustomWallOffset WallControlLine CoreComponentControl Line WallPreferences ArcCreationControls
Description
Wallsaredrawnalongtheirleftsides Wallsaredrawnfromthecenter Wallsaredrawnalongtheirrightsides Wallsaredrawnfromanoffsetpointspecifiedinwallpreferences;mosteffective whendrawingwallscontainingcomponents Setsthecontrollinerelativetothewall Setsthecontrollinerelativetothewallcomponentthathasbeendesignatedasthe corecomponentinthewallpreferences Setsthephysicalparametersofthewall;seeDrawingStraightWallsonpage 446 Selectthearccreationmethodtousewhendrawingroundwalls;formoreinformation onarccreationmodes,seeCreatingArcsonpage 229
Creating Walls |
2D wall segment
447
3D walls
Createwallsbydrawingthemwiththemouse,orbyusingamouseDatabarcombination(seeUsingtheDataBar onpage 209).Thefollowingdirectionsassumethatthewallsaredrawnwiththemouse. Tocreatestraightwalls: 1. SelecttheWalltoolfromtheWallstoolset. 2. ClickthedesiredOffsetmodebutton(seeCreatingWallsonpage 445). 3. ClicktheWallPreferencesmodebutton. TheWallPreferencesdialogboxopens.Thisdialogboxcanbeaccessedanytimeafterwardtomodifywall settings.Wallscanalsobedrawnfirst,andthentheparameterscanbesetlaterfromtheObjectInfopalette. AdditionalwallcapabilitiesareavailableintheVectorworksArchitectproduct,andarecrossreferencedtothe appropriatesectionintheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuidewhereapplicable.
448
Parameter
WallStyle(Vectorworks Architect/Landmark required) SavePreferencesas WallStyle(Vectorworks Architect/Landmark required) Preview
Description
IntheVectorworksFundamentalsproduct,allwallsareunstyled. Forinformationonwallstyles,seeCreatingWallsinVectorworksArchitectand Landmarkonpage 109intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide. SeeCreatingWallsinVectorworksArchitectandLandmarkonpage 109inthe VectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide
OverallThickness
EditWallAttributes
OpenstheWallAttributesdialogbox,tospecifythewallfillandpensettings
449
Description
Liststhecomponentsthatformthestructureofthewall,inorderfromlefttorightas displayedinthepreview.Tochangetheorderofacomponent,clickanddragwithinthe #column. Oneofthewallcomponentscanoptionallybedesignatedasacorecomponentby clickingintheCorecolumn.Acheckmarkindicatesthatthecomponentisthecore component.WhentheAutojoinwallsVectorworkspreferenceisenabled,components alsoautomaticallyjoinbasedonthecorecomponentspecifiedforeachwall.See AutomaticallyJoiningWallsonpage 454. Theremainingcolumnsinthecomponentlistdisplaythecomponentthicknessandclass setting Clicktodefinethecomponentsofthewall;seeCreatingWallComponentsonpage 455 forinformationoncreatingcomponents OpenstheComponentAttributesdialogboxtoedittheselectedcomponentsthickness andattributes(alternatively,doubleclickonacomponenttoopentheComponent Attributesdialogbox) Deletestheselectedwallcomponent;thewallthicknessisadjustedaccordingly
Core
Delete
450
Parameter
Fill UseClass Attributes Style
Pen UseClass Attributes Style Line Opacity UseClassOpacity Opacity WallCaps UseWallLine Attributes UseComponent LineAttributes Usestheattributesofthewalllineforthewallcaps Usestheattributesofthecomponents(leftline)forthewallcaps SetswallopacitybyclassratherthanbytheparametersintheWallAttributesdialogbox Specifiesthetransparencyofthewall;dragtheslidertothelefttoincreasethe transparency,orenterapercentagedirectlyintheboxtotherightoftheslider SetspenattributesbyclassratherthanbytheparametersintheWallAttributesdialogbox Specifythewallpenattributes,orselectNonefornopen;seePenAttributesonpage 532 Whenapenstylehasbeenselected,specifythelinethicknessandstyle;seeLineStyle Attributesonpage 533
Creating Walls |
451
Parameter
Height Height
Description
Directlysetsthedesiredheightofthewall.Whenthewallheightisdetermined manuallybythismethod,theTopBoundpropertyofthewallisautomaticallysetto LayerElevation,andtheTopOffsetvalueismodifiedaccordingly. Whenthetopofthewallisboundbythelayerwallheightvalue,thewallheight updatesautomatically.
TopBound
452
Parameter
Caps Class ControlOffset Textures(Renderworks required) UseComponent Textures
Usesthetexturesdefinedforthewallcomponentstotexturethewall ThisoptioncanalsobeselectedforanexistingwallfromtheRendertabofthe ObjectInfopalette Usesthetexturesdefinedbelowforthewallparts AppliesthetextureselectedinTexturetotheselectedpartsofthewall(seeApplyinga TexturetoanObjectonpage 639forinformationonapplyingtexturestoanobjectwith parts) IfapartwasassignedatexturebutitshouldinherititstexturefromOverallinstead, selectthepartandclickReverttoOverall.Thepartmovesbackbelowthedivider,and (fromOverall)displaysasitstexturename. AppliestheselectedtexturetotheselectedPart. TexturescanalsobesetfromtheRendertaboftheObjectInfopalette.Texturesapplied fromtheObjectInfopaletteoverridethetexturessethere.ApplyingaTexturetoan Objectonpage 639
UseObjectTextures Part
ReverttoOverall
Texture
NoTexture ClassTexture
ChooseTexture
TheVectorworksArchitect/LandmarkproductisrequiredtodisplaytheDatatab.SeeCreatingWallsin VectorworksArchitectandLandmarkonpage 109intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide. 7. ClickOKwhenthewallpreferenceshavebeenset. 8. Clickatthestartingpointofthefirstwallsection. 9. Clicktoendthefirstwallsection. Tocontinuecreatingwalls,clickattheendofeachadditionalwallsection. 10. Doubleclicktofinishthewallifthestartpointandendpointarenotatthesamelocation;otherwise,clickatthe startinglocation(aSmartCursorcuedisplays)tofinishthewall.
Creating Walls |
453
2nd
4th
1st click
3rd
5th
3D view
2D view
454
Wall Direction
Thestartingpointandthedirectioninwhichthewallisdrawndetermineawallssides.Thinkofwalkingalongthe topofthewallthewallsideonyourleftcouldbetheexteriorofabuildingortheinterior,dependingonwhich directionyoutravel.Theleftsideandrightsidedesignationsareusedwhentexturesareappliedtothewalls.
In Top/Plan view, arrows indicate the current wall direction
Right (interior)
Left (exterior)
Left (interior)
Right (exterior)
For walls drawn in a clockwise direction, the left side is the exterior
For walls drawn in a counterclockwise direction, the right side is the exterior
Toreversethewalldirection,clickReverseSidesfromtheObjectInfopalette.
Creating Walls |
455
Original walls
When drawing walls with auto join on, connected walls are highlighted to show which walls will join
Theoverallthicknessofawallisequaltothesumofitscomponents.Componentfillandlinestyleareonlydisplayed inTop/Planview(exceptforsectionviewportsintheVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts). UsetheEyedroppertooltocopywallcomponentsettingsfromonewalltoanother(seeTransferringAttributeson page 526). AdditionalwallcapabilitiesareavailableintheVectorworksArchitect/Landmarkproduct. WallcomponentscanbedefinedpriortodrawingthewallinWallPreferencesmode,orafterdrawingthewall,from theObjectInfopalette. WallcomponentscanalsobeeditedfromWallPreferencesmode.Editingacomponentfromwallpreferences doesnotaffectexistingwalls.
456
Parameter
Definition Name Class
Description
Provideanameforthecomponent,whichdisplaysintheComponentslistintheWall Preferencesdialogbox Displaysthecomponentclass;thissettingcanbechangedintheVectorworksArchitect/ Landmarkproduct(seeCreatingWallsinVectorworksArchitectandLandmarkon page 109intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide).TheVectorworks FundamentalsproductcandisplayclassessetinaDesignSeriesproduct.<ObjectClass> indicatesthatthecomponentassumesthesameclasssettingasthatofthewall. Specifiesthecomponentsthickness;thethicknessofawallisthesumofits components.Acomponentmusthaveathicknessgreaterthan0. Setstheoffsetdistanceforthecomponentfromthetopofthewall
Thickness OffsetfromWallTop
457
Description
Setstheoffsetdistanceforthecomponentfromthebottomofthewall Thecomponentfollowsthewallpeaksatthetopofthewall Thecomponentfollowsthewallpeaksatthebottomofthewall
SetscomponentfillattributesbyclassratherthanbytheparametersintheComponent Attributesdialogbox.Ifthecomponentclassischangedlater,thecomponentchangesto usetheattributesofthenewclass. Specifythewallfillattributes,orselectNonefornofill.Selectedfills,ifnotalready presentinthefile,areimportedandaddedtotheResourceBrowser(defaultcontentis automaticallyimportedintothecurrentfileatthepointofuseanddisplaysinthe ResourceBrowser).SeeDefaultContentinVectorworksFundamentalsand Renderworksonpage 157andFillAttributesonpage 530. UseatilefillwithFittoWallselected,torepresentinsulationfill.SeeDefining Tilesonpage 548.
Style
LeftPen/RightPen
Texture(Renderworks required) NoTexture ClassTexture Doesnotapplyatexturetothecomponent Setsthecomponenttousethetexturespecifiedbythecomponentsclass.Theclass textureissetfromtheOthertabintheEditClassesdialogbox;seeSettingClass Propertiesonpage 108. Selectatextureforthecomponentfromthedefaultcontentorthecurrentfilescontent (seeDefaultContentinVectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworksonpage 157).
ChooseTexture
458
4. ClickOK.
Creating Walls |
459
Parameter
Preview
Description
Displaysapreviewofthewallstructure,includingthedefinedcomponents;thepreviewwall isdrawnfromlefttoright,sothetopofthepreview,bydefault,indicatestheleftpartofthe wallasitwillbedrawn.Thearrowshowsthewalldirection. Thethicknessofawallwithcomponentsisdefinedbythesumofthecomponentthicknesses Liststhecomponentsthatformthestructureofthewall,inorderfromlefttorightas displayedinthepreview.Tochangetheorderofacomponent,clickanddragwithinthe# column. Oneofthewallcomponentscanoptionallybedesignatedasacorecomponentbyclickingin theCorecolumn.Acheckmarkindicatesthatthecomponentisthecorecomponent.Whenthe AutojoinwallsVectorworkspreferenceisenabled,componentsalsoautomaticallyjoinbased onthecorecomponentspecifiedforeachwall.SeeAutomaticallyJoiningWallsonpage 454. Clicktodefinethecomponentsofthewallasdescribedpreviouslyinthissection OpenstheComponentAttributesdialogboxtoedittheselectedcomponentsthicknessand attributes(youcanalsodoubleclickonacomponenttoopentheComponentAttributes dialogbox) Deletestheselectedwallcomponent;thewallthicknessisadjustedaccordingly
OverallThickness Components
Core
New Edit
Delete
460
2. SelectModify>CreateWallsfromPolygon. TheCreateWallsfromPolydialogboxopens.Selectthedesiredwallparameters.
Parameter
Wallpositionrelativeto edgeofpoly Useexistingwallstyle Useexistingwallthickness Useexistingwallheight Assigntoclass DeleteSourcePoly 3. ClickOK.
Description
Specifieswhetherthewallpositionshouldbecenteredonthepolygon,insidethe polygon,oroutsidethepolygon Specifieswhethertocreatethewallsusingtheexistingwallstyle Specifieswhethertocreatethewallsusingtheexistingwallthicknessorspecifya newThicknessvalue Specifieswhethertocreatethewallsusingtheexistingwallheightorspecifyanew Heightvalue Selecttheclassintowhichthewallsshouldbeplaced Deletesthesourcepolygonafterthewallsarecreated
Thewall(s)arecreatedbasedontheoriginalpolygonandthespecifiedparameters.
Creating Walls |
461
Creating Pillars
ThePillarcommandconvertsanyclosed2Dshaperectangle,circle,oval,orpolygonintoapillar.Inaddition,useit onopen2Dshapes,suchaslinesandpolylines,tocreateaflat,screenlikeobject.Theseobjectsincludesuchthingsas moviescreens,roomdividers,andmovingwalls.Oncecreated,apillarcanbejoinedtoawall.
3D view
2D view
IntheVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts,thePillarcommandislocatedunderadifferentmenu.
Product
VectorworksArchitect VectorworksLandmark VectorworksSpotlight Tocreateapillar: 1. Clickontheobjecttoconvert. 2. SelectModel>AEC>Pillar. ThePillarPreferencesdialogboxopens.
Command
AEC>Pillar Landmark>Architectural>Pillar Spotlight>Architectural>Pillar
462
3D view
2D view
463
Command
AEC>CreatePolysfromWalls Landmark>Architectural>CreatePolysfromWalls Spotlight>Architectural>CreatePolysfromWalls
2. SelectModify>CreatePolysfromWalls. TheCreatePolysfromWallsdialogboxopens.
Parameter
GrossAreaPolys NetArea(Room)Polys 3. ClickOK.
Description
Createsapolygonorpolylinefromtheexteriorperimeteroftheselectedwalls Createsapolygonorpolylinefromtheinteriorperimeteroftheselectedwalls
Thepolygonorpolylineiscreated,leavingtheoriginalwallsunchanged.
464
Editing Walls
WallparameterscanbeeditedfromtheObjectInfopalette.Verticescanbeadded,deleted,ormoved,andwallscanbe reshaped.Inaddition,wallbreakscanberemoved,wallscanbejoinedinavarietyofconformations,andsymbolscan beaddedtothewalls.
Wall Properties
ThepropertiesofselectedstraightorroundwallsandtheircomponentscanbeeditedintheObjectInfopalette. ChangethewallattributesfromtheAttributespalette.
Parameter
Shapetab Style
Description
IntheVectorworksFundamentalsproduct,allwallsareunstyled.TheVectorworks ArchitectorLandmarkproductisrequiredtoselectotherwallstyles;seeCreatingWalls inVectorworksArchitectandLandmarkonpage 109intheVectorworksDesignSeries UsersGuide.
VisThick
Height
465
Description
Directlysetsthedesiredheightofthewall.Whenthewallheightisdeterminedmanually bythismethod,theTopBoundpropertyofthewallisautomaticallysettoLayer Elevation,andtheTopOffsetvalueismodifiedaccordingly. Whenthetopofthewallisboundbythelayerwallheightvalue,thewallheightdisplays automatically.
TopBound
TopOffset BottomBound BottomOffset Caps Attr Components ReverseSides Rendertab (Renderworks required) Mode
SetstheoffsetofthetopofthewallfromitsspecifiedTopBoundheight. Setstheverticalreferencethatdeterminesthebottomofthewall;LayerElevationisthe onlyoptionavailableunlesstheVectorworksArchitectproductisinstalled Forthebottomofthewall,setstheoffsetfromthelayerelevation Selectwhetherawallsegmentiscappedatthestartpoint,theendpoint,bothends,orhas nocapsatall Whenthewalliscapped,specifieswhetherthewallcapattributescomesfromthewall lineattributesorthecomponentlineattributes Editsthewallcomponentsofunstyledwalls(seeCreatingWallComponentson page 455) Reversesthedirectionofthewallsections(seeWallDirectiononpage 454)
Reshaping Walls
UsetheReshapetoolinaviewotherthanTop/Plantoeditthewallheight,changetheelevationofwallpeaks,add verticestocreatepeaksinawall,anddeleteverticesthathavebeenadded.UsetheSelectiontooltochangethewall length.Symbolsremainwhereplacedwhenawallisreshaped. InTop/Planview,orwhenmultiplewallsareselected,orwhenawallandotherobjectsareselected,orwhena marqueehasbeendrawn,theReshapetooldisplays2DReshapemodes;theverticesateitherendofthewallcanbe moved,changingthewalllengthand/orlocation.See2DReshapeModesonpage 303. Inany3Dview,threemodesareavailablefortheReshapetoolwhenasinglewallisselected.
466
Reshape 3D Walls
Mode
Reshape3DWalls Add3DWallPeaks Delete3DWallPeaks
Description
Adjuststhepositionofaselectedwallvertex Addsavertextoawallforreshapingpurposes Deletesawallvertex
With the Selection tool, drag the handle at the base of the wall to lengthen or shorten the wall
Editing Walls |
467
With the 3D Reshape cursor, drag a handle in the middle to change the wall height
IntheObjectInfopalette,theheightchangedisplaysasatoporbottomoffsetvalue.
468
With the 3D Reshape cursor, drag a handle on the end of the top or bottom of the wall to reshape the wall
Changingtheheightofawallpeakdoesnotchangetheheightofthewall.
With the Add Peak cursor, click-click an end point to add a peak (Front view depicted)
The top of the wall is now flush with the bottom of the roof
Toreshapeacurvedwalltomatchaplanarsurface,usetheSubtractSolidsorIntersectSolidscommandwithan objectthatmatchestheplaneoftheroof.
Editing Walls |
469
Fliptheroundwallarcbydraggingtoward,andthrough,thearccenter.
470
Joining Walls
TheWallJointooljoinsstraightorcurvedwallsegments,notalreadyconnectedusingtheAutojoinwallspreference. (SeeAutomaticallyJoiningWallsonpage 454forinformationonAutojoinwalls.)Therearethreemodesforjoining wallsandtwoendcapmodes.
L Join Uncapped Join
T Join
X Join
Capped Join
Mode
TJoin LJoin XJoin UncappedJoin CappedJoin
Description
Extendsorshortensonewallsegmentuntilitintersectswithasecondwallsegment;creates YjoinsbyjoiningthefirstselectedwalltotwosectionsofanexistingLjoin Joinstheclosestendsoftwowallstocreateacorner Joinstwowallsegmentsatthepointwheretheyintersect Appliesanuncappedjointowalljoinoperations Appliesacappedjointowalljoinoperations
Totemporarilyactivatethistool,rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onawall,andselectJoinfrom thecontextmenu.
T Wall Joins
TheTJoinmodeextendsorshortensthefirstwallsegmentuntilitintersectswithasecondwallsegment.Asonlythe firstwallisextended,thismodewillnotcreatecornertypejoins.(Forthose,usetheLwalljoinmode.SeeLWall
Editing Walls |
Joinsonpage 472formoreinformation.) TojoinwallswiththeTJoinmode: 1. ClicktheWallJointoolfromtheWallstoolset
471
TocreateaTjointoanexistingcorner,jointhewallsegmenttotheperpendicularcornersegment.Thiscreatesa cleanjoinbetweenthewalls.
A B C
A B C
In both cases, wall A and B are already corner joined; wall C is joined to wall A
Y Wall Joins
YwalljoinsarenotautomaticallycreatedwhenusingtheAutojoinwallspreference.(SeeSettingVectorworks Preferencesonpage 17forinformationonAutojoinwalls.)Instead,theTJoinmodeisusedtocreateYwalljoins. TocreateaYwalljoinbetweenthreewallsegments: 1. ClicktheWallJointoolfromtheWallstoolset. Alternatively,rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onthewallandselectJoinfromthecontextmenu. 2. ClickTJoinfromtheToolbar. 3. Selectthewallsegmenttojoin. 4. Selectoneofthetwowallsegmentstojoin. Thewallsegmentsarejoined.
472
L Wall Joins
TheLJoinmodejoinstheclosestendsoftwowallstocreateacorner,orjoinstwowallsendtoend.Bothwalllengths areextendedorshortened,asnecessary,untiltheymeetcleanly. TojoinwallswiththeLJoinmode: 1. ClicktheWallJointoolfromtheWallstoolset. Alternatively,rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onthewallandselectJoinfromthecontextmenu. 2. ClickLJoinfromtheToolbar. 3. Selectthefirstwallsegmenttojoin. 4. Selectthesecondwallsegmenttojoin. Thewalllengthsareresized,asnecessary.
X Wall Joins
TheXJoinmodejoinstwowallsegmentsatthepointwheretheyintersect. TojoinwallswiththeXJoinmode: 1. ClicktheWallJointoolfromtheWallstoolset. Alternatively,rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onthewallandselectJoinfromthecontextmenu. 2. ClickXJoinfromtheToolbar. 3. Selectthefirstwallsegmenttojoin.
473
Thetwowallsegmentsmustalreadyintersectinordertousethismode,asneithersegmentslengthisaltered.
Product
VectorworksArchitect VectorworksLandmark VectorworksSpotlight
Command
AEC>RoofFace Landmark>Architectural>RoofFace Spotlight>Architectural>RoofFace
474
Parameter
RoofSlope Angle RiseoverRun
Description
Indicatestheroofslopecreationmethodandcriteria Createsaroofslopebasedonanangle;specifytheAngle Createsaroofslopebasedonriseoverrunvalues;specifytheRiseandRun.Theriseis thedistancealongtheYaxistheroofrisesabovetheZheight,andrunisthedistance alongtheXaxisfortherooftoreachthatheight. Createsaroofslopebasedonamouseclickposition(thisoptiononlyavailableinTop/ Planview).EntertheHeightforthesecondmouseclick. Indicatesthemitertypefortheroofedge Createstheroofedgeperpendiculartotheactivelayerplane Createstheroofedgeparalleltotheactivelayerplane Createstheroofedgewithahorizontalandverticalmiter;specifytheHorizontaland Verticallengths Createstheloweredgeoftherooffaceperpendiculartotheroofsurface,regardlessof theroofangle Specifiescutoutmiteroptions Cutoutedgesareperpendiculartotheactivelayerplane Cutoutedgesareperpendiculartotheroofsurface Setstheroofheight Forangledroofslopes,indicatestheroofslopeangle
2ndClickHeight EdgeMiter Vertical Horizontal Double Square HoleMiter Vertical Square AxisZ Angle
475
Description
Forriseoverrunroofslopes,specifiestheriseandrunvalues Indicatestheheightofthesecondmouseclickwhentheroofslopeisspecifiedwiththat option Specifiestheroofthickness Fordoublemiters,specifiesthehorizontalandverticalmiterlengths
2D view
3D view
476
Toconnecttworooffaces: 1. ClicktheConnect/CombinetoolfromtheBasicpalette,andselecteitherSingleObjectConnectorDualObject ConnectfromtheToolbar. 2. Iftherooffaceshavedifferentthicknesses,settheUseVerticalThicknessofSubjectRoofFaceoptiononthe Toolbarasappropriate. Toautomaticallyadjusttherooffacethicknessofthesecondclickedrooffacetomatchtheverticalthickness ofthefirstclickedroofface,selectUseVerticalThicknessofSubjectRoofFace. Toconnecttherooffaceswithoutadjustingthethickness,deselecttheoption. 3. Clickthefirst,andthenthesecond,rooffacetoconnect. Theresultoftheoperationdependsonthemodeselected,thepositionsoftherooffaces,andtheportionofthe rooffacesclickedupon.
Single Object Connect mode 2nd click
2nd click
For non-intersecting faces, the first clicked face is extended to meet the second clicked face
For intersecting faces, the first clicked face is trimmed to keep the clicked portion
477
For intersecting faces, both faces are trimmed and the clicked parts of the faces are kept
With Use Vertical Thickness of Subject Roof Face enabled, the thickness of the boundary face (clicked second) changes to match the vertical thickness of the subject face (clicked first) 2nd click 1st click
2D view
3D view
478
3D view
2D view
IntheVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts,theCreateRoofcommandislocatedunderadifferentmenu.
479
Command
AEC>CreateRoof Landmark>Architectural>CreateRoof Spotlight>Architectural>CreateRoof
Parameter
EaveProfile
Description
Selecttheroofedgeappearance Square:angledfascia,soffitedges Vertical:verticalfascia,angledsoffitedges Horizontal:nofascia,horizontalsoffitedges Double:verticalfascia,horizontalsoffitedges
480
Parameter
(5)RoofPitch (6)BearingHeight
Class
RetainOriginalObjects 3. ClickOK.
Ahiproofiscreatedovertheselectedobject(s)usingthecriteriasetintheCreateRoofdialogbox.
Parameter
BearingInset Thickness AppliesTo GableThickness
Description
Specifieshowfarthebearingwallcutsintotheroof Specifiestheroofthickness(normally,thisistheperpendicularthickness;whenaroof hasdifferentslopes,theverticalthicknesscanbespecified) Whenaroofhasdifferentslopes,theverticalthicknesscanbespecifiedtoavoid incorrectroofintersections.SelectVerticalThicknessandentertheThicknessvalue Whengablewallsexist,specifiesthegablewallthickness
481
Description
Specifytheeavetype ForDoubleMitertypes,entertheverticallengthoftheeave Selecttocreatewallsectionsatgableends
Parameter
RoofEdgeShape
Description
Selectthebasicshapeofthisroofedge:Eave,Gable,orDutchHip.Thedefaultisahip roof,withanEaveedgeonallsides. Whenthissettingischanged,theavailableparametersandroofdiagramreflectthe selectedroofedgeshape.
482
Parameter
Pitch (EaveandDutchHiponly) BearingHeight
4. ClickOKtochangetheroofedgesettings.
483
484
3D Reshape
Z-Constrain
Remove Vertex
Mode
3DReshape AddVertex RemoveVertex WorkingPlane Constrain
Description
Adjuststhepositionofaselectedroofvertex,constrainedhorizontallyorverticallyin combinationwiththeZConstrainandWorkingPlaneConstrainmodes Addsapeak(vertex)toaroof Deletesaroofpeak(vertex) In3DReshapemode,reshapestheroofobjecthorizontally,constrainedalongtheXand/orY axes
485
Description
In3DReshapemode,reshapestheroofobjectalongtheZaxistochangetheheightofaroof ridgeoreave
Rendered View
5. Clickwhenthehandleisatthedesiredlocation.
486
487
488
Dormer styles
Parameter
Centervertically
Dormer Style
All
Description
Placesthecenterofthewindowsymbolinthecenteroftheavailable verticalspaceinthefrontfaceofthedormer;thenormalinsertion pointisnotused Locatesthetopofthewindowsymbolasetdistancefromthetopof thedormerface;thenormalinsertionpointisnotused Indicatestheverticaldistancefromthetopofthepointofengagement withtheroof,orwheretheroofandthedormermeet,tothebearing point,whichisusuallyalongthetopofthebearingwall Specifiesthedistancefromthebuildingoutlinetotheplancenterof thewindowsymbol Setsthedistancefromthecorneroftherooftothecenterofthe dormer;theroofcornerthatthemeasurementistakenfromisalways totheleftofthedormerwhenfacingit
Offsetfromtop Heightoffset
All All
Buildinglineoffset Offsetfromcorner
All All
489
Dormer Style
Trapezium,Bat Trapezium,Gable, Hip Trapezium,Gable, Hip Trapezium,Gable, Bat Trapezium,Shed, Bat Gable,Shed,Hip Hip All Bat Bat
Description
Determinesthewidthofthetoproofandsetsthefrontfacestrapezoid shape;thefrontfaceisalwayssymmetricalwhenusingthisoption Determinestheangleoftherightedgeofthefrontface;thefrontface canbeasymmetricalwhenusingthisoption Specifiestheangleoftheleftedgeofthefrontface.Alongwiththe RightSlope,thisdimensiondeterminesthetopwidthofthefront face.RightSlopemustbeselectedforthisoptiontobeavailable. Setsthewidthofthebottomedgeofthefrontface;worksin conjunctionwitheithertheTopWidthortheLeftandRightSlope entriesandisrequired Indicatestheangleofthepitchofthetopdormerroofasmeasured fromahorizontalline Horizontaldistanceofthefrontfaceofthedormer Indicatestheangleofthepitchofthefrontfaceofthedormerroofas measuredfromaverticalline Specifiestheelevationheightofthefrontfaceofthedormer; determinestheplandepthofthedormer Indicatesthewidthofthetopoftheroofasmeasuredalongthefront faceofthedormer Distancefromthebottomofthedormertothebeginningofthe compoundcurvesoftheroofasmeasuredalongthefrontfaceofthe dormer Setstheplandistancefromthepointofengagementwiththeroofto thefrontfaceofthedormer;determinestheelevationheightofthe frontfaceofthedormer Amountofroofextensionpastthedormersfrontroofface Pointwherethetwocurvesoftheroofmeet.Thisoptioncontrolsthe locationofthatpointfromthesideedgeofthedormerasmeasured alongtheroof.Thelocationofthispointdeterminesthedepthofthe curvesthatmakeuptheroofline.
Bottomwidth
Depth
All
Overhang ControlPoint
Gable,Shed,Hip Bat
490
Creating Skylights
Top view
Left view
Front view
Theinsertionpointofthesymboldetermineswhetheraskylightwillbeflushorsurfacemounted.
491
Inserting a Skylight
Toinsertaskylight: 1. SelectWindow>Palettes>ResourceBrowser. 2. Selecta3Dsymboltouseintheskylight.Hybridand2Dwindowsymbolswillnotworkforskylights,though hybridsymbolscanbeusedtocreateacutout. 3. SelectMakeActivefromtheResourcesmenu,ordoubleclickonthesymbol.TheSymbolInsertiontoolis automaticallyactivatedfromthe3DModelingtoolset. 4. SwitchtoTop/Planview. 5. Clicktoplacethesymbolinthedesiredlocationintheroof. Theroofmustbearoofobject,andnotaroofface. TheEditRoofElementdialogboxopens. 6. ClickEditSkylight. Theskylightparametersaredisplayed.
492
Parameter
Offsetfromcorner Offsetfrombuildingline Donotinsertsymbol Removeobject Editdormer
7. ClickOKtocreatetheskylight(orcutout).
Editing Skylights
Skylightsandcutoutsareeditedanddeletedinthesamemannerasdormers. Toeditaskylight: 1. Selecttheskylight. Aselectionhandledisplaysattheskylightlocation.
Skylight Miter
Vertical
Description
Cutstheroofverticallyatboththetopandbottomoftheskylight
493
Description
Cutstheroofhorizontallyatthetopoftheskylight,andverticallyatthebottom
SquareCut
Cutstheroofperpendiculartotheroofatboththetopandbottomoftheskylight
494
12
Eightcommonlyusedstructuralsteelshapesareavailableas2Dobjects.3Dequivalentsoftheseobjectsarealso availableintheVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts.Sincethe2Dand3Dparametersarenearlyidentical,all parametersaredocumentedwiththe2Dobjectsforconvenience.Twoadditional2D/3Dstructuralshapesarealso availableintheVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts:bulbflatandZsection,aswellasfouradditionalseries(ANZ, BSI,DIN,andJIS);forinformation,seeCreatingStructuralShapesinVectorworksDesignSeriesonpage 131inthe VectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide. TheUpdatePluginObjectscommandmayneedtoberunonfilescontainingstructuralshapesthatwere createdinanearlierversionofVectorworkssoftware.Thiscommandconvertsthestructuralshapestothelatest format;seeMigratingfromPreviousVersionsonpage 45.
Angle
Thickness Toe R. (Side A)
Length of Side A
Fillet Radius
Toe R. (Side B)
Insertion Point
Length of Side B
Parameter
Series Size PlaceLocusatCentroid Length(Vectorworks DesignSeriesrequired)
Description
Selectthedesiredseriestodisplaytheappropriatenominalsizes Selecttheanglesize Selectwhethertodrawalocusatthecentroidofthe2Dangle Enterthelengthofthe3Dangle
496
Parameter
CustomSize LengthofSideA/B Thickness ToeR.(SideA/B) FilletRadius SectionProperties
Displaystheleastradiusofgyrationabouttheprincipal(ZZ)axis Displaysthetangentoftheangleoftheprincipalaxisfromthevertical
497
Channel
Insertion Point Flange Width Flange Angle Toe Radius Fillet Radius Web Thickness Free Height
Depth
Parameter
Series Size DrawFreeHeightLines PlaceLocusatCentroid Length(Vectorworks DesignSeriesrequired) CustomSize Depth FlangeWidth FlangeThickness FlangeAngle(Deg.)
Description
Selectthedesiredseriestodisplaytheappropriatenominalsizes Selectthechannelsize Selectwhethertodrawthe2Dchannelwithfreeheightlines Selectwhethertodrawalocusatthecentroidofthe2Dchannel Enterthelengthofthe3Dchannel Selectthisoptiontoenablefieldsforspecifyingacustomchannelsize Displaysthedepthbetweenendpoints,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofa customvalue Displaystheflangewidth,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustomvalue Displaystheflangethickness,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustom value Displaystheflangeangledegrees,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofa customvalue
498
Parameter
WebThickness ToeRadius FilletRadius SectionProperties
I-beam
Flange Width Insertion Point
Toe Radius
Depth
Free Height
Flange Angle
TocreateanIbeamobject: 1. ClicktheIBeamtoolfromtheDetailingtoolset.
499
Parameter
Series Size Length(Vectorworks DesignSeriesrequired) DrawCenterLine DrawFreeHeight Lines PlaceLocusatCentroid CustomSize Depth FlangeWidth WebThickness FlangeThickness FlangeAngle(Deg.) FilletRadius ToeRadius SectionProperties
Description
Selectthedesiredseriestodisplaytheappropriatenominalsizes SelecttheIbeamsize Enterthelengthofthe3DIbeam Selectwhethertodrawthe2DIbeamwithcenterlines Selectwhethertodrawthe2DIbeamwithfreeheightlines Selectwhethertodrawalocusatthecentroidofthe2DIbeam SelectthisoptiontoenablefieldsforspecifyingacustomIbeamsize Displaysthedepthbetweenendpoints,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofa customvalue Displaystheflangewidth,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustomvalue Displaysthewebthicknessoftheflange,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofa customvalue Displaystheflangethickness,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustom value Displaystheflangeangleindegrees,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofa customvalue Displaysthefilletradiusvalue,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustom value Displaysthetoeradiusvalue,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustom value Sectionpropertiesareautomaticallycalculatedanddisplayedbasedoninchunitsfor imperialshapesandmillimeterunitsformetricshapes(regardlessoftheunitsselected andShowUnitMarksettingintheUnitsdialogbox) DisplaystheIbeamarea
500
Rectangular Tubing
Wall Thickness Height
Parameter
Series Size Length(Vectorworks DesignSeriesrequired) DrawCenterLines PlaceLocusatCentroid CustomSize Width Height WallThickness InsideFilletRadius SectionProperties
Description
Selectthedesiredseriestodisplaytheappropriatenominalsizes Selecttherectangulartubingsize Enterthelengthofthe3Drectangulartubing Selectwhethertodrawthe2Drectangulartubingwithcenterlines Selectwhethertodrawalocusatthecentroidofthe2Drectangulartubing Selectthisoptiontoenablefieldsforspecifyingacustomrectangulartubingsize Displaysthewidthofthetubing,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustom value Displaystheheightofthetubing,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustom value Displaysthewallthicknessofthetubing,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofa customvalue Displaystheinsidefilletradiusvalue,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofa customvalue Sectionpropertiesareautomaticallycalculatedanddisplayedbasedoninchunitsfor imperialshapesandmillimeterunitsformetricshapes(regardlessoftheunitsselected andShowUnitMarksettingintheUnitsdialogbox) Displaystherectangulartubingarea
Area
501
Description
Round Tubing
Outside Diameter Wall Thickness
Insertion Point
Parameter
Series Size Length(Vectorworks DesignSeriesrequired) DrawCenterLines PlaceLocusatCentroid CustomSize OutsideDiameter
Description
Selectthedesiredseriestodisplaytheappropriatenominalsizes Selecttheroundtubingsize Enterthelengthofthe3Droundtubing Selectwhethertodrawthe2Droundtubingwithcenterlines Selectwhethertodrawalocusatthecentroidofthe2Droundtubing Selectthisoptiontoenablefieldsforspecifyingacustomroundtubingsize Displaystheoutsidediameterofthetubing,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryof acustomvalue
502
Parameter
WallThickness SectionProperties
Square Tubing
Width Wall Thickness Insertion Point Width Inside Fillet R.
Parameter
Series Size Length(Vectorworks DesignSeriesrequired) PlaceLocusatCentroid DrawCenterLines
Description
Selectthedesiredseriestodisplaytheappropriatenominalsizes Selectthesquaretubingsize Enterthelengthofthe3Dsquaretubing Selectwhethertodrawalocusatthecentroidofthe2Dsquaretubing Selectwhethertodrawthe2Dsquaretubingwithcenterlines
503
Description
Selectthisoptiontoenablefieldsforspecifyingacustomsquaretubingsize Displaysthewidthofthetubing,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustom value Displaysthewallthicknessofthetubing,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofa customvalue Displaystheinsidefilletradiusvalueofthetubing,orifCustomSizeisselected,allows entryofacustomvalue Sectionpropertiesareautomaticallycalculatedanddisplayedbasedoninchunitsfor imperialshapesandmillimeterunitsformetricshapes(regardlessoftheunitsselected andShowUnitMarksettingintheUnitsdialogbox) Displaysthesquaretubingarea
Tee
Flange Width Insertion Point Flange Width/4 Flange Thickness Flange Scope
Depth/2
Flange Radius
Depth
Toe Radius
Web Slope
504
Parameter
Series Size Length(Vectorworks DesignSeriesrequired) DrawCenterLine PlaceLocusatCentroid CustomSize Depth FlangeWidth WebThickness FlangeThickness WebSlope(Deg.) FlangeSlope(deg.) ToeRadius FlangeRadius FilletRadius SectionProperties
Description
Selectthedesiredseriestodisplaytheappropriatenominalsizes Selecttheteesize Enterthelengthofthe3Dtee Selectwhethertodrawthe2Dteewithcenterlines Selectwhethertodrawalocusatthecentroidofthe2Dtee Selectthisoptiontoenablefieldsforspecifyingacustomteesize Displaysthedepthbetweenendpoints,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofa customvalue Displaystheflangewidth,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustomvalue Displaysthewebthickness,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustomvalue Displaystheflangethickness,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustom value Displaysthewebslopeindegrees,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustom value Displaystheflangeslopeindegrees,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofa customvalue Displaysthetoeradiusvalue,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustom value Displaystheflangeradiusvalue,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustom value Displaysthefilletradiusvalue,orifCustomSizeisselected,allowsentryofacustom value Sectionpropertiesareautomaticallycalculatedanddisplayedbasedoninchunitsfor imperialshapesandmillimeterunitsformetricshapes(regardlessoftheunitsselected andShowUnitMarksettingintheUnitsdialogbox) Displaystheteearea
Displaysthemomentofinertiaaboutboththehorizontal(XX)andvertical(YY) centroidalaxes
505
Description
Displaysthesectionmodulusaboutboththehorizontal(XX)andvertical(YY) centroidalaxes Displaystheradiusofgyrationaboutboththehorizontal(XX)andvertical(YY) centroidalaxes
Wide Flange
Flange Width (Top) Insertion Point Flange Thickness Fillet Radius
Depth
Free Height
Web Thickness
Parameter
Series Size Length(Vectorworks DesignSeriesrequired) DrawCenterLine DrawFreeHeightLines PlaceLocusatCentroid CustomSize
Description
Selectthedesiredseriestodisplaytheappropriatenominalsizes Selectthewideflangesize Enterthelengthofthe3Dwideflange Selectwhethertodrawthe2Dwideflangewithcenterlines Selectwhethertodrawthe2Dwideflangewithfreeheightlines Selectwhethertodrawalocusatthecentroidofthe2Dwideflange Selectthisoptiontoenablefieldsforspecifyingacustomwideflangesize
506
Parameter
Depth FlangeWidth(Top)/ (Bottom) WebThickness FlangeThickness FilletRadius SectionProperties
Shaft Break
ToinsertaShaftBreakobject: 1. ClicktheShaftBreakobjectfromtheDetailingtoolset. 2. Clicktodefinethestartpoint,clickagaintodefinetheendpointandrotation,anddragthecursorandclicktoset thewidth.
Shaft Diameter
Wall Thickness
Width of Break
507
Description
Specifythediameteroftheshaftbreakobject Specifythewidthoftheshaftbreakobject SelectSolidorHollow
Solid
Hollow
WallThickness
Forhollowshaftbreakconfigurations,indicatethethicknessoftheshaftwall
Slot
AllworkspacescontaintheSlotobject. Toinsertaslot: 1. ClicktheSlotlinearobjectfromtheDetailingtoolset. 2. Clicktodefinethestartpointoftheslot,clickagaintodefinetheendpointandrotation,anddragthecursorand clicktosettheslotwidth.
Parameter
Width Length ShowCenterLine
Description
Specifythewidthoftheslotobject Specifythewidthoftheslotobject Whenselected,drawstheslotwithcenterline(s)
Batt Insulation
TheBattInsulationtooldrawsaplanarinsulationfillalongaline.Thistoolisusefulforcreatingcustomdetails.The insulationcanbeplacedwithinawall,whereitautomaticallyadjuststothelengthofthewall. Abettermethodofcreatinginsulationfills,especiallyforwalls,istouseatilefill,whichscalesandrotateswithin wallsandslabandwallcomponents.SeeDefiningTilesonpage 548.
508
Click Set Position for a Batt Insulation in Wall object, to fit the insulation to the wall; Size to Wall Length must be enabled
Parameter
Insert Break Height Flip SetPosition
Description
Wheninsertedinwalls,alignstheinsertionpointofthebattinsulationwiththe containingwallscenterlineorleftorrightedge Wheninsertedinwalls,selectthetypeofwallbreakforthebattinsulation Wheninsertedinwalls,setstheheightoftheinsulationfromthebottomofthewall Wheninsertedinwalls,flipstheorientationofthebattinsulation WheninsertedinwallsandwithSizetoWallLengthselected,setstheinsulationtofit alongthelengthofthewall.TheMoveByPointstoolisactivatedautomatically;if SizetoWallLengthisdeselected,settheoffsetofthebattinsulationalongthewallas describedinMovingSymbolsinWallswiththeReferencePointModeonpage 516. Specifiesthelengthofthebattinsulation,whenSizetoWallLengthisdeselected Setsthewidthofthebattinsulation Setstheoffsetofthebattinsulationfromitsinsertionpoint Setsthethicknessoftheinsulationfolds Wheninsertedinwalls,automaticallysetsthelengthofthebattinsulationtomatch thewalllength Specifiesanoffsetfromthestartorendofthewall,whenthebattinsulationissizedto fitthewalllength Appliesasolidfilltothebackgroundofthebattinsulation;setthefillcolorfromthe Attributespalette
509
Flipped Insertion
Wall Preferences
Mode
FlippedInsertion DefaultInsertion WallPreferences
Description
Flipsthesymbolduringplacement(forexample,changesthedirectionthatadooropens) Placesthesymbolusingtheorientationatcreation Specifiessymbolplacementinformation
Toplaceduplicatesymbolsinawall: 1. SelectWindow>Palettes>ResourceBrowser.
510
2. Clickthedesiredsymbolfromthelist. ThesymbolmusthavetheInsertinWallsoptionenabled(seeCreatingNewSymbolsonpage 175). 3. SelectMakeActivefromtheResourcesmenu. ActivateasymbolalreadyplacedinthedrawingwiththeSymbolPickUpmodeoftheSymbolInsertiontool (seeSymbolPickUpModeonpage 182). 4. ClicktheDuplicateSymbolinWalltoolfromtheWallstoolset. 5. SelecttheplacementmodefromtheToolbar. Thissetsthesymbolorientation.Toplacethesymbolusingtheorientationinwhichiswascreated,clickthe DefaultInsertionmodebutton.Toflipthesymbolwhenitisplaced,clicktheFlippedInsertionmodebutton. 6. ClickWallPreferencesfromtheToolbar. TheDuplicateSymbolInWalldialogboxopens.Indicatehowtoplacethesymbols.
Parameter
StartOffset
Description
Tosetthefirstsymbolpositionwiththemouse,selectNextClick;tosetthefirstsymbolpositionby aspecifieddistancefromawallend,selectthebuttonnexttothetextboxandenteradistancefrom thewallend Toplacesuccessivesymbolsbymouseclick,selectNextClick;toplacesuccessivesymbolsa specifieddistanceapart,selectthebuttonnexttothetextboxandenteradistancebetweensymbols Ifselected,enterthespecificnumberofsymbolcopiestoinsertintothewall
511
512
Parameter
Direction
NumberofDuplicates OffsetBetweenDuplicates
ZOffsetBetweenDuplicates
3. ClickOK,andthearrayofduplicatesymbolsisplacedintothewall.
513
Description
Insertedsymbolscanbedraggedoutofthewall(andintoanotherwallif desired). Selectedsymbolscanbeinsertedintoawallbydraggingthemoverthe wall. Thesymbolsaremovedwithinthewall.Whenoneoftheobjectsinthe selectionreachestheendofthewall,noneoftheobjectscanbemoved fartherinthatdirection.
2. Selectthesymbolorsymbols. 3. Positionthecursornearthesymboltobemoved.Whentheresizecursordisplays,dragthesymbol(s).
Click
514
Parameter
Direction Offset
Description
Thepreviewwindowshowsthedirectionthesymbol(s)willbemovedinthewall.Toreverse thedirectionofthemove,clickthebuttontotheleftofthewindow. Forstraightwalls,specifythedistancealongthewalltomovetheobject(s).Forroundwalls, specifyeithertheDistanceortheAnglebetweentheoldandnewlocations.Thedistanceis measuredalongtheouterarcoftheroundwall.
3. ClickOK,andthesymbolsaremovedasspecified.
Move
Reference Point
Preferences
515
Description
Movesandduplicatesselectedsymbolsaccordingtothedistanceanddirectionspecifiedby twomouseclicks Movesanddistributesduplicatesymbolsbetweenthepointsspecifiedbytwomouseclicks Movesselectedsymbolsaccordingtoaclickedreferencepointandaspecifiedoffsetdistance fromthatpoint;thePreferencessettingsarenotapplicablewhenthismodeisselected Keepstheoriginalsymbols;thisisthesameasselectingtheRetainoptioninthetool preferences
Parameter
NumberofDuplicates OriginalObject Retain LeaveSelected
Description
Specifiesthenumberofcopiesoftheoriginalobject(s)tocreate(mustbeatleastone); sameastheNumberofDuplicatesfieldontheToolbar
516
5. Forroundwalls,selectwhethertooffsetthesymbolbyDistanceorbytheAnglealongthearcofthewall. 6. Changetheoffsetdistanceorangle.
517
Parameter
Insert Break Height Flip
Description
Changestheinsertionpointlocationinrelationtothesymbolposition Changesthewallbreakstylewherethesymbolisinserted Changestheheightofthesymbolinthewall Clicktoflipthroughaseriesoffourrotationsuntilthedesiredorientationisreached
SetPosition
518
Parameter
Replace
519
Right-click (Windows) or Ctrl-click (Macintosh) and select Edit 3D Wall Hole Component from the context menu to enter wall hole component editing mode
In the editing mode, draw the geometry to create the 3D wall hole, and extrude it to create the wall hole shape
The 3D geometry creates the hole of the desired shape in the wall
Texture Part
Holes WallLeft WallRight
Result
AppliesthetexturespecifiedforthewallsHolesparttothewallfacescreatedbythecutting object AppliesthetexturespecifiedforthewallsLeftparttothewallfacescreatedbythecuttingobject AppliesthetexturespecifiedforthewallsRightparttothewallfacescreatedbythecutting object
Eachwallholecomponentcanonlyhaveonetexturepartdefined.Therefore,uptothreedifferentcuttingobjects wouldbenecessarytoapplythreedifferenttexturepartstothewallholefaces.
520
Creating Columns
UsetheColumntooltoplaceacolumninthedrawing.
Capital
Shaft
Base
Parameter
UseCenterMarks Height
Description
SelectthisoptiontosizethecrossatthecolumninsertionpointandentertheCenter MarkSize Directlysetsthedesiredheightofthecolumn,includingbaseandcapital(ifany).When thecolumnheightisdeterminedmanuallybythismethod,theTopBoundpropertyof thecolumnisautomaticallysettoLayerElevation,andtheTopOffsetvalueis modifiedaccordingly. Whenthetopofthecolumnisboundbythelayerwallheightvalue,thewallheight updatesautomatically.
521
Description
Setstheverticalreferencethatdeterminesthetopofthecolumn. TheLayerWallHeightvalueissetbythedesignlayer(seeSettingDesignLayer Propertiesonpage 97) AdditionaloptionsareavailablefortheVectorworksArchitectproduct;seeCreating ColumnsandPilastersinVectorworksArchitectonpage 136intheVectorworks DesignSeriesUsersGuide.
TopOffset
Setstheoffsetofthetopofthecolumnfromitsspecifiedtopboundheight.Ifsettingthe boundaryofthetopofthecolumntothelayerelevation,enterthecolumnsheightfor theTopOffset;ifsettingtheheightofthetopofthecolumntothedefaultwallheight, specifyanyoffsetaboveorbelowthelayersdefaultwallheight. Setstheverticalreferencethatdeterminesthebottomofthecolumn;LayerElevationis theonlyoptionavailableunlesstheVectorworksArchitectproductisinstalled Forthebottomofthecolumn,setstheoffsetfromthelayerelevation Selecttodrawthecolumnwithanovalorrectangularshafttype Entertheshaftwidth Entertheshaftdepth Forrectangularshafttype,enterthecornerradiusoftheshaft Selectwhethertodrawthecolumnwithaclassicorstraighttaper,ornotaper Forastraightorclassictaper,enterthetaperwidth Forastraightorclassictaper,enterthetaperdepth Selectwhethertoaddacapitaltothecolumn Selecttodrawthecolumnwithanoval,ovalmushroom,rectangular,orrectangular mushroomcapital Enterthecapitalwidth Enterthecapitaldepth Enterthecapitalheight Forrectangularcapitaltype,enterthecornerradiusofthecapital Selectwhethertoaddabasetothecolumn Selectanovalorrectangularbasetype Enterthebasewidth Enterthebasedepth Enterthebaseheight Forrectangularbasetype,enterthebasecornerradius Enterthenumberofdivisionsforthebase Formorethanonebasedivision,enterthedepthandheightforeachdivider
BotBound BotOffset ShaftType ShaftWidth ShaftDepth ShaftCornerRadius ShaftTaper TaperWidth TaperDepth UseCapital CapitalType CapitalWidth CapitalDepth CapitalHeight CapitalCornerRadius UseBase BaseType BaseWidth BaseDepth BaseHeight BaseCornerRadius BaseDivisions DividerDepth/Height
522
Parameter
GetFinishes/Classes ShaftFinish CapitalFinish BaseFinish
Parameter
Style Width FlrFlrHeight MaxRiser TreadDepth/Height NosingDepth Config LandingTread Separation
Description
Selectthestairstyle:standard,indented,openriser,ormasonry Specifiesthewidthofthestaircase Specifiestheheightofthestaircasefromfloortofloor Indicatesthehorizontalmaximumthicknessoftheriser Setsthetreaddepth(fronttoback)andthetreadheight Specifiesthenosingdepth Selectthestairconfiguration:straight,straightwithalanding,leftandrightlandings, andleftandrightdoublebackstairswithlandings(evenandirregular) Indicateshowmanystepsoccurbeforethelanding(doesnotapplytoevendouble backstairs) Fordoublebackstylestairs,setstheseparationdistancebetweentheflights
523
Description
Forstairswithlandings,indicatesthedistancetooffsetthelandingfromthestairson eachsideofthelanding Createscurvedlandings;theradiusmatchesthestairwidth Setsthestringerwidth(thickness)oneachsideofthestair,andspecifiesthedistance betweentheoutsideofthestairtreadtotheoutsideofthestringers Hidesaportionofthestairwithastairbreak,sothatthelowerportionofthestaircan bedisplayedin2D Selecttodisplaythenumberofrisersandriserheightalongwiththepathoftravel arrow;anUporDownarrowmustbeselectedinArrowsforstairdatatobedisplayed Specifywhetherthestairshouldincludeatreadatthesamelevelastheupperfloorit serves Createsa3DversionofthestairtodisplayinviewsotherthanTop/Plan Addshandrailstotheleftandrightofthestaircase Setstheheightandwidthfortherailing(s) Selectwhethertodisplaythepathoftravelarrow,andinwhichdirection SelecttheClasstoassigntothesteps,railing(s),andstringers
524
13
Attributesarecharacteristicsthatcanbeappliedto2Dplanarandscreenobjectsinadrawing,includingfillstyle,pen style,opacity,linestyleandthickness,andlineendmarkers.Fillstylesincludesolidcolors,patterns(whichinclude foregroundandbackgroundcolors),hatches,tiles,gradients,andimages.Penstylesincludesolidcolors,patterns (whichincludeforegroundandbackgroundcolors),anddashes. Therearevariouswaystoapplyattributestoobjects: UsetheAttributespalettetoapplyattributestoaselectedobject. UsetheAttributespalettetosetdefaultattributesthatwillbeappliedasobjectsarecreated. UsetheEyedroppertooltotransferattributesfromoneobjecttoanother. Setupaclasstousecertainattributeswhenobjectsarecreatedinthatclassorwhentheclassisassignedtoan existingobject.
Attributescanbeappliedtomost2Dplanarandscreenobjects,withafewexceptions.Lineendmarkerscanonlybe appliedtoopenobjects,suchaslines,arcs,andpolylines.Onlypencolorandopacitycanbeappliedtotext;however, afillcanbeappliedtothetextbox(thebackgroundbehindthetext). Ifyouareusingthesameattributesettingsforseveralobjects,createaclassforthoseobjectsandapplytheclass attributesatcreation.Classattributescanalsobesetforselectedobjects;seeSettingClassAttributesonpage 111. Mostoftheattributetypes(fill,pen,opacity,linestyle,andmarker)arespecifieddirectlyfromtheAttributespalette. Someofthesettingsavailableonthepalettecanbecustomized;fillandlinepatterns,linethickness,dashstyle,and lineendmarkerstylescanallbeadjustedasneeded. Hatch,tile,gradient,andimagefillsareresources;theycanbeselectedfromthedefaultcontentintheAttributes palette(seeDefaultContentinVectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworksonpage 157),oryoucancreateor importcustomresourcesandapplythemfromtheResourceBrowser. InVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts,theAttributespalettehasautilitymenuthatsetsdefaultandglobalattributes. SeeSettingGlobalandDefaultAttributesonpage 567intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide.
526
Transferring Attributes
TheEyedroppertooltransfersattributesfromoneobjecttoanotherinasinglestep,includingfill,pen,line,text,wall, andotherattributes.
Apply Attributes Pick Up Attributes Eyedropper Tool Preferences Settings menu
Mode
ApplyAttributes PickUpAttributes EyedropperToolPreferences
Description
Transfersselectedattributestoanotherobject Selectsanobjectsattributes Setsthedefaultparameterstobeusedforthetool
527
Description
Setsthegroupofparameterstobeusedforthetooleitherthecurrentlyactive settings,oraselectionfromthelistofsavedsettings
Parameter
SavedSettingsOptions Settings Save Manage
Description
Select<ActiveSettings>tousetheattributescurrentlyselectedinthedialogbox;tousea setofsavedattributes,selectthemfromthepulldownlist Opensadialogboxtonameandsavethecurrentlyselectedattributessothattheycan quicklybeselectedasaset OpenstheSavedSettingsdialogboxtorenameordeletesetsofsavedtoolattributes(see ManagingSavedSettingsonpage 529)
528
Parameter
All
Transfersfills,includingforegroundandbackgroundcolors,styles(pattern,hatch,tile, gradient,orimagefill),andtextures Transferspenforegroundandbackgroundcolorsandstyles(patternordash) Transferslineweight(thickness),presenceofmarkers,andmarkerattributes Transferstextattributestoanothertextobject,dimension,orpluginobject,including font,size,fontstyle,alignmentandspacing.Alignmentandspacingaretransferredto textobjectsonly. Transferswallthicknessandcomponentsettingsforwallsandroundwalls;components definewallthickness,socomponentscannotbetransferredwithoutalsotransferringthe thicknessparameter Transfersviewportattributestoanotherviewport,includingclassandlayervisibility settingsandattributeoverrides.OtherPropertiesreferstotheremainingviewport optionssuchasview,rendermode,projection,andadvancedproperties.Viewport attributescanbetransferredbetweenfiles;class,layer,andotherresourcesspecifiedinan attributeoverrideareresolvedbythenameoftheclass,layer,orresource,respectively.
WallAttributes
ViewportAttributes
OtherAttributes Record PluginParameters Class IFCData (Vectorworks Architectrequired) PickUpSetsDefaults UseClassAttributes ObjectOpacity Transfersthedatabaserecordattributes Transferspluginparametersbetweenpluginobjects,includingobjectsinsertedinwalls Selectstheclassfortransfer(makesthetargetobjectthesameclassasthesourceobject) TransfersIFCdatatoanotherobject,whilepreservinguniqueIFCidentifiers.Iftheobject receivingthedatadoesnotyethaveauniqueidentifier,itisautomaticallycreated. ChangesthedefaultAttributespalettesettingstomatchthoseofthesourceobject;objects createdfromthenonusetheattributesofthesourceobject Transfersthebyclasssettingsofthesourceobject,providedthetargetobjectisinthe sameclassasthesourceobject Transfersanobjectsopacitysetting
Transferring Attributes |
Thecursorchangesfromaneyedroppertoapaintbucket. 7. Clickthetargetobjectfortheattributes. Theattributesaretransferredtotheobject.
529
Totransferattributesbetweenfiles,thetargetobjects,classes,records,dashpatterns,textures,andother attributesmustalreadybepresentinthetargetfile.TheEyedroppertooldoesnotcreateobjectsorattributes.
Parameter
Rename
Description
Selectandenteranewnameforthesetofattributes.Iftheenterednameisalreadyassignedto anothersetofattributes,youarepromptedtoconfirmthatyouwanttoreplacetheexistingset withthesetbeingsaved. Selecttodeletethesetofattributes.Youarepromptedtoconfirmthatyouwanttodeletethe savedsettings.
Delete
3. ClickOKtoclosetheSavedSettingsdialogbox.ClickOKagaintoclosetheEyedropperPreferencesdialogbox.
530
Fill Attributes
Objectscanbefilledwithasolidcolor,pattern(withforegroundandbackgroundcolors),hatch,tile,gradient,or image.Alternatively,settheobjectfilltoNonetocreatetransparentobjectswithnofill. Hatch,tile,gradient,andimagefillscanbecustomizedtosuittheobjecttowhichtheyareapplied.TheAttributes palettedisplaysabuttonforeachofthesefillstoopenasettingsdialogboxforcustomizingthefill.Inaddition,you canusetheAttributeMappingtooltoeditthesize,position,andangleofanassociativehatch,tile,gradient,orimage fillthathasbeenappliedtoanobject(seeMappingFillswiththeAttributeMappingToolonpage 561).
Fill Style
None Solid Pattern
Description
Nofillisapplied Appliesasolidfilltotheselectedobject(s);clickthecolorboxtoselectthefillcolor.Tosetthecolorby class,selecttheColorbyClassoptionfromthecolorpalette. Appliesapatternfilltotheselectedobject(s);clickthepatternboxtoselectthedesiredpattern,and thenselecttheforegroundcolorandbackgroundcolorfromthecolorboxesnexttothepattern.Toset thepatterncolorsbyclass,selecttheColorbyClassoptionfromthecolorpalette. Tocreatecustompatternsforthisfile,seeCreatingCustomPatternsforFillandPenStyleson page 531.
Hatch
Appliesahatchfilltotheselectedobject(s).Selectthedesiredhatchfromeitherthedefaultcontentor thecurrentfilescontent(seeDefaultContentinVectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworkson page 157).Iftherearenohatchesdefinedinthedocumentanddefaultcontentisnotenabled,youare promptedtoaddadefaulthatchdefinition. Tocustomizethehatchfillfortheselectedobject(s),clicktheFillHatchSettingsbutton). Ifthefilloftheselectedobjecthasbeenedited,thefillnameishighlightedinblueand(local map)isappendedtothename. Formoreinformationabouthowtocreate,edit,andcustomizehatches,seeUsingHatchFillson page 541.
Tile
Appliesatilefilltotheselectedobject(s).Selectthedesiredtilefillfromeitherthedefaultcontentor thecurrentfilescontent(seeDefaultContentinVectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworkson page 157).Iftherearenotilesdefinedinthedocumentanddefaultcontentisnotenabled,youare promptedtoaddadefaulttiledefinition. Tocustomizethetilefillfortheselectedobject(s),clicktheFillTileSettingsbutton. Ifthefilloftheselectedobjecthasbeenedited,thefillnameishighlightedinblueand(local map)isappendedtothename. Formoreinformationabouthowtocreate,edit,andcustomizetiles,seeUsingTileFillson page 548.
Gradient
531
Description
Appliesanimagefilltotheselectedobject(s).Selectthedesiredimagefromeitherthedefaultcontent orthecurrentfilescontent(seeDefaultContentinVectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworks onpage 157).Iftherearenoimagesdefinedinthedocumentanddefaultcontentisnotenabled,you arepromptedtoimportanimagedefinition. Tocustomizetheimagefillfortheselectedobject(s),clicktheFillImageSettingsbutton. Formoreinformationabouthowtocreate,edit,andcustomizeimages,seeUsingImageFillson page 557.
ClassStyle
Parameter
Pattern Revert
Description
SelectapatterntoeditfromthePatternlist,andthenclickintheeditingboxonthelefttoaddand deletepixels;theeditsdisplayinthepreviewwindowtotherightoftheeditingbox Restoresthepatterntoitsoriginalsettings(youmustclickthisbeforeyouselectanotherpatternor clickOK)
532
2. Whenalleditsarecomplete,clickOKtosavethecustomizedpatterns.Theeditedpatternsareavailablefromthe FillPatternandPenPatternboxesontheAttributesdialogbox,forthecurrentdocumentonly.
Pen Attributes
Thepensettingforobjectoutlinesandtextincludessolid,dashed,orapatternlineofanythicknessandcolor.For moreinformationaboutusingcolorboxesintheAttributespalette,seeApplyingColorsonpage 566.
Pen Style
None Solid
Description
Nopenisapplied Appliesasolidpenstyletotheselectedobject(s);clickthecolorboxtoselectthepencolor.Tosetthe colorbyclass,selecttheColorbyClassoptionfromthecolorpalette. SelectthelinethicknessforthepenfromtheLineStylelist.Tocreatecustomlinethicknessesforthis file,seeCreatingCustomThicknessesforLineStylesonpage 534.
Pattern
Dash
ClassStyle
Opacity Attributes
InadditiontotheoveralllayeropacitysettingsdescribedinSettingtheDesignLayerOpacityonpage 100,an opacitysettingisavailableforindividualobjects.Opacitycanbeappliedtoanytypeof2Dobject,includingplanar objects,2Dwalls,text,worksheetbackgrounds,andpluginobjectsthatincludea2Dobject. Iflayeropacityissetinadditiontoobjectopacity,theresultsareadditive;forexample,alayeropacityof50%and anobjectopacityof50%willdisplaytheobjectat25%opacity.Similarly,theopacitysettingsofnestedand containerobjectsarecombined. TheQuartz(Macintosh)orGDI+(Windows)imagingVectorworkspreferencemustbeenabledtoapplyanddisplay theopacityattribute.SeeDisplayPreferencesonpage 19. FromtheAttributespalette,clicktheOpacitybuttontoopentheSetOpacitydialogbox.
533
DragtheOpacityslidertothelefttoincreasethetransparency,orenteranopacitypercentage(0100)intheboxtothe rightoftheslider.ClickSetOpacitytomakethesetting. SelectUseClassOpacitytousetheopacityvaluesetbytheobjectsclass. IfUseatCreationisenabledfortheobjectsclass,theobjectsopacityisautomaticallysetbytheclass. IfUseatCreationisdisabledfortheclass,theobjectonlytakesontheclassstylewhentheUseClassOpacity optionisselected. SeeSettingClassAttributesonpage 111.Classopacitycanbeoverriddeninviewports. Theopacitysettingappliesto2Dobjectsonly.Forasimilareffectin3D,atransparencyshadercanbeappliedwiththe Renderworksproduct(seeCreatingTexturesonpage 609).
534
535
Parameter
Units New
Description
SelecttheUnitstobeusedforthethicknessoftheeditedline Enterthenewthicknessvaluetoreplacethecurrentthicknessvaluelistedtoitsleft
2. Whenalleditsarecomplete,clickOKtosavethecustomizedsetoflinethicknesses.
536
Parameter
#
Description
Indicatesthedashstyledisplayorderinthevariousdialogboxeswherethestyles display. Tochangethedashstyleorder:Ifthelistisnotcurrentlysortedbythe#column,click the#columnheadingtoselectit.Thenclickthe#columnofthestyle(s)tobemoved, anddragitupordownthelist.Ahorizontallineindicateswherethestyle(s)willbe insertedinthecurrentorder.
537
Parameter
Name Dashgraph
Description
Enterauniquenameforthedashstyle Leversindicatethedistance(inpageinchesorpagemillimeters)betweendashsections; asectionconsistsofalineandagap.Draganewleverfromtherightedgeofthedash graphtoaddadashsection,ordragalevertotherighttodeleteasection.Uptoten leverscandefineadashstyle. Definethesectionvisuallybydraggingtheleversofthehighlightedsectionuntilthe lineandgapareatthedesireddistance.Thedistancebetweenthefirsttwohighlighted leversindicatesthelinelength,andthedistancebetweenthelasttwohighlightedlevers indicatesthegaplength.
The2Dlinedashpatternisautomaticallyadjustedtopreventspacesateitherendoftheline.
538
Marker Attributes
Youcanapplylinestartandlineendmarkerstoopenobjects,includinglines,arcs,polylines,2Dpolygons,and freehandlines.Youcanalsoapplylineendmarkerstotheleaderlinesoncalloutanddimensionobjects.Dimensions haveotherdefaultmarkersassignedaspartofthedimensionstandardsetup,butthesecannotbeappliedorremoved throughtheAttributespalette. IntheAttributespalette,clicktheLineStartMarkerTogglebutton,theLineEndMarkerTogglebutton,orboth buttonstospecifytheend(s)toreceivethedisplayedmarker.Whenamarkerisappliedtoanobject,thetogglebutton ishighlighted.Toalwaysusethesamestyleforbothendsoftheobject,alsoclicktheMarkerLinkTogglebutton; wheneverthemarkerstyleofoneendischanged,theotherendsmarkerstyleautomaticallychangestomatch. Toswitchtoadifferentmarkerstyle,clickLineStartpointStyleorLineEndpointStyle.Selectamarkerstylefromthe list,orclickEditMarkerListtocreateanewstyle.SeeEditingtheMarkerListonpage 539formoreinformation. SelectClassStyletousethemarkerattributessetbytheobjectsclass. IfUseatCreationisenabledfortheobjectsclass,theobjectsmarkerstyleisautomaticallysetbytheclass. IfUseatCreationisdisabledfortheclass,theobjectonlytakesontheclassstylewhentheClassStyleoptionis selected. SeeSettingClassAttributesonpage 111.
A check mark indicates the active marker style Click to select the marker style for the objects startpoint (left button) and endpoint (right button)
Each marker type displays its style, length, width, angle, and thickness settings
Click to apply the active marker style to the objects startpoint (left button) and endpoint (right button) Click to link the startpoint and endpoint styles
Marker Attributes |
539
Parameter
CurrentMarker Types New Edit Delete
Description
Liststhemarkertypesthatareavailableforselectionwhendrawing;changethelistorderby clickinganddragginginthe#column Createsanewmarkertype;seeCreatingorEditingMarkerTypesonpage 539 Editsthecurrentlyselectedmarkertype;seeCreatingorEditingMarkerTypesonpage 539 Deletesthecurrentlyselectedmarker
2. ClickOKtosavethelistofavailablemarkertypes.
540
Parameter
Preview GeneralOptions RootType Fill Base Angle Length Width HalfTick Tail ThicknessOptions UseLineThickness UseDimensionSlash Thickness UseCustom Thickness
Description
Displaysapreviewofthemarkersappearance Specifiesthemarkersshapeandstyle Specifiesthegeneralshapeofthemarker Forclosedroottypes,specifiesthetypeoffill Fortriangularroottypes,specifiestheshapeofthebase Fortriangularandhexagonalroottypes,indicatestheangleoftheroot Indicatesthelengthofthemarker,frombasetotip Specifiesthemarkerwidth,formarkertypesthathaveawidth Formarkertypesexceptconeandlasso,displayshalfthemarkerontheindicatedside Formarkerswhichcanbereversed,flipsthemarkerdirectiontocreateatailmarker Specifiesthemarkerpenthickness Usesthesamethicknessasthatoftheassociatedline,adjustingautomaticallyalong withanylinethicknesschanges Usesthesamethicknessasthedimensionslash,setontheDimensionstabofthe documentpreferences(seeDimensionPreferencesonpage 30) Specifiesacustommarkerthicknessandunit(mils,points,ormillimeters)
541
Associative Hatches
Associativehatchfillsareresources;theycanbeselectedfromthedefaultcontentintheAttributespalette(see DefaultContentinVectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworksonpage 157),oryoucancreateorimportcustom resourcesandapplythemfromtheResourceBrowser(seeAccessingExistingResourcesonpage 164). Therearetwowaystocustomizethehatchtosuittheobjecttowhichitisapplied;useeithertheFillHatchSettings buttonintheAttributespalette,orusetheAttributeMappingtooltomove,rotate,orscalethehatch(seeMapping HatchandTileFillsonpage 561). Associativehatchescanbespecifiedasadefaultclassattribute(seeSettingClassPropertiesonpage 108).
Non-associative Hatches
NonassociativehatchesareplacedonobjectsorareasofthedrawingwiththeHatchcommand.Theyobtainmostof theirattributesfromhatchpatterndefinitions,buttheydonotusethecolordefinitionsforthelinesthatmakeupthe hatch.Nonassociativehatchesobtainthecolordefinitionsfromthecurrentdefaultattributes.Theydonotuseany backgrounddefinitions,andthereforehavenobackgroundcolor.Anonassociativehatchissimilartoascreenthat displaysoverotherobjects;thespacesbetweenthelinesareempty,anddisplayportionsofanyobjectsbehindthe hatch. Nonassociativehatchesareplacedinsideanareathatisdefinedbyselectedobjectsorlines.Thestartpointofthe hatchissetwiththeHatchcommand.Unlikeassociativehatches,nonassociativehatchescanbemovedtoanother areaorobject.However,unlessthenewareaisthesameshapeandsizeasthepreviousone,thepatternwillnotfit. Nonassociativehatchesaregroupsthatarenotassociatedwithanobject.Theydonotrotatewiththeobjectoractlike afill.TheycanbebrokendownintotheirindividualelementswiththeUngroupcommand.Foranonassociative hatchtobecomepartofanobject,itmustbegroupedwiththeobject.
Defining Hatches
Bothassociativeandnonassociativehatchesmustbedefined.Ahatchdefinitionisarepetitionoftheelementsina seriesoflinesinalldirectionsfromthebeginningpoint.Specifywherethehatchlinebegins(theStartPoint),whereit stops(theDashFactor),whereitbeginstorepeat(theRepeat),andthedistanceseparatingthelinefromaneighboring line(theOffset);thepatternisrepeatedinalldirections. Ahatchcanconsistofseverallevels,orlayers,ofpatterndefinitions.Eachleveliseditedindividuallytocreatethe overallhatch.(Hatchlayersarenamedhatchlevelsinordertodistinguishthemfromthelayersinthedrawingarea.) Anewhatchcanbecreatedbyeditinganexistinghatch;seeEditingHatchDefinitionsonpage 547. Tocreateanewhatchpatterndefinition: 1. OpentheResourceBrowserbyselectingWindow>Palettes>ResourceBrowser.
542
Parameter
Name Active
Description
Enteranameforthehatch;thisnameidentifiesthehatchintheResourceBrowserandinthe SelectHatchdialogbox(Modify>Hatch) Selecttheactivehatchlevelfromthelist.Alevelcanalsobeselectedbyclickingononeofits patternlines,orbyusingthekeyboardrightandleftarrowkeys.Levelsarenumberedinthe orderofcreation. Switchesbetweenthepointerandpanfunctions.Thepointeradjuststhefourcontrolhandles inthehatchwindow.Thepanmovestheelementsofthehatcharoundthepreviewwindow. Zoomsinandoutbyafactoroftwo.Thecenteroftheviewremainsatitscurrentcoordinates. Thecurrentzoomratioisalsodisplayed.Theinitialzoomsettingwhenthedialogboxopens correspondstothebestsettingforeditingLevel1. SelectwhethertoviewAllLevelsoronlytheActiveLevel;clickCentertocenterthestartpoint oftheactivelevel SwitchesbetweenPageandWorldsettingsforthehatch.Pageisabsoluteinscreencoordinates, whereoneinchinthehatchequalsoneinchonthescreen(at100%zoom).Worldsetsthehatch tousetheunitvaluesforthelayerwherethehatchwillbeplaced;forexample,oneinchinthe hatchequalsoneinchinthedrawingareaasdefinedbytherulers(thismaynotequaloneinch onthescreendependingontheunitsetting).WhenswitchingbetweenPageandWorld,the hatchsettingsareadjustedforalllevelstopreservethehatchappearance.
Cursor Zoom
View Units
543
Description
Selectwhethertorotatethehatchtomatchtheorientationofanysymbolsorwallswhereitwill beplaced Setthesnapradiusforsnappingtotheendpointsandmidpointsofpatternlineswhen movingalinebydragging ForVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts,specifiesahatchsketchstyle;seeApplyingSketch StylestoHatchesonpage 647intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide Selecttouseabackgroundcolorandclickthecolorboxtoselectacolor;backgroundcolor appliesonlytoassociativehatches Controlsthelocationofthestartofthefirsthatchlineinrelationtothehatchoriginforthe activelevel.Thedefaultmodeusespolarcoordinates(L=distance,A=angle).Entervaluesor movetheStartPointhandleinthepreviewwindow. Setsthedistance,fortheactivelevel,betweenthebeginningofasegmentandthebeginningof thenextcolinearsegment.RepeatdirectlyrelatestotheDashFactor,withthetwodetermining ifthelineisdashedorsolid,aswellasthelengthofthedashesandlinesegments.Thedefault modeusespolarcoordinates(L=distance,A=angle).EntervaluesormovetheRepeathandle inthepreviewwindow. Represents,fortheactivelevel,thepercentageofthedistancebetweentheStartPointandthe Repeatthatisshownasaline.Setto1tocreateasolidline.EnteravalueormovetheDash Factorhandleinthepreviewwindow. Determinesthedistanceanddirectionbetweenlinesfortheactivelevel.Thevaluesenteredare relativetotheStartPoint.Thedefaultmodeusespolarcoordinates(L=distance,A=angle). EntervaluesormovetheOffsethandleinthepreviewwindow. Setsthecolorfortheactivelevelhatchlines;clickthecolorboxtoselectacolor.ClickUnique Colorstosetauniquecolorforeachlevel;clickSameColortoapplytheactivelevelcolor selectiontoalllevels. Setsthehatchlineweightforthecurrentlevel.Clickthelinetoselectaweightfromthelist. CreateacustomweightbyselectingSetThickness.TheSetThicknessdialogboxopens.Enter theThicknessValueandThicknessUnits.ClickSameThicknesstoapplytheactivelevelline thicknesstoalllevels. ClickAddLeveltocreateanoffsetduplicateoftheactivelevel.Alternatively,createaduplicate levelbyclickinganddraggingtheStartPointhandlewiththeOption(Macintosh)orAlt (Windows)key.ClickRemoveLeveltoremovetheactivelevel. OpenstheScaleHatchDefinitiondialogbox.EnteraScalingFactortochangethehatch definitionsfortheactivelevel(exceptfortheDashFactorvalue,whichremainsunchanged). SelectApplytoAllLevelstochangethescalefactorforalllevels. ThelastfiveactionscanbeundonebyclickingUndo Clicktoredothelastactionthatwasundone.Mustbeclickeddirectlyafteranactionwas undone.Appearsdimmedwhentherearenoactionstoundo. ReturnsthehatchdefinitiontoitsstatusatthetimetheEditHatchdialogboxwasopened
Repeat
DashFactor
Offset
PenColor
PenLineWeight
544
Coordinate System
Polar
Description
Definesthehatchlinesegmentsbylengthandanglevaluesenteredinrelationtotheorigin.In polarmode,anglesarerepresentedaspositiveornegativevaluesfrom0to180.Valuesfrom 180to359areautomaticallyconvertedtonegative.0isatthe3oclockposition. Cartesiancoordinatesarethesameasthoseusedinthedrawingarea,withpositiveand negativeXandYaxes
Cartesian
4. ClickOK.Thenewhatchdefinitionissavedunderthespecifiedname.
Parameter
StartPoint Repeat DashFactor Offset
Level 1 Values
X=0,Y=0 X=0,Y=6 0.5 X=4,Y=3
Level 2 Values
X=0,Y=0 X=2,Y=0 1 X=0,Y=3
545
3. Tospecifythesettingsforthecurrenthatch,clicktheFillHatchSettingsbuttonnexttotheFillHatchlist. TheHatchSettingsdialogboxopens.
Hatch selector
Parameter
Hatchselector UseLocalMapping
Description
Selectahatchresourcefromeitherthedefaultcontentorthecurrentfilescontent Selecttoenableentryinthemappingfields,tocustomizethefillforthisobject;deselectto returntothedefaultfillmapping. TheAttributeMappingtoolisanalternatewaytocreatealocalmapping;ifanobjectsfillis editedwiththeAttributeMappingtool,thechangesarereflectedonthisdialogbox. Conversely,editsmadeonthisdialogboxarereflectedintheposition,size,androtationof themappingtoolseditingobject. Bydefault,ahatchfilldoesnotrotatewiththefilledobject;selectUseLocalMappingto keepthefillsorientationrelativetotheobject.
X/YOffset
Indicatesthefillstartingpointcoordinatesrelativetothecenteroftheselectionbounding box(inthefilescurrentunits)
546
Parameter
I/JLength
4. Ifdesired,clickPreviewtoviewtheresultsofthefillsettings. 5. ClickOKtoapplythefillsettings.
Parameter
Hatcheslist
Description
Liststheavailablehatchesfromthedefaultcontent,thecurrentfilescontent,orfroma referencedfile(referencedhatchesdisplayinitalics)
547
Description
Displaysapreviewoftheselectedhatchat100%zoom OpenstheEditHatchdialogbox,forcreatinganewhatch(seeDefiningHatchesonpage 541) OpenstheEditHatchdialogbox,foreditingorrenaminganexistinghatch Createsacopyoftheselectedhatch(buttonisdisabledifreferencedhatchesarepresent) Deletestheselectedhatch
After selecting the hatch, click the cursor at the desired insertion point. The hatch can be rotated during insertion.
548
Defining Tiles
Atileisasetof2Dgeometricelementsthatrepeatsinalldirectionsfromacenterpoint.Thegeometricelementscan havecolororfill(butnotatilefill),andthetilecanalsohaveabackgroundcolor. Tocreateatiledefinition: 1. OpentheResourceBrowserbyselectingWindow>Palettes>ResourceBrowser. 2. FromtheResourcesmenu,selectNewResourcetodisplaytheNewResourcemenu. 3. SelectTile. TheNewTiledialogboxopens.
549
Description
Specifiesanameforthetileresource;thisnameisdisplayedintheResourceBrowserand Attributespalette Specifiestheunitsforthetilewhenitisusedinadrawing: Pagesetsthetilesizeaccordingtothepagedimensions.Whenapplied,thetile automaticallyscalesrelativetothepageenvironment.Thisisusefulforannotationobjects thatshouldalwaysremainthesamesizeonthepage,regardlessofthelayerscale. Worldsetsthetilesizeaccordingtoworlddimensions;itssizevariesdependingonthe layerscale.
Rotate InWall
InSymbol BackgroundFill
550
The objects you draw are opaque and are edited individually
Click and drag one of the semi-transparent editing groups (a red box indicates the selected group) to modify the tile pattern, and click again to set the position
Applying Tiles
ApplytilestospecificobjectsusingeithertheAttributespaletteortheResourceBrowser.Someobjectshavetheability toapplytilesettingswhilesettingtheobjectattributes. Attributescanalsobeappliedbyclasssettings(seeSettingClassAttributesonpage 111)ortransferredwith theEyedroppertool(seeTransferringAttributesonpage 526).
551
3. Tospecifythesettingsforthecurrenttilefill,clicktheFillTileSettingsbuttonnexttotheFillTilelist. TheTileSettingsdialogboxopens.
Tile selector
Parameter
Tileselector UseLocalMapping
Description
Selectatileresourcefromeitherthedefaultcontentorthecurrentfilescontent Selecttoenableentryinthemappingfields,tocustomizethefillforthisobject;deselectto returntothedefaultmapping. TheAttributeMappingtoolisanalternatewaytocreatealocalmapping;ifanobjectsfillis editedwiththeAttributeMappingtool,thechangesarereflectedonthisdialogbox. Conversely,editsmadeonthisdialogboxarereflectedintheposition,size,androtationof themappingtoolseditingobject. Bydefault,atilefilldoesnotrotatewiththefilledobject;selectUseLocalMappingtokeep thefillsorientationrelativetotheobject.
X/YOffset I/JLength
Specifiestheangleofthefill Selecttoflipthefillorientationhorizontally,vertically,orboth
552
4. Ifdesired,clickPreviewtoviewtheresultsofthefillsettings. 5. ClickOKtoapplythefillsettings.
Defining Gradients
Agradientisasetoftwoormorecolorsthatblendsmoothlyintooneanother.Gradientsaredefinedandstoredinthe ResourceBrowser.
553
Gradient preview
Vectorworks Term
Gradient Midpoint Colorspot Gradientsegment
Definition
Onecolorlinearlyblendedtoanothercolor Pointbetweentwocolorswhereeachcolorisofequalintensity;amidpointisassociated withthecolorspottoitsleft Pointwheretheselectedcolorisatfullintensity Twoadjacentcolorspots
Parameter
Name Midpoint GradientPreview
Description
Specifiesanameforthegradientresource;thisnameisdisplayedintheResourceBrowser andAttributespalette Pointbetweentwocolorswhereeachcolorisofequalintensity Displaysthegradientinapreviewbar
554
Parameter
ColorSpot
Color Position
Applying Gradients
GradientsettingsarespecifiedthroughtheAttributespaletteandappliedto2Dplanarandscreenobjectsthroughthe ResourceBrowserortheAttributespalette.Inaddition,agradientfillcanbespecifiedasadefaultclassattribute(see SettingClassPropertiesonpage 108).Someobjectshavetheabilitytoapplygradientsettingswhilesettingthe objectattributes.
Gradient preview
555
Gradient selector
Parameter
Gradientselector Repeat
Description
Selectagradientresourcefromeitherthedefaultcontentorthecurrentfilescontent Selecttorepeatthegradientsegment(s)overtheobject;deselecttoapplyasingleinstanceof thegradientsegment(s)totheobject
No repeat
Repeat
ApplyTo
SelectEachObjecttoapplythegradienttoeachselectedobjectindividually;chooseSelection toapplythegradientacrosstheselectedobjects,spanningtheobjects.
Each Object
Selection
Whenapplyingagradientacrossseveralselectedobjects,grouptheobjectstoretaintheeffect.
556
Parameter
Type Linear
Radial
Appliesthegradienttotheselectionwithcirculargeometry
Rectangular
Appliesthegradienttotheselectionwithrectangulargeometry
Angular
Appliesthegradienttotheselectioninacounterclockwisedirectionfromthespecifiedstarting point
3. Ifdesired,clickPreviewtoviewtheresultsofthegradientsettings. 4. ClickOKtoapplythegradientsettings.
557
558
Description
Importsanewimage;clickOKandproceedtoStep5. Reusesapreviouslyimportedimage;selecttheresourcethatcontainsthe image.ClickOKandproceedtoStep6.
5. TheOpendialogboxisdisplayed.Selecttheimagefiletouseasanimageresource,andclickOpen. 6. IftheimageisinJPEGformat,itisimportedimmediately.ForimagesnotinJPEGformat,theImageImport Optionsdialogboxopens.Specifytheimportedimageoptions. Thecurrentimageinformationisdisplayedatthetop,alongwiththeimagesuncompressedsize.Two compressionmethodsareavailable;dependingonthegraphic,oneofthemethodsmaybemoresuitable.The compressionmethodwhichproducesthesmallestfilesizeisselectedbydefault.Selectthedesiredbalance betweencompressionanddetaildisplay.Theresultingfilesizeforeachtypeofcompressionisdisplayedtohelp withtheselection. Iftheselectedoptionresultsinafilesizelargerthantheuncompressedsize,theimageisimported uncompressed.
Compression Method
JPEG
Description
Providesahighamountofcompression,resultinginthesmallestVectorworksfilesize. However,finedetailmaybeobscured.JPEGcompressionismostsuitableforphotographic images. Providesamoderateamountofcompression,whilepreservingimagedetails;animage compressedasaPNGcanalsobeimportedasa1bitmonochromeimagebyselecting ImportasBlackandWhite
PNG
7. ClickOKtoimporttheimagewiththeselectedcompressiontype.Theimageresourceissaved,bydefault,with thenameoftheoriginalimagefile.
559
Image selector
560
Parameter
Imageselector Repeat
No repeat
Repeat
ApplyTo
SelectEachObjecttoapplytheimagetoeachselectedobjectindividually;choose Selectiontoapplytheimageacrosstheselectedobjects,spanningtheobjects
Each Object
Selection
Whenapplyinganimageacrossseveralselectedobjects,grouptheobjectstomaintainthe image. X/YOffset I/JLength Indicatestheimagestartingpointcoordinatesrelativetothecenteroftheselection boundingbox(inthefilescurrentunits) SpecifiesthedistanceintheI/Jdirectionforasingleinstanceoftheimagefill(inthefiles currentunits) Tomaintaintheaspectratiooftheimagewhenonelengthischanged,clickthelink button;theotherlengthvaluechangesautomatically. Rotation FlipHorizontally/ FlipVertically Specifiestheangleoftheimagefill Selecttofliptheimageorientationhorizontally,vertically,orboth
561
Image
Hatch origin
4. Usetheeditingobjecttosetthefilllocation,scale,androtationangle.Thefillcanalsobenudged.
562
Action
Editthefill location
Editthefill scale
Clickononeofthecornerselectionhandles,anddragtosettheeditingobjecttoanewscale(or presstheTabkeyandenteraScalevalueintheDatabar).Clicktoset.
Scale: 1.073
Editthefill rotation
Rotation:-30.0
5. IntheAttributespalette,thenameofthefillishighlightedinblue,and(localmap)isappendedtothename.
563
4. Usetheeditingobjecttosetthegradientoriginlocation,iaxislength,androtationangle.HolddowntheShift keytoconstraintheeditingobjectline;thefillcanalsobenudged.
Action
Editthelocationofthefill (gradientorigin)
Description
Clickanddragtheentireeditingobject,movingittothedesiredlocation.Clickto set.
564
Action
Editthegradientiaxis location
Editthegradientrotation
Clickonahandleattheendoftheeditingobject,andmovetocreateafulcrum line;clicktosettherotation.
4. Usetheeditingobjecttosettheimageoriginlocation,iaxisandjaxislengths,androtationangle.Thefillcan alsobenudged.
565
Description
Clickanddragtheentireeditingobject,movingittothedesiredlocation.
Edittheimageiaxisand jaxislocation
Edittheimagerotation
566
Action
Fliptheimagehorizontally orvertically
Click here and drag lower left handle of editing object past upper right handle Click again to set the new orientation of the image fill
Applying Colors
TheColorPalettesetprovidescolorsforselectionandspecifieswhichcolorsareavailableinaVectorworksfile.To accesstheColorPalettesetfromtheAttributespalette,clickononeoftheFillcolorboxes(selecteitheraSolidor Patternfillstyle)orononeofthePencolorboxes(selectanyPenstyle). Asimilarinterfaceisavailablefromotherareasintheapplicationwherecolorsarespecified,althoughtheColorBy ClassoptionisonlyavailablewhenaccessedfromtheAttributespalette. SeeSettingDefaultColorsandPalettesonpage 567forinformationonhowtosetupandactivatecolorpalettes.
Applying Colors |
Named color display area
567
Active palettes
568
Utility Menu Color Palette set in a new file, showing the default active color palettes Color Palette set in a file with active color palettes
Parameter
ColorbyClass StandardColorPicker PickColor ColorPaletteManager Namedcolordisplay area
Description
WhenusingtheColorPalettesettospecifyanobjectscolor,causestheobjecttotake onthecolorattributesetbytheobjectsclass;seeApplyingColorsonpage 566 Openstheoperatingsystemscolorpickerforselectingindividualcolors;see SelectingStandardOperatingSystemColorsonpage 569 OpensthePickColordialogbox,forselectingacolorfromavailablecolorpalettes;see SelectingaColorfromaColorPaletteonpage 570 OpenstheColorPaletteManagerdialogbox,formanagingavailablecolorpalettes andactivatingadditionalpalettes;seeManagingColorPalettesonpage 571 Displaysanycolornameinformationassociatedwiththeselectedcolor. Thisareaalsoservestofindanamedcolorintheactivecolorpalette.Toeasilyfinda namedcolor,begintyping;thelettersdisplayinthenamedcolordisplayareaandthe closestcolormatchisselected.PresstheTabkeytocyclethroughtheclosestmatches; pauseforseveralsecondstostartthesearchover. DisplaystheselectedactivepalettesavailablecolorsineitherGridorListview;these colorsareavailableforuseinthefile ListspaletteswhichhavebeenmadeactiveforthefilewiththeColorPaletteManager; clickonapalettenametodisplayitscolorsforuse Opensautilitymenutocontrolthecolorpalettesortinganddisplay
Applying Colors |
2. Eitherselectacolorfromoneofthefilescolorpalettes,orclickoffoftheColorPaletteset(inthedrawing window,forexample)toclosethecolorwindowandsetthefilesavailablecolors.
569
Utility Menu
TheoptionsselectedfromthecolorpaletteUtilityMenubuttonatthebottomofthemainColorPalettesetindicatethe colorsortinganddisplay. Tosetthedisplayandsortingofcolorsandpalettes: 1. FromtheColorPaletteset,clicktheUtilityMenubuttontoopentheutilitymenu.
Menu/Command
ViewColorPaletteas
Action
SelecttoviewthecolorsintheColorPalettesetasagridofcoloredsquares,oralistof colorsandassociatednames.(Ineitherview,colornamesarealwaysshowninthe displayareaabovethecolorsasthemousemovesoverthecolors.) Specifythesortingmethodfortheactivecolorpalette;selectColortosortbyhue (HSVvalues),ManualtosortaccordingtotheordersetintheColorPaletteManager, orAlphabeticaltosortinascendingordescendingorderbycolorname SelectwhethertodisplayactivecolorpalettesatthetoporbottomoftheColorPalette set InGridview,colorlistsoflessthan16rowscanbedisplayedwithaColorPaletteset optionthatshrinkstofittheavailablecolors
SortColorPaletteby
PlaceColorPalettesat ShrinkGridtoFit
2. Selectautilitycommandtochangethecolorpalettedisplayorsortingoption.
570
Parameter
ColorPalettelist
Description
Liststhecolorpalettesfromwhichcolorscanbeselected.Clickontheheadertosort thepalettesinascending/descendingalphabeticalorder.Selectapalettetodisplayits colorsontheright.
571
Description
Liststhecolorsintheselectedpalette;clickontheheadertosortbycolororbycolor name.SelectacolortoaddittotheColorsintheActiveDocumentpalette. Displaysthecolorsintheselectedpaletteasagrid;selectacolortoaddittotheColors inActiveDocumentpalette Displaysthecolorinformationoftheselectedcolor,includingName;Red,Green,Blue (RGB);Cyan,Magenta,Yellow,andBlack(CMYK);andHue,Saturation,andValue (HSV).Thisinformationalsodisplaysonatooltipwhenthecursorhoversoveracolor.
2. Selectacolorpalettefromtheleft,andthenselectthecolorfromthelistorgridofcolorsontheright. 3. ClickOKtoaddthecolortotheactivedocumentpalette,andmakeitavailableforuseinthefile.
572
Parameter
Colorpalettelist
2. Whenthelistofcolorpalettesandactivecolorpalettesisset,clickOK.
Applying Colors |
573
Parameter
Name ColorList
Description
Specifiesanameforanewcolorpalette,oreditsthenameofacustomcolorpalette Liststhecolorsinthecustompalette;clickontheheadertosortbynumberinthelist, color,orcolorname.Tochangetheorderofthecolors,clickinthe#columnanddrag theselectedcolorupordowninthelist.(SelectManualfromthecolorpaletteutility menutosortthecolorsinthemainColorPalettesetinthisorder;seeUtilityMenu onpage 569) Displaysthecolorsinthecustompaletteasagrid OpenstheNewColordialogbox,foraddinganewcolorfromtheoperatingsystems colorpicker OpenstheEditColordialogbox,foreditingtheselectedcolorusingtheoperating systemscolorpicker Deletesthecurrentlyselectedcolor(s)fromthecustomcolorpalette OpensthePickColordialogbox,foraddingoneormorecolorsselectedfromthe availablecolorpalettes(seeSelectingaColorfromaColorPaletteonpage 570) Incrementallylightenstheselectedcolor Incrementallydarkenstheselectedcolor BlendstwoselectedcolorsaccordingtotheirRed,Green,Blue(RGB)values,tocreate thespecifiednumberofnewcolors(upto1000) BlendstwoselectedcolorsaccordingtotheirHue,Saturation,andLightness(HSV) values,tocreatethespecifiednumberofnewcolors(upto1000) ImportsallthecolorsfromtheColorsinActiveDocumentpaletteofanothercurrent versionVectorworksfile
ColorGrid New Edit Delete Get Lighten Darken RGBBlend HSVBlend Import
574
Theindexnumbersareinternaltothecolorpaletteandalwaysremaininthesameorder.
14
Category
2DView 3DElevations 3DRepresentationsAbove theActiveLayerPlane 3DRepresentationsBelow theActiveLayerPlane
Description
SelecttheTop/Plancommandtoviewthedrawingin2D;usethisforannotations, titleblocks,and2Dillustrations UsetheTop,Front,Right,Bottom,Back,andLeftcommandstoview3Delevations UsetheRightIsometric,LeftIsometric,RightRearIsometric,andLeftRear Isometriccommandstoview3Drepresentationsabovetheactivelayerplane UsetheLowerRightIsometric,LowerLeftIsometric,LowerRightRearIsometric, andLowerLeftRearIsometriccommandstoview3Drepresentationsbelowthe activelayerplane
576
Top/Plan
Top
Bottom
Front
Right
Back
Left
Right Isometric
Left Isometric
Keypad Number
0 1 2 3
View
Top/Plan LeftIsometric Front RightIsometric
577
View
Left Top Right LeftRearIsometric Rear RightRearIsometric
Projection
Theprojectioncommandsalterthewaytheprogramdisplaysthe3Dgeometryofthedrawingona2Dscreen.In additiontothestandard2DPlanprojection,therearesix3Dprojectionmodes. Toswitchprojectionmodes: SelectView>Projection,andthenselectaprojection.
Projection Mode
2DPlan Orthogonal Perspective
Description
Matchestheprojectionforanormal2Ddrawing;usethisviewtodraw2Dobjects Displaysanundistorted3Dprojectionofthedrawingobjectsdisplayattheirexact sizeregardlessoftheirdistancefromtheactivelayerplane Addsdistortiontothedrawingsothatobjectsthatarefartherawayappearsmaller thanobjectsthatarecloser,asifthedrawingwereprojectedonanimaginary croppedplane,setatacertaindistance.ThePerspectivemodecloselyapproximates howthe3Dmodelwilldisplayintherealworld. TheCavaliermodesshowanundistortedfrontviewalongwithdepth(alsoknown asfulldepthaxonometricprojections).ThelinesalongtheZaxis(whichshowthe depthofanobject)arerepresentedintruelength.Thisdistortstheoverallimageof theobjectandmakesitappeardeeper.Thesemodesmakeprecisemeasurements possible,eitherfromaprintoutofthedrawingorfromthescreenimage. TheObliqueCabinetmodes(alsoknownashalfdepthaxonometricprojections)are similartoObliqueCavalier.However,thedepthlinesareshortenedby50%.This distortstheactuallengthoftheselines,butrepresentsamorenaturalviewofthe object.Thesemodescanstillbeusedtotakemeasurementsofvectorsperpendicular totheprojectionplan(alongtheZaxis)fromaprinteddrawing,buttheresults mustbemultipliedbytwotoobtaintheactualdimension.
ObliqueCavalier(30or45)
ObliqueCabinet(30or45)
578
Perspective
Theperspectivecommandschangetheamountofdistortionusedtodisplaythedrawing,whichgivestheimpression of3Dperspective.Selectfromnormal,narrow,orwideperspectives,orcreateacustomperspective.
Perspective
SetPerspective NarrowPerspective NormalPerspective WidePerspective Toselectaperspective:
Description
Setacustomperspectivenumerically Similartoatelephotolens Similartoaportraitlens Similartoawideangleorfisheyelens
Simulating Movement
Severaltoolssimulatemovementoverandthroughthedrawing. Whenyouusethesetools,themodelmaydisplayinwireframemodeevenifarendermodeisset.Whenthe movementstops,theprogramrendersthenewviewofthemodel.Additionally,forahighlycomplexdrawing,the programtemporarilyremovessomeofthedetailtospeedupthemovement.Whenthemovementstops,thedetail returns. ThesetoolshavecertainToolbarbuttonsthataretruemodes,andothersthatactascommandbuttons.Whensomeof thesetoolsareinuse,theDatabarprovidesdisplayonlyinformationtohelporienttheview.
Flyover
TheFlyovertoolsimulatesmovementoverandaroundarealworldmodel. TocontrolthemovementsoftheFlyovertool,dragthemousearoundaselectedcenterofrotation.TheToolbar buttonssetthecenterofrotation.
Object Center Interactive Origin Active Layer Plane Origin Working Plane Origin
579
Description
Setsthecenterofrotationwithamouseclick Setsthecenterofrotationtothecenteroftheselectedobjects;ifnoobjectsareselected,sets thecenterofrotationtothecenterofthevisibleobjects Setsthecenterofrotationtothecenteroftheactivelayerplane Setsthecenterofrotationtotheoriginofthecurrentworkingplane
Mouse Movement
Moveleftorright Moveupordown Moveintowardcenter Moveoutwardfromcenter Movedowntowardactivelayer plane Moveupfromactivelayerplane
Shortcut Keys
Description
Turnsleftorrightabouttheselectedcenterof rotation Movesupordownabouttheselectedcenterof rotation
580
Mouse Movement
Description
ConstrainstherotationtotheglobalZaxis,or totheKaxisoftheactiveworkingplane(when WorkingPlaneModeisenabledinthe WorkingPlanespalette) Drawsselectedobjectsinfulldetail,andhides deselectedobjects(sothattheredrawsare faster)
Ctrlkey(Win)orCommand key(Mac)
Walkthrough
TheWalkthroughtoolsimulatesmovementthrougha3Dmodel. Thetooloperatesinperspectiveprojection.TocontrolthemovementsoftheWalkthroughtool,movethemouseor clickoneofthefirstfourmodebuttons.Thebuttonsperformprecise,incrementalwalkthroughmovementsinthe directionspecified. ClickResettoFrontViewmodetoreturntoafrontviewofthemodel,onthesamelevelastheactivelayerplane.
Lower Active Layer Plane Raise Active Layer Plane Viewer Looks Down Viewer Looks Up Reset to Front View
Mode
Mouse Movement/Key
Moveleftorright Moveupordown
Description
TurnsleftorrightfromtheviewerslocationabouttheZaxis MovesforwardorbackwardintheworldXYplane
581
Mouse Movement/Key
Alt+movedown(Win)or Option+movedown(Mac) Alt+moveup(Win)or Option+moveup(Mac) Alt+moveleft(Win)or Option+moveleft(Mac) Alt+moveright(Win)or Option+moveright(Mac)
Description
Raisestheviewpointheight Lowerstheviewpointheight Lowerstheviewpointangle Raisestheviewpointangle Setsthedrawingtoafrontviewofthemodel,onthesame levelastheactivelayerplane Drawsselectedobjectsinfulldetail,andhidesdeselected objects(sothattheredrawsarefaster)
WhentheWalkthroughtoolisinuse,theDatabardisplaysthefollowinginformationtohelporienttheview.
Data Bar
Yaw
Description
Displaystheangle(0360degrees)betweenthewalkingdirectionandthepositiveYaxis,to describethedirectionofmovementintheactivelayerplane.Ayawof90degreesindicates movementinthedirectionofthepositiveXaxis.Ayawof180degreesindicatesmovement inthedirectionofthenegativeYaxis. Displaystheviewpointsviewingangle.Avalueof0degreesindicatesthatthevieweris lookingstraightahead;avalueof45degreesindicatesthattheviewerislookingupatan angle45degreesfromhorizontal. Displaysthepositionoftheviewerrelativetotheactivelayerplane
Pitch
ViewerX/Y/Z
Translate View
TheTranslateViewtoolprovidesanotherwaytolookata3Dmodelinorthogonalorperspectiveprojections. TocontrolthemovementsoftheTranslateViewtool,movethemouseorclickoneofthemodebuttons.Thebuttons performprecise,incrementalmovementsinthedirectionspecified. Totranslateaview: 1. ClicktheTranslateViewtoolfromtheVisualizationtoolset. 2. Clickonthedrawinganddragwhileyouholdthemousebuttontotranslatethedrawingfromsidetosideorup anddown.Tostopthemovement,releasethemousebutton.Alternatively,clickthemodebuttonsoruse shortcutsonthekeyboardtotranslatetheview.
Move Picture Closer Move Picture Away
582
Mode
Description
MovesalongscreenXaxis MovesalongscreenYaxis Movesthedrawingcloser(inperspectiveprojection) Movesthedrawingfartheraway(inperspectiveprojection) Drawsselectedobjectsinfulldetail,andhidesdeselected objects(sothattheredrawsarefaster)
MovePictureCloser MovePictureAway
WhentheTranslateViewtoolisinuse,theDatabardisplaysthefollowinginformationtohelporienttheview.
Data Bar
ViewerX/Y/Z L/R U/D I/O
Description
Displaysthepositionoftheviewerrelativetotheactivelayerplane Displaysthemovementtotheleftandrightofanimaginaryaxisperpendiculartothescreen Displaysthemovementupanddownfromanimaginaryaxisperpendiculartothescreens Displaysthemovementinandoutofthedrawingalonganimaginaryaxisperpendicularto thescreen
Simulating Movement |
583
Mode
RotateAroundObjectCenter RotateAroundActiveLayerPlaneCenter RotateAroundWorkingPlaneCenter
Description
Usesthecenterofselectedobjectsastherotationcenter Usesthecenteroftheactivelayerplaneastherotationcenter Usestheoriginofthecurrentworkingplaneastherotationcenter
Mode
Mouse Movement/Key
Moveleftorright Moveupordown
Description
RotatesaboutthescreenYaxis(orthescreenZaxisifthemouseis attheperimeterofthedrawing) RotatesaboutthescreenYaxis(orthescreenZaxisifthemouseis attheperimeterofthedrawing) Eachclickrotatestheviewinaclockwisedirectionaboutthe selectedcenterofrotation Eachclickrotatestheviewinacounterclockwisedirectionabout theselectedcenterofrotation
Drawsselectedobjectsinfulldetail,andhidesdeselectedobjects(so thattheredrawsarefaster)
WhentheRotateViewtoolisinuse,theDatabardisplaysthefollowinginformationtohelporienttheview.
Data Bar
Azimuth Elevation Roll
Description
Displaystheactivelayerplaneangle(indegrees)betweenthepositiveXaxisandthe directionfromtheselectedcenterofrotationtotheviewer Displaystheangle(indegrees)betweentheselectedcenterofrotationandtheplanewhich isparalleltotheactivelayerplaneandpassesthroughthevieworigin Displays(indegrees)theamountofrotationabouttheselectedrotationcenter
Rotating Precisely
TheRotate3DViewcommandprovidesaprecisewaytorotatethe3Dview.Enterrotationvaluesdirectly,orrotate theviewinincrements.Apreviewdisplaystherotationmovementsbeforetheactualviewisrotated. Torotatethe3Dview: 1. SelectView>Rotate3DView. TheRotate3DViewdialogboxopens.
584
Parameter
Parametersareabsolute Parametersarerelative InteractiveRotation +,X/Y/Zbuttons AngleIncrement RotationbyValue RotationonX/Y/Z
Description
Startstheviewrotationfromatop(absolute)view Startstheviewrotationfromthecurrentview
Theplusandminusbuttonsforeachaxisrotatetheviewbytheincrementspecified Specifiestherotationincrement(indegrees)fortheinteractiverotationbuttons
Specifiestherotationvalue(indegrees,minutes,andseconds)fortheX,Y,and/orZaxes
2. Specifytherotationcriteria,andthenclickOKtorotatethe3Dviewasspecified.
SpaceNavigator Mode
UsingWalkthrough Navigation
Description
Movesforward,back,left,right,up,anddown;looks left,right,up,anddown
585
Description
Movesforward,back,left,right,up,anddown;looks left,right,up,anddown,androllsleftandright. Thismodeisthemostflexible,butcanbechallenging tocontrol;decreasingaxissensitivityfromthe SpaceNavigatorcontrolpanelisrecommended(press therightNavigatorbutton)
UsingFlyover Navigation
Perspective,Isometric
Using2DNavigation
Top/Plan,Perspective, Isometric
Setting a 3D View
TheSet3DViewcommandsetsaprecise3Dviewataspecifiedviewingangle,height,andperspective.Normally,the commandisexecutedfrom2DTop/Planview;however,thecommandcanalsoseta3Dviewfromanyofthe3D views. Toseta3Dview: 1. SelectView>Set3DView. 2. Clickanddrawalinetoindicatetheviewdirection;thelinestartingpointindicatestheviewerpositionandthe lineendpointindicatesthepointtheviewerislookingtowards(looktowardpoint). TheSet3DViewdialogboxopens.
3. Specifythe3Dviewcriteria.
Parameter
ViewerHeight LookTowardHeight Perspective
Description
Specifiestheheightofthevieweratthestartpointofthedrawnline Specifiestheheightoftheviewdestinationattheendpointofthedrawnline Selectthedesiredperspective,orusethecurrentsettingtokeeptheperspective unchanged
4. ClickOK.The3Dviewisadjustedasspecified.
586
3. ClickDisplayCameraViewintheObjectInfopalette,orsimplydoubleclickonthecamera,toswitchtothe3D cameraview.ToreturntoTop/Planview,clickTop/PlanViewintheObjectInfopalette.
4. ThecamerapropertiescanbeeditedintheObjectInfopalette.
587
Description
Setsthecameraheight;atplacement,thecameraissettoadefaultheightof1500mmor 50.IfaZvalueisalsospecifiedforthecameraobject,thetotalcameraheightisthesum oftheZheightandtheCameraHeight. Setstheheightofthecameralooktopoint;atplacement,thelooktoheightissettoa defaultheightof1500mmor50.IfaZvalueisalsospecifiedforthecameraobject,the totallooktoheightisthesumoftheZheightandtheLookToHeight. SwitchestoaTop/Planviewofthecamera Switchestodisplaythe3Dcameraview(doubleclickingonthecameraina2Dviewalso switchestocameraview) OpensthePerspectiveViewControlsdialogbox,formakingfineadjustmentstothe cameraviewcontrols(seeAdjustingtheCameraViewonpage 588) SelectPerspectiveorOrthogonalprojectionforthecameraview;Perspectivecreatesan adjustableclippingframeforthecameraview,whileOrthogonalisusefulforanelevation view(forexample,askewedelevationviewofabuildingwhichisnotinastandardview). Availableparametersdependontheselectedprojection. Selectsarendermodeforthe3Dcameraview Setstheaspectratiooftheperspectiveclippingwindow;theclippingwindowcanalsobe settothepagesizeortoacustomaspectratio WhenacustomAspectRatioisselected,enterthecustomratio Specifiesthecamerafilmsize,anddeterminesthefocallengthofthecamera(hasnoeffect onthecameraview) Displaysthecamerafocallength,basedonfilmsize Specifiestheviewangle;settoadefaultangleof65degrees.Usethecontrolpointtoset theviewangleonthe2Dcamerawiththemouse. Calculatesthepixelsizewhenexportingthecameraview(hasnoeffectonthecamera view) DisplaysthepixelsizebasedontheDPIsetting Scalesthesizeoftheclippingwindowframe Tiltsthecameratotheleftorright,formoreaccurateperspectivematching Specifiesanameforthecamera,whichcanbedisplayedorhiddenin2Dview;movethe cameranametextcontrolpointtoadjustthepositionofthename
LookToHeight
RenderMode AspectRatio CustomAspect ForFilmSizeof FocalLengthis FieldofView ForDPIof PixelSizeis ClipFrameScale % Left/RightTiltAngle CameraName
588
Parameter
CameraDisplay
AutoUpdate3DView
AutoCenter3DView
589
Parameter
CameraHeight CameraPan CameraMove Left/Right CameraDistance LookToHeight FocalLength (zoom) Perspective
Description
Movesthecameravertically Pansthecamera,rotatingitaboutitsaxiswithina+/20degreerange,asifitwereonatripod Rotatesthecameraaboutthelooktopoint,withina+/20degreerange Movesthecameratowardsorawayfromthelooktopoint Setstheheightofthelooktopoint,whicheffectivelytiltsthecameravertically Actslikeazoomlens;setsthelensfocallength,from10to200mmandchangesthefieldof viewangle Increasesordecreasestheperspectiveeffect,makingtheperspectivelinesvanishmoreorless steeplyaboutthelooktopoint;worksmosteffectivelywhenthelooktopointisatthecenter ofthesceneorobjectbeingviewed Setstheaspectoftheperspectiveclippingwindow;useinconjunctionwiththeClipFrame Sizetoobtainthedesiredwindowsize
ClipFrame AspectRatio
590
Parameter
ClipFrameSize RenderMode
Parameter
Setsthefieldofviewanglecolorwhenthecameraheightishigherthanthelookto height Setsthetextcolorforthecameraname Setsthecoloroftheviewlineconnectingthecameratothelooktopoint,aswellas thecolorofthe3Dcamerarepresentation Setsthecoloroftheangleofviewlines
Fit to Objects |
2. SelecttheRenderworkscamera,andthenselectView>CreateViewport.
591
3. Analertdialogboxaskswhetherthecamerashouldbeusedfortheviewportsview.SelectYes(clickAlwaysdo theselectedactiontoalwaysuseaselectedRenderworkscamerafortheviewwhencreatingviewports). 4. TheCreateViewportdialogboxopens.Enteraviewportnameanddrawingtitle,andselectthesheetlayerto placeiton.Theviewandprojectionparametersaresetbythecamera,andthereforeappeardimmed;the camerasrendermodedoesnotaffecttheviewportsrendermode.Changeanyotherparametersasneeded(see CreatingaSheetLayerViewportfromaDesignLayeronpage 762). 5. ClickOK. Theviewportiscreatedonthespecifiedsheetlayer,withitsview,projection,andperspectivedistancesettothat oftheRenderworkscamera.IntheObjectInfopalette,theRWCamerastatuschangestoYes. Thecamerabecomespartoftheviewportandcanbeedited(ordeleted),changingtheviewportsview parameters,byeditingthecamerathroughtheviewport.Anexistingsheetlayerviewportcanalsobelinkedtoa Renderworkscamera.SeeEditingaLinkedRenderworksCameraonpage 776.
Fit to Objects
TheFittoObjectscommandprovidesaneasywaytozoominandoutofadrawing.Therearetwooptions:fitthe windowaroundalltheobjectsinthedrawing,orfitthewindowaroundaparticularobjectorsetofobjects. Tofitthedrawingwindowaroundallvisibleobjectsinthedrawing: 1. Ensurethatthecurrentlayercontainstheobject(s)toview,andthatnoobjectsareselected. 2. SelectView>Zoom>FittoObjects.Alternatively,clicktheFittoObjectsbuttonontheViewbar. Theprogramzoomsinoroutsothatalltheobjectsinthedrawingdisplayinthedrawingarea.
592
Viewing History
Theprogramautomaticallyrecordsahistoryofthelasttenchangesindrawingview,includingprojection,perspective andzoomchanges.ClickthePreviousViewandNextViewbuttonsontheViewbartomovethroughthechange historystack.
Previous View
Next View
OnaWindowssystemwithafivebuttonmouse,buttons4and5onthemouse(whichinvoketheBackandForward commandsinwebbrowsers)invokePreviousViewandNextView,respectively.
593
Working plane
594
Hybridsymbolscanonlybeinsertedonaworkingplanethatisparalleltotheactivelayerplane.Wheninserting ahybridsymbol,iftheworkingplaneisnotparalleltotheactivelayerplane,theworkingplaneismovedto,and alignedwith,theactivelayerplane. Inaddition,sometoolsrequireavectororplane.The3Dviewingtoolscanusetheworkingplanetodefinetheircenter and/oraxisofrotation,whiletheMirrortoolcanmirrortheselected3Dobjectsacrosstheworkingplane.Thelocation of3Dtoolsin3Dspaceistakenfromthepointontheworkingplanedirectlybehindthecursor,orfromasnappointif theyaresnappedtoanobject. Toassistwithdrawingin3Dwithcertaindrawingtools,anautomaticworkingplaneappearsonsuitableobject surfacesasthecursormovesoverdrawingobjectswiththetoolselected.Theautomaticworkingplaneisatemporary workingplanethatdoesnotneedtobeexplicitlyset.Objectscreatedontheautomaticworkingplanearedrawn planartotheautomaticworkingplane,ratherthanonthelayerplane.Thisfacilitatesdrawingplanarobjectswithout theneedtocreateorsaveaworkingplane.Thecolorandopacityoftheautomaticworkingplanecanalsobe customized;seeConfiguringInteractiveDisplayonpage 65.
Ifthereisnosuitablesurfaceunderthecursor,theautomaticworkingplanealignstothelayerplane.
595
Whentheautomaticworkingplaneisineffect,AutomaticdisplaysintheActivePlaneslistlocatedontheViewbar.
Plane
Automatic
Description
Theactiveworkingplanechangesasthecursormovesoverthedrawingareaina3D view.Theautomaticplaneisatemporaryworkingplanethatdoesnotneedtobeset; oversuitablesurfacesandwithcertaindrawingtools,theautomaticplaneisplanarto thesurface.Otherwise,theautomaticplanealignstothelayerplane. Theactiveworkingplaneisplanartothecurrentplaneoftheactivelayer Theactiveworkingplaneisplanartoasavedworkingplaneposition;selectinga workingplanecancelstheautomaticworkingplane. Theactiveworkingplaneisalignedtothescreenplane(planartothecomputer screen)
596
597
Active layer plane and working plane coincident, and working plane selected; Z axis display enabled
Mode
ThreePoint PlanarFace
Description
Definestheworkingplanebythree,3Dpoints,oraccordingtothesurfaceofarenderedobject Alignstheworkingplanetoaplanarface;or,foraNURBScurve,alignstheworkingplane perpendiculartothatpointstangentonthecurve
598
With the automatic working plane in the desired location, select Set Working Plane
Using Working Planes | Setting the Working Plane to a Rendered Objects Surface
Theworkingplanecanbedefinedaccordingtothesurfaceofarenderedobject. Tosettheworkingplanetoarenderedobjectssurface:
599
Click the rendered surface to use for aligning the working plane
600
Action
Rotatetheworkingplane
Description
Clickononeoftheaxisgrips.Therotatecursordisplays.Movethecursorto rotatetheplaneabouttheselectedaxis,andclicktoset.
601
Description
Clickonthecentergrip.Themovecursordisplays.Movethecursortomove theplane,andclicktoset.
Alignment indicators show that the direction of working plane movement is planar, in this case in the Z and X directions, as indicated by the blue and red planar shading
Y axis is perpendicular to the active layer plane, and the working plane is located above the active layer plane, as indicated by the dashed gray lines
Command
SelectWorkingPlane
Description
Selectstheworkingplane(alternatively,clickontheplanewiththeSelectiontool orselectEdit>SelectWorkingPlane)
602
Command
LookatWorkingPlane
SaveWorkingPlane
AlignWorkingPlaneXAxis withLayerPlane AlignWorkingPlanewith LayerPlane AlignWorkingPlanewith CurrentView RotateAboutXLeft90 RotateAboutXRight90 RotateAboutYLeft90 RotateAboutYRight90 RotateAboutZLeft90 RotateAboutZRight90 FlipX FlipY FlipZ
Whenusingtherotatecommands,leftindicatescounterclockwisewhenviewingtheworkingplaneoriginfromthe positiveXaxis.
603
604
605
Button
LookAtWorkingPlane
Description
Changestheviewtobeperpendiculartotheworkingplane;similar totheTopviewundertheViewmenuinthatyouarelooking straightattheworkingplane Setstheactivelayerplaneasthereferencefortoolssuchasthe Flyovertool,Walkthroughtool,andotherviewingtools;usedwith theFlyovertoolsrotationcentermode SetstheworkingplaneasthereferencefortoolssuchastheFlyover tool,Walkthroughtool,andotherviewingtools;usedwiththe Flyovertoolsrotationcentermode
ActiveLayerPlaneMode
WorkingPlaneMode
606
Theobjectsselectedsurfaceisalignedtotheworkingplane.
15
Item
RenderBitmaptool RenderWorksCameratool AttributeMappingtool VBvisualPlanttool ObjectInfopalette Visualizationpalette ResourceBrowser
Description
Rendersaselectedareawithaspecifiedrenderingmode,creatingabitmap object Createsacameraviewbasedonspecificparameters Addstheabilitytomove,rotate,andresizeatextureona3Dobjectsurface Placeshighquality3Dplantsinthedrawing MapstexturesontoobjectsurfacesusingtheoptionsontheRendertab,and allowstexturestobecreatedand/oredited Accesseslightsandcamerasforquickediting,selection,andmanagement Createsnewstyles,textures,andbackgroundresources,importsresources, andeditsstyles,textures,andbackgrounds;dragatexturetoanobjectto applyit FastRenderworks,FinalQualityRenderworks,CustomRenderworks,and ArtisticRenderworks Setsupbatchrenderingoptionsandexecutesbatchrendering Addsarealights,linelights,andcustomlights,andaddsaccuratelighting parameterstopoint,directionalandspotlights Specifiestextureinformationforclasses Specifiesthebackgroundresourcetoapplytoalayer AppliestheselectedRenderworksstyle Purgesunusedtexturesfromadrawingfile Createsimagepropsfromimagefiles Createsanarealight Createsalinearlight SpecifiestheRenderworksbackgroundresourcetoapplytothelayer
Renderingmodes BatchRendering Additionallightsourcesand parameters EditClass(es)dialogbox EditLayersdialogbox RenderworksStylecommand PurgeUnusedObjectscommand CreateImagePropcommand ConverttoAreaLightcommand ConverttoLineLightcommand SetRenderworksBackground command(VectorworksDesign Seriesrequired) ExportCINEMA4D(3Donly) command SendtoCINEMA4D(3Donly) command
608
Item
609
Function
Definessurfacecolor;thiscanbeaplain,uniformcolor,oracomplexpatternlikewoodor marble Definesamountoflightreflectedbysurface;itisdependentonsurfacetexturepropertiesand anylightsources Definessurfacetransparencyoropacity Definessurfaceirregularitieswhichgivethetextureabumpyappearance
Creating Textures
TexturesarecreatedanddisplayedintheResourceBrowserandaresavedwiththefile(defaultcontentis automaticallyimportedintothefileatthepointofuse,anddisplaysintheResourceBrowser);seeDefaultContentin VectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworksonpage 157andUsingtheResourceBrowseronpage 159.Textures arecreatedbydefiningtheshadersthatmakeupthetexture. Alibraryoftextureresourcesisalsoprovidedin[Vectorworks]\Libraries\Defaults\RenderworksTextures. ApplytexturestoanobjectfromtheResourceBrowserorfromtheRendertaboftheObjectInfopalette.SeeApplying andMappingTexturesonpage 635formoreinformation.
610
Parameter
Name Shaders Color
Description
Specifiesthenameofthetextureresource Setsthetypeofshaderorcombinationofshaderstouse,andspecifiestheshader parameters. Colorshadersapplyacolororpatterntothesurfaceofanobject.Selectacolorshader fromthelist,orchooseObjectAttributetoapplytheobjectsfillcolorattribute. Imagebasedshadersrequiretheselectionofanimagefile(seeCreatingImagebased Shadersonpage 613).Afterselectingtheshader,clickEdittoedittheshaderproperties. Reflectivityshaderscontrolhowmuchlightisreflectedfromasurface.Selecta reflectivityshaderfromthelist(orselectNonetoexcludethistypeofshaderfromthe texture).Imagebasedshadersrequiretheselectionofanimagefile(seeCreating ImagebasedShadersonpage 613).Afterselectingtheshader,clickEdittoeditthe shaderproperties. Transparencyshaderscontrolsurfacetransparencyoropacity.Selectatransparency shaderfromthelist(orselectNonetoexcludethistypeofshaderfromthetexture). Imagebasedshadersrequiretheselectionofanimagefile(seeCreatingImagebased Shadersonpage 613).Maskbasedtransparencyshaderscreateatransparentmaskfrom animagebasedonspecifiedsettings.Afterselectingtheshader,clickEdittoeditthe shaderproperties. Bumpshadersapplyatexturewithbumpsordimplestoanobjectsurface.Selectabump shaderfromthelist(orselectNonetoexcludethistypeofshaderfromthetexture). Imagebasedshadersrequiretheselectionofanimagefile(seeCreatingImagebased Shadersonpage 613).Afterselectingtheshader,clickEdittoedittheshaderproperties.
Reflectivity
Transparency
Bump
611
Description
Setstherealworldsizeforeachrepetitionofthetexture Ifapplyingabrickshader,specifywhethertoadjustthebrickdimensionsproportionally tomatchthechangetothetexturesize.
Allowsobjectswiththistexturetocastshadows Allowsobjectswiththistexturetoreceiveshadows ThePreviewwindowdisplaystheeffectsofshaderandsizeselectionsonapreview object Adjuststhepreviewpositionandmagnification.ClickPananddragthepreviewtothe desiredlocation.ClickZoomInorZoomOutandthenclickanddragtocreatea marquee;thiszoomsinoroutonaparticularsectionofthepreview.ClickFittofitthe previewtothewindow(accordingtoObjSize). Selectthetypeofpreviewobjectfromthelist;forprocedural(nonimagebased)shaders, theFlatobjecttypeisautomaticallyusedtocreateapreviewforOpenGLrenderingto approximatethelookofthesolidshader Specifiesthepreviewobjectsize Selecttopreviewtheassociatedshader;deselecttoexcludetheshadercomponentfrom thetexturepreview OpenstheIndirectLightingTextureOptionsdialogbox,tosetanyoverridesforthe texturewhenrenderingwithindirectlighting(seeSettingIndirectLightingOptionson page 612) Returnsthetextureparameterstotheoriginalsettings,undoinganychanges
ObjType
612
Parameter
OverrideIndirectLighting EmitLight ReceiveLight 2. ClickOK.
Description
Setswhetherthetextureshouldparticipateinindirectlightingcalculations. Selectthisoptionifthetextureshouldbothreceiveandemitlight Selectthisoptionifthetextureshouldreceivelightbutnotemitit
Creating Textures |
613
Parameter
ImportanImageFile ReuseanImagefrom AnotherResource
Description
Importsanewimage;clickOKandproceedtoStep4. Reusesapreviouslyimportedimage;selecttheresourceorothershader typethatcontainstheimage.ClickOKandproceedtoStep5.
4. SelectthedesiredimagefileintheImportQuickTimeImageDocumentdialogbox.ClickOpen. 5. Thenextdialogboxthatopensdependsonthetypeofshader.Refertothesectionthatappliestotheshader.
614
Section
ImportingImagesforColorShadersonpage 614 ImportingImagesforReflectivityShadersonpage 615 ImportingImagesforTransparencyShadersonpage 617 ImportingImagesforBumpShadersonpage 621
Reuse image
Creating Textures |
615
Parameter
Imagepreview TileImage FilterColor Nofilter UseObjectFill UseChosenColor ChangeImage FlipH/V Rotate Invert
Description
Editstotheimagearedisplayedintheimagepreview Repeatstheimageinthehorizontal,vertical,orhorizontalandvertical directions;deselectfornotiling
616
Reuse image
Parameter
Imagepreview ChangeImage FlipH/V Rotate
Description
Editstotheimagearedisplayedintheimagepreview Selectsadifferentimageforimport Flipstheimagehorizontallyorvertically Rotatestheimage90counterclockwise
617
Description
Producesanegativeoftheimage Setstheamountofreflection.Generally,whitepixelsarethemostreflective,whilecolored pixelsreflectintheircolor. Setshowblurrythereflectionappears.Arangeof040%istypical.
Image Transparency
Theprocessofselectinganimagetransparencyshaderisillustratedbythefollowingflowchart.
Edit Texture dialog box Image already imported in file No image previously imported
Reuse image
618
Parameter
Imagepreview IndexofRefraction
Description
Editstotheimagearedisplayedintheimagepreview Aslightmovesthroughamedium,theindexmeasuresthechangeinthe directionofthelightsrays.Anindexof1.0indicatesnone;atypicalvaluefor waterandiceis1.3,andforglassuse1.51.6. SetsimageblurringwhenrenderedinFinalQualityorCustomRenderworks (withBlurrinessselected) Clickthecolorboxtoselectacolorthattheobjectmayabsorbdifferently,making itappeartintedbythatcolor DefinesthedistanceraysoflighthavetotravelbeforeAbsorptionColorreplaces theimagecolor.Thelowerthevalue,themoreintensetheAbsorptionColoris. Selectsadifferentimageforimport Flipstheimagehorizontallyorvertically Rotatestheimage90counterclockwise Producesanegativeoftheimage
SeeTransparencyShadersonpage 924formoredetailsabouttransparencyparameters.
Mask Transparency
Theprocessofselectingamasktransparencyshaderisillustratedbythefollowingflowchart.
Creating Textures |
Edit Texture dialog box Image already imported in file No image previously imported
619
Reuse image
Create transparent color mask Create Transparent Color Mask dialog box
Parameter
Horizontal/Vertical Repetitions Single Infinite Custom
Description
Specifiesthenumberofrepetitionsofthemaskshaderinthehorizontalandvertical direction Themaskshaderdoesnotrepeat;itisonlyshownonce(thisisthetypicalsetting,especially fordecals) Themaskshaderrepeatsinfinitelyinthehorizontaland/orverticaldirection Themaskshaderrepeatsthespecifiednumberoftimes
620
Parameter
AntiAliased ChangeImage TransparentColor Mask FlipH/V Rotate Invert
Parameter
SourceImage
Description
Displaystheimportedimage.Selectthetransparentcolorbyclickingacolorintheimage; theresultingmaskisdisplayedintheTransparentColorMaskpreview.Ifnecessary,usethe mousescrollwheeltozoomintoandoutoftheimage,orclickandholdthemousewheel buttontopan. Displaysthecurrenttransparentcolor.Eitherclickonthesourceimagetodesignatethe transparentcolor,orselectthecolorbyclickingthecolorbox. Displaysapreviewofthemaskbasedonthecurrenttransparentcolorselectionand settings Adjuststhetransparencytolerance;dragtheslidertotherighttoincreasethetolerance level.Thisallowsawiderrangeofpixelssimilartothetransparentcolortobeconsidered transparent.
621
Description
Adjuststhemaskedgecontrast;increasetheedgecontrastsharpnessbydraggingtheslider totheright.Softenthecontrastbydraggingtheslidertotheleft.
4. ClickOK.ThemaskispreviewedintheEditImageMaskdialogbox. 5. ClickOKagain.TheimportedmasktransparencyispreviewedintheEditTexturedialogbox.
Reuse image
622
Parameter
Imagepreview ChangeImage FlipH/V Rotate Invert BumpStrength(%)
Description
Editstotheimagearedisplayedintheimagepreview Selectsadifferentimageforimport Flipstheimagehorizontallyorvertically Rotatestheimage90counterclockwise Producesanegativeoftheimage;usefulforreversingthehighandlowpixelsforabump image Setstheamplitudeofthebumpshader.Positiveandnegativevaluescanbeentered.Avalue of10%wouldresultinamildbumpyappearance.
623
624
Parameter
Shaders Size SetByImage
Shadows Cast Receive IndirectLightingOptions Allowsobjectswiththistexturetocastshadows(forrenderingmodesthatdisplay shadows) Allowsobjectswiththistexturetoreceiveshadows(forrenderingmodesthat displayshadows) OpenstheIndirectLightingTextureOptionsdialogbox,tosetanyoverridesfor thetexturewhenrenderingwithindirectlighting(seeSettingIndirectLighting Optionsonpage 612).
PreviewOptions RenderMode UpdateWhenValues Change RenderSelectedObject Only (TextureName)isUsedby Selectarenderingmodeforthepreviewwindow;thisdoesnotchangethe drawingrenderingmode SelecttorenderthepreviewwiththeselectedRenderModeasparameters change;ifdeselected,thedrawingisnotupdateduntilthedialogboxisclosed Selecttorenderonlytheselectedobjectasparameterschange;deselecttorender objectswithinthepreviewwindowasparameterschange Indicatesthenumberofobjectsinthefilewiththecurrenttextureapplied
625
626
627
Parameter
ImportanImageFile ReuseanImagefromAnotherResource
Description
Importsanewimage;clickOKandproceedtoStep3. Reusesapreviouslyimportedimage;selecttheresourcethatcontains theimage.ClickOKandproceedtoStep4.
Parameter
Name Dimensions LockAspectRatio MaskOptions NoMask
Description
Specifyanamefortheimageprop(usedforthetextureandsymbolname) Specifiestheimagepropsheightandwidthvalues Maintainstheimagesaspectratiowhenselected;editingonedimension automaticallychangestheother
Specifiesthatnoimagemaskingistobeusedfortheimportedimage
628
Parameter
UseMask CrossedPlanes
Adding 3D Plants
Manydesignshaveaneedforplantsthatrenderquicklyandappearmorerealisticthanimagepropobjects.The Renderworksproductincludesseveralhighquality3DplantsfromVBvisual,makersof3Dcontentforrendering packages.Theseplantslookauthenticinallviewsandcastrealisticshadows,withoutaddingexcessivelytorendering timesorfilesize.TheRenderworksproductincludesthreefreeplants;moreplantscanbepurchasedtoaddtothe libraryof3Dplants.
629
Toplacea3Dplant: 1. ClicktheVBvisualPlanttoolfromtheVisualizationtoolset. 2. SelecttheplanttoinsertfromtheVBvisualPlantlistontheToolbar. 3. Clicktoinserttheselectedplantintothedrawing. Whenapplicable,thelowresolution,summerversionoftheplantisinsertedbydefault.Theplantincludesa3D locussoitcanbeeasilymoved;inaddition,theplantcanbesenttothesurfaceofasitemodel(seeSending ObjectstotheModelSurfaceonpage 301intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide).Inplanview,a2D versionoftheplantdisplays. TheobjectpropertiescanbeeditedfromtheObjectInfopalette.Theoptionsavailabledependontheselectedplant type.
Parameter
Name Height Resolution Season
Description
Selecttheplantspeciesfromthelistofincludedorpurchasedplants,orclickMore Plantstopurchaseadditionalplants Selecttheplantheightfromthelistofavailableheightsfortheselectedplant Certainplantsincludebothalowandhighresolutionversion.Selectingahigh resolutionprovidesthebestappearance,buttakeslongertorender. Selecttheseasonfortheplanttodisplay
630
Creating a Background
Tocreateabackground: 1. SelectWindow>Palettes>ResourceBrowsertoopentheResourceBrowser. 2. FromtheResourcesmenu,selectNewResourcetodisplaytheNewResourcemenu. 3. SelectRenderworksBackground. TheEditRenderworksBackgrounddialogboxopens.
4. Enterthenameofthenewbackgroundandselectthetypeofbackgroundtocreate.ClickOptionstosetspecific backgroundparameters.
Parameter
None Clouds Scale
Description
Selectthisoptionwhencreatingalitfogeffectwithoutanadditionalbackground Specifiesaskybackgroundwithabackgroundcolorandclouds Specifiesthecloudscale(110);enteralargervalueforlargercloudsizes
631
Description
Selectabackgroundcolorforthesky Selectacloudcolor Specifiesthelevelofcloudresolution;dragtheslidertotherighttospecifya greaterlevelofdetail(requireslongerrenderingtimes) Specifiesabackgroundwithonecolor;clickOptionstoselectthecolor Specifiesabackgroundwithtwocolorswhichblendtoformagradient;click Optionstoselectthecolors Selectthecolorforthestartofthecolorgradientatthetopofthepage Selectthecolorfortheendofthecolorgradientatthebottomofthepage Usesaspecifiedimageforthebackground(seeCreatingImageBackgroundson page 631) UsesapanoramicHighDynamicRangeImage(HDRI)fileforthebackground(see CreatingHDRIBackgroundsonpage 632) Createsvolumetriclightingeffects,suchasashaftorconeofscatteredlightinfog, haze,orsmoke.Apointorspotlightobjectmustbeinsertedinthedrawing,and LitFogmustbeselectedintheObjectInfopaletteforthelightsourceobject. Litfogcannotbeappliedtodirectional,area,orlinelights.
OpenGLrendermodeonlydisplaysOneColor,TwoColor,andImagebackgrounds. 5. ClickOKfromtheCreateRenderworksBackgrounddialogboxtocreatethebackgroundresource. ThenewbackgroundresourceislistedintheResourceBrowser.ItisavailableintheEditDesignLayersdialog box(seeApplyingRenderworksBackgroundsonpage 656forinformation). ARenderworksbackgroundcanbequicklyeditedbypressingCtrl(Windows)orOption(Macintosh)and doubleclickingontheresourceintheResourceBrowser. Backgroundsandlitfogeffectscanbeusedtogether. Texturesandbackgroundsthatarenotusedinthedrawingfileshouldbepurgedtoreducefilesize.See PurgingItemsfromaFileonpage 270.
632
Tocreateanimagebackground: 1. CreatethebackgroundresourceasdescribedinCreatingLayerBackgroundsonpage 629. 2. SelectImagefromtheBackgroundlist. 3. Selectanewimageoranimagefromeitherthedefaultcontentorthecurrentfilescontent(seeDefaultContent inVectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworksonpage 157). TheEditImageBackgrounddialogboxopens;specifytheimageheightandwidth(centeredonthepage).An imageusedasabackgroundofthistype,asopposedtotheHDRIbackground,remainsfixedtothepageand doesnotchangeaccordingtothe3Dview. Animagecanalsobereusedfromanotherimagebasedresourceifoneexistsinthefile.IntheChooseImage dialogbox,selectReuseanImagefromAnotherResourceandspecifytheresource.TheEditImageBackground dialogboxopenstoalloweditingofimageparameters(seeSelectingtheImageforImportonpage 613for moreinformation).
Parameter
Width Height ChangeImage FlipH/V Rotate Invert
Description
Setsthewidthoftheimageinpageunits(inchesormillimeters);widtheditsalso automaticallychangetheheight,tomaintaintheimageaspectratio Setstheheightoftheimageinpageunits(inchesormillimeters);heighteditsalso automaticallychangethewidth,tomaintaintheimageaspectratio Selectsadifferentimageforimport Flipstheimagehorizontallyorvertically Rotatestheimage90counterclockwise Producesanegativeoftheimage
4. ClickOKtousetheimageinthebackground.
633
Creation Method
CreateanHDRIbackgroundresourceandapplyittothelayer.By default,theLayerLightingOptionsissettousethelightingfrom thecurrentbackground. CreateanHDRIbackgroundresourceandapplyittothelayer.In theLayerLightingOptionsdialogbox,specifyNonefor EnvironmentLighting. CreateanHDRIbackgroundresource,butdonotapplyittothe layer.IntheLayerLightingOptionsdialogbox,selectFrom SelectedBackgroundandspecifytheresource. CreatethefirstHDRIbackgroundresourceandapplyittothelayer (environmentbackground).Createthesecondbackgroundresource butdonotapplyittothelayer.Instead,intheLayerLighting Optionsdialogbox,selectFromSelectedBackgroundandspecify thesecondresource(environmentlighting).
HDRIbackgroundsrenderbestinPerspectiveprojection.InOrthogonalprojection,HDRIbackgroundsare suitableforlightingandreflections,butappearasasinglebackgroundcolorbecauseofthenarrowfieldofview. IftheHDRIbackgroundincludesasuninitsimage,andthedrawingalsocontainsdirectionallights,thelight directionsmaynotmatch,creatingmultipleshadows. TocreateanHDRIbackground: 1. CreatethebackgroundresourceasdescribedinCreatingLayerBackgroundsonpage 629. 2. SelectImageEnvironment(HDRI)fromtheBackgroundlist. 3. Selectthe .hdrimagefiletouse.TheimageisautomaticallyconvertedtoLat/Longformat.AnOpenEXRfilecan alsobeused;itmustbeinLat/Longformat. TheEditImageEnvironment(HDRI)Backgrounddialogboxopens.
634
Parameter
Preview Rotation
Description
Displaysapreviewoftheselectedimage RotatestheimageclockwiseabouttheZaxis,changingthelightorientationand visibleportionoftheimage(range:180to180degrees;positiveanglesarerotated clockwise) ImportsadifferentimagetouseastheHDRIbackground Specifiesthebrightnessforenvironmentlighting;enterapercentageordragtheslider tochangethebrightness.Avalueover100%canbeentered. Specifiesthecolorsaturationforenvironmentlighting;enterapercentageordragthe slidertochangethesaturation.Avalueover100%canbeentered. Specifiesthesamplingvalueoftherenderedimage;higherqualitysamplingresultsin betterimageresolution,butlongerrenderingtimes.SelectFromRenderModetouse theSoftShadowsqualityspecifiedintherenderoptions(seeCustomRenderworks Optionsonpage 694).
4. ClickOKtousetheimageasanenvironmentbackgroundresource.
635
Map Type
Plane
Description
Projectsthetextureontoaplane
Texture frame (showing the first repetition of the texture)
636
Map Type
AutoAlign Plane
Sphere
Projectsthetexturetothesurfaceofasphere
Mapping surface representation (a cross-section of the sphere) Texture projection line
Radius control
637
Description
Projectsthetexturetothesurfaceofacylinder
Texture projection line Radius control
Texture frame (showing the first repetition of the texture) Editing a cylinder map with the Attribute Mapping tool
SphereandCylindermapshaveseamsthataremoreapparentwithwrappedandimagebasedshaders
Perimeter
Wrapsthetexturearoundtheperimeteroftheobject(AttributeMappingtoolnotsupported)
Roof
Wrapsthetextureacrosstheperimeteroftheroofobject(AttributeMappingtoolnotsupported)
638
Theavailablemaptypesvarybasedontheobjecttypebeingmapped.
Object Type
Extrudes Meshes Roofs Slabs(Floors) SolidPrimitives(Sphere, Hemisphere,Cone) CSGSolids,ExtrudeAlongPath, andTaperedExtrude Sweeps Walls
Original 3D Polygon
639
Left (exterior)
Right
Right
Left (interior) In Top/Plan view, arrows indicate the current wall direction
Ifthetexture(s)isincorrectlyappliedtoawall,withthewallselected,clickReverseSidesontheShapetabofthe ObjectInfopalette.Thisflipsthedirectionofthewall,switchingthetexture(s)totheoppositeside(s).
640
Parameter
Part
The Overall texture is Glass Clear, and the sides of the object are inheriting the Overall texture. The top and bottom of the object have unique textures different from the Overall texture.
Overallnolongerdisplayswhenallpartsusedistincttextures. Theadditionalpartsdonotdisplaywhensettingclasstextures(seeApplying TexturestoSymbols,Walls,andRoofsonpage 651).Awallsstartcap,ifsetto obtainitstexturebyclass,usestheclasstextureassignedtothewallcenter. ReverttoOverall IfapartwasassignedatexturebutitshouldinherititstexturefromOverallinstead,select thepartandclickReverttoOverall.Thepartmovesbackbelowthedivider,and(from Overall)displaysasitstexturename.Anydecalsappliedtothepartareremoved. Addsadecaltexturetotheselectedpart;seeCreatingDecalTexturesonpage 645 Selectthetexturetoapplyfromeitherthedefaultcontentorthecurrentfilescontent
AddDecal Texturelist
641
Description
ClickthearrownexttothetexturelisttoopentheTexturemenu.Thetextureresourceor shaderusedtocreatetheresourcecanbeeditedfromhereasdescribedinEditing TexturesandShadersofSelectedObjectsonpage 622.Beforeediting,theresourcecanbe copiedtopreservetheoriginalresourceparameters. Displaysathumbnailviewoftheselectedtexture Selecthowthetextureisappliedtothe3Dobject;seeMapTypesonpage 635 RemovesanychangesmadebytheAttributeMappingtoolorintheObjectInfopalette, restoringthetexturetoitsoriginallocation,scale,androtation. Determinesthetexturesizewhenprojectedontotheobject.Forexample,avalueof2 doublesthesizeofthetextureprojection.Eitherenterascalevalueorusethesliderto changethescale.
OffsetH
Setsthestartlocationofthetexturehorizontally
OffsetV
Setsthestartlocationofthetexturevertically
642
Parameter
Rotation
Repeatsthetextureinahorizontaldirection Repeatsthetextureinaverticaldirection Flipsthetexturehorizontally,alongtheverticalaxis Flipsthetexturevertically,alongthehorizontalaxis Forsphereandcylindermaptypes,setsthetextureradius;thedefaultradiusisthesame asthe3Dobjectradius.Increasingthisvaluereducesthesizeofthetextureontheobject. AlignsthetexturesUaxiswiththelongedgeofaface,forsimplermappingwhenthe autoalignplanemaptypeisselected.Whendeselected,thetexturealignshorizontallyin objectspace. SetsthetexturesZorigintoberelativetotheworldZorigin,ratherthantoobjectspace. Thisallowsseamlesstextureapplicationacrossmultiplelayersforallmappingtypes. MultipleobjectswiththisparameterenabledrenderseamlesslyalongtheZaxis. Forplane,cylinder,andspheremaptypes,alignsthetexturemappingofmultipleselected objects,givingthemtheappearanceofasharedtexture.Multipleobjectswiththis parameterenabledusethemappingparametersofthefirstselectedobject,andthetexture appearsseamlessacrossallselectedobjects.Thesharedmappingdependsontheobjects currentlyselectedandcanchangewithadifferentselectionofobjects. Thisparameterisnotavailableforautoalignplane,perimeter,orroofmaptypes.
Update
Updatesthedrawingdisplay
643
Non-Repeating
Part menu
Scale/Rotate by Corner
Mode
NonRepeating OriginalRepeat Scale/Rotateby Corner Scale/Rotateby Center Partmenu
Description
Forrepeatingtextures,displaysasinglerepetitionofthetextureforeasiertextureediting Forrepeatingtextures,restorestherepeatingpatternofthetexture Forresizingorrotatingtextureswiththehandlesonthetextureframe;thetextureframescales fromorrotatesaboutthehandleoppositetothehandlethatwasclickedon Forresizingorrotatingtextureswiththehandlesonthetextureframe;thetextureframescales fromorrotatesaboutitscenter Fortexturedobjectswithmorethanonetextureablepart,suchaswallsandroofs,allowsa differentpartoftheobjecttobeselectedfortextureediting;allowsdecalstobeselectedfor mappingadjustments
TheAttributeMappingtoolalsoeditshatch,tile,gradient,andimagefills.SeeMappingFillswiththeAttribute MappingToolonpage 561. Toedittexturemappingdirectlyinthedrawingwindow: 1. Selectatextured,3Dobject. 2. ClicktheAttributeMappingtoolfromtheVisualizationtoolset.Alternatively,selecttheAttributeMapping toolfirst,andthenclickontheobject. Iftheselectedobjecthasanunsupportedtexture(withanautoalignplane,perimeter,orroofmappingtype),an alertdisplays.SelectanothermaptypeandclickYestocontinue. 3. Forobjectswithparts,whichmayhavedifferenttexturesandmappingtypesappliedtodifferentportionsofthe object,selecttheparttoeditfromthePartlistontheToolbar.Toeditdecals,seeEditingDecalTextureson page 649. Iftheselectedparthasanunsupportedtexture(withanautoalignplane,perimeter,orroofmappingtype),an alertdisplays.SelectanothermaptypeandclickYestocontinue. 4. Foreasierdirectmappingofarepeatingtexture,clickNonRepeatingmodeontheToolbartoseeasingle repetitionofthetexture.(Afteryoueditthetexturemapping,clickOriginalRepeatmodetoreturntothe originalpatternandseetheeffect.) 5. Ifapplicable,selecthowtoscaleorrotatethetexturefromtheToolbar.Toadjustthetextureaboutacornerofthe editingframe,clickScale/RotatebyCornermode;toadjustthetextureaboutthecenteroftheeditingframe, clickScale/RotatebyCentermode.
644
Action
Tomovethetexture
Description
2Dmappingmode:Clickinsidetheeditingframeanddragthetextureto thedesiredlocationontheobjectsurface 3Dmappingmode:Clickthecenterdiamondshapedhandleattheorigin, anddragthetexturetothedesiredlocationontheobjectsurface.The textureplanemoveswiththeimage,allowingyoutosnaptheimagetoa snappointontheobject.
7. Toeditthemappingofanotherpartofatexturedobject,selectthenextparttoeditfromthePartlistandrepeat theprocess.
645
Click a radius handle to change the radius of the texture projection (sphere or cylinder map only)
2D mapping mode
Click a red, green, or blue axis handle to rotate the texture on a 3D axis
Click-drag the center handle to snap the texture to other objects Click within the texture frame or anywhere off the textured object to activate 2D mode
3D mapping mode
646
DecalsmustberenderedinaRenderworksmode.TheCartoonArtisticRenderworksmodecannotdisplay decals. Tocreateadecaltexture: 1. Selectatextured,3Dobject.Adecalcanonlybeappliedtoanobjectwithanunderlyingtexture;themaptypeof thetexturedeterminesthedecalmaptype. Theunderlyingtexturemusthaveplanar,spherical,orcylindricalmappingforthedecaltobeeditedwiththe AttributeMappingtool.TextureswithanytypeofmappingcanbeeditedwiththeObjectInfopalette. 2. Iftheobjecthastextureableparts,selectthepartwherethedecalwillbeplacedfromthePartlistontheRender taboftheObjectInfopalette. 3. ClickAddDecal. TheAddDecaldialogboxopens.
Parameter
ImportanImageFile ReuseanExistingImage SelectaTexture
Description
Importsanewimage;selectthedesiredimagefileintheOpen(Windows)orImport QuickTimeImageDocument(Macintosh)dialogbox.ClickOpen. Reusesapreviouslyimportedimage;selecttheresourcethatcontainstheimage Appliesthetextureovertheobjectsbasetexture;nofurthersettingsarerequired
4. Ifthedecalconsistsofanimportedorreusedimage,theDecalOptionsdialogboxopens.
647
Parameter
Name Size MaskOptions RectangularMask ImageMask ChooseImage
Description
Provideanameforthedecaltexture Setstherealworldsizeforeachrepetitionofthetexture;bydefault,decaltextures showonlyonerepetitionhorizontallyandvertically Indicatesthetypeofmaskingfortheimagedecal Createsarectangularmaskaroundthedecal;nofurthersettingsarerequired Masksthedecalimageperpixelusinganimagemasktodeterminewhichareasofthe imagearetransparentoropaque OpenstheChooseDecalMaskImagedialogbox,forselectingtheimagemask
6. ClickOK. TheCreateMaskdialogboxopens.
648
Parameter
GrayscalePixels TransparentColor AlphaChannel
Parameter
SourceImage
Description
Displaystheimportedimage.Selectthetransparentcolorbyclickingacolorintheimage;the resultingmaskisdisplayedintheTransparentColorMaskpreview.Ifnecessary,usethemouse scrollwheeltozoomintoandoutoftheimage,orclickandholdthemousewheelbuttontopan. Displaysthecurrenttransparentcolor.Insteadofclickingonthesourceimagetodesignatethe transparentcolor,thecolorcanbeselectedbyclickingthecolorbox. Displaysapreviewofthemaskbasedonthecurrenttransparentcolorselectionandsettings Adjuststhetransparencytolerance;dragtheslidertotherighttoincreasethetolerancelevel. Thisallowsawiderrangeofpixelssimilartothetransparentcolortobeconsideredtransparent. Adjuststhemaskedgecontrast;increasethecontrastsharpnessbydraggingtheslidertothe right.Softenthecontrastbydraggingtheslidertotheleft.
8. ClickOKtoreturntotheDecalOptionsdialogbox. 9. ClickOKtocreatethedecaltextureandapplyittotheselectedobject.
649
650
Action
Tomovethedecal Toresizethedecal Torotatethedecal
Description
Clickinsideoftheeditingframeanddragthetexturetothedesiredlocationonthebase texture Clickonacornerhandleoftheeditingframe;theresizecursordisplays.Dragtosetthe editingobjecttoanewscale.Clicktoset. Clickonasidehandleoftheeditingframe(therotatecursordisplays)anddragthehandleto thenewrotationangle.Clicktoset.
Parameter
Part
Description
Someobjectscanhavedifferenttextures(includingdecals)appliedtodifferentparts;Overall indicatesthatthesametextureappliestoalldifferentpartsoftheobject. Thetextureordecalappliedtoeachpartdisplaysinparenthesesnexttothepart.Toapplya decaltoOverallortoapart,selectitandthenselectAddDecal. Formoreinformation,seeApplyingaTexturetoanObjectonpage 639.
651
Description
Determinesthetexturesizewhenprojectedontotheobject.Forexample,enteringascale factoroftwodoublesthesizeofthetextureprojection. Eitherenterascalevalueorusetheslidertochangethescale.
652
4. Withtheclassselected,clickEdittoopentheEditClass(es)dialogbox. 5. Thetexturepropertiesoftheclassaresetbythetabsontheright.ClicktheOthertab.
Displays when Quartz (Macintosh) or GDI+ (Windows) imaging Vectorworks preference is enabled
6. SelectthedesiredTexturefromeitherthedefaultcontentorthecurrentfilescontent(seeDefaultContentin VectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworksonpage 157).SelectUseTexturesAtCreationtoapplythe texturetoobjectsastheyarecreated. 7. ClickOKtoexittheEditClass(es)dialogbox. TheclassdisplaysontheClassestaboftheOrganizationdialogbox. 8. Iftheobjecthasnotyetbeendrawn,clicktheblankareatotheleftoftheClassNametomaketheclassactive. Iftheobjectalreadyexists,applytheclasstoit.Forsomeobjecttypes,theclassnameisspecifiedinitssettingsor intheObjectInfopalette. 9. ClickOKtoexittheOrganizationdialogbox. 10. Createthedesiredobject(s).Objectsarecreatedwiththespecifiedtextureforthatclass.
653
654
Displays when Quartz (Macintosh) or GDI+ (Windows) imaging Vectorworks preference is enabled
6. SelectthedesiredRight,Center,andLeftwallsurfacetexturefromeitherthedefaultcontentorthecurrentfiles content(seeDefaultContentinVectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworksonpage 157).SelectUse TexturesAtCreationtoapplythetextureatwallcreation.SeeTextureProjectionandOrientationonpage 635 tounderstandhowtexturesareappliedtowallfaces. 7. ClickOKtoexittheEditClass(es)dialogbox. ThenewwallsclassdisplaysontheClassestaboftheOrganizationdialogbox. 8. ClicktheblankareatotheleftoftheClassNametomakethenewclassactive. 9. ClickOKtoexittheOrganizationdialogbox. 10. Createthewall(s);seeCreatingWallsonpage 445. Thewallsarecreatedwiththespecifiedtextureforthatclass.Existingwall(s)canbeassignedthetexturethrough theObjectInfopalette.SelectthepartofthewalltotexturefromthePartlistandthenClassTexturefromthe texturelistontheRendertab.
655
Displays when Quartz (Macintosh) or GDI+ (Windows) imaging Vectorworks preference is enabled
656
Displays when Quartz (Macintosh) or GDI+ (Windows) imaging Vectorworks preference is enabled
657
3. SelecttheRenderworksbackgroundforthecurrentlayerfromeitherthedefaultcontentorthecurrentfiles content(seeDefaultContentinVectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworksonpage 157). 4. ClickOK. WhenthedrawingisrenderedinaRenderworksmode,thebackgrounddisplays.OpenGLcandisplayOne Color,TwoColor,andImagebackgrounds. Wheninunifiedviewmode(VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired),thebackgroundselectedheredisplaysforall layers,overridinganybackgroundselectedforindividuallayersinthelayerproperties.Toretainthelayer backgrounduponexitingunifiedview,selectRestoreOriginalViewswhenexitingUnifiedViewmodeinthe UnifiedViewOptionsdialogbox.SeeUnifiedLayerViewonpage 730intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsers Guide.
658
16
TheVectorworksFundamentalsproductprovidesaquick,simplerenderingsolutionusingOpenGL(seeRendering withVectorworksonpage 681).OpenGLperformsvertexbyvertexlightingcalculationsandisgoodforfast, interactiverenderingandmediumqualityrenderpreviews,butitcannotcreatereflections.Forfinalqualityoutput, usetheRenderworksproduct;itprovidesadditionallightsources,anditcancastshadows,createreflections,add indirectlightingeffects,andproducemuchbetterrenderingresultsthroughintensivepixelbypixellighting calculations.RendersettingscanbesavedasaRenderworksstyleforreuse,andstylescanbesharedamongfiles.The RenderworksproductincludestheVisualizationpaletteforeasilyaccessingalllightsandcamerasinthefile.Another benefitofusingtheRenderworksproductisthatanimagecanberenderedinanymodefromaspecifiedportionofthe drawing.
660
Shadowsaddtorenderingtime.Shadowscanalsobeturnedoffforlightobjectsthatdonotcastobvious shadows.InRenderworks,individualtexturescanbesetnottocastorreceiveshadows(Shadowsoptionsinthe EditTexturedialogbox).Aclearglasstexture,forexample,hasveryslightshadowsanddoesnotcastshadows onotherobjects.Inaddition,enablesoftshadowsonlyforlightsourcesthatcreateprominentshadowsinan image(forexample,adirectionallightthatrepresentsthesun). Whenusingindirectlighting(Renderworksrequired),usethefewestnumberofbouncesneeded(asspecifiedin theLightingOptionsdialogbox)andadjustthequalityintheFinalQualityorCustomRenderworkssettings. Individualtexturescanhavetheirownindirectlightingsettingoverridestoreducetherenderingtimerequired; disableindirectlightingforthesetextures. Areaandlinelights(Renderworksrequired)contributesignificantlytorenderingtime.Usetheselightsources sparingly,andadjusttheQualityofeachintheObjectInfopalette.OnlyenableSoftShadowsfortheselightsif theirshadowsareprominentintheimage. Reflective,blurryreflective,blurrytransparent,andglowshadersaddtorenderingtime(Renderworks required).Usetheseeffectssparingly.Blurrinessisfasteratlessthan15%andshouldnotbesettomorethan40% (forwide,shinyhighlights,considerusingaplasticormetallicreflectivityshaderratherthanablurryreflection). Glowingobjectsneedtobesampledmoreaccuratelyandtherefore,theytakemoretime.Usetheglowshaderfor afew,largeobjects;usethebacklitshaderforseveralsmallfixtureswithsimplelightsources. InRenderworks,glassaddstorendertimesbecauseithasreflective,refractive,andtransparentshadow components. VeryclearglasscanbesettonotcastshadowsintheEditTexturedialogboxtosaverendertime.Indirect lightingcanbedisabledforglasstexturesintheEditTexturedialogbox,aswell,tosavetimewhen calculatingindirectlighting. Forthinpanes,likewindows,therefractivequalitiesofglassarenotsignificant,sotheindexofrefraction parameterfortheglasscanbesettoalowvalue(justabove1). Often,buildingsuseglasswithametallic/mirroredenergyefficientcoating;inthatcase,acombinationof mirrorreflectivityandplaintransparencycanproduceaglasseffectthatrendersfaster. Glassabsorptioncolorcanbeusedforveryaccuratecloseupsofitemslikeglassware,butthiseffecttakes longertorender. Blurry(frosted)glass,inparticular,canbeslow;useblurryglassinastrictlycontrolledway.Lowerblur valuesrenderfaster.
Adding Light
Onceoneormorelightsourceshavebeenaddedtothedrawing,itcanberenderedtomimictheeffectoflightonthe drawingsurfaces. Defaultlightingisautomaticallyaddedtoadrawingforbasicvisibilityofrenderedobjects.Thedefaultlightingis fixedtothecamerasothatitalwayslightsanobjectappropriately.However,renderingacomplexsceneusually requirestheadditionoflightsources;theadditionofavisiblelightautomaticallyhidesthedefaultlighting. LightaddedtoaVectorworksdrawingcanbeambientordiffused.Ambientlightaffectsallsurfacesequally.Diffused lightingaffectssurfacesdifferentlydependingontheangleofthelightsourceandpositionofthesurfaces.
Adding Light |
661
662
Parameter
IndirectLighting (Renderworksrequired)
AmbientInfo On/Off Brightness Color EmitterOptions (Renderworksrequired) EmitterBrightness(%) WhiteColorTemperature AdjuststhebrightnessofalllightobjectswithUseEmitterselected Selectacolortemperaturethatwillbebalancedtoappearwhite.Lower temperatures,whichmightotherwisehaveanorangecast,orhigher temperatures,whichmightotherwiseappearwithabluetint,areadjustedto appearwhite.SelectCustomtospecifyatemperaturetobewhitebalanced. IfaCustomColorTemperatureisspecified,enterthetemperatureinKelvin WhenanHDRIlayerbackgroundhasbeenselectedforthelayerorviewport, specifieshowtocontrolitslightingcontributiontotherendering(seeCreating HDRIBackgroundsonpage 632) Usestheimageenvironmentbackgroundsetforthelayerasbothabackground andalightsource LightsthemodelwiththecolorsfromtheHDRIbackgroundselectedhere Usestheimageenvironmentbackgroundsetforthelayerorviewportasa backgroundonly.Thebackgrounddoesnotcontributetolighting. Activatesordeactivatestheambientlightsettingsforthelayer Specifiestheambientlightbrightness;enterapercentageordragthesliderbar Specifiesadefaultcolorassociatedwiththeambientlight;clickthecolorboxto selectthecolor
Adding Light |
3. ClickOK.
663
Adding Sunlight
SunlightinaVectorworksdrawingiscreatedbyprojectingparallelraysfromadirectionallight. TheDesignSeriesproductshaveexpandedcapabilitieswiththeHeliodontool. Tosetthesunposition: 1. SelectView>Lighting>SetSunPosition. TheSetSunPositiondialogboxopens.Enterthesunpositioninformation.
Parameter
Site TimeZoneMeridian PageNorth
Description
Specifiesthesiteslatitudeandlongitude Specifiesthesitestimezone;onehourofdifferenceisequalto15oflongitude Normally,thedrawingisorientedtopagenorth(truenorth,notmagneticnorth),and truenorthmatchesthetopofthepage,withnocompensationrequiredforpropersun position.Ifthedrawingwasnotcreatedwiththisorientation,specifyanangularoffsetin degreesfrompagenorth.TheNorthindicatorshouldmatchtruenorthinthedrawing. Specifiesthetimeofyear Specifiesthetimeofday SelectifDaylightSavingtimeisineffect Basedonthesettingsmade,displaystheAzimuth(Southatzerodegrees,withoutPage Northrotation),AzimuthN.Relative(Northatzerodegrees,withoutPageNorth rotation),Elevation(degreesabovethehorizon),andTrueSolarTime(takesinto accountdaylightsavingstime,sitelongitudeandtimezone,andtheearthsorbitandtilt)
664
Shadow Analysis
Ashadowanalysiscanhelpdeterminetheareasofthedrawingthatwillreceivelesssunlightorremaininashadow duringaparticulartimeoftheyear.Byinsertingseveraldirectionallightsources,eachrepresentingadifferenttimeof day,anoverlappingrangeofshadowsiscreatedwhichindicatestheamountoftimeaparticularareaisintheshade overthecourseoftheday. TheRenderworksproductisrequiredtoconductashadowanalysis. Toperformashadowanalysis: 1. Addtheobjectstothedrawingthatwillcastashadowonthesite(ahouse,forexample). 2. Orientthedrawingtopagenorth.Ifthedrawingwasnotcreatedwiththisorientation,thiscanbecompensated throughtheSetSunPositiondialogboxdescribedinthenextstep. 3. InserteachdirectionallightsourcebyselectingView>Lighting>SetSunPosition.Insertingonelightsource providesshadowinformationforthattimeofdayonly;severallightsourcessettodifferenttimesofdayyieldan actualshadowanalysiswithoverlappingshadows. TheSetSunPositiondialogboxopens.SeeAddingSunlightonpage 663 Foreachlightsourceinsertedwiththiscommand,specifythesameparametersexceptfortimeofday.Ata minimum,alightsourceformorning,noon,afternoon,andeveningshouldbeinserted. 4. VerifytheparametersofeachdirectionallightsourceintheObjectInfopalette.EnsurethatCastShadowsis selected,anddecreasetheBrightnesssothatthecombinationoflightsisnottooharsh. 5. RenderthedrawingwiththeFastRenderworks,CustomRenderworks,orFinalQualityRenderworksoption. UsetheRenderBitmaptooltorenderaportionoftheimageforpresentations. SeeRenderingaSelectedAreaonpage 701formoreinformationontheRenderBitmaptool.
Adding Light |
665
The darkest areas are in shade for the longest portion of the day
9 AM
Mode
DirectionalLight
Description
Projectslightwithparallelrays,likethesun
PointLight
Radiateslightinalldirections,likeabarelightbulb
666
Mode
SpotLight
Parameter
On/Off
Description
Showsorhidesthelightproducedbythelightsource
667
Description
Specifiesacolorassociatedwiththelightsource;clickthecolorboxtoselectthe color.ThisparameterisnotavailableifUseEmitterisselectedandaColor Temperatureisspecified(Renderworksrequired). Selecttocreateshadows Createsmorerealisticshadowsbydecreasinghardedges;shadowsappearsofterthe farthertheytravel,asinreality.Renderingisslowerwhenthisoptionisenabled. Specifiesthelightsourcebrightness;enterapercentageordragthesliderbar.A valueover100%canbeentered.ThisparameterisnotavailableifUseEmitteris selected(Renderworksrequired). Foraccuracy,specifiesthelightsactualbrightnessandcolortemperature;leave deselectedtousethelightasasimplelightsource Specifiestheluminousquantityofalight SpecifiesthebrightnessasanaccuratenumberinLux,Lumens,Footcandles,or Candelas;theunitsvarydependingonthelightsource Doesnotapplytodirectional,point,orspotlights(seeAdvancedRenderworks Lightingonpage 674) SpecifiesthelightcolortemperatureinKelvin.Thisreferstoanidealblackbody emitter,glowingredhotorwhitehot.Alowertemperaturegeneratesanorange color;thehotterthetemperature,theclosertowhitethecolorofthelightis. Specifyingthisparameterisoptional.Ifnotspecified,thedefaulttemperatureis0, meaningthatthefinalemissioncolorforthelightisentirelycontrolledbythe selectioninColor. Whenthetemperatureisspecified,Colorcannotbechanged.Thefinalemission colorissetbytheColorTemperature. Colortemperaturesettingscanbewhitebalancedonaperlayerbasis;seeSetting LightingOptionsonpage 661.
UseEmitter (Renderworksrequired) GetBrightnessFrom (Renderworksrequired) UserInput (Renderworksrequired) DistributionFile (Renderworksrequired) ColorTemperature (Renderworksrequired)
Directional,Spot,orPoint LightSpecs
Clicktosetadditionalspecificationsforthelightsource
3. ClickDirectionalLightSpecs,SpotLightSpecs,orPointLightSpecs,fortheselectedlightsourcetype,to specifyadditionalparameters.
668
Parameter
DirectionalLight Direction Angle
Description
Specifiesthelightsdirectionbyeitherspecifyingthelightangleorvector Setsthelightsanglebyazimuthandelevation.Theazimuthangleissetbasedonan angleof0degreesatthenegativeYaxis,andispositiveinacounterclockwise direction;theelevationangleistheangleabove(positive)orbelow(negative)the horizon. IndicatesthedirectionofthelightbyspecifyingthecoordinatesofitsX,Y,andZvectors
Spread Beam
669
Description
Specifiesthespreadangleofthespotlight(lightconesmaximumangle) Specifiesthebeamangleofthespotlight(coneoflightthatdoesnotchangeintensityup tothespreadangle,afterwhichtheanglefalloffdeterminesitsintensity) Specifythedistanceandanglefallofffunction Selectthedistancefallofffunction(rateofintensitychangewhilemovingalongthe beamawayfromthelightsource): None:Brightnessdoesnotchange Smooth:Brightnessdecreasesaccordingtoalinearfalloff Realistic:Lightisbrightestnearthelightsource,andfallsawayaccordingtothe squareofthedistance,asinreality.Thisfalloffselectionisthemostnaturalin appearance.
AngFalloff
Selecttheanglefallofffunction(specifiestherateofintensitychangebetweenthebeam andthespread)
1st click
670
2nd click
Parameter
Kind
Description
Indicatesthetypeoflightsource;changetoadifferenttypebyselectingadifferentkind fromthedisplayedlist Acustom,area,orlinelightrequiresthattheRenderworksproductbeinstalled.
On/Off
Showsorhidesthelightproducedbythelightsource.Thissettingcanalsobeaccessed fromthelightcontextmenu:rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onthelight, andselectTurnOnorTurnOff. Automaticallyrendersthedrawingwhenrenderingrelatedparameterschange WhenAutoUpdateisdeselected,clicktorenderthedrawingwhenrenderingrelated parameterschange Selecttocreateshadows Createsmorerealisticshadowsbydecreasinghardedges;renderingisslowerwhenthis optionisenabled Createsaspecialvolumetriclightingeffectforpointlightsandspotlightswhenusedin combinationwiththeLitFogRenderworksbackgroundweathereffect(seeCreatinga Backgroundonpage 630) Foraccuracy,specifiesthelightsactualbrightnessandcolortemperature;leave deselectedtousethelightasasimplelightsource.Requiredforacustom,area,orline light.TheemitterbrightnessofalllightobjectsinascenewithUseEmitterselectedcan becontrolledinLightingOptions;seeSettingLightingOptionsonpage 661.
AutoUpdate Update CastShadows (Renderworksrequired) SoftShadows (Renderworks required) LitFog (Renderworksrequired) UseEmitter (Renderworksrequired)
671
Description
Specifiesthelightsourcebrightness;enterapercentageordragthesliderbar.Avalue over100%canbeentered.Thisparameterisnotavailableforcustom,area,andline lights,orifUseEmitterisselected(Renderworksrequired). Specifiesthelocationofthelightintensitydataforacustomlight(eitheruserinputor distributionfile);thedistributionfilecanbespecifiedbyclickingLoadDistribution Specifiesthebrightnessasanaccuratenumber SelectLux,Lumens,Footcandles,orCandelasfortheunitofBrightness;theavailable unitsdependonthelighttype Dimsthelightsourcebrightness(intensity);enterapercentageordragthesliderbar. Onlythebrightnessofthelightsourceisaffected;thecolortemperatureisnotchanged. Specifiestherotationangleofacustomlightsourcearoundanaxisconnectingthelight locationtothelighttarget;thisangledefinestheplanefortheintensitydistribution curve,andisdisplayedinredonthecustomlightobject Specifieswhethertousetheattachedemissionprofiledatafileforthecustomlight Foracustomlight,displaysthedistributionfilenamewhenavaliddistributionfilehas beenselected,orNoneifavaliddistributionfilehasnotbeendesignated(clickLoad Distributiontospecifyafile) Foracustomlight,loadslightemissionprofiledatafromastandardfile.Thebrightness valueisobtainedusingtheintegraloftherawemissiondataprovidedwiththefile.The filemustbeatextfilewithindustrystandardintensitydistributiondatain .iesformat. SpecifiesthelightcolortemperatureinKelvin.Thisreferstoanidealblackbodyemitter, glowingredhotorwhitehot.Alowertemperaturegeneratesanorangecolor;the hotterthetemperature,theclosertowhitethecolorofthelightis(seeCorrelatedColor Temperatureonpage 900fortypicallightsourcecolortemperatureranges). Specifyingthisparameterisoptional.Ifnotspecified,thedefaulttemperatureis0, meaningthatthefinalemissioncolorforthelightisentirelycontrolledbytheselection inColor. Whenthetemperatureisspecified,Colorcannotbechanged.Thefinalemissioncoloris setbytheColorTemperature. Colortemperaturesettingscanbewhitebalancedonaperlayerbasis;seeSetting LightingOptionsonpage 661.
BrightnessFrom (Renderworksrequired) BrightnessValue (Renderworksrequired) BrightnessUnit (Renderworksrequired) Dimmer (Renderworksrequired) LightRotationAngle (Renderworksrequired) UseDistributionFile (Renderworksrequired) DistributionFile (Renderworksrequired) LoadDistribution (Renderworksrequired) ColorTemperature (Renderworksrequired)
Color
DistFall
Quality (Renderworksrequired)
672
Parameter
RenderGeometry (Renderworksrequired) AngFall Spread/Beamdiagram
Spread Beam
Specifiesthespreadangleofthespotlight(lightconesmaximumangle) Specifiesthebeamangleofthespotlight(coneoflightthatdoesnotchangeintensityup tothespreadangle,afterwhichtheanglefalloffdeterminesitsintensity) Specifiesthelocationofthelightsourceinrelationtotheactivelayerplaneorworking plane Forspotlights,setstheZheightabovetheactivelayerplaneofthespotlighttarget handle Indicatestheazimuthforadirectionallight(Southatzerodegrees);enternewvaluesor dragthesliderbartoset Indicatestheelevation(degreesabovethehorizon)foradirectionallight;enternew valuesordragthesliderbartoset Clickthetopbuttontodisplaythespotlightorcustomlightbeampanandtiltangles; enternewvaluesordragthesliderbartoset
X/Y/Z
SetLighttoView
673
Description
Setstheorientationofthecurrentviewtothatofthedirectional,spot,orcustomlight. Thissettingcanalsobeaccessedfromthelightcontextmenu:rightclick(Windows)or Ctrlclick(Macintosh)onthelight,andselectSetViewtoLight.
Light Type
Point,Spot,Directional
Beam Parameter
Lightlocation
Description
Clickonthelightwiththemovecursoranddragittoitsnew location
Thespotlighttargethandleisnotlockedtoitstarget.The targethandlelocationmayneedreadjustingaftermovingthe spotlight. Spot,Directional Orientationandview Selectthelight;intheObjectInfopalette,clickSetLightto Viewtosetthelightorientationtothecurrentview orientation,orclickSetViewtoLighttosettheorientationof theviewtothatofthelight Clickontheazimuthorelevationcontrolpointstochangethe directionallightparameters.Movethehandleswiththe mouse,orentertheazimuthandelevationvaluesintheData bar.
Elevation control point Light location control point Azimuth control point
Directional
Azimuthand elevationdirection
674
Light Type
Spot
Description
ClickonthehandlewiththeSelectiontooltochangethespot lighttargetdirection;dragtothenewtargetandclicktoset
Click
Directional
Beamdirection
Clickanddragwiththehandcursortochangethebeam direction
Click
675
Description
Projectslightwithparallelrays Radiateslightinalldirections Projectslightinaspecificdirection Emitslightfromaline Emitslightfromthesurfacesofobjects Emitslightbasedonadefinedcomplexspatialdistribution
Product
VectorworksandRenderworks VectorworksandRenderworks VectorworksandRenderworks Renderworksonly Renderworksonly Renderworksonly
676
Parameter
On/Off Color CastShadows SoftShadows Dimmer(%) UseEmitter GetBrightnessFrom UserInput DistributionFile
Description
Showsorhidesthelightproducedbythelightsource Specifiesacolorassociatedwiththelightsource;clickthecolorboxtoselectthecolor. ThisparameterisnotavailableifaColorTemperatureisspecified. Createsshadows Createsmorerealisticshadowsbydecreasinghardedges;renderingisslowerwhenthis optionisenabled Dimsthelightsourcebrightness(intensity);enterapercentageordragthesliderbar. Onlythebrightnessofthelightsourceisaffected;thecolortemperatureisnotchanged. Anareaorlinelightsactualbrightnessandcolortemperaturemustbespecified,sothis settingisnotoptional Specifiestheluminousquantityoftheareaorlinelight Manuallyspecifiestheluminousquantityofanarealightasanaccuratenumber;the unitsofalinelightarealwaysLumens Forcustomlightsonly;doesnotapplytoareaorlinelights
677
Description
SpecifiesthelightcolortemperatureinKelvin.Thisreferstoanidealblackbody emitter,glowingredhotorwhitehot.Alowertemperaturegeneratesanorange color;thehotterthetemperature,theclosertowhitethecolorofthelightis(see CorrelatedColorTemperatureonpage 900fortypicallightsourcecolortemperature ranges). Specifyingthisparameterisoptional.Ifnotspecified,thedefaulttemperatureis0, meaningthatthefinalemissioncolorforthelightisentirelycontrolledbytheselection inColor. Whenthetemperatureisspecified,Colorcannotbechanged.Thefinalemissioncoloris setbytheColorTemperature. Colortemperaturesettingscanbewhitebalancedonaperlayerbasis;seeSetting LightingOptionsonpage 661.
AreaorLineLight Specs
Setsspecificareaorlinelightoptions
3. ClickAreaLightSpecsorLineLightSpecstosetadditionalparameters. TheAreaLightDataorLineLightDatadialogboxopens.
Parameter
DistFalloff Quality RenderGeometry
Description
Selectthedistancefallofffunction(rateofintensitychangewhilemovingalongthebeam awayfromthelightsource) Forareaandlinelights,specifiesthesamplingqualityofthelight;selectFromRender ModetousethesettingsspecifiedforSoftShadowsqualityintherenderingoptions Rendersthelightobjectgeometry;deselecttohidetheoriginalgeometrywhenrendering
678
679
Description
Specifiestherotationangleofthelightsourcearoundanaxisconnectingthelightlocation tothelighttarget;thisangledefinesthereferenceplanefortheintensitydistributioncurve Displaysthedistributionfilenamewhenavaliddistributionfilehasbeenselected,or Noneifavaliddistributionfilehasnotbeendesignated(clickLoadDistributionto specifyafile) Loadslightemissionprofiledatafromastandardfile.Thebrightnessvalueisobtained usingtheintegraloftherawemissiondataprovidedwiththefile.Thefilemustbeatext filewithindustrystandardintensitydistributiondatain .iesformat. Selectthedistancefallofffunction(rateofintensitychangewhilemovingalongthebeam awayfromthelightsource) Specifiesthelightsdirectionbyeitherspecifyingthelightangleorvector Setsthelightsanglebypanandtilt.Thepanangleisbasedonanangleof0degreesatthe positiveYaxis,andispositiveinacounterclockwisedirection;thetiltangleisequalto0at thehorizontalplane,positivewhenpointingbelowtheplane,andnegativewhenpointing abovetheplane. IndicatesthedirectionofthelightbyspecifyingthecoordinatesofitsX,Y,andZvectors
LoadDistribution
Vector 3. ClickOK.
TheLightPreferencesCustomLightdialogboxopens.Specifyadditionalcustomlightparameters.Emitter parametersarespecifiedbythedistributionfile,andcannotbechanged.
Parameter
On/Off
Description
Showsorhidesthelightproducedbythelightsource
680
Parameter
Color CastShadows Dimmer UseEmitter GetBrightnessFrom UserInput DistributionFile
ColorTemperature
CustomLightSpecs
Specifiesadditionalcustomlightoptionsandloadsadistributionfile
4. ClickOKtoreturntothedrawing. 5. Clickinthedrawingtoinsertthecustomlight.
Preparing to Render |
681
Preparing to Render
Oncethedrawingiscompleteornearcompletion,anytextureshavebeenapplied,andthedesiredlightinghasbeen added,selectoneofthestandardviews(seeUsingStandardViewsonpage 575),andusetheFlyover,Walkthrough, TranslateView,orRotateViewtoolstoorientthedrawing.Thoughtheviewcanbeadjustedafterthedrawingis rendered,itisfastertosettheviewwhileinwireframemode.
682
Description
Avisualrepresentationofthemodeliscreatedusinglinestorepresent objectedges;seeWireframeOptionsonpage 683toadjustsettingsfor planarobjects
OpenGL
HiddenLine
Hidestheedgelinesofobjectsthatarebehindotherobjects,whichgivesa solidappearance
DashedHiddenLine
Edgelinesofobjectsthatarebehindotherobjectsdisplayasdashedlines
UnshadedPolygon
Displaysobjectsassolids,anddisplaysattributessuchascolors
683
Description
AnUnshadedPolygonrenderingwithshadingadded
ShadedPolygonNoLines
AShadedPolygonrenderingwithnoedgelines
FinalShadedPolygon
Wireframe Options
Planarobjectswithsolidfillsaredrawninstackingorder.Ina3Dwireframeview,objectsmayoverlap,obscuring objectslowerinthestackingorder.Thewireframeoptionscontrolwhetherfillsshouldbevisibleforplanarobjectsin 3Dviews,andiftheyarevisible,setsthefillopacityoffilledplanarobjects. Tosetwireframeoptions: 1. SelectView>Rendering>WireframeOptions. TheWireframeOptionsdialogboxopens.
684
Parameter
Showfillsinplanar objectsin3Dviews Fillopacity Ignoreperspective
Description
Displaysfillsfor2Dplanarobjectsin3Dviews Setstheopacityoffilled2Dplanarobjectsforsituationswhereobjectsoverlap Whenselected,drawsquickorthographicrepresentationsofPDFs,images,andimage fills(includingtiledefinitionswhichcontainimagesorimagefills);deselecttodraw moreaccurateperspectiveprojectedrepresentationsofPDFs,images,andimagefills, whichmaytakemoretime Whenselected,drawsquickorthographicrepresentationsoftextin3Dviews;deselect todrawaccurateperspectiveprojectedtext,whichmaytakemoretimetorepresent
Ignoreperspectiveintext
2. ClickOKtosetthewireframeoptions.
OpenGL
UsetheOpenGLrendermodetocreategoodqualityrenderingpreviewsthatarefastandinteractive.(For finalqualityoutput,usetheRenderworksproduct;seeRenderworksRenderingModesonpage 689.) TheOpenGLmodeperformslightingcalculationsbasedonpolygons;thismeansthatdrawingswithmorepolygons rendermorerealistically.Moreadvancedrenderers,suchastheRenderworksrenderingmodes,calculatethelighting effectsforeachpixel.Thismethodtakesmoretime,butitproduceshigherqualityrenderings. TheVectorworksprogramhasadefaultlightingscheme,sothatabasicrenderingdoesnotrequireanaddedlight source.However,theadditionofalightsourceisusuallynecessaryforamorerealisticrendering(seeAddingLight Sourcesonpage 665).Theadditionofalightsourceautomaticallyhidesthedefaultlightingscheme,sothatthescene isnottoobright. OpenGLrendersuptoeightlightsinadrawing;additionallightshavenoeffect. TogetthebestperformancefromOpenGL,useavideocardthatsupportshardwareacceleratedOpenGL.Thereare significantcompatibilityissueswithsomecards;seewww.vectorworks.netforalistofvideocardsthatarecompatible withtheVectorworksprogram. Vectorworks8filesthatwererenderedinQuickDraw3DautomaticallyrenderinOpenGLwhentheyareconvertedto versionslaterthanVectorworks8.
685
Parameter
Detail UseTextures (Renderworksrequired) UseAntiAliasing DrawEdges (Renderworksrequired) UseShadows (Renderworksrequired) OnGroundOnly (Renderworks required)
Description
Specifiesthelevelofdetailforrenderings;alowsettingrendersfaster Rendersobjecttextures;thisprovidesbetterdetailandisusuallyenabled,butittakes longertorender Filterstherenderingandreducespixellatededges;thisoptionisonlyavailableifthe graphicscardsupportsthefeature Rendersobjectswithlinesdrawnaroundtheedges,similartothelinesintheHidden Linerendermode Objectsinthedrawingcastshadowsonotherobjects(butnotontheactivelayerplane). ForbestresultswithOpenGLshadows,switchtoanorthographicview,andlimitthe useofpointlights(turnoffshadowsforpointlights,ataminimum). IfUseShadowsisselected,selectthisoptionfordrawingobjectstocastshadowsona planeatthelowestpointinthedrawingwhichisusuallytheactivelayerplane butnotonotherobjects
686
Parameter
Quality (Renderworks required) UsePlanarAttributes
2. SelecttheOpenGLrenderoptions,andclickOKtochangethesettingsforthefile.
687
Parameter
DashStyle
Description
SelectthedashstyleforhiddenlineswhentheDashedHiddenLinemodeis selected. Thenamesanddisplayorderoftheavailabledashstylescanbechanged;see CreatingCustomDashStylesonpage 535.
DashShade Preview
688
Parameter
SmoothingAngle
GenerateIntersectingLines
2. Selectthelinerenderoptions,andclickOKtochangethesettingsforthefile.
689
Rendering Mode
FastRenderworks
Description
Renderswithoutantialiasingorraytracing;lowdetaillevel
FinalQualityRenderworks
Renderswithreflections,shadows,antialiasing,transparency, andahighlevelofdetail
RenderworksStyle
690
Rendering Mode
CustomRenderworks ArtisticRenderworks
Renderworks Styles
Severalelementscombinetocreateasatisfactoryrendering:theselectedrendermode,therendermodeoptions,the lightingoptions,andtheselectedRenderworksbackground.ARenderworksstylesavesthesettingsforthese parametersasaresourcethatcanbereappliedlaterandsharedbetweenfiles. TheRenderworksproductincludesseveraldefaultstylestoquicklyobtainavarietyoflooks,withnoparameter adjustmentorrenderingknowledgerequired.
691
Parameter
Name Type Realistic Options AntiAliasing Shadows Blurriness Textures Colors
Description
SpecifythenameoftheRenderworksStyleresource SelecteitherRealisticorArtistic;differentoptionsareavailabledependingonthe desiredlook CreatesaRenderworksstylebasedonCustomRenderworksoptions
692
Parameter
ImageExposure(%) Quality
Lighting ApplyLighting Options ControlswhethertheRenderworksstylechangesthecurrentlightingoptionswhenit isapplied.Selecttheoptiontoapplythestyleslightingoptionstothelayeror viewportwhentheRenderworksstyleisapplied.Deselecttheoptiontoleavethe currentlightingoptionsunchangedwhentheRenderworksstyleisapplied. Setsthelightingoptions;seeSettingLightingOptionsonpage 661 OpenstheEditRenderworksBackgrounddialogbox,toconvenientlychange backgroundandenvironmentlightingoptionsthataffecttherendering
ApplyRenderworks ControlswhethertheRenderworksBackgroundchangesthecurrentbackground Background optionswhenitisapplied.Selecttheoptiontoapplythestylesbackgroundtothe layerorviewportwhentheRenderworksstyleisapplied.Deselecttheoptiontoleave thecurrentbackgroundunchangedwhentheRenderworksstyleisapplied. Renderworks Background Artistic ArtisticStyle Background SetstheRenderworksBackgroundoptions;seeCreatingaBackgroundonpage 630 CreatesaRenderworksstylebasedonArtisticRenderworksoptions SelectanArtisticRenderworksstyleandsetanyoptions;seeArtisticRenderworks Optionsonpage 695
693
ApplyRenderworks ControlswhethertheRenderworksBackgroundchangesthecurrentbackground Background optionswhenitisapplied.Selecttheoptiontoapplythestylesbackgroundtothe layerorviewportwhentheRenderworksstyleisapplied.Deselecttheoptiontoleave thecurrentbackgroundunchangedwhentheRenderworksstyleisapplied. Renderworks Background SetstheRenderworksBackgroundoptions;seeCreatingaBackgroundonpage 630
694
Customrendersettingsprovidegreatercontroloverfinequalityrendering.Thesesettingsareusedexclusivelybythe CustomRenderworksrenderingmode.Customgeometrysettingsoverridethe3Dconversionressettingonthe3D tabinVectorworkspreferences.Thesesettingsapplyonlytothecurrentdrawingandremainineffectinthecurrent drawinguntilthesettingsarechanged.Inaddition,thesettingsaresavedwhencreatingtemplates(seeCreating Templatesonpage 80). TosetCustomRenderworksrenderingoptions: 1. SelectView>Rendering>CustomRenderworksOptions. TheCustomRenderworksOptionsdialogboxopens.ThedefaultoptionsmatchFastRenderworksrendering mode.
Parameter
Options AntiAliasing
Description
Enablingtheoptionsallowsforbetterquality,higherdetailedrendering,buttakes longertorender Selectforsmootheredgesonobjectsandtextures;deselectforfasterrenderingwith rougheredges
695
Description
Rendershadowsforahigherdegreeofrealism Selecttorendertextureswithblurredreflectivityand/orblurredtransparency(this canaddsignificantrenderingtime) Rendersthetexturesassignedtoobjects;deselectforfasterrendering Whenselected,renderscolors,andtextureswithcolors;deselecttorendercolorsas white ClickLayerLightingOptions(fromadesignlayer)orViewportLightingOptions (fromaviewport)toquicklyaccesstheassociatedlightingoptionsdialogbox.See SettingLightingOptionsonpage 661formoreinformation. Adjuststheexposurebrightnessoftherenderedimage;enteravaluetoincreasethe brightness(above100%)ortodecreasethebrightness(below100%) Foreachparameter,selectthequalitylevel.Higherqualityresultsinbetterresolution ofrenderedimages,withbettertexturedetailandsoftershadows,buttakesmore time. Convenientlysetsthequalitylevelofalltheoptionsatonetime.Customindicates thatsomeoptionshavedifferentqualitylevelsset. Selectthequalitylevelforfacetingofcurvedgeometry(suchasNURBSsurfaces) Selectthequalitylevelforantialiasing(smoothing)ofedgesonobjectsandtextures Selectthequalitylevelforindirectlightingeffects(seeSettingLightingOptionson page 661) SetsthequalitylevelofshadowsforlightobjectsthathaveSoftShadowsenabled. Forareaandlinelights,specifiesthesamplingqualityofthelight. Selectthequalityleveloftextureswithblurryreflectivityand/ortransparency Selectthesamplingqualitylevelforenvironment(HDRI)backgroundlighting.This optionhasnoeffectwhenindirectlightingisenabledforthelightingoptions. Enterthenumberoflevelsofreflectionamongshinysurfaces;ahighervalueslows rendering,butcanyieldamorerealisticimageforsceneswithmanyinterreflecting objects
ImageExposure(%) Quality
696
3. SelecttheStylefromthelist,andthenclickOptionstosetspecificstyleparameters.Thepreviewimagedisplays theresultingeffect. MostArtisticRenderworksstylesusehiddenlinerendering(exceptforArtandHatch).Thesestylesmayrequire longerrenderingtimesfordrawingswithmanyfacets(polygons).Astylethatdoesnotusehiddenline renderingisrecommendedforextremelycomplexdrawings. TheArtisticRenderworksstylesallowthelayersRenderworksbackgroundtoshowthrough,ifonehasbeen definedandapplied(seeApplyingRenderworksBackgroundsonpage 656). Manyoftheartisticstylessharetheparametersofedgecolorandedgethickness.Someparametersareuniquely availabletocertainstyles.
Parameter
EdgeThickness
Description
Specifiesthethicknessoflinesusedinthestyle;forlinesthat varyinthickness,thissetsthethickestportionoftheline
697
Description
Clickthecolorboxtoselectthecolorofthelines Clickthecolorboxtoselectthecolorofshadows SelectsadifferentimagetoapplytoArtmode;theimage selectedmustbesquare,andcontainacolormappedsphere. Thecolorofthesphereisusedtocolortheimage.
Description
Forcomparison,theimagebelowisrenderedwithFinal QualityRenderworks
Art
Transformstheimageintoasinglecolorwithshadows
Cartoon
Tracesaborderaroundedgesofobjectsandcombines simplifiedshadingwithdrawnedges
698
Description
Shadestheimagewithstrokedhatchlines
LinesandShadow
Tracesaborderaroundtheedgesofobjectsanddisplays shadows
Pencil(soft)
Simulatesahanddrawnpencildrawingwithsoft, smudgedpencilline(s)attheedgesofobjects
Pencil(SketchConcept)
Simulatesahanddrawnpencildrawingwiththinlines thatextendslightlypasttheirintendedpoint
699
Description
Simulatesahanddrawnpencildrawingwithmany overlappinglines
Pencil(Loose)
Simulatesahanddrawnpencildrawingwithcurvy, carelessstraightlines
Pen(ThickandThin)
Simulatesahanddrawnpendrawingwithuneven pressureonthepennib
Pen(ThinDistance)
Simulatesahanddrawnpendrawingwithlinesthatget thinnerasthelineretreats
700
Description
Drawsedgeswithathick,monochromecrayon
ChunkyLines
Drawslineswithahesitantstrokethatsimulatestheink sinkingintothepaperatthosepoints
ClonedLines
Drawsoverlapping,taperinglines
Brush(Watercolor)
Drawsaswithathinwatercolorbrush,withinkthatsoaks intothepaper
701
Description
SimilartoBrush(Watercolor),butwithlesspressure applied
Brush(Chinese)
Drawsaswithinkandawatercolorbrush,withthicker linesatthecorners
Brush(ChineseFade)
Drawsaswithinkandawatercolorbrush,withlinesthat startthickandbecomethinneralongthestroke
4. ClickOKtosettheArtisticRenderworksoptions. 5. SelectView>Rendering>ArtisticRenderworkstorenderwiththespecifiedoption.
702
TheRenderBitmaptoolrenderstheimagewiththespecifiedresolutionandrenderingmode.Thebitmapcreatedby thetooldrawsusingtheoptionsselectedontheDisplaytabinthedocumentpreferences(seeSettingDocument Preferencesonpage 28).ChooseFullResolution,ReducedResolutionorBoundingBox.Theboundingboxoption displaysasagrayrectanglebitmapimage.UsingthisoptionsavesredrawingtimewhenusingthePantoolorscroll bars. TheimagecreatedbytheRenderBitmaptooliscompressedbyeithertheJPEGorPNGcompressionmethod,to reducefilesize.ThecompressionuseddependsontheDefaultcompressionselectedontheEdittabofVectorworks preferences(seeEditPreferencesonpage 17). Torenderaspecifiedarea: 1. SelecttheRenderBitmaptoolfromtheVisualizationtoolset. 2. ClicktheRenderBitmapPreferencesToolbarbutton. TheRenderBitmapSettingsdialogboxopens.Specifytherenderingmodeandanyoptions.
Parameter
RenderMode Resolution(DPI)
Description
Selecttherenderingmodefortheimage;ifthemodehasadditionalsettings,clickOptionsto makeanychanges(changesarealsomadetothedesignlayersettings) Specifytheresolutionforthebitmapindotsperinch,relativetothepage;lowerresolution valuesreducefilesize
Batch Rendering |
703
Afterrendering,therenderedbitmapimagecanbecutfromtheVectorworksdrawingandpastedintoanyimage editingprogramforfurthermanipulation.
Batch Rendering
Batchrenderingallowsseveralimagestoberenderedwhilethecomputerisunattended.Eachbatchjobretainsitsown view,renderingmode,resolution,andexportsettings.
Parameter
Name RenderMode Options
Description
Specifiestherenderingjobnameforcreatingthebatch Selecttherenderingmodefromthelist ForOpenGLandCustomRenderworksrenderingmodes,thedefaultfilesettingsarein effect;tochangethesettings,clickOptions.Thesechangesapplytothecurrentjobonly. FormoreinformationonOpenGLsettings,seeRenderingwithVectorworksonpage 681. ForCustomRenderworkssettings,seeCustomRenderworksOptionsonpage 694.
SetExportImage FileOptions
OpenstheExportImageFiledialogboxforspecifyingtherenderedimagefilesettings, includingexportareaandformat
704
3. Createadditionalbatchrenderingjobsasrequired. Batchjobscanberenamed,edited,ordeletedfromtheStartBatchRenderdialogbox.
Parameter
AvailableJobs ChosenJobs ChooseAll >>button <<button
Description
Liststhecurrentbatchrenderjobsinorderofjobcreation;thejobsaredisplayedwiththe imagefileextensiontobegeneratedaccordingtothejobsettings Liststhecurrentlyselectedrenderjobsinorderofexecution;themostrecentlyaddedjobis placedattheendofthelist MovesallAvailableJobstotheChosenJobslist MovestheselectedjobfromtheAvailableJobslisttotheendoftheChosenJobslist MovestheselectedjobfromtheChosenJobslisttotheendoftheAvailableJobslist
705
Description
CopiestheselectedavailablejobandaddsittotheendoftheAvailableJobslist;specifya newnameforthejobintheAssignNamedialogbox OpenstheEditBatchRenderJobdialogbox,forchangingtheparametersoftheselectedjob Removestheselectedjobfromthelistofavailablerenderjobs(noundo) SpecifiestheParentFolderlocation,whereallbatchrenderingresultingfileswillbelocated. Bydefault,thisistheapplicationfolder.Theresultsubfoldernameisalsodisplayed(this subfolderisnamedaccordingtothecurrentdateandtime).
TousetheVisualizationpalette: 1. SelectWindows>Palettes>Visualization. TheVisualizationpaletteopens.TheVisualizationpalettecanremainopenwhileyouworkinthedrawing. 2. TheVisualizationpalettecontainstwotabs:theLightstabaccesseslights,andtheCamerastabaccessescameras. Thelightsandcamerascanbesortedbyclickingintheheaderofanycolumn. TheLightstabfunctionsintwodifferentmodesdependingonwhetheryouareonadesignlayerorsheetlayer. Onadesignlayer,thepalettelistseitherallthelightsinthefile,orjustthelightsthataffectthecurrentview.On asheetlayer,thepalettelistseitherallthelightsinthefile,orjustthelightsofselectedviewports;editstothe selectedviewport(s)affecttheviewportlighting,creatinganoverride,butthisdoesnotaffecttheassociated designlayerlighting. Dependingonwhatactionisbeingperformed,differentoptionsareavailableinboththeVisualizationpalette andtheVisualizationpalettemenu.ToopentheVisualizationpalettemenu,clickonthesmalltriangleatthetop rightofthepalette,orrightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)inthepalettetoopenacontextmenu.
706
Parameter
Lightstab CurrentScene SelectedViewport(s)
Description
TheLightstabaccessestheparametersofsheetlayerviewportsoralllightsinthefile Displaysonlythelightswhichaffectthecurrentview(lightsfromthecurrentlayer andinvisibleclasses) Displaysonlythelightswhichaffectthecurrentlyselectedsheetlayerviewport(s);in thismode,lightscanbeeditedtooverridethelightingoftheselectedviewportsonly. (OtherVisualizationpalettelightmanagementcommandsarenotavailable.)Select RevertOverridetoreturntheviewporttoitsoriginallighting. Listsallthelightsinthefile Clicktotogglethelightonoroff;acheckmarkindicatesthatthelightison
Name
Displaysthenameofthelight(asshownontheDatataboftheObjectInfopalette)
707
Description
Indicatesthetypeoflight: Directional ,Point ,Spot ,Custom ,Area ,orLine
(LightParent)
Symbol :indicatesthatthelightiscontainedwithinasymbol;eachinstanceis listedinthepalette.EditsmadedirectlyfromtheVisualizationpalette,suchas turninglightsonandoff,affectallsymbolinstances.(SelectingEditfromthe Visualizationpalettemenu,however,editsthesymbolinstanceproperties.) PluginObject :indicatesthatthelightiscontainedinapluginobject,suchas alightingdevice(VectorworksSpotlightrequired) LayerLink Class/Layer Menucommands New Edit RevertOverride Duplicate :indicatesthatthelightiscontainedwithinalayerlink
Displaysthelightsclassandlayer TheVisualizationpalettemenucommandsmanageandselectlightobjects OpenstheCreateLightdialogbox,tocreateadirectional,point,spot,orcustomlight onthecurrentdesignlayer;seeAddingLightSourcesonpage 665 OpensthePropertiesdialogbox,toedittheparametersofthecurrentlyselected light(s);whenmorethanonelightisselected,onlycommonpropertiescanbeedited Restorestheoriginallightparametersfortheviewport(s),whenthelightsinselected sheetlayerviewport(s)havebeenedited Copiesthecurrentlyselectedlight(s),placingthecopyorcopiesonthesamelayerand inthesameclassastheoriginal(s).Lightsinsymbolsorpluginobjectscannotbe duplicated. Deletesthecurrentlyselectedlight(s).Lightsinsymbolsorpluginobjectscannotbe deleted. Selectsthecurrentlight(s),andautomaticallycenterstheviewonthelight,orits container(alternatively,doubleclickonalightintheVisualizationpalette,ifthelight isintheactiveclassorlayer.)ThelightpropertiescanthenbeeditedintheObjectInfo paletteorbyclickingEditfromtheVisualizationpalettemenu.Theselectionand editingofmultiplelightsatonceissupported. Ifthelightisnotintheactiveclassorlayer,usetheForceSelectcommand instead. TheVectorworksDisplaypreferencemustbesettoshowlights.
Delete SelectOnDocument
ForceSelect
Camerastab Name
708
Parameter
Class/Layer Menucommands New Edit Duplicate Delete Activate
17
Dimensioning
Usethevariousdimensioningtoolstomeasure2Dand3Dobjects,andtoadddimensioninglineswiththe measurementstothedrawing.Dimensionscanbecreatedonadesignlayer,orintheannotationspaceofasheetlayer viewport(seeCreatingAnnotationsforSheetLayerViewportsonpage 775). TherearealsoTapeMeasureandProtractortoolstomeasuredistancesandangles,andaCenterMarktooltomark thecenterofcircles,ovals,andrectangles. Whenyouaddanewdimension,thedimensionstandardsetinthedocumentpreferencesisusedbydefault(see DimensionPreferencesonpage 30).Inaddition,whenadimensiontoolisactive,thedefaultdimensionstandard canbesetfromtheToolbar.Selectanyofthebuiltindimensionstandards,orcreateacustomstandardspecificallyfor thedrawing.Ifthedefaultdimensionstandardforthedocumentischanged,anynewdimensionthatisaddedwilluse thenewstandard;noexistingdimensionsareaffected.
710
Function
New Delete Edit Rename Import Replace
Description
OpenstheAssignNamedialogbox,tocreateanewcustomdimensionstandard;seeCreatinga CustomDimensionStandardonpage 710 Deletestheselectedcustomdimensionstandardandreplacesitwiththestandardyouspecify;see DeletingaCustomDimensionStandardonpage 712 OpenstheCustomDimensiondialogbox,toedittheselectedcustomdimensionstandard;see EditingaCustomDimensionStandardonpage 712 OpenstheAssignNamedialogbox,torenametheselectedcustomdimensionstandard;see RenamingaCustomDimensionStandardonpage 713 Opensafileandimportsthecustomdimensionstandardyouspecify;seeImportingaCustom DimensionStandardonpage 713 OpenstheReplaceDimensionStandardsdialogbox,tospecifywhichdimensionstandardto replace,andwhichstandardtoreplaceitwith;seeReplacingaDimensionStandardonpage 714
Dimensioning |
711
Parameter
Dimensionlinedistances Note:Distancesarein WitnessLines FixedWitnessLineLength
Description
Specifiesthedimensionlinedistancesforlinear,radial,andordinatedimensions Displaysthedrawingunitscurrentlyinuseforthefile Applieswitnesslinestodimensions;whendeselected,witnesslinesarehidden Selecttouseafixedlengthforthewitnesslinesratherthanafixedoffsetfromthe dimensionedobject(thedefault).Whenselected,thefieldforsettingthewitnessline lengthisenabledonthetoppartofthedialogbox. Tochangethelengthofaparticularwitnessline,usetheOverrideoptioninthe ObjectInfopalette;seeEditingDimensionPropertiesonpage 731
Setsdimensionvaluestoalwaysdisplaybetweenthewitnesslines Selectthemarkerattributesforusewithlineardimensionmarkers(seeMarker Attributesonpage 538) Selectthemarkerattributesforusewithotherdimensionmarkers Selectthemarkerattributesforusewithdimensionleaderlines. ThemarkerisonlyvisibleifyoufirstusetheObjectInfopalettetoaddaleader linetothedimension(seeEditingDimensionPropertiesonpage 731),and thenusetheAttributespalettetoaddanendmarkertotheleaderline(see MarkerAttributesonpage 538).
712
Parameter
Layout Dualview TextStyle
3. Selectanewdimensionstandardtoreplacethestandardbeingdeleted,andthenclickOK.
Dimensioning |
Anyexistingdimensionsthatusedthedeletedstandardarechangedtothereplacementstandard.
713
4. SelectthedimensionstandardtoimportandclickOK. TheimporteddimensiondisplaysintheCustomDimensionsdialogboxforthecurrentdrawingfile.
714
Associative Dimensioning
Indocumentpreferences,theAssociatedimensionsoptionisselectedbydefault.Thisautomaticallylinksdimensions to2Dobjects,aswellaswallsandwallcomponents.Forlineardimensionstobeassociated,thedimensionmustbe appliedbetweentwovertexpoints.
Green constraint markers show that the dimension is associated with the object
Dimensioning |
715
Associativedimensionscanexistacrosslayersofthesamescale.Toapplyanassociativedimensionacrosslayers, LayerOptionsmustbesettoShow/Snap/ModifyOthers.Associativedimensionscanbecreatedonviewportsin annotationeditmode(seeCreatingAnnotationsforSheetLayerViewportsonpage 775). Ifanassociativedimensionisusedacrosslayers,theassociationisbrokenifthescaleofoneofthelayerschanges. Associativedimensionscanonlybeplacedintheplanedefinedbytheobjectorobjectsbeingdimensioned;when multipleobjectsaredimensioned,theymustbecoplanartocreatetheassociation.Theassociateddimensionofan objectchangesplaneswiththeobject,iftheobjectchangesitsplane. Ifadrawinghasoverlappingobjects,itmaybeunclearwhichobjectshouldbeassociatedwithadimension.Whenyou dimensionobjectsthathaveasharedendpoint,theAutoassociatedocumentpreferencecontrolswhetherthe associationismadeautomaticallyormanually.(SeeDimensionPreferencesonpage 30.) Toalwaysautomaticallyassociateadimensionwiththetopmostobject,enabletheAutoassociateoption. Tomanuallyselecttheobjectwithwhichtoassociatethedimension,disabletheAutoassociateoption;whenyou dimensionanobjectthatsharesanendpointwithanotherobject,theSelectObjectdialogboxopens.
The triangle is being dimensioned, but the triangle overlaps with the purple rectangle and they share an endpoint
Because Auto associate is disabled, the Select Object dialog box opens to allow selection of the appropriate object
Dimension Standards
716
Mode
Thedimensiontextcanbemovedasneeded.SeeModifyingDimensionsonpage 731.
Dimensioning |
717
The dimension can be horizontal or vertical to the layer plane, or aligned to a face adjacent to the dimension line
718
1st click
1st click
Dimensioning |
drawdimensionlinesatanyangle.Inadditiontomeasuringanddimensioningobjects,youcanusethistoolto calculatethehorizontalorverticaldistancebetweentwoormorepointsinthedrawing.
719
Constrained Baseline
Selected Objects
Dimension Standards
Mode
ConstrainedLinear ConstrainedChain Constrained Baseline Ordinate SelectedObjects ChainDimension Preferences Dimension Standards
Description
Createsaconstraineddimensionlinewithasinglemeasurement Createsacontinuouschainofconstraineddimensionlines Createsaseriesofconnectedconstraineddimensionlines,startingfromaninitialbasepoint Createsaseriesofconstrainedordinatedimensions,startingfromaninitialbasepoint Createsaconstraineddimensionlineforthegreatestspanofaselectedobjectorgroupof objects ForConstrainedChainmode,specifieswhetherdimensionsarecreatedasasinglechain object,orasindividualdimensionobjects;alsoenablescollisioncontrol,whichautomatically spacestextblockssothattheydonotoverlap Tochangethedimensionstandardfornewdimensionscreatedinthedocument,selecta standardfromthelist;selectCustomStandardstocreateormanagecustomdimensions(see UsingCustomDimensionStandardsonpage 709)
Thedimensiontextcanbemovedasneeded.SeeModifyingDimensionsonpage 731.
720
5. Clicktoplacethedimensionline.
2nd click 3rd click
1st click
Dimensioning |
721
5th click
Double-click
Ordinate Dimensions
TheOrdinatemodemeasuresanddimensionsaseriesofeitherhorizontalorverticaldistancesfromonefixedpoint. ThismodeoftheConstrainedLinearDimensiontoolalwayscreatesdimensionsontheactiveplane. Todrawordinatedimensions: 1. ClicktheConstrainedLinearDimensiontoolfromtheDims/Notestoolset,andselectOrdinatemode.
722
1st click
Dual Dimensioning
Dualdimensioningdisplaystwosetsofvalues,suchasinchesandmillimeters,withinasingledimension.These valueshaveindependentunitsettingsandattributes.Dualdimensionscanbedisplayedsidebysideorstacked.
Dimensioning |
723
Radial Dimensioning
TheRadialDimensiontoolmeasuresandmarkseitherradiusordiameterdimensionsforarcsandcircles.Thistool doesnotworkonovalsorobjectswithroundedcorners. TheRadialDimensiontoolcanplacethedimensionlinesandmeasurementseitherinsideoroutsideofthecircle/arc. Thistoolalwayscreatesthedimensiononthesameplanewiththearcorcirclethatisbeingdimensioned.
External Diametrical Exterior Radial Right-Hand Shoulder
Internal Diametrical
Interior Radial
Left-Hand Shoulder
Dimension Standards
Mode
InternalDiametrical ExternalDiametrical InteriorRadial ExteriorRadial LeftHandShoulder RightHandShoulder DimensionStandards
Description
Measuresanddimensionsthediameterofacircleorarc,placingthedimensioninside theobject Measuresanddimensionsthediameterofacircleorarc,placingthedimensionoutside theobject Measuresanddimensionstheradiusofacircleorarc,placingthedimensioninsidethe object Measuresanddimensionstheradiusofacircleorarc,placingthedimensionoutside theobject Placesanexteriormeasurementwiththedimensiontexttotheleftofthedimension leadershoulder Placesanexteriormeasurementwiththedimensiontexttotherightofthedimension leadershoulder Tochangethedimensionstandardfornewdimensionscreatedinthedocument,select astandardfromthelist;selectCustomStandardstocreateormanagecustom dimensions(seeUsingCustomDimensionStandardsonpage 709)
724
Dimensioning |
725
726
Angular Dimensioning |
727
Angular Dimensioning
TheAngularDimensiontoolmeasuresanddimensionsangles.Dimensiontheanglebetweentwoobjects,between twosidesofasingleobject,betweenasingleobjectandareferenceline,orbetweentworeferencelines. Thistoolworkswithallobjectswithlinearorplanarsides,includingroundedandrotatedrectangles,lines,polylines, polygons,andsolids.Itdoesnot,however,workwithcircles,ovals,orarcs.Inaddition,itcannotdimensionbetween parallellinesorlinesondifferentplanes.
Angular Dimension from Two Objects Angular Dimension from Object and Reference Line Angular Dimension from Two Reference Lines Dimension Standards
Mode
AngularDimensionfromTwoObjects AngularDimensionfromObjectandReferenceLine AngularDimensionfromTwoReferenceLines DimensionStandards
Description
Dimensionstheanglebetweentwoobjectsidesorfaces Dimensionstheanglebetweenanobjectandareferenceline Dimensionstheanglebetweentworeferencelines Tochangethedimensionstandardfornewdimensions createdinthedocument,selectastandardfromthelist; selectCustomStandardstocreateormanagecustom dimensions(seeUsingCustomDimensionStandardson page 709)
728
1st click
2nd click
3rd click
729
Dimension Standards
Mode
WitnessLinesPerpendiculartoChord WitnessLinesPerpendiculartoTangent ArcIndicatorVisible ArcIndicatorInvisible DimensionStandards
Description
Dimensionsthearcwithwitnesslinesthatwouldbeperpendiculartoa chorddrawnacrossthearc Dimensionsthearcwithwitnesslinesthatwouldbeperpendiculartoa linedrawntangenttothearc Displaysanarcgraphicoverthedimensionmeasurement Usesadimensionmeasurementwithnoarcgraphic Tochangethedimensionstandardfornewdimensionscreatedinthe document,selectastandardfromthelist;selectCustomStandardsto createormanagecustomdimensions(seeUsingCustomDimension Standardsonpage 709)
730
2nd click
3rd click
1st click
2nd click
Modifying Dimensions |
731
Modifying Dimensions
ModifydimensionsbyadjustingparametersintheObjectInfopaletteorthePropertiesdialogbox.Forchain dimensionobjects,usecommandsontheobjectcontextmenutoadd,delete,andeditindividualdimensionswithin thechain.YoucanalsomakemanycommonadjustmentsbymanipulatingdimensionsdirectlywiththeSelection tool;seeEditingDimensionswiththeMouseonpage 733. Tochangeadjoiningdimensionsintoasinglechaindimensionobject,selectthem,andthenselectModify> Compose.Similarly,tochangeachainobjectintomultipledimensions,selectthechain,andthenselectModify> Decompose.
Parameter
Length
Description
Forlinearandbaselinedimensions,andforindividualdimensionswithinachain,this setsthelengthofthedimension.Forassociativedimensions,thisalsochangesthelength oftheassociatedobject. Usethesegmentpositionselectortotheleftofthefieldlabeltospecifywhichsegmentof thedimension(eitherendpoint,orthecenterpoint)willremainfixedwhenthe dimensionisresized.Thisfixedpointisaglobalsettingforalleditingoflinearand baselinedimensionlengths.
Radius
732
Parameter
DimStd DimOff ArrowsInside InteriorArc LeadertoLeft WitnessLines Visible
Forlinearandarcdimensions,thissetswhetherthewitnesslinedisplaysonbothendsof thedimensionline,onlythestart,onlytheend,ornotatall.Forchaindimensionobjects, thissetswhetherallornoneofthewitnesslinesdisplay. Forarcdimensions,setswhetherthewitnesslinesareperpendiculartoachordonthearc ortoatangenttothearc Forlinearandarcdimensions,thisdisplaysadditionalfieldsforyoutoenteroverride valuesforthelengthofoneorbothwitnesslines,orforthedistancethatoneorboth witnesslinesareoffsetfromthedimensionedobject. Forchaindimensionobjects,bydefaultthereisonlyasingleoverridevalueforthelength oroffsetdistanceforallwitnesslines.Tosetanoverrideforaparticulardimension, rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onthedimension,andselectEdit Dimensionfromthecontextmenu.
WitAng Override
Text TextOff TextRot AutoPositionText FlipText BoxText ArcIndicator LeaderLine Setsthedistancethatthedimensiontextisoffsetfromthedimensionline Setstheorientationofthedimensiontexttothedimensionline Automaticallyalignsthedimensiontexttothecenterofthedimensionline;deselectto allowmanualcontrolofthetextlocation Mirrorsthedimensiontexttotheoppositesideofthedimensionline.Thisparameteris notavailableforchaindimensionobjectsorindividualdimensionswithinachain. Placesaboxaroundthedimensiontext Displaysanarcgraphicoverthedimensionmeasurement Forlinear,chain,andarcdimensions,drawsaleaderlinefromthedimensiontexttothe dimensionline.Ifdesired,usetheAttributespalettetoaddanendmarkertotheleader line(seeMarkerAttributesonpage 538);theendmarkerdefaultstothestylespecified forthecurrentdimensionstandard,butitcanbechanged. Selectswhichdimensionstodisplay,whenadualdimensionstandardisselected.This parameterisnotavailableforchaindimensionobjects. Togglesbetweensettingsforprimaryandsecondarydimensions,whenadualdimension standardisselected.Thisparameterisnotavailableforchaindimensionobjects. Setsthedimensionprecisionwithuptoeightdigitsofaccuracy Showsorhidesthedimensiontext
733
Description
Entertexttodisplaybeforethedimensiontext Entertexttodisplayafterthedimensiontext Whenasingledimensionstandardisselected,setswhetheradimensiondisplaysa single,double,limited,ornotolerancevalue Whenatolerancedisplayisselected,setsthetolerancevaluesandhowtheydisplay
Action
Addadimension
Description
Rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)anywhereonthedimensionobject,and selectAddDimensionfromthecontextmenu.Clickwiththebullseyecursortosetthe endpointofthenewwitnessline.Alternatively,createanewindividualdimension withinthelinesofadimensioninanexistingchainobject,andthenewdimensionis addedtothechainautomatically. Rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onthedimensionlineofthedimension tobedeleted,andselectDeleteDimensionfromthecontextmenu. Rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onthewitnesslinetobedeleted,and selectDeleteWitnessLinefromthecontextmenu. Rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onthedimensiontobeedited,andselect EditDimensionfromthecontextmenu.EditparametersintheObjectPropertiesdialog boxasdesiredandclickOK(seeEditingDimensionPropertiesonpage 731).Toapply propertieseditstoalldimensionsinthechain,usethePropertiescommandortheObject Infopaletteinstead. Rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onthedimensiontobeedited,andselect FormatTextfromthecontextmenu
FormatText
734
Action
Changethelengthofa dimensiongraphically
Click the right endpoint of the dimension and drag it to the left
The circles diameter is reduced from the right; the left endpoint remains fixed
Double-click the dimension to edit it; enter the new length, and click the left segment selector
The triangles top side is expanded from the right; the dimensions left endpoint remains fixed
735
Description
ClickanywhereonthewitnesslinewiththeSelectiontoolanddragitinthe desireddirection
Changethepositionofthe dimensiontext
ClickonthetextwiththeSelectiontoolanddragittothedesiredlocation.Thetext foranangulardimensioncanonlybemovedalongthecurveofthedimension itself;thetextforotherdimensionscanbemovedinanydirection. Forlinearandarclengthdimensions,pressandholdtheShiftkeywhiledragging thetexttomaintainthesameoffsetdistancefromthedimensionline. Toenteraspecificvalueforthetextoffsetfromthedimensionline,usetheTextOff fieldontheObjectInfopalette.Forlinear,arclength,andchaindimensions,you canaddaleaderlinefromthetexttothedimensionlineifnecessary.SeeEditing DimensionPropertiesonpage 731.
Click the dimension text and drag it to the other side of the line
Moveadimension
736
Action
Changetheoffsetofthe dimensionlinefromthe dimensionedobject(linear, chain,andarcdimensions)
737
Description
WiththeSelectiontool,clickonthegraydashedlineattheendpointsofthe witnesslinesanddragittothedesiredlocation.Thedimensionlineremains stationary,andthewitnesslinelengthisadjustedaccordingly. Ifthedimensionstandarddoesnothaveafixedwitnesslinelength,theObject Infopaletteshowsthatthewitnesslineshaveanoffsetoverride. Ifthedimensionstandardhasafixedwitnesslinelength,theObjectInfopalette showsthatthewitnesslineshavealengthoverride. Toenterspecificvaluesfortheoffsetorlengthofthewitnesslines,usetheOverride settingontheObjectInfopalette(seeEditingDimensionPropertiesonpage 731).
Ifthedimensionhasmultipleoverridevaluesforoffsetorlength,eachwitnessline hasitsowndashedlineforediting.
738
Action
Modifytheoffsetsofseveral dimensionlinesorwitness linesatonce(linearand chaindimensions)
Measuring Distance
Distancecanbemeasuredwithoutactuallybeingrecorded.Thiscanbeusefulforplacingobjectsorforreference.
Measuring in Units
TheTapeMeasuretoolmeasuresthedistancebetweentwoormorepointsinthedrawingarea,andtemporarily displaysthelengthintheDatabar.Thetoolshowsthemeasurementbetweenoneclickandthenext,anditalsokeeps trackofthecumulativelengthfromtheveryfirstclick. MeasurementsdisplayintheDatabaruntilthemouseisdoubleclicked.Notethemeasurementsbeforethedisplay clears. Tomeasureadistance: 1. ClicktheTapeMeasuretoolfromtheDims/Notestoolset. 2. Clickwherethefirstmeasurementistostart. 3. Movethecursoralongthedistancetomeasure. TheDatabardisplaystwomeasurements:
Data Bar
L TL
Measurement
Length(distance)fromthepreviouspoint Totallength(cumulativemeasure)fromthestartingpoint
4. Tocontinuemeasuringinadifferentdirectionorarea,clicktosetthenextstartingpoint.
Measuring Distance |
TheLmeasurementchangestozero. 5. Movethecursortomeasurethenextdistance. TheDatabarreflectsthelengthfromthepreviouspointandthetotalcumulativelength.
Second click to start the measurement of the next edge
739
6. Whenthemeasurementsarecomplete,notethetotallength. 7. Doubleclicktoendthemeasurements.
Measuring in Degrees
TheProtractortoolmeasuresanglesinthedrawing,andtemporarilydisplaysthedegreesmeasurementintheData bar.Therearetwomodesforthetool.
Angle from Two Segments Angle from Three Points
Mode
AnglefromTwoSegments
Description
Calculatestheanglebetweentwoobjectsorobjectsidesthatarelinearrectangles (includingroundedandrotated),lines,polylines,andpolygons.Thismodecannot, however,measurecircles,ovals,orarcs.Inaddition,itcannotmeasurebetween parallellines Measuresananglebetweenthreepointsinthedrawingarea
AnglefromThreePoints
740
Parametric Constraints
Parametricconstraintsensurethatadrawingmaintainsitsoriginalprecision.Parametricconstraintsmaintain relationshipsbetweenanobjectandworldspace,betweentwoobjects,orwithintheobjectitself.Therearetwotypes ofparametricconstraints:dimensionalandgeometric.Dimensionalconstraintsmaintainameasurablerelationshipby limitingtheobjectsgeometrytoaparticularvalue.Geometricconstraintsmaintainaphysicalrelationshipbylimiting theallowedorientationofobjects.
Parametricconstraintscanbeplacedonall2Dobjects.Theycannotbeplacedon3Dobjectsexceptforwalls,symbols, andpluginobjectsthathave2Dcomponents.Multipleconstraintscanbeappliedtoanobject.Parametricconstraints canbeplacedacrosslayersaslongasbothlayersareofthesamescale,andLayerOptionsaresettoShow/Snap/ ModifyOthers. Constraintsmustalwaysbeplacedintheplanedefinedbytheobjectorobjectsbeingconstrained;whenmultiple objectsareconstrained,theymustbecoplanartocreatetheconstraint.Theconstraintonanobjectorobjectschanges planeswiththeobject,iftheobjectchangesitsplane. Constraintsattachedtoasingleobjectmovealongwiththeobjecteveniftheobjectiscopiedorcutandpasted.When onlyoneofapairofconstrainedobjectsisduplicatedorcopiedorcutandpasted,theconstraintisremoved. Whenaparametricconstraintisplaced,greenconstraintindicatorsaredrawnfortheobject(s)involved.Tohide indicators,deselectShowparametricconstraintsintheDisplaytaboftheVectorworkspreferences.Alternatively, selectView>Show>ShoworHideConstraints;thecommandtogglesbetweendisplayingorhidingconstraints,as appropriate.
Parametric Constraints |
741
Dimensional Constraints
Dimensionalconstraintsmaintainameasurablerelationship.Theyresemblestandarddimensionswhenplaced.
Constrain Angle
Constraintheangularrelationshipbetweenseparateobjectsorlinesegmentsofasingleobject.Ifoneobjectorsegment isrotated,theobjectorsegmentitisconstrainedtoadjuststomaintaintheangle. Toconstraintheanglebetweenobjectsorlinesegmentsofasingleobject: 1. ClicktheConstrainAngletoolfromtheDims/Notestoolset. 2. Clickononeofthetwoobjectsorlinesegmentstobeconstrained. Thecursorswitchestothebullseyecursor. 3. Clickonthesecondobjectorlinesegmenttobeconstrained. Agreenangleconstraintisdrawnbetweenthetwoobjectsorlinesegments.
Constrain Radius
Constraintheradiusofasinglearcorcircle.Ifthearcorcircleisaccidentallyresized,theconstraintpreventsthe operation,preservingtheradius. Toconstraintheradiusofanarcorcircle: 1. ClicktheConstrainRadiustoolfromtheDims/Notestoolset. 2. Clickonthearcorcircletobeconstrained. Agreenradiusconstraintisdrawnontheobject.
742
Parametric Constraints |
Toconstraintheverticaldistanceofanedgeofanobjectorlinesegment: 1. ClicktheConstrainVerticalDistancetoolfromtheDims/Notestoolset. 2. Clickontheobjecttobeconstrained. Agreenverticaldistanceconstraintisdrawnontheobject.
743
1st click
2nd click
Constrain Distance
Constrainthedistanceofanedgeofanobject,linesegment,orbetweentwopointsregardlessoftheangle.Ifanobject isaccidentallyresized,theconstraintpreventstheoperation,preservingtheoriginaldistance.Whentheconstraintis ontwodifferentobjects,ifoneobjectismodified,theobjecttowhichitisconstrainedmovestoremainatthesame constraineddistance.
744
Object
1st click
Point
2nd click
Geometric Constraints
Geometricconstraintspreservethegeometricpropertiesofobjects.
Constrain Horizontal-Vertical
Constrainalinearobjecttoremainhorizontalorvertical.Onceconstrained,theobjectcannotberotatedtoanyother position.Theobjectcanberesizedinlength,butitalwaysremainshorizontalorvertical. Toconstrainanobjecttoremainhorizontalvertical:
Parametric Constraints |
1. ClicktheConstrainHorizVerticaltoolfromtheDims/Notestoolset. 2. Clickonthelinearobjecttobeconstrained. Agreenhorizontalverticalconstraintisdrawnontheobject.
745
Iftheobjectisdiagonalwhentheconstraintisplaced,itrotatestobecomeverticalorhorizontal,dependingon whichangleitisclosestto.
Constrain Parallel
Constrainlinearobjectsorlinesegmentstobeparalleltooneanother.Ifoneobjectisrotated,theobjectconstrainedto itrotatestoremainparalleltothefirstobject.Linesdonotneedtobeparallelwhenplacingtheconstraints;thefirst linerotatestomatchtheangleofthesecondline. Toconstrainlinearobjectsorlinesegmentstobeparallel:
Constrain Perpendicular
Constrainlinearobjectsorlinesegmentstobeperpendiculartooneanother.Ifonelineisrotated,thelineitis constrainedtoadjuststoremainperpendiculartothefirstline.Linesdonotneedtobeperpendicularwhenplacing theconstraints;thefirstlinerotatestobecomeperpendiculartothesecondline.
746
1st click
2nd click
Constrain Colinear
Constrainthecolinearitybetweentwolinearobjects.Ifonelineismoved,thelineitisconstrainedtoadjuststoremain aligned.Linesdonotneedtobealignedwhenplacingtheconstraints;thefirstlinemovestobecomecolineartothe secondline. Toconstrainthecolinearitybetweentwolines: 1. ClicktheConstrainColineartoolfromtheDims/Notestoolset. 2. Clickonthelinetoconstrain. Thecursorswitchestothebullseyecursor. 3. Clickonthelinetobeconstrained. Greencolinearconstraintindicatorsaredrawnonthetwolines.
2nd click
1st click
Parametric Constraints |
747
Constrain Coincident
Constraintwoselectedpointstoremainattached.Ifoneobjectismoved,theobjectitisconstrainedtoadjuststo maintaintheconnection.Thefirstpointstretchestoconnecttothesecondpoint,ifnecessary. Toconstraintheconnectionbetweentwopoints: 1. ClicktheConstrainCoincidenttoolfromtheDims/Notestoolset. 2. Clickonthepointtoconstrain. Thecursorswitchestothebullseyecursor. 3. Clickonthepointtobeconstrained. Agreencoincidentconstraintisdrawnwherethetwopointstouch.
Constrain Concentric
Constraincirclesandarcsconcentrically.Ifacircleorarcismoved,thecircleorarcitisconstrainedtomovessothat theircentersremainaligned.Circlesandarcsdonotneedtobeconcentricwhenplacingtheconstraints;thefirstobject movessothatitscenteralignstothesecondobjectscenter. Toconstraintwocirclesorarcsconcentrically: 1. ClicktheConstrainConcentrictoolfromtheDims/Notestoolset. 2. Clickontheobjecttoconstrain. Thecursorswitchestothebullseyecursor. 3. Clickontheobjecttobeconstrained. Agreenconcentricconstraintisdrawnatthecenterofthetwoobjects.
748
Constrain Tangent
Constrainacircle,arcorlinetobetangenttoanothercircleorarc.Ifoneobjectismoved,theotherobjectitis constrainedtoadjuststomaintainthetangency.Objectsdonotneedtobetangenttooneanotherwhenplacingthe constraints;thefirstobjectmovestobecometangenttothesecond. Toconstrainacircle,arcorlinetobetangenttoacircleorarc: 1. ClicktheConstrainTangenttoolfromtheDims/Notestoolset. 2. Clickonthecircleorarctoconstrain. Thecursorswitchestothebullseyecursor. 3. Clickonthecircle,arcorlinetobeconstrained. Agreentangentconstraintisdrawnatthetangentpointofthetwoobjects.
1st click
2nd click
Parametric Constraints |
749
750
3. IntheDimensionalConstraintValuefield,enterthenewdimension,andclickOK. Thedimensionalvalueisupdatedandtheobjectorobjectsareadjusted.
Parameter
No Yes
Description
Continueswiththeeditingoperation,removingtheconflictingconstraints Cancelstheeditingoperation,preservingconstraints
751
Description
OpenstheUnsolvableConstraintsdialogbox,listingtheproblemconstraintsand allowingapreviewofeachconstraint
2. SelectPreviewconstraintsthatwillbeselected,andthenclickYestopreviewtheunsolvableconstraints. TheUnsolvableConstraintsdialogboxopens.
752
18
Animating Drawings
TwotypesofanimationscanbecreatedOrbitPointandMoveAlongPath.TheOrbitPointanimatorrotatesbya specifiednumberofdegreesarounda3Dobjectorselectedpointinthedrawing.TheMoveAlongPathanimator movesthroughthe3Ddrawing,followingaspecifiedpath. InPerspectiveview,onlytheportionofthemodelwithintheperspectiveframe(seePerspectiveonpage 578)is visibleintheanimation.
754
Parameter
Activelayer plane
Description
Specifiesthecenteroftheactivelayerplane(0X,0Y,0Z)asthecenterofrotationforthe animation
755
Description
Specifiesthecenteroftheworkingplane(0I,0J,0K)asthecenterofrotationfortheanimation Specifiesthecenteroftheselectedobject(s)asthecenterofrotationfortheanimation Specifiestheamountofrotation(indegrees)fortheanimation;forexample,tocompletean orbitaroundtheselectedcenterofanimation,enter360
Parameter
Duration(Sec) TimeScale
Description
Setsthetotallengthoftimeoftheanimation Specifiestheanimationrate;avaluebetween0.1and0.99createsaslowmotioneffect,whilea valuebetween1.01and10.00speedsuptheanimation.Leavethedefaultvalueof1.00fora normaltimescale.
756
Tocreateananimationmovingalongaspecifiedpath: 1. Setupthedrawingview. SelectthedesiredviewsfromtheViewmenuStandardViews,Rendering,andPerspective. ThedrawingProjectionmustbesettoPerspective. 2. Saveaviewforeachpointalongthepathtouseforcreatingtheanimation. UsetheWalkthroughand/orFlyovertoolstochangeviews.Tosaveaview,selectView>SaveView.IntheSave Viewdialogboxthatopens,entertheViewName,ensurethatSaveFactorsisselected,andthenclickOK(see CreatingSavedViewsonpage 114). 3. SelectModel>CreateAnimation. TheCreateAnimationdialogboxopens. 4. SettheCameratoMoveAlongPath.
757
5. ClickAnimationOptions. TheSelectAnimationdialogboxopens.
6. ClickNew. TheNewAnimationNamedialogboxopens.
758
8. Fromthelistofviewsontheleft,dragthestartingviewnametotheanimationgraph. Thefirstviewisplacedatthegraphsorigin0seconds,0drawingunits/second. 9. Selectthenextviewtouseanddragittotheanimationgraph. Abarwithabeadisaddedtothegraph.Dragthebarandbeadtochangetheanimationsettings(timeelapsed betweenviewchangesandvelocityofcameramovement). Thedistancebetweenbarsisthetimeinsecondsthatittakestomovefromoneviewtothenext. Movethebeadupanddowntodeterminetheslopeofthelinebetweenbars.Thisslopeindicatesthevelocityof themovementbetweenviews(thenumberofdrawingunits/secondthatthecameramoves).Ingeneral,theslope shouldformasteadycurve.Anunevencurvewillcauseachoppycameramovement,speedingupandslowing downinajoltingmanner.TheslopecannotdipbelowtheXaxisthiswouldcreateanegativevelocity.
759
bar bead
Parameter
Looktowards Currentview Workingplaneorigin Centerofcurrently selectedobject Centeroffollowing namedobject Followingpoint
Description
Specifieswhatdirectiontheviewshouldlooktoward Setstheviewtothecurrentbeadssavedview Setstheviewtotheworkingplaneorigin SetstheviewtotheX,Y,Zcenterofthecurrentlyselectedobject(s)boundingbox Setstheviewtolookatthecenterofanamed3Dobject.ClickSelectadifferentnamed objecttoopentheLookAtNamedObjectdialogbox.Selecttheobjecttosettheview toward(namedobjectsinwallsorlayerlinkscannotbeselected). SetstheviewtothespecifiedX,Y,Zcoordinates
760
To create a pause, place the same view twice in the animation graph. Ensure that there is no slope between the repeated views.
13. ClickDonetoreturntotheCreateAnimationdialogbox. TheQuickTimeframespersecond(fps)valueisdisplayed.TheVectorworksprogramusesdefaultCompression SettingsforQuickTime;thesesettingsproduceagoodqualityanimationwithoutanexcessivefilesize.However, theparameterscanbemodifiedbyclickingontheQuickTimeOptionsbutton. QuickTimeisacomplexprogramwhichoffersgreatflexibilityinselectingsettings.Consulttheonline QuickTimePlayerhelp(availablefromtheQuickTimeHelpmenu)formoreinformationaboutQuickTime parametersandcompressionsettings. 14. SpecifytheremainingparametersettingsintheCreateAnimationdialogbox.
Parameter
Duration(Sec) TimeScale
Description
Setsthetotallengthoftimeoftheanimation Specifiestheanimationrate;avaluebetween0.1and0.99createsaslowmotioneffect,while avaluebetween1.01and10.00speedsuptheanimation.Leavethedefaultvalueof1.00fora normaltimescale.
761
Play Button
Pause Button
762
763
Parameter
ViewportName DrawingTitle
Description
Specifiestheviewportname;thisnamemustbeuniqueinthedocument Specifiesadescriptivetitleforthesheetlayerviewport.Thisnamedisplaysasthedrawing titleforanyannotationobjects(drawinglabels,sectionmarkers,andsheetborders)thatare addedtotheviewport. Selectthesheetlayerwheretheviewportwillbecreated,orselectNewSheetLayerto createasheetlayer.Iftherearenosheetlayerspresentandanewoneisnotcreatednow, youwillbepromptedtocreateasheetlayerafterclickingOK. Specifieswhichdesignlayerswillbevisibleintheviewport Selecttodisplay2Dplanarobjectsassociatedwiththelayerplane,whentheviewports viewisotherthanTop/Plan Selecttodisplay2Dobjectsassociatedwiththescreenplane,whentheviewportsviewis otherthanTop/Plan Specifieswhichclasseswillbevisibleintheviewport Specifiestheviewportscalerelativetothepage;selectascaleorchooseCustomandenter thescalevalueinCustomScale Whenacustomscaleisselected,enterthescalevalue
CreateonLayer
764
Parameter
View SetView
Rendering
Certainrendermodesrequireparameterstobeset;clickthisbuttontospecifythem.Seethe following: HiddenLineRendersettings:LineRenderOptionsonpage 686 OpenGLandFinalShadedPolygonsettings:RenderingwithVectorworksonpage 681 ArtisticRenderworkssettings:ArtisticRenderworksOptionsonpage 695 CustomRenderworkssettings:CustomRenderworksOptionsonpage 694
765
3. Ifthecroppedviewportisbeingcreatedfromadesignlayer,selectthe2Dobject.Ifthecroppedviewportisbeing createdfromasheetlayer,selectboththe2Dobjectandtheuncroppedviewport. 4. SelectView>CreateViewport. 5. Analertdialogboxaskswhethertheobjectshouldbeusedastheviewportscrop.SelectYes(clickAlwaysdo theselectedactiontoalwaysuseaselected2Dobjectasacropobjectwhencreatingviewports). 6. TheCreateViewportdialogboxopens.Enteraviewportnameanddrawingtitle,andselectthesheetlayerto placeiton.Theremainingviewportparametersareinitiallysettobethesameasthedesignlayerproperties(for designlayers)orselectedviewport(forsheetlayers).Changetheparametersasneeded(seeCreatingaSheet LayerViewportfromaDesignLayeronpage 762). 7. ClickOK. Theviewport,croppedbytheselected2Dobject,iscreatedonthespecifiedsheetlayer. 8. Bydefault,thecropobjectisnotvisible.Tochangethevisibilityofthecropobject,selecttheviewportandselect theCropVisiblesettingintheObjectInfopalette.
766
Cropped viewport
Parameter
Rotation
Description
Setstheviewportrotation;iftheviewportwascreatedfromarotatedplanview (VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired),thisparametercanbeusedtoresettheviewport totheworldcoordinatesystem Indicateswhethertheselectedviewporthasbeencropped(seeCroppingSheetLayer Viewportsonpage 774) Iftheviewporthasbeencropped,selecttodisplaythecropobject Clicktoupdatetheviewporttoreflectanychangesthathaveoccurredsincethe viewportwascreatedorlastupdated(seeStatusofaSheetLayerViewporton page 770) Specifiesadescriptivetitleforthesheetlayerviewport.Thisnamedisplaysasthe drawingtitleforanyannotationobjects(drawinglabelsandsheetborders)thatare addedtotheviewport. IfUseAutomaticDrawingCoordinationisselectedindocumentpreferences (VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired),achangetothisfieldfortheviewport automaticallychangesthefieldfortheviewportsdrawinglabel,andviceversa.
DrawingTitle
Layers
767
Description
Selecttodisplay2Dplanarobjectsassociatedwiththelayerplane,whenthe viewportsviewisotherthanTop/Plan Selecttodisplay2Dobjectsassociatedwiththescreenplane,whentheviewportsview isotherthanTop/Plan Specifieswhichclassesarevisibleintheviewportandallowschangestosomeofthe classpropertiesintheviewport,includingchangestothepropertiesforannotation objects.Classvisibilitiescanbeoverriddenforaselectedviewport;seeChangingthe ClassPropertiesofSheetLayerViewportsonpage 780. Specifiestheviewportscalerelativetothepage;selectascale,orchooseCustomand enteraCustomScalevalue WhenacustomScaleisselected,enterthescalevalue IndicateswhethertheviewportislinkedtoaRenderworkscamera(seeLinkingthe CameraViewtoaSheetLayerViewportonpage 590) Specifiestheorientationofthedesignlayersdisplayedintheviewport;selecta cardinalvieworchooseCustomandthenclickSetViewtospecifytheview Thestandardviewofaselectedviewportcanbechangedwiththenumeric keypadshortcutkeys(seeUsingStandardViewsonpage 575).
SetView
Whenacustomviewisselected,clickSetViewtoopenthe3DRotationdialogboxfor theentryofcustomviewparameters(seeRotatingPreciselyonpage 583formore information) Specifiestherendermode(s)fortheviewport.Selectabackgroundmodeandspecify therendersettings,ifany.Foracompositeeffect,alsoselectanoptionalforeground modeandspecifyanysettings(Wireframe,Sketch,HiddenLine,orDashedHidden Linearetheonlyrendermodesavailableforforegroundrendering). Certainrendermodesrequireparameterstobeset;clicktheappropriateRender Settingsbuttontospecifythem.Seethefollowing: OpenGLandFinalShadedPolygonsettings:RenderingwithVectorworkson page 681 CustomRenderworkssettings(Renderworksrequired):CustomRenderworks Optionsonpage 694 ArtisticRenderworkssettings(Renderworksrequired):ArtisticRenderworks Optionsonpage 695 HiddenLineRendersettings:LineRenderOptionsonpage 686
Background/Foreground Render
Background/Foreground RenderSettings
RWBackground (Renderworksrequired)
Projection
Selecttheprojectiontypefortheviewport(seeProjectiononpage 577)
768
Parameter
PerspectiveType PerspectiveDist LightingOptions
AdvancedProperties
769
Description
Enteravaluelargerthan1.0toincreasetheviewportlineweights,oravaluebelow1.0(but largerthan0)todecreasethelineweights Enteravaluelargerthan1.0toincreasetheviewportmarkersize,oravaluebelow1.0(but largerthan0)todecreasethemarkersize Enteravaluelargerthan1.0toincreasethelengthandspacingofviewportdashsegments, oravaluebelow1.0(butlargerthan0)todecreasethelengthandspacingofdashedline segments Enteravaluelargerthan1.0toincreasethespacingbetweenviewporthatchlines,ora valuebelow1.0(butlargerthan0)todecreasethespacingbetweenhatchlines Enteravaluelargerthan1.0toincreasethetextsizeinviewports,oravaluebelow1.0(but largerthan0)todecreasethetextsize;onlyassociatedviewporttextisaffected.Graphic objectsthatarepartofthetextitem,suchasareferencemarkercontainerorcalloutbubble, arescaledwiththetext. Dimensionalobjectsinsidepluginobjects,suchasdimensionswithinabubblegrid object,arenotscaled.Pluginobjects,suchasaNortharrowobject,arenotscaledif theyhavebeenplacedwhileeditingtheviewportinEditAnnotationmode.
HatchLineScale TextScale
Thesesettingsaffectpagebasedsymbolsintheviewport(seeSymbolTypesonpage 173) Setsascalefactorforpagebasedsymbols;ascalefactoroflessthanonedecreasesthesize ofthesymbolrelativetoitsdefinitionata1:1scale,whileafactorofmorethanone increasesitssize Thesesettingsaffecttheattributes(suchaslineweight)ofpagebasedsymbolsinthe viewport UsestheSymbolScalefactortoscaletheattributes Usestheother,individualscalefactorsintheAdvancedPropertiesdialogbox,suchasthe LineWeightScale,toscalethepagebasedsymbolattributes DisplaysorhideswallandslabcomponentsinTop/Planview,regardlessofthedocument preferencesdetaildisplaysetting(seeDisplayPreferencesonpage 29) DesignlayerswithavisibilitysettoGrayarerenderedastransparent,similartothe transparenteffectachievedwiththeUnifiedViewcommandintheVectorworksDesign Seriesproducts(seeUnifiedLayerViewonpage 730intheVectorworksDesignSeries UsersGuide) Changesallcolorsintheviewporttoblackorwhite;thisisusefulfordisplayingtwo viewportcopiesonthesamesheetlayer,withoneincolorandtheotherinblackandwhite. However,ifthedocumentpreferencesdisplaysettingisblackandwhite,viewportswill alsodisplayasblackandwhite. Reorientsrotatedandflippedtextintheviewportsothatitisalwaysreadable(regardless oftheVectorworksflippedtextpreference;seeDisplayPreferencesonpage 19) Displaystheviewportwithapreviewoftheadvancedsettings
Blackandwhiteonly
AdjustFlippedText Preview
770
Viewport Status
Normal
Description
Anormal,uptodateviewportdisplayswithorangehighlightingwhenselected
Outofdate
Empty
AviewportdisplaysasaredXwhentheassociateddesignlayercontainsnoobjectsorthe objectsarehidden,orwhentheassociateddesignlayerissettoinvisible
771
UsetheMoveandRotatecommandsandtheRotateandMirrortoolstomove,rotate,ormirroraviewport.The viewportcanbesplitbytheSplittool(inSplitbyLinemode),andclippedwiththeCliptool.
UsetheScaleObjectscommandtoscaleaviewport.Anycropobjectsintheviewportarealsoscaled,asare annotationsanddimensions.Viewporttext,however,isnotscaledunlessScaleTextisselectedintheScale Objectsdialogbox. UsetheModify>LockandModify>Unlockcommandstolockandunlockviewports. UsetheEyedroppertooltotransferattributesfromoneviewporttoanother;seeTransferringAttributeson page 526. Use2Ddrawingtoolsonsheetlayerstocreateborders,titleblocks,andsoon. Aviewportcanbecopiedandpastedintoanimageeditingapplication.Thedpisettingofthesheetlayeraffects theresolutionofthepastedimage.Dependingontheplatformandtheimageeditingapplication,theresolution ofthepastedimagemaystillnotbeoptimal;inthiscase,theFile>ExportImageFilecommandofferscontrol overtheexportedarea,dimensions,resolution,andfiletype.
772
Parameter
Annotations Crop DisplayViewport OutsideCrop GrayOutsideCrop DesignLayer Displayusing ViewportAttributes
Description
Createsoreditsviewportannotationsanddimensions(seeCreatingAnnotationsfor SheetLayerViewportsonpage 775) Createsoreditsacroppedviewport(seeCroppingSheetLayerViewportsonpage 774), andoptionallydisplaystheviewportoutsideofthecropareawheninEditCropmode Displaystheviewportoutsideofthecropwithwireframerendering;objectsoutsideof thecropcanbesnappedtowhencreatingoreditingacropshape Displaystheareaoutsideofthecropingray Navigatestotheselecteddesignlayertoeditobjectscontainedintheviewport Changesthefilesviewparametersandlayerandclassvisibilitiestomatchthoseofthe viewport. IftheNavigateBacktoViewportoptionisalsoselected,thefileslayerandclass visibilitiesreturntotheiroriginalstatuswhenyoureturntotheviewport;otherwise,the filesattributesremainthesameastheviewports. ThisoptionisonlyavailablewhentheDesignLayereditmodeisselected.
773
Description
Whenaviewporthasbeencropped,thisoptiondisplaysthecroponthedesignlayerso thateditscanbemadetothedesignlayerwhileknowingthepositionofthecropobject. ThisoptionisonlyavailablewhentheDesignLayereditmodeisselected.
NavigateBackto Viewport
Camera(Renderworks required)
DisplayViewport Cache
KeeptheEditViewon Exit
DoubleClick
774
4. ClickOKtomaketheselecteddesignlayertheactivelayer.
775
6. ClickExitViewportCroptoreturntothesheetlayer.
776
4. UsethevariousdimensiontoolsfromtheDims/Notestoolsettoadddimensionstotheviewport(see Dimensioningonpage 709).Thedimensiontoolssnaptotheobjectsintheviewportasifyouwere dimensioningthedesignlayer.Thedimensionsareautomaticallyupdatedifthedesignlayerobjectchanges. Annotationsare2Dobjectsthatareplacedonthescreenplane.Therefore,a2Dobjectintheviewportmustbe dimensionedinTop/Planview.A3Dobjectcanbedimensionedinanyview,butyoumustalignthefacethatisto bedimensionedwiththescreenplanetogetanaccuratemeasurement. ToviewotherobjectsonthesheetlayerwhileinEditAnnotationmode,selectShowotherobjectswhilein editingmodesontheDisplaytaboftheVectorworkspreferences(seeDisplayPreferencesonpage 19). Text,callouts,andotherannotations,aswellas2Dobjects,canbeaddedtotheviewport.TheVectorworks DesignSeriesproductscontainadditionalannotationobjects. ThestackingorderofselectedannotationscanbechangedwiththeModify>Sendcommands.Toaddgraphical annotationstoaviewportrenderedwithHiddenLine,usethe2DPolygontoolPolygonfromBoundarymodes (see2DPolygonToolonpage 242). Annotationsareinviewportscale,notsheetlayerscale.
777
Alternatively,rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onaviewportandselectEditCamerafromthe contextmenu. Acoloredborderaroundthedrawingwindowindicatesthatyouareinaneditingmode.TheExitRenderworks CameracommandbecomesavailablefromtheModifymenu,andtheReturntoViewportbuttonisvisibleinthe toprightcornerofthedrawingwindow. 5. Thedesignlayerthatwasactivewhentheviewportwascreatedisactive,andthelinkedRenderworkscamera objectisselected.EditthecameraviewasdescribedinAdjustingtheCameraViewonpage 588. Thecameracanbedeleted.Theviewandprojectionparametersarecontrolledbytheviewportifthecamerais deleted. IfnoRenderworkscameraislinkedtotheviewport,selectacameratobelinked.Alternatively,theviewcanbe manipulatedwiththestandardviewtools(suchastheFlyovertool,zoomlevel,andViewmenucommands), changingtheviewportviewuponexit. 6. ClickReturntoViewporttoreturntotheviewportoncetheRenderworkscamerahasbeeneditedordeleted. Theviewportsview,projection,andperspectivedistanceareupdated.
778
Click here and drag up or down to change the layer stacking order in the viewport
Click the visible, invisible, or gray column to set the layer visibility in the viewport Indicates whether the layer definition has overrides in this viewport
After editing the colors in the layer properties, click here to apply the override to the viewport
Parameter
Layerlist
Description
Liststheviewportlayersandtheirvisibility,editedstatus,layercolorusestatus,and stackingorder.Clickthetriangleintheheadingofanactivecolumntotogglebetween ascendinganddescendingsortorderbasedonthatcolumnparameter. Clickinalayervisibilitycolumntochangethelayervisibilityforthisviewport. Column1:Visible(displaysobjectsinthislayer) Column2:Invisible(hidesobjectsinthislayer) Column3:Gray(displaysobjectsinthislayerasdimmed)
Visibility
(Source)
(LayerColors)
#(StackingOrder) Edit
779
Description
ReturnsthesettingsintheEditViewportDesignLayersdialogboxtotheirdefault valuesandremovestheoverrideiconintheSourcecolumn Indicateswhetherthelayerstackingorderintheviewportisdifferentfromthedesign layerstackingorder.ClickRevertStackingOrdertoreturntotheoriginaldesign layerstackingorder. Layeroverrides:Ifthesheetlayerviewportcontainsanonreferenceddesignlayer viewportforwhichlayeroverrideshavebeenset,thisoptionusesthedesignlayer viewportoverrides,ignoringanylayeroverridesthatmaybesethereforthesheet layerviewport. Layervisibilities:Ifthesheetlayerviewportcontainsanonreferenceddesign layerviewportforwhichlayervisibilitieshavebeenset,thisoptionusesthedesign layerviewportvisibilities,ignoringanylayervisibilitiesthatmaybesethereforthe sheetlayerviewport. Referenceddesignlayerviewportsarenotaffectedbyeitherofthesesettings.
Preview
Clicktopreviewthelayerpropertysettingsintheselectedviewport
Displays when the Vectorworks preference for Quartz imaging (Macintosh) or GDI+ imaging (Windows) is enabled
780
781
Click the visible, invisible, or gray column to set the class visibility in the viewport
Parameter
Classlist
Description
Liststheviewportclassesandtheirvisibilityandeditedstatus;clickinaclass visibilitycolumntochangetheclassvisibilityforthisviewport.Clickthetrianglein anactivecolumntotogglebetweenascendinganddescendingsortorderbasedon thatcolumnparameter. Clickinaclassvisibilitycolumntochangetheclassvisibilityforthisviewport. Column1:Visible(displaysobjectsinthisclass) Column2:Invisible(hidesobjectsinthisclass) Column3:Gray(displaysobjectsinthisclassasdimmed)
Visibility
(Source)
Edit
782
Parameter
Import
ClickOKtoimporttheclassattributesintotheselectedviewport.(TheEyedropper toolcanalsotransferclassoverrideattributesbetweenviewports.) Revert Useembeddeddesign layerviewportsettingsfor (VectorworksDesign Seriesrequired) Setstheselectedclassbacktoitsoriginaldocumentattributes,undoinganyclass overrides;alsoremovestheoverrideiconintheSourcecolumn Classoverrides:Ifthesheetlayerviewportcontainsanonreferenceddesignlayer viewportforwhichclassoverrideshavebeenset,thisoptionusesthedesignlayer viewportoverrides,ignoringanyclassoverridesthatmaybesethereforthesheet layerviewport. Classvisibilities:Ifthesheetlayerviewportcontainsanonreferenceddesignlayer viewportforwhichclassvisibilitieshavebeenset,thisoptionusesthedesignlayer viewportvisibilities,ignoringanyclassvisibilitiesthatmaybesethereforthesheet layerviewport Referenceddesignlayerviewportsarenotaffectedbyeitherofthesesettings. Preview Clicktopreviewtheclassvisibilityandattributesettingsintheselectedviewport
3. ClickOKtoapplytheclassvisibilityandattributechangestotheselectedviewport.
Cutting Sections |
783
Cutting Sections
Thecuttingsectiontoolsdefineasectionlinethrougha3Dmodel,placingthecutsectiononanewlayerandleaving theoriginalmodelintact. TheCut2DSectioncommandcreatesacrosssection,or2Dcontour,onthecuttingplane.Thecontouriscreatedby theintersectionofthemodelwithaninfiniteplanepassingthoughthesectionline.Onlytheelementsthatactually intersectthesectionlineareshown. TheCut3DSectioncommandcreatesasectionwithallthe3Dgeometrythatremainsontheindicatedsideofthe infiniteplanepassingthroughthesectionline.Theelementsthatintersectthesectionline,aswellasthe3Dgeometry thatexistsbeyondtheline,areshown. Placea2Dsection,alongwithaboldline,ontopofa3Dsection,toshowthecuttingplanewiththesection behindit.
Cutting 3D Sections
TheCut3DSectioncommandcutsa3Dsection,orslice,througha3Dmodelwhileleavingthemodelintact.Theslice isplacedonanewdesignlayer. Tocuta3Dsectionfroma3Dmodel: 1. Selectthe3Dmodeltosection. 2. SelectModel>Cut3DSection. Thecursorchangestocrosshairs. 3. Clicktosetthestartofthesection.Drawalineacrosstheobjecttodefinethesection,andthenclicktosettheend ofthesection. WhencuttingasectionwhilethedrawingisinaPlanprojection,thecuttingplane(andthecutedgeoftheobject) isperpendiculartotheactivelayerplane. Whencuttingasectionwhileina3Dprojection,thecuttingplaneisperpendiculartotheworkingplane. 4. Clickononesideofthelinetoindicatetheportionofthemodeltokeep. TheVectorworksprogramautomaticallycreatesanewdesignlayerandplacesthecut3Dsectiononit.The originallayerremainsintact.Thenew3DsectionbehaveslikeanyotherVectorworks3Dobject.
784
Select the object(s) and select Model > Cut 3D Section; set the section line and click on either side of it to specify the section to keep
The 3D section (rotated and rendered) is created on a new design layer; the original object(s) are left intact
Dimensionsandtextare2Dobjects;therefore,theydonotrotatewiththecut3Dsection.
Cutting 2D Sections
TheCut2DSectioncommandcutsa2Dsection,oraslice,froma3Dmodelwithoutaffectingthemodel.Thesliceis thenplacedonanewdesignlayer.Forexample,toshowtheprofileora2Dcutawaysectionofanobjectina mechanical3Ddrawing,usethiscommandtocreatethecutawaysectionin2Dquicklyandeasily,withoutaffecting theoriginalobject. Tocuta2Dsectionfroma3Dmodel: 1. Selectthe3Dmodeltosection. 2. SelectModel>Cut2DSection. Thecursorchangestocrosshairs. 3. Clicktosetthestartofthesection.Drawalineacrosstheobjecttodefinethesection,andthenclicktosettheend ofthesection. WhencuttingasectionwhilethedrawingisinaPlanprojection,thecuttingplane(andthecutedgeoftheobject) isperpendiculartotheactivelayerplane. Whencuttingasectionwhileina3Dprojection,thecuttingplaneisperpendiculartotheworkingplane. 4. Clickononesideofthelinetoindicatetheportionofthemodeltokeep. TheVectorworksprogramautomaticallycreatesanewdesignlayerandplacesthecut2Dsectiononit.The originallayerremainsintact.
Layer Linking
Creating Layer Links
Layersareindependentofeachother.Eachdesignlayerhasitsownscale,view,andrenderstatus.IntheVectorworks Fundamentalsproduct,however,alayerlinkcanbecreatedthatcombinesthegeometryofseveraldesignlayers, includingreferencedlayers,ontoasingledesignlayer.Thelinkedobjectsonthisdesignlayerdisplayinthesameview andscale,andsharethesamerenderstatus.Thiscanthenbeusedtogiveanaccuratedepictionofhowobjectsineach
Layer Linking |
785
layerworktogether.Forexample,thevariousfloorsofabuildingcanbedrawnonseparatelayersandthenlinked togetherintoanewlayertoformanentirebuilding. IntheVectorworksFundamentalsproduct,considerusingviewportsinsteadoflayerlinks,astheyprovidea betterandeasierwaytopresentdrawings. IntheVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts,layerlinksarebeingsupersededbydesignlayerviewports.For backwardcompatibility,theCreateLayerLinkcommandcanstillbeaddedtoanyoftheVectorworksDesign Seriesworkspaces,andexistinglayerlinkscanstillbeviewedandedited.Forinformationondesignlayer viewports,seePresentingDrawingswithDesignLayerViewportsonpage 689intheVectorworksDesign SeriesUsersGuide. Thelayerlinkiscreatedonanewdesignlayerthatcontainslinkstotheexistingdesignlayersofthedrawing.3D objectsonselectedlayersareautomaticallylinked;2Dplanarorscreenobjectscanbedisplayedinthelayerlink.Once thelayerlinkiscreated,updatestothedesignlayersareautomaticallyreflectedonthelinkedlayerwhenascreen redrawoccurs.However,thisupdatingoccursonlyinonedirection;anynewobjectsordetailsaddedtothelinked layerwillnotappearinanyotherlayers.Linkedobjectscannotbeeditedonthelinkedlayer;theymustbeeditedon theirsourcelayer. Tocreatealayerlink: 1. Createanewlayer,andthenmakeittheactivelayer. Thislayershowsobjectsonalllinkedlayersandanychangesmadetothem. 2. SelectView>CreateLayerLink. TheCreateLayerLinkdialogboxopens;thelayerbeinglinkedto(thecurrentlyactivelayer)isnotlisted.
Parameter
Layerslist DisplayPlanarObjects
Description
Liststheexistingdesignlayers;sheetlayersandtheactivedesignlayerarenot displayed.Referencedlayersdisplayinitalics. Selecttodisplay2Dplanarobjectsassociatedwiththelayerplane,whenthelayerlink isinaviewotherthanTop/Plan
786
Parameter
ProjectScreenObjects
Layer Linking |
787
788
Active layer
19
Importing Files
TheImportcommandimportsfilesfromanumberofdifferentfileformats.Thiscommandopensdrawingsproduced inothersoftwareprogramsintheVectorworksprogram,wherethedrawingobjectsanddatacanthenbe manipulated.Theoriginalfileremainsunchanged. AdditionalimportoptionsareavailableintheVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts.SeeImportingandExporting Filesonpage 733intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide. Toimportafile: 1. SelectFile>Import. 2. Selecttheimportoptiontouse. 3. SelectafilefromtheOpendialogbox. 4. ClickOpen. SpecialconsiderationsapplyforDXF/DWGfiles.SeeDXF/DWGFileImportonpage 818.
Import Format
SingleDXF/DWGFile
Description
ImportsasingleDXF/DWGfile. DWGandDXFfilesareproducedbyotherCADprograms(suchasAutoCAD).To avoidunexpectedformattingproblemswithDXF/DWG,importintoablankdocument. TheVectorworksprogramcanimportDWG/DXFfilesfromversion2012formator lower. SeeDXF/DWGFileImportonpage 818formoreinformation.
DXF/DWG
Multiple,single,oranentirefolderofDXF/DWGfilescanbeimported.Theimported filescancreatenewVectorworksfiles,createnewsymbols,orbeimportedintothe currentfile.Whenafileisimportedasasymbol,theactivelayersscaleisused,and paperspaceobjectsareignored.Thesymbolsnameisautomaticallyassignedbasedon theoriginalfilename,withoutthe .dxfor .dwgextension. EncapsulatedPostScriptFiles(EPSF)areproducedbymanygraphicsand desktoppublishingprograms.EPSFsaretypicallyhighresolutionfiles,butwillonly displayapreviewimageifonewasselectedwhenthefilewascreated. Imagefiles,includingGIF,JPG,TIF,BMP,andothers,canbeimported.SeeImporting anImageFileonpage 790formoreinformation.
EPSF
ImageFile
790
Import Format
PICT
PICTasPicture
Metafile
MetafileasPicture Worksheet
SAT(3Donly)
Exporting Files |
791
Compression Method
JPEG
Description
Providesahighamountofcompression,resultinginthesmallestVectorworksfilesize. However,finedetailmaybeobscured.JPEGcompressionismostsuitableforphotographic images. Providesamoderateamountofcompression,whilepreservingimagedetails;selectImport asBlackandWhitetoimportasa1bitmonochromeimageinPNGformat
PNG
Exporting Files
TheExportcommandexportsVectorworksfilesintoseveraldifferentfileformats,includingpreviousversionsofthe Vectorworksprogram.Theexportedfilescanthenbeimportedintoanothersoftwareprogram.TheVectorworks programexportstoanewfile,leavingtheoriginalfileintact. AdditionalexportoptionsareavailableintheVectorworksDesignSeriesproducts.SeeImportingandExporting Filesonpage 733intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide. Toexportafile: 1. SelectFile>Export.
792
Export Format
DXF/DWG
Description
DWGandDXFfilescanbereadbyotherCADprograms(suchasAutoCAD).In addition,theycanbeprintedbyservicebureausandopenedinrenderingprograms. TheVectorworkstranslatorexportsDWG/DXFfilesforAutoCADversions2011/2012, 2010,2007/2008/2009,2004/2005/2006,2000/2000i/2002,14/LT98/LT97,13/LT95,and12. Usethelatestversionpossibleforbestresults.SeeDXF/DWGFileExporton page 806formoreinformation. Savesallrecordsofaparticularformatasafilethatcanbeusedinadatabaseprogram, suchasFileMakerProandMicrosoftAccess.TheVectorworksprogramprovidesa varietyofformatstoselectfromwhenexportingrecordsasadatabase,including commadelimited,tabdelimited,merge,DIF,andSYLK. EPSF(EncapsulatedPostScriptFormat)filescanbereadbymanygraphicsand desktoppublishingprograms.TheVectorworkstranslatorexportsEPSFfilesin Illustrator88format.EPSFscontainalldrawingelementsexceptcolorbitmaps.The Vectorworksprogramexportsthesefileswithhighresolutionandfullaccuracy.See ExportinganEPSF(EncapsulatedPostScriptFormat)Fileonpage 793. ExportsthefileasanimagefileinformatslikeJPG,Photoshop,BMP,andothers.The imagecanthenbeimportedintootherapplicationsorusedinwebpages.See ExportinganImageFileonpage 794. ThiscommandisavailableontheMacintoshwhenQuartzImagingisenabled(see DisplayPreferencesonpage 29).ItexportsthecurrentfiletoaPDFdocumentinthe specifiedlocation. ThereareadditionalPDFoptionsavailableforusersoftheVectorworksDesignSeries productsonbothMacintoshandWindows.SeePDFInteroperabilityonpage 734in theVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide.
Database
EPSF
ImageFile
ExportPDF(Quartz Only)
ExportPICT
ThiscommandisavailableontheMacintoshwhenQuartzImagingisdisabled(see DisplayPreferencesonpage 29).Itexportsavectorimageofthecurrentfileinthe specifiedlocation. ExportsgraphicsfilesinMetafileformatforinclusioninvirtuallyanyWindows program,includingAutoCADandwordprocessingprograms.Therearetwoversions ofMetafiles:standard(preWindows95)andenhanced.TheVectorworksprogram supportstheenhancedversion. CreatesaQuickTimeVirtualRealityobjectfile;seeQuickTimeVRObjectExporton page 801formoreinformation CreatesaQuickTimeVirtualRealitypanoramafile;seeQuickTimeVRPanorama Exportonpage 803formoreinformation WritesoutthecurrentfileasaseriesofVectorScriptcommands.Thesecommandscan thenbeusedaspartofaVectorScriptscriptorasaguideforlearning.
Metafile
793
Description
Worksheetfilescanbereadbyspreadsheetprograms,suchasMicrosoftExcel,aswell asbysomewordprocessingprograms.Exportallrowsoronlyselectedrowsofa worksheet.Becausemanyoftheseprogramshavedifferentformatrequirements,there areavarietyofformatstoselectfromwhenexportingfilesasaworksheet,including commadelimited,tabdelimited,merge,DIF,andSYLK.SeeExportingWorksheets onpage 869. Exports3Dobjectsintheunifiedview(VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired)oractive layertothe .c4dformat,foruseinCINEMA4D.Vectorworkslayersareexportedas containerobjectsintheCINEMA4Dscenehierarchy.Vectorworksclassesbecome CINEMA4Dlayers,allowingvisibilitytobecontrolledacrossthescene.Layernames, objectnames,andobjecttypesarepreserved. Anadditionalcommand,SendtoCINEMA4D(3Donly)isavailablefromtheFile menu.WhenCINEMA4D(version12orlater)isalreadyinstalled,exportsthefile(3D objectsonly)to .c4dformat,launchestheCINEMA4Dapplication,andopensthefile. Duringexport,theSendtoCINEMA4Ddialogboxopens.Selectwhethertocreatea newsceneormergeintothecurrentscene.
CINEMA4D(3Donly) (Renderworksrequired)
Exports3DobjectstotheParasolidX_Tformat(seeExportinginParasolidX_T Formatonpage 797) Exports3Dcurves,surfaces,andsolidstoIGESformat(seeExportinginIGES Formatonpage 797) CreatesanSATfileforexportingACIS3Dsolids.TheExportSolidsasTrimmed SurfacesoptionexportsasolidasseveraldifferentACISbodies(forexample,acube exportsassixACISbodies).Ifthisoptionisdeselected,asolidisexportedasasingle body. CreatesanexportedVectorScriptdesignedtobeeasytoimportintoprogramslike StrataSoftwareproducts Exportsallvisible3DsurfacesandsolidsinthecurrentlayerintoanSTLformattedfile (seeExportinginStereoLithographyFormatonpage 798) Savesacopyofthefileinaformatthatcanbeopenedandmanipulatedinanolder versionoftheVectorworksprogram
794
Parameter
PreviewOptions NoPreview MonochromePreview 8BitColorPreview PreviewFormat (Macintoshonly) PICTResource TIFF ByteOrder Macintosh PC
Description
Thefiledoesnotdisplayapreviewwhenopenedorimportedbyanapplicationthat supportsthe .epsfileformat Previewsthefileinmonochrome Previewsthefilein8bitcolor Whenapreviewisselected,specifiestheformatfortheMacintoshresourcefork AppendsaPICTformatpreview AppendsaTIFFformatpreview
SavesthefileintheMacintoshbyteorder SavesthefileinthePCbyteorder
Exporting Files |
795
Parameter
ExportArea AllVisibleObjects CurrentView AllPagesasSingle Image EachPageas SeparateImage Marquee
Description
Exportsanimagethatincludesallvisibleobjects(objectsdonothavetobecurrentlyon screentobeconsideredvisible) Exportsanimagethatisexactlyasitdisplaysonthecurrentscreen Savesallpagesintheprintareaasoneimage.Bydefault,theimagedimensionsareset tomatchtheprintareaspecificationsinthePageSetupdialogbox.Theimage dimensionscanbechanged,butmustremainproportionaltotheprintareaaspectratio. Saveseachpageintheprintareaasseparateimages.Bydefault,theimagedimensions aresettomatchthepagesizespecificationsinthePageSetupdialogbox.Theimage dimensionscanbechanged,butmustremainproportionaltothepagesizeaspectratio. Exportsanimagewithinausercreatedmarquee.SelectthisoptionandthenclickDraw Marqueetotemporarilyclosethedialogbox.Clickanddragtospecifytheareafor export;themarqueedimensionsaredisplayedontheDatabar.Clicktosettheexport areaandreturntotheExportImageFiledialogbox.ThePixelDimensionsoftheimage areautomaticallysettothemarqueedimensions.
796
Parameter
PixelDimensions Width/Height PrintSize Width/Height Units Preview Render Wireframe MemoryRequired/ EstimatedFileSize Update Format FileType Compression
Updatevisibleoutof dateviewportspriorto exporting Resetallpluginobjects thatrequireareset priortoexporting ExportGeoreferencing File (VectorworksArchitect orLandmarkrequired)
Automaticallyupdatesanyvisible,outofdateviewportsbeforeexporting
Exporting Files |
797
Parameter
ExportSelectedObjectsOnly ExportAllObjectsinCurrentLayer ParasolidVersion
Description
Exportsonlyselected3Dobjectsfromthecurrentlayer;ifnoobjectsare selected,all3Dobjectsfromthecurrentlayerareexported Exportsall3Dobjectsfromthecurrentlayer SpecifytheParasolidversionforexport;iftheexportedfilecannotbe opened,tryexportingtoalowerversionofParasolid
798
Export Item
NURBScurve NURBSsurface TrimmedNURBSsurface Closedsolid
Export Result
IGESEntityType126 IGESEntityType128 IGESEntityType144 IGESEntityType186
799
800
Parameter
ExportArea AllVisibleObjects CurrentView AllPagesasSingleImage EachPageasSeparateImage Marquee
Description
Exportsanimagethatincludesallvisibleobjects(objectsdonothavetobe currentlyonscreentobeconsideredvisible) Exportsanimagethatisexactlyasitdisplaysonthecurrentscreen NotapplicableforHDRIexport NotapplicableforHDRIexport Exportstheportionoftheimagespecifiedwithamarqueebox.Selectthis optionandthenclickDrawMarqueetotemporarilyclosethedialogbox.Click, andthendragtospecifytheareaforexport;themarqueedimensionsare displayedontheDatabar.ClicktosettheexportareaandreturntotheExport ImageFiledialogbox.ThePixelDimensionsoftheimageareautomaticallyset tothemarqueedimensions.
801
Description
Specifiestheexportedimagedimensions;ifLockAspectRatioisselected, changestoonedimensionwillupdatetheothertomaintaintheaspectratio
SpecifiestheprintedimagedimensionsintheselectedUnit;ifLockAspect Ratioisselected,changestoonedimensionwillupdatetheothertomaintain theaspectratio SelectaunittoapplytothePrintSizeparameters Displaysarenderedorwireframepreviewaccordingtothecurrentsettings Updatesthepreviewwitharenderedviewusingthecurrentlysetrendering option Updatesthepreviewwithawireframeview NotapplicableforHDRIexport NotapplicableforHDRIexport
Units Preview Render Wireframe MemoryRequired/Estimated FileSize Update Format FileType Compression Updatevisibleoutofdate viewportspriortoexporting Resetallpluginobjectsthat requirearesetpriortoexporting ExportGeoreferencingFile (VectorworksArchitector Landmarkrequired)
NotapplicableforHDRIexport(alwaysHDRformat) NotapplicableforHDRIexport Automaticallyupdatesanyvisible,outofdateviewportsbeforeexporting Automaticallyresetspluginobjectsthatrequireanupdate(suchasdata stamps)beforeexporting Availableonlyifthecurrentdesignlayerisgeoreferenced.Alongwiththe imagefile,exportsaworldfilethatdescribestheexportedimageslocation, scale,androtationinthegeographiccoordinatesystem.Ifmultiple georeferencedlayersarevisible,theworldfilewillbewrittenaccordingtothe topmostlayer.SeeGISandGeoreferencingonpage 580intheVectorworks DesignSeriesUsersGuideformoreinformation.
802
QuickTimeincludesMoviePlayer,forviewingseveraldifferentfiletypes. QuickTimemustbeinstalledtovieworcreateQuickTimemovies.Itisaseparateprogramavailablewiththe Vectorworkssoftwareinstallation. ToexportanobjectasaQuickTimeVRobject: 1. RenderthedrawingwithaRenderworksrenderingmode,whichisalsousedforthemovie. Duetoalimitation,Renderworksbackgroundscannotbeexported. 2. Selecttheobjecttoexport. 3. SelectFile>Export>ExportQuickTimeVRObject. TheQTVRObjectOptionsdialogboxopens. 4. SelectthenumberofframesandspinoptionsforcreatingtheVRobjectfile,andthenclickOK.
Parameter
Frames
Description
Specifyhowmanyframestocreateinthefile;moreframestakelonger,butincreasethe qualityoftheexportedfile.TotalFramesdisplayshowmanyframeswillbecreatedbased onthehorizontalandverticalframesspecified. Specifiesthenumberofhorizontalframestocreate Specifiesthenumberofverticalframestocreate Specifytheangularsweepdesired,relativetothefrontviewoftheobject Indicatestheleftpanangle(0to180degrees) Indicatestherightpanangle(0to180degrees) Indicatestheangleabovethehorizon(0to90degrees) Indicatestheanglebelowthehorizon(0to90degrees)
803
804
Duringimportandexport,transparencyofDXF/DWGandVectorworksentitiesisnowsupported.Previously, transparencywasignored.Invisibleobjectsarenotexportedorimported. Duringimport,ifyoumapDXF/DWGlinecolorstoVectorworkslineweightsusingtheMapColorstoLine Weightsdialogbox,andthenyousavetheimportoptions,thecolormappingsarenowsavedwiththeother savedsettings;previously,themappingswerenotsaved.IfyouimportaDXF/DWGfilethathasa .ctbfile,the mappingsinthatfileoverridethemappingsinthesavedsettings;tousethemappingsinthesavedsettings instead,removethe .ctbfilefromtheDXF/DWGfolder. Multiplesetsofexportoptionscannowbesavedandreusedwhennecessary. Anewoptionexportsonlytheobjectsthatareselectedatthetimeofexport;previouslytheVectorworks programexportedallobjectsthatwerevisibleintheselectedportionsofthedrawing.
Item
Units
Description
Version2000DXF/DWGandlatersupportstheconceptofunits,sothefilesunitsettings canbeimported(ifitincludesunits).PreviousversionsofDXF/DWGdonotsupport units,andsomeversion2000andlaterfilesmaybeunitless.Thereisnowayforthe Vectorworksprogramtotellwhethertheseunitlessdrawingsweremadeinmeters,feet andinches,ormicrons.Communicatewiththepersonprovidingthefiletodeterminethis information.UnitlessDXF/DWGfilesdohavefiveunitssettings(suchas ArchitecturalandEngineering)whichareusedtoguesstheoriginalunits,butthe guessmayneedtobeadjusted. TheVectorworksprogramallowslineweightsandcolorstobespecifiedindependently. AutoCADhasrecentlygainedtheabilitytodoso,butmostAutoCADusersstillusecolors tomaptolineweights.Version14andearlierDXF/DWGfilesdonotsupporttrueline weightsatall.Ifyouchoosetoexportwithlineweightsmappedtocolors,thenoriginal objectcolorswillbelost.
LineWeights
805
Description
TheVectorworksprogramismoregraphicallyrichthanDXF/DWGcancurrentlysupport. Inallcases,theVectorworksprogramchoosestheclosestpossibletranslationgiventhe limitationsinherentinDXF/DWG.Thedefaultversionintheexportdialogboxwill alwaysgivethebestresultspossible,assumingtherecipientssoftwarecanreadallofthe information. DXF/DWGversionspriorto2004haveafixedcolorpalette(whichchangesslightly dependingonwhetherthebackgroundisblackorwhite)andallobjectshavejustone solidcolorassociatedwiththem.ObjectssuchascirclesinDXFhavenofillcolor(justa linecolor).Afewobjectscanhaveafillcolor,buttheyhavenoseparatelinecolor. DXF/DWGversion14andabovesupportsasolidhatch,whichisaseparateobjectthat canbeassociatedwithobjectssuchascirclestomakethemlookliketheyhaveacolorfill. Thesehatchescannotbethesamecolorasthebackgroundcolor(suchasawhiterectangle onawhitebackgroundtomaskobjectsunderneath).Sincethesesolidhatchescanbe associative,theVectorworksprogramcanimportthemandsettheassociatedobjectsfill colorinsteadofhavingtwoseparateobjectsforframeandfill. DXF/DWGversion2000supportswipeoutentities,whichareessentiallypolygonal imagesfilledwiththebackgroundcolor.SomeAutoCADusersmaynotwanttoreceive fileswithwipeouts.DXF/DWGexportincludesanoptiontoexcludesolidfills(which includesbothwipeoutsandsolidhatches).Sincewipeoutscanonlybepolygonsandare notassociative,ifawhitecircleonawhitebackgroundisexportedandthenreimported intoaVectorworksfile,theresultisanunfilledcircleandapolygonwithawhitefilland nopeninsidethecircle.Thesmoothnessofthepolygon(numberoffacets)dependsonthe 2Dconversionresolutionpreferencewhenitwasexported. Objectswithpatternfillsexportasaplainsolidcolor.
LayersandClasses
EachVectorworksdesignlayerissimilartoaDXF/DWGmodelspace.AVectorworks drawingcanhavemanydesignlayersvisibleatthesametime,withdifferentscalesand viewsforeachdesignlayer,butonlyonemodelspaceisallowedinaDXF/DWGfile. Therefore,theVectorworksprogramhastomergethemultipledesignlayers,andsome informationcanbelost.Thedrawingshouldgenerallylookandprintthesameafterthe export,butindependentlayerscales,objectcoordinates,andinvisibleobjectscanbelost. TheVectorworksprogramusessymbols,whichareobjectsthatcanbeinsertedmultiple timeswithoutgreatlyincreasingthefilesize,andwhichneedonlyoneedittoupdateall copies.Italsohasgroups,whichareobjectsthataregroupedtogetherandactasone object.TheDXF/DWGequivalentofaVectorworkssymboliscalledablock.Theclosest DXF/DWGequivalenttoaVectorworksgroupisananonymousblock,whichislikea symbolwithoutaname.Unlikeanonymousblocks,namedblockscanbeeditedeasilyin AutoCAD,andnewinstancesoftheblockscanbeinsertedintothedrawing.However, namedblocksreimportintoVectorworksfilesassymbols,whichmaynotbedesirable. Therefore,theVectorworksprogramhasanoptiontoexportgroupsasanonymousblocks, ifnamedblockscauseaproblem.
GroupsandSymbols
806
Item
AttributesandLinked Text
Names
StyledMultilinetext
Item
LinkedText Symbols,Plugins, LayerLinks,and Groups LineWeights
Export Notes
Linkedtextinsymbolsexportasblockattributes. Symbols,plugins,layerlinks,andgroupsexportasblocks.Blocksforsymbols,plugins, andlayerlinksaregivenagenericnamesuchasGroup2unlesstheywerenamedinthe DatataboftheObjectInfopalette.Bydefault,groupsalsoareexportedasnamedblocks, butthereisanoptiontoexportthemasanonymousblocks. Bydefault,lineweightsareconvertedtotheclosestDXFlineweight.Ifthecolormapping optionisused,mappinginformationisenteredduringexportandwrittentoa .ctbfile.
807
Export Notes
SolidfillsandpatternsexportasDXFobjectswithassociatedsolidhatchorunassociative wipeout.Wipeoutsareonlyavailableinversion2000andlater.Hatchesexportas associativehatchestoAutoCADversion14andhigher,orasanonymousblocksto AutoCADversion13andlower.Thereisanoptiontoexportallofthefills,patterns, gradients,andhatcheswithinaclassorlayertoaseparateDXFlayer. Rasterimagesexporttothesamefolderthatthedrawingandanyhatchpatternfilesare exportedto.TheyexportasJPEGfiles,withanimageobjectintheDXF/DWGfilethat storesthenameoftheJPEGfileandtheinsertionpoint.Imagesareonlysupportedin AutoCADversions14andhigher. SolidsandNURBSsurfacestypicallyexportasACISobjects.Thefollowingobjectscannot beexportedasACISobjects:meshes(whichexportasDXFmeshes),3Dpolygons(which exportas3Dpolygons,orastrianglesiffilled),NURBScurves(whichexportasDXF splines),andwalls(whichexportastriangulated3Dpolysin3Dviews,andaslinesand arcsin2Dviews). Pagebasedsymbolsaretypicallyusedforannotation,andexportasannotativeblocks withtheannotativepropertysettotrue.Worldbasedsymbolsexportasblockswiththe annotativepropertysettofalse.
RasterImages
SolidsandNURBS Surfaces
Pagebasedsymbols, worldbasedsymbols
808
Item
Preparing to Export
Thefollowingproceduresarerecommendedtohelpensureasatisfactorytranslation. 1. Exportbehavesdifferentlybasedonwhetherdesignlayersorsheetlayersareselectedforexport.
809
Ifoneormoresheetsareselectedforexport,apaperspacelayoutisexportedforeachsheetwiththesheet objects;anydesignlayersvisibleinsheetlayerviewportsareexportedtomodelspace.(Sheetsthatdonot sharedesignlayersshouldusuallybeexportedtoseparatefiles.)Othersheetlayersandunreferenceddesign layersareomittedfromexport. Ifonlydesignlayersareselectedforexport,thedesignlayersareexportedtomodelspaceandallsheetlayers areomitted.Ifthedesignlayersareexportedtoasinglefile,onlythevisiblelayersareexported;ifthelayers areexportedtoseparatefiles,alllayersareexported. 2. AutoCADdoesnothavemultiplemodelspaces.Ifthesheetlayerbeingexportedhasmultipleviewportsat differentscales,themodelspacemayhaveoverlappingobjectsfromthedesignlayers,andthescalewillbesetto 1:1insteadoftheexpecteddesignlayerscale(s).Toavoidthisproblem,setthescalethesameforalldesignlayers, andmakesurethatnoobjectsoverlap.Then,adjusttheviewportscalesasdesired. 3. Donotexportdesignlayersinperspective,astheywillnotbeinperspectiveintheDXF/DWGfile.Instead,create asheetlayerwithaviewportsettoperspectiveview. 4. ForDXF/DWGversionsearlierthan14,objectfillswillnotexport.Tobetterapproximatetheappearanceofthe exportedfilefortheseversions,removeallfillsinacopyofthefilebeforeexport.Thiswillhelpidentifylines undersolidfillsthatneedtobedeletedortrimmedwhenthesolidfillisremoved. DXF/DWGversions14andlatersupportassociativeboundaryhatches,orbhatches.Therefore,fills,solidfills, andhatchescanbeexportedasfollows.
Vectorworks Entity
Associativehatchdefinition
DXF/DWG Entity
SelectExportHatchestocreateabhatchdefinition;also selectExportHatchPatternFilestoexportahatchpattern file(.pat)alongwiththeDXF/DWGfile SelectExportHatchestocreatemultiplebhatchdefinitions; alsoselectExportHatchPatternFilestoexportmultiple hatchpatternfiles(.pat)alongwiththeDXF/DWGfile SelectExport2DFillstocreateasolidentity SelectExport2DFillstocreateanobjectwithassociated bhatch SelectExport2DFillstocreateoneofthefollowing: Wipeoutentity(AC2000andlater) Nofill(AC14andearlier) Lightgraybhatch(AC14) SelectExport2DFillsorExportHatches(dependingon theVectorworksfill)tocreatemultipleobjectsandan associatedbhatchdefinitionwithislanddetection
Hatchwithmultiplecolorsorwithbackgroundfill
Filledpolylinewithoneormoreholes
810
TheassignedlayerlinkdependsonwhetherProject2Dwasselectedforthelayerlink.
811
Parameter
SavedSettingsOptions Settings Save Manage
Description
Select<ActiveSettings>tousetheexportoptionscurrentlyselectedinthedialogbox;to useasetofsavedexportoptions,selectthemfromthepulldownlist Opensadialogboxtonameandsavethecurrentlyselectedexportoptionssothatthey canquicklybeselectedasaset OpenstheSavedSettingsdialogboxtorenameordeletesetsofsavedexportoptions (seeManagingSavedExportOptionsonpage 817)
812
Parameter
FileFormat Format
Class/LayerConversions ExportasDXFLayers ThisoptionisavailableiftheExportoptionissettoDesignLayersOnly. SinceVectorworksclassescorrespondmostcloselytoDXF/DWGlayers,normally,the Classesoptionisrecommended.ThereisnodirectequivalentforVectorworkslayersin DXF/DWG.AsingleVectorworksdesignlayerissimilartoDXFmodelspace. Thisismostimportantfortheimportofgroupsandsymbols.InaVectorworksfile,the objectsingroupsandsymbolscanbelongtodifferentclasses,buttheymustbeonthe samelayer.InaDXF/DWGfile,theentitiesequivalenttoVectorworkssymbolsand groups(knownasblocks)canbeondifferentDXF/DWGlayers. LayersnormallydonotexportrelativetotheElevationvalueshownintheDesign LayerstaboftheOrganizationdialogbox.
813
Description
WhileaVectorworksfileorganizesdrawingsbyclassandbylayer,theDXF/DWGfile formatonlyhaslayers.Thefollowingdescriptionassumesthat,asrecommended, classesareselectedforexportaslayers.(IfinsteadVectorworkslayersareselectedfor exportasDXF/DWGlayers,equivalentoptionsarepresentedforthelayers.) Selectwhethertoexportinvisibleclasses.IfExportedAsInvisibleDXFLayersis selected,objectsthatareininvisibleclassesintheVectorworksfileareexported,andcan beseenbymakingtheDXF/DWGlayervisible.Thisistherecommendedoption. However,ifinvisibleclassescontainprivateinformationorifthesizeoftheexported fileneedstobereduced,selectNotExportedtodeletethese. IfinvisibleclassesareexportedasDXFlayers,objectsoninvisibleVectorworks layersarenotexported.Toexporttheseitems,firstmakethelayersvisible,and thenselecttheExportcommand.
ExportLayersAs SeparateFiles
LayerScale RescaleLayersTo WhentheExportoptionissettoDesignLayersOnly,paperspaceisnotused;allitems areplacedinmodelspace.Modelspacemustbeatonescale;DXF/DWGfilesdonot havedifferentlayerscales.Ifthelayerstobeexportedareatvariousscales,theoptionto rescalethemtoacommonscalebeforeexportbecomesavailable.Bydefault,themost frequentlyusedlayerscalewillbeused. Choosingthebestscaleforexportisimportant.SelectRescaleLayersToandclickthe commonscaletousefromthedisplayedlist. SymbolsonrescaledlayersareexportedasscaledblocksintheDXF/DWGfile. Whensheetsareselectedforexport,alldesignlayersexporttomodelspaceat effectivelya1:1scale,andviewportstakecareofshowingtheobjectsatotherscales. References ExportDesignLayer Viewportsas SeparateFiles (VectorworksDesign Seriesrequired) SelectthisoptiontoexporteachviewportasaseparateDXF/DWGfile,namedwiththe viewportname.Ifdeselected,designlayerviewportsareboundintothemasterDXF/ DWGfile;thismaycausetheviewportobjectstolookdifferent,becauseclassandlayer visibilityoverridesarenotretained.
814
Parameter
SheetstoInclude Export
Objects ExportOnlySelected Objects 2DFillsandFiles Export2DFills Selectthisoptiontoexportsolidfillsaswipeouts(DXF/DWGversions2000andlater)or solidhatches(DXF/DWGversion14andlater).IfExportImagesandImageFilesis enabled,imagefillsexportasclippedimages;iftheoptionisdisabled,imagefillsexport assolidfills. SelectthisoptiontoexportVectorworkshatchesasbhatches;nohatchpatternfilesare createdunlessExportHatchPatternFilesisalsoselected Selectthisoptiontoexportonlytheobjectsthatarecurrentlyselectedinthedrawing; thisoptionisunavailableifnoobjectsareselected
ExportHatches
815
Description
IfExportHatchesisenabled,selectthisoptiontocreateadditionalhatchpattern(.pat) filesinaspecifiedfolder.AVectorworkshatchwithmultiplelevelsandcolorsgenerates multiplehatchpatterndefinitions.SeePreparingtoExportonpage 808formore informationontheconversion. Thehatchpatternfiles,andtheDXF/DWGexportedfileandanysupportfiles,such as .jpgimages,areplacedinthisfolder.AutoCADrequiresthehatchpatternfilesto retainthehatchassociativityandtoaddhatchestoadditionalobjectswiththesame hatchpattern.WhenExportHatchPatternFilesisdisabled,AutoCADdisplaysthe hatchbutcannoteditit.
Triangulateto PreserveFills
SymbolsandGroups Decompose3D SymbolsandGroups ExportGroupsas AnonymousBlocks Somesoftwarepackagescannothandleexportedgroupsandsymbols.Ifaproblem occurs,selectDecompose3DSymbolsandGroupstoconvertsymbolsandgroupsto ungroupedobjects.Donotselectthisoptionunlessitisabsolutelynecessary. Normally,Vectorworksgroupsareexportedasnamedblocks,whichcanbeopenedand editedinothersoftwarepackages.However,thenamedblocksareimportedbackinto Vectorworksfilesassymbols.Ifthiscreatesaproblem,selectExportGroupsas AnonymousBlocks,whichareimportedbackintoVectorworksfilesasgroups.
816
Parameter
LineWeights MapLineWeightsto Colors
817
818
Parameter
Rename
Delete
3. ClickOKtoclosetheSavedSettingsdialogbox.ClickOKagaintoclosetheDXFDWGExportOptionsdialog box.
Item
LineWeights
Import Notes
Ifno .ctbfileispresentandtruelineweightsarepresent,thenthelineweightsimport exactly.Ifno .ctbfileispresentandnotruelineweightsarepresent,valueswillhavetobe enteredmanually.Thevaluesinthedialogcanbeinitializedbyfirstimportingafilethat doeshaveanassociated .ctbfile.Thiscreatesahiddenrecordthatstoresthemapping information.Atemplatefilecouldbecreatedafterdoingsuchanimport,tosavethe valuesforfutureuse. Textissometimesunlinkedfromsymbolswhenimportedtopreservetheoriginallook. Optionsareprovidedforpreservingthelinksinstead. Sometextstylesarenotsupported;whentheactiveplaneissettoLayer,textin3D symbolsisimported;whentheactiveplaneissettoScreenPlane,textin3Dsymbolsis notimported.
Text
ModelSpaceEntities
Modelspaceentitiesareimportedasdesignlayerobjects.
819
Import Notes
EachpaperspacelayoutcreatesaVectorworkssheetlayerwhenimported.DXF viewportsareimportedasVectorworksviewports,withthesamescale,view,and projection. Pointsareimportedassymbolsorasloci,dependingonthefileandtheimportoptions chosen. Multilinesareimportedasgroupedlines.Anoptionisprovidedtoimportthemaswalls. bhatchdefinitionsareimportedashatchdefinitions. Asingleobjectassociativebhatchwithnoislandsisimportedasanequivalentobject withasolidorhatchfill. Amultiobject,nonassociativebhatchorassociativebhatchisimportedasanobject withzerolineweightandsolidorhatchfill. Abhatchwithislandsisimportedasoneormorepolylineswithholes,withsolidor hatchfill. ImagesreferencedbytheDXF/DWGfileareimportedasVectorworksimages. Awipeoutisimportedasapolygonwithasolidfillthatisthesamecolorasthe background.
Preparing to Import
TheVectorworksprogramimportsversions2.5through2011ofDWGandtextandbinaryDXF.Beforeimport,the followingstepsarerecommendedtoenhancethelikelihoodofasatisfactorytranslation: 1. ReadInformationLostinTranslationonpage 804formoreinformationaboutthedifferencesbetweenthe DXF/DWGandVectorworksfileformats. 2. ItisnotnecessarytoexplodetheentiredrawinginAutoCADbeforeimporting.Ifafileisnotimportingcorrectly, tryexplodingindividualproblemobjectsbeforeimport. 3. Ifpossible,communicatewiththefileoriginator.Determinetheintendedunits,pagesize,andscaleofthefile, alongwiththeintendedcolortolineweightmapping,ifany.
820
Parameter
Source OneorMoreFiles
Description
Importsonlyonefileoronlycertainfileswithinafolder.ClickChooseFilesand chooseoneormoreDXF/DWGfilestoimport.Thenumberoffilesselectedand theirlocationisdisplayed.
821
Description
Importsallfilesoftheselectedtype(DXFonly,DWGonly,orDXFandDWG) fromaspecifiedfolder.ClickChooseFolderandchoosethesourcefolder. IfAllFilesinFolderisselected,includesallfilesoftheselectedtypeinall subfolders.
Importstheselectedfile(s)intothecurrentfile.Ifseveralfilesareselected,anew layeriscreatedforeachimportedmodelspace. Importstheselectedfile(s)intothecurrentfile.Eachfilecreatesaseparatesymbol. Thisisconvenientwhenimportingpartcatalogs,forexample.Paperspaceisnot imported. Convertstheselectedfile(s)intonew,separateVectorworksfilesintheselected folder.ClickChooseFoldertochoosethelocation.Thisisthebestoptionwhen convertingmanyfiles. IfNewFilesinFolderisselected,selectatemplatetouseforeachnewfile,or selectBlankDocument.Thetemplatecanbeusefulforspecifyingthepagesizeto useformodelspaceobjects(whichcanalsoaffectdashscalesandconversionof polylinewidths).Italsoallowsspecificationofdefaultcolortolineweight mappings,andinsomecases,units.
NewFilesinFolder
UseDocumentTemplate
References BindExternalReferences IgnoreExternalReferences UseDesignLayer Viewports (VectorworksDesignSeries required) UseLayerImport ImportstheselectedmasterDXF/DWGfileandallitsexternalreferencesintothe currentfile ImportstheselectedmasterDXF/DWGfilewithoutitsexternalreferences IfNewFilesinFolderisselected,importstheselectedmasterDXF/DWGfileand allitsexternalreferencesintoseparateVectorworksdocuments;theexternal documentsarereferencedfromthemasterVectorworksdocumentusingdesign layerviewports IfNewFilesinFolderisselected,importstheselectedmasterDXF/DWGfileand allitsexternalreferencesintoseparateVectorworksdocuments;theexternal documentsarereferencedfromthemasterVectorworksdocumentusinglayer importing
822
Parameter
UseSettings
823
5. Selectthesettorenameordeletefromthelist,andclickRenameorDelete.
824
6. ClickOK.
Parameter
Settings
Description
Allowstheimportoptionstobesavedasaset;seeDXF/DWGImportOptionson page 823
825
Description
Version2000andlaterDXF/DWGfilessupporttrueunits.Whenimportingafilewithtrue units,theVectorworksprogramdeterminesandsetstheunitsautomatically.IftheDXFor DWGfiledoesnotcontaintrueunitsinformation,theprogramtriestoguesstheunits setting;however,itmaystillrequireadjusting(seeSettingUnitsManuallyonpage 827). TheVectorworksprogramtriestodeterminetheimportedfilesunitsettings,anddisplays theinformationtotherightofUnitsSettinginFile,alongwiththeunitformat(suchas Architectural),andthescalingfactorthatwillbeassumed(suchas1DXFUnits=1). TousethedisplayedunitsettingsintheVectorworksfile,selectDetermine Automaticallyfromthelist,andalsoselectSetVectorworksUnitstoMatch. Touseanotherunittype(suchasCentimeters),selectitfromthelist,andalsoselectSet VectorworksUnitstoMatch. Touseacustomunittype,ortochangethedefaultedscalingfactor,selectCustomfrom thelist,andthenspecifytheunitsinthetextboxes.EntertheunitlessDXF/DWG numberinthefirstbox,andanumberwithunitsinthesecondbox.(Forexample,15 DXFUnits=1intheVectorworksdrawing.)Theunitsdisplayedinthesecondboxare thesameasthecurrentVectorworksdocumentsettings,butotherunitscanbeenteredas longastheappropriateunitssuffixisincluded,suchas3cm.AlsoselectSet VectorworksUnitstoMatch. TousetheunitscurrentlysetintheVectorworksfile,selectUseVectorworksDocument Units.TheVectorworksprogramassumesthat1DXFunit=1currentdocumentunit whenimportingobjects.
UnitsSettingIn File
SetVectorworks UnitstoMatch
ChangestheVectorworksdocumentunitsandunitsformattomatchtheDXF/DWGfile beingimported;thephysicalsizesofimportedobjectswillnotbeaffected.Thisoptionis disabledwhenUseVectorworksDocumentUnitsisselectedfromtheUnitsSettingInFile list. Selectthepaperspaceunitsforconvertingpaperspaceobjects.Version2000andlaterDXF/ DWGfilescanhavemultiplepaperspacelayouts,witheachlayouthavingitsownunits setting;ifthatisthecase,selectByLayout(thisoptionisnotavailableforearlierversionsof DXF/DWG). Oncetheunitshavebeendetermined,specifythescaletodisplaytheimportedfile. Choosingthemodelspacescaleisimportant.Thescaleaffectsthedashlengthscalingand theconversionofpolylineswithwidths(worldspacelineweights)toVectorworksline weights.Ifthescaleordrawingsizearesetincorrectly,somepolylinesmayseemtohave thewronglineweightandsomedashesmaybetoolongortooshort.
PaperSpaceUnits
ModelSpace
FittoPage
ThisScale
826
Parameter
CenterAfter Import
2D/3DConversion
FromtheConvertObjectsTolist,specifywhetherobjectsshouldbeimportedas3D,2D,or amixtureof2Dand3D.Generally,selectthe2Dand3Doption,whichconvertsobjectsthat appeartobe2D(planarobjectsparalleltoorintheactivelayerplane)toVectorworks2D objects.Theremainingobjectsareimportedas3D. Toimport3DversionsofArchitecturalDesktop(ADT)objectssuchaswallsanddoors, selectthe3DViewsettingforArchitecturalObjectsontheDXF/DWGImportdialogbox, andselecta3Dconversionoption.Toimportboth2Dand3Dversionsoftheobjects,import themtwicefromtheDXF/DWGfile:oncewith3DViewselected,andoncewith2DView selected. BecausetheVectorworksprogramdoesnothave3Dtext,selecting2Dand3Dcancause textin3Dsymbolstobedeleted.WhentheactiveplaneissettoLayer,textin3Dsymbolsis imported;whentheactiveplaneissettoScreenPlane,textin3Dsymbolsisnotimported. Inaddition,objectsparalleltotheactivelayerplanethathaveathicknessareimportedas 3Deventhoughtheoriginatorofthefilemaynothaveintendedforthemtobe3D.If problemsoccur,importallobjectsas2DbyselectingAll2D.Awarningdisplaysifselecting thisoptionwilldistortanyobjects,suchas3Dsymbolswith3Drotation. Ifthefilecontainsonlya3Dmodel,selecttheAll3Doption.Otherwise,partsofalarge objectcomposedofseveralentitiescouldbeconvertedto2D. Occasionally,noneofthechoicesisappropriateforalltheobjects.Inthiscase,selectthe optionthatbestconvertsmostoftheobjects.
827
Ifobjectsseemtobethewrongphysicalsizeafterimport,ensurethattheunitschosenarecorrect.(ModelSpaceScale onlyaffectsthedisplay,butUnitsSettinginFileaffectstheactualmeasuredsizeoftheobjects.)DXF/DWGfilesdo notalwayshavethetrueunitsset,andsometimeshaveincorrectunitsset. TheVectorworksprogramguessestheunitsbasedontheinformationavailable,andindicateswhatitfoundinthe dynamictextatthetopofthepane.Iftheguessiswrong,settheunitsmanually. Ifyoudonotknowthecorrectunits,butyouknowthetruelengthofoneoftheobjectsinthedrawing,determine thetrueunitsasfollows. ImportthefileandchooseCustomunits,settingtheeditboxestosomethinglike1DXFUnits=1.Afterimport, measurethesizeoftheobjectthatyouknowthetruelengthof.Closethedocumentandredotheimport,butthis timesettheunitstoCustomwiththesevaluesintheeditboxes:(measuredlength)DXFUnits=(truelength).For example,ifthetruelengthis1,butthemeasuredlengthis2.54,enter2.54DXFUnits=1.(Donotincludeunits inthefirstbox,andifinfeetandinchesmode,justusethetotalmeasuredlengthininches.) IftheVectorworksprogramfindsanexactmatchforthatratio,itwillchangetheCustomchoicetothecorrect units.(Intheexampleabove,itchangesittoCentimeters.)Ifthemeasurementsandtheratioarenotexact(for example,2.539insteadof2.54),manuallyadjustittoastandardratio.Commonratioshavevaluessuchas1,12, 2.54,andpowersof10.Examples:1/12,12/10,2.54/0.01,etc. Ifyoudonotknowanytruelengths,butthedocumentcontainsdimensionobjectsthatshowlengths,followthe stepsjustdescribedwiththefollowingchange:SelectConvertDimensionstoGroups(seeObjectsTabon page 830),import,andusethevalueintheimporteddimensionobjectasthetruelength. NormallytheVectorworksprogramleavesthedocumentunitssettingunchangedafteranimport.IfaDXF/DWGfile issettometers,buttheVectorworksdocumentissettofeetandinches,thenadimensionobjectthatshows1meterin theoriginalfilewillshowas33.37intheimportedfile.Ifyouwanttheimporteddrawingtobethesameasthe original,selecttheSetVectorworksUnitstoMatchoption.Youcanalsoimportwiththeoptiontoconvertdimensions togroups(seeObjectsTabonpage 830)ifyouwantthedocumenttostayinthecurrentunits,butyouwantthe dimensionstolookthesameasintheoriginal.
828
Parameter
ColorandLine Weights
Description
MostDXF/DWGfilesdonotusetruelineweights,althoughthatisstartingtochange. Coloristraditionallyusedtoindicatelineweights.Therearesomestandardsthatspecify mappingsbetweencolorsandlineweights,butthosestandardsareoftenignored.The Vectorworksprogramautomaticallychoosesthestandardmappingswhenexporting,if thedocumentdoesnotalreadyhaveahiddenrecordleftoverfromapreviousexportor importthatspecifiesthemappings.Whenimporting,theVectorworksprogramdoesnot choosethestandardmappings,butratherdefaultstoareasonablelineweightforall colors,implicitlyalertingtheuserthattheyshoulddeterminethetruemappingsthatare desired. Ifdesired,specifymappingsbyselectingMapColorstoLineWeights.Selectthedesired colormappingduringtheimportprocess;ifnecessary,communicatewiththefile originatortodeterminethecorrectlineweights.
829
Thecoloredlinescanbechangedtoblack(orwhiteifthebackgroundisblack).SelectSet ColorstoBlackandWhite.NotethatmostDXF/DWGfilesarecreatedwithablack background,andthecolorsmaynotshowupwellonawhitebackground. Version2000andlateruses .ctbfilestostorecolormappinginformation,butitalso supportslineweights,sotheseoptionsmayormaynotbeneeded. Ifno .ctbfileisdetectedduringimport,andtruelineweightsarepresent,MapColorsto LineWeightsisdeselectedautomatically,andthelineweightsimportexactly. Ifno .ctbfileisdetected,andtruelineweightsarenotpresent,MapColorstoLine Weightsisselectedautomatically.TheMapColorstoLineWeightsdialogboxdisplays toallowmanualmapping(bydefault,allcolorsaremappedtothesamelineweight,or tothelastmappingusedduringthecurrentsession). Ifa .ctbfileisdetected,MapColorstoLineWeightsisselectedautomatically,andthe Vectorworksprogramreadsthefiletodeterminehowcolorsshouldmaptolineweights.A dialogboxdisplaystoallowmanualmapping(valuesarepresetbythemappingfile; duplicatemappingsareindicatedbyitalics). Ifyouusedasetofsavedimportoptions,the .ctbfileoverridesanycolormappings inyoursavedsettings.Removethe .ctbfilefromtheDXF/DWGfilefoldertousethe savedsettingsinstead. DashPatterns Insomefiles,dashlengthsmayimportataninappropriatescale.Changethedashlength scalebyselectingManuallyScaleAllDashLengthsbyandenteringascalevalue.A suggestedscalevalueisdisplayed.Thescalingdoesnotaffectlinethickness.The Vectorworksprogramconvertsanydashpatternsthatareextremelysmalltosolidlinesto avoidunacceptableslowdownsduringfiledisplayandprinting. DXF/DWGlayerscorrespondmorecloselytoVectorworksclassesthantheydoto Vectorworkslayers.Normally,importDXF/DWGlayersasVectorworksclasses. ThereisnoequivalenttoVectorworkslayersinaDXF/DWGfile.WhenDXF/DWGlayers aremappedtoVectorworkslayers,awarningdisplaysifsomeoftheobjectsinsymbolsor groupswouldleavetheiroriginallayersandtakeonthelayerofthesymbolorgroup.For simplefileswithoutblocks,orfileswithobjectsinsidetheblockthataresettobyblock attributes,importinglayersasVectorworkslayersshouldposenoproblems. TogroupimportedDXFlayersinVectorworksclassandlayerlistsforeasyidentification, selectAddPrefixtoImportedDXFLayers.Enterthecustomprefixtouseinthefieldto therightofthecheckbox.IfImportDXFLayersAsClassesisselected,theprefixanda hyphenisaddedtothebeginningoftheclassnamewhenimportedintoaVectorworksfile. Similarly,IfImportDXFLayersAsLayersisselected,theprefixandahyphenisaddedto thebeginningofthelayernamewhenimportedintoaVectorworksfile. RaysandXlines(orconstructionlines)areDXF/DWGobjectsthataresimilarto Vectorworksguides.Araystartsatapointandgoesofftoinfinity,whileaconstruction lineisanchoredatapointandgoesofftoinfinityinbothdirections.SelectRaysand XLinesuseGuidesClasstoconvertRaysandConstructionLinesintolinesintheGuides class,whichareoffinitelength.
Classes/Layers
830
Objects Tab
TheObjectstabcontainssettingsforadvanceduserstocustomizetheimportprocess.Inparticular,decisionsabout preservingobjectvisibilityandrecordfieldlinksareavailable.
Parameter
Points
Description
DXF/DWGPointsacteitherlikealocusinaVectorworksfile(adrawingaidthatisnot printed),orlikeasymbolthatisvisibleandcanbeprinted.Selectwhethertoimportpoints asLociorasSymbols.Thedefaultbehavioristoimportassymbolsifthepointstylehas specifiedarealworldsize(thatis,itiszoominvariantandalwaysprintsthesame),oras lociifthepointstyleisspecifiedasapercentageofthepixelsizeofthedrawingwindow (thatis,itvarieswiththezoomlevel).SelectUseGuidesClasstoimportpointsas SymbolsintheVectorworksGuidesClass;thisallowsthemtobehidden.Inthe Vectorworksprogram,usetheShow/HideGuidescommandstotoggletheirdisplay. AttributesinaDXF/DWGfilearesimilartolinkedtextinaVectorworksfile.Selecthow tohandleattributeconversionintoVectorworkssymbollinkedtext.Regardlessofthe selection,recordformatswillbecreatedbasedontheattributesfoundduringimport,and importedblockswithattributeswillhaverecordformatsattached. ChooseaLinkedTextHandlingmethodfromthelist.Dependingonthefiletobe imported,notalloptionsareavailable.
BlockAttributes
PreserveLookand Links
831
Description
Thisisthenextbestoption.TheattributeswilllookandprintastheydidintheDXF/DWG file,butsomesymboltextmaybecomeunlinked,ifnecessary,topreservethelook.Symbol recordfieldupdatesarenotreflectedinunlinkedtext.Withthisoption,anindividual symbolcouldhaveamixtureoflinkedandunlinkedtext. ThisoptionisavailablewhentheDXF/DWGfilecontainsattributesmarkedasinvisible. Thistypeofattributeisconvertedintoarecordformatattachedtoasymbol,butisnot convertedtolinkedtext.Thelookofthedrawingshouldbepreserved,butminorchanges tovisibilityarepossible.Theadvantageofthismethodisthatlinkedtextispreservedfor allvisibleattributes. Thelinkbetweenrecordfieldsandsymboltextispreservedwiththisoption.Anyinvisible attributeswillbecomevisible.ThelookoftheDXF/DWGfilemaynotbepreserved,butthe symboltextwillnotbeunlinked. Allattributetextishiddenuponimport.Theinformationisstillattachedtotheobjectin recordformat,butitisnotvisible. Eachblockattributeimportsasarecordformatfield.SelectGroupRecordFieldstogroup thosefieldsintoasinglerecordformat.TheVectorworksprogramgroupssetsofattributes intorecordformatsiftheyhavethesamesetoffieldnames.Forexample,iftwoblocks (symbols)haveattributeswithfieldnamesofcolorandpartnumber,bothblocksare convertedwiththesamerecordformat.Ifoneoftheblockshascolor,partnumber, andprice,whiletheotheronlyhastwoofthose,thentheblocksareconvertedwith differentrecordformats.Whengrouped,therecordformatnameiscreatedfromthe namesofthefirstfewfieldsintherecordformat. DeselectGroupRecordFieldstocreateonerecordformatperfield,withnogrouping. Withoutgrouping,therecordformatusesthesamenameastherecordfield.
PreserveVisible Links
PreserveAllLinks
MultiLines
Blocks IgnoreBlock Clipping SelectIgnoreBlockClippingtoimportaclippedblockasacroppeddesignlayerviewport (ifVectorworksDesignSeriesisinstalled)orasacroppedlayerlink.Thiscancreatemany layersintheVectorworksfile,andthecreatedobjectscannotbemanipulatedeasily. DeselectIgnoreBlockClippingtoimportaclippedblockasanormalscaledorunscaled Vectorworkssymbol,whichmaylookverydifferentfromtheoriginalimage. Dimensions Bydefault,theimportprocessautomaticallycreatescustomdimensionstandardstomatch thedimensionstylesintheDXF/DWGfile.IfadimensionwascustomizedintheDXF/ DWGfileafterthestylewasapplied,theconverteddimensionsmaynotmatchthe originals;selectConvertDimensionstoGroupstoconvertthedimensionsintogroups instead.
832
Worksheets
20
Creating Worksheets
Forcomplexdrawings,itisbesttocreateseparateworksheetsforeachtaskratherthanonelargeworksheet. Worksheetscanbelinkedtosharedata,formulas,andcalculations. Worksheetscanbecreatedinseveralways: UsetheCreateReportcommandtoselectworksheetdatafromtheinformationassociatedwiththeobjectsinthe drawing.SeeCreatingReportsonpage 833. UsetheResourceBrowsertocreateablankworksheet,andthenaddthedesiredinformationtoit.SeeCreating aBlankWorksheetonpage 836. ImportworksheetsfromotherVectorworksfilesorfromotherspreadsheetprograms.SeeImporting Worksheetsonpage 868. Oncecreated,aworksheetissavedwiththefileandislistedintheResourceBrowser.Itcanalsobeaccessedby selectingWindow>Worksheets. Ifthesamesetofobjectsaretypicallyusedinyourdrawings,youcancreateatemplatefilewithaworksheetthat servesasamasterpricelistlistingalltheobjectsandtheircosts.Then,tocreatematerialslistsandcostestimatesfor anewdesign,simplyimportorreferencetheworksheetinthenewdrawingfile.
Creating Reports
TheCreateReportcommandallowsyoutoselectdatathatisattachedtoobjectsinadrawing(suchasmanufacturer, size,andprice)andcreateaworksheetfromit.Thecommandcaneithercreateanewworksheetorappenddatabase rowstoanexistingworksheet.Formoreinformationabouthowtoattachdatatoobjects,seeRecordFormatson page 191. Tocreateareportfromobjectsinadrawing: 1. SelectTools>Reports>CreateReport. TheCreateReportdialogboxopens.Specifythereportcriteria.ItemsintheWorksheetColumnslistarelistedin theorderinwhichtheywillappearintheworksheet;tochangetheorder,clickinthe#columnanddragtheitem tothedesiredpositioninthelist.
834
Parameter
Title Listall Listobjectswithrecord PossibleColumns WorksheetColumns Add / AddAll Remove / RemoveAll Summarizeitemswith thesame Options
Description
Enteraworksheettitle;ifthereportdataisappendedtoanexistingworksheet,thistitleis addedtoaspreadsheetcellabovethedatabaserowsthatareappended Selectwhethertolistallsymbolsinthedrawing,ortolistalldrawingobjectsthathavea specificrecordattachedtothem Ifyouselectedtheoptiontolistallobjectswithaspecificrecord,selecttherecordformat touse Liststhecolumnsthatcanbeselectedforinclusionintheworksheet Liststhecolumnsthatarecurrentlyselectedforinclusionintheworksheet;initially,all possiblecolumnsareplacedintheWorksheetColumnslist Toaddacolumntotheworksheet,selectitinthePossibleColumnslistandclickAdd; clickAddAlltomoveallthecolumnstotheWorksheetColumnslist Toremoveanitemfromtheworksheet,selectitintheWorksheetColumnslistandclick Remove;clickRemoveAlltomoveallthecolumnstothePossibleColumnslist Summarizessymbolsorobjectsthatcontainidenticalfields,ratherthancreatinganew databasesubrowforeach;selectthefieldtosummarize OpenstheCreateReportOptionsdialogbox
2. ClickOptionstospecifyadditionalreportcriteria. TheCreateReportOptionsdialogboxopens.
Creating Worksheets |
835
Parameter
Newworksheet Appendtoexistingworksheet Searchinsymbols Searchinpluginobjects
Description
Selecttocreateanewworksheet Selecttoappendtheinformationtoaworksheet,andthenselectthetarget worksheet Selecttosearchinsidesymbolinstancesforembeddedobjectsorsymbolsand includethisinformationintheworksheet Selecttosearchinsidepluginobjectinstancesforembeddedobjectsorsymbols andincludethisinformationintheworksheet
836
Parameter
Name Rows/Columns
Description
Enteraworksheetname.Torenametheworksheetlateron,selecttheworksheetinthe ResourceBrowser,andclickRenamefromtheResourcesmenu. Enterthenumberofrowsandcolumnsfortheworksheet;thenumberofrowsandcolumns canbemodifiedlater
4. ClickOK. Anewworksheetwindowopens.
Using Worksheets |
837
Using Worksheets
Worksheetscanobtaindatafromthedrawingbasedonspecifiedcriteria,andthenlistthedataandallowcalculations tobeperformedonthedata.
Worksheet name Current cell address Formula bar Worksheet menu Spreadsheet row Database header row Database sub-rows Increase the column width to view this number Current zoom level
Worksheetscanhavetwotypesofrows:spreadsheetanddatabase.Thecellsinaspreadsheetrowcontainconstants (textornumbers)orformulas.Databaserowsconsistofaheaderrowandsubrows,andtheyshowdatathatis associatedwithspecificdrawingobjects.Thedatabaseheaderrowismarkedwithadiamondshapenexttotherow number.Setselectioncriteriaforthisrow,andasubrowiscreatedforeachobjectthatmeetsthecriteria.Inthis example,thedatabaseheaderrow3issettolisteachobjectinthedrawingthathasanappliancerecordattachedto it.Thesubrows3.1through3.5representthefiveapplianceobjectsinthedrawing. Rowsarenumberedsequentiallystartingwith1,andcolumnsarelabeledalphabeticallystartingwithA.Database subrowsarenumberedwiththedatabaseheaderrowsnumber,followedbyadecimalandsequentialnumbers (headerrow3hassubrows3.1,3.2,3.3,andsoon).Thecellsrownumberandcolumnletterindicatethespreadsheet celladdress(databasesubrowsdisplayablankaddress). Whenworksheetsexistinanopenfile,theWindow>Worksheetscommandbecomesavailable.Alltheworksheets presentintheindicatedfilearelisted.Worksheetswithacheckmarkarecurrentlyopen.Toopenaworksheet,selectit fromthismenu,orselecttheworksheetfromtheResourceBrowserandthenselectOpenfromtheResourcesmenu.
838
Aworksheetopensinaseparatewindow,whichcanberesized,moved,andclosed.Worksheetscontainaseparate menuandcontextmenus(seeWorksheetCommandsonpage 842). Becauseanopenworksheetisinaseparatewindow,itisnotprintedwiththedrawing.Toincludeaworksheetaspart ofadrawing,selecttheworksheetintheResourceBrowserandclickWorksheetonDrawingfromtheResources menu.Whentheworksheetisopen,theworksheetonthedrawingdisplaysasanX.Whentheworksheetisclosed, theupdatedworksheetdisplaysonthedrawing.Doubleclicktheworksheetfromthedrawingtoopenit.See WorksheetsasGraphicObjectsonpage 870. UsetheFormatCellscommandtoformatindividualrows,columns,andevencellsoftheworksheetasneeded(see FormattingWorksheetCellsonpage 846).Theformatisretainedwhentheworksheetisincludedonthedrawing. Alternatively,usetheAttributespalettetomodifythefill,pen,andlinethicknessattributesfortheentireworksheet object.
Keys
Arrow(Up,Down,Right,Left) Tab Enter
Description
Movesbyonecellinthedirectionindicated Movesrightbyonecell Movesdownbyonecell
839
Description
Movesleftbyonecell Movesupbyonecell
Ifmorethanonecellisselected,movementisrestrictedtotheselectedcellsonly.
Selecting Cells
Whenasinglecellisselected,thecellborderishighlighted.Whenmultiplecellsareselected,theborderoftheentire selectionishighlighted,andtheselectedcellshaveabluefill.
Selection
Asinglecell Arangeofcells Anentirecolumnorrow Noncontiguouscells,rows,or columns Theentireworksheet
Action
Clickonthecell Clickdragacrossarangeofcellstoselectthem,orclickinonecornerand Shiftclickintheoppositecorner Clickthecolumnletterorrownumber;clickdragacrossthecolumnletters orrownumberstoselectmultiplerowsorcolumns PressandholdtheCtrl(Windows)orCommand(Macintosh)keyandthen clickoneachcell,row,orcolumntoselect Clicktheemptyboxdirectlyabovetherownumberboxes
Explanation
Thecellisinaspreadsheetrowordatabaseheaderrow.Typedirectlyin theFormulabartoentertext,numbers,oraformula.Toaccepttheedits andchangethecellcontents,clickthegreencheckmark.Tocancelthe edits,clicktheredX. Indatabasesubrows,theresultsofcalculationscannotbeedited.In addition,objectattributeinformation,suchastheclasstheobjectbelongs to,cannotbeeditedintheworksheet.
Thecelladdressdisplays,andthered Xandgreencheckmarkareactive
Nocelladdressdisplays;thecurrent cellvalueisnoteditable
840
Nocelladdressdisplays;alistofthe valuesthatareavailableforthe currentcelldisplays (VectorworksDesignSeriesrequired) Indatabasesubrows,iftheVectorworksArchitectorVectorworks Landmarkproductisnotinstalled,informationthatcomesfromthe objectsdatarecordcannotbeeditedintheworksheet.Toeditavaluethat displaysinasubrow,selecttheitemthatisassociatedwiththatrowinthe drawing;thenusetheDatataboftheObjectInfopalettetoedittheobject dataasneeded.
Neitheracelladdressnoracellvalue displays
Tohidearoworcolumn,settheColumnWidthorRowHeightto0.Todisplaythecolumn/rowagain,selectthe entireworksheetandresetthewidthorheight.
Using Worksheets |
841
Hover the cursor over the bottom right corner of the worksheet to obtain the resize cursor; drag to add columns and/or rows
842
Worksheet Commands
Variouscommandmenusareavailableintheworksheetwindow,aswellassortingfunctions.Toopenthemain worksheetmenu,clickthedisclosurearrowjustbelowtheFormulabar.Rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick (Macintosh)aspecificworksheetroworcelltoopenacontextmenu.Tosortthesubrowsassociatedwithadatabase headerrow,applysortfunctionstothecolumnsasneeded.
Current cell Cancel Accept entry Current zoom level Formula bar
Summarize icon
Worksheet menu
Worksheet Menu
Themainworksheetmenucommandsaredefinedinthefollowingtable.
Worksheet Command
Recalculate
Description
Recalculatesallformulasinallworksheets,whetheropenorclosed.Thisfunctioncan alsobeaccessedfromthecontextmenuoftheworksheetimage(onthedrawing): rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)ontheworksheet,andselect Recalculate. DisplaystheCriteriadialogbox;selectsearchcriteriatoinsertinaformula DisplaystheSelectFunctiondialogbox;selectafunctiontobeinsertedintheformula (seeEnteringFormulasinWorksheetCellsonpage 852) Togglesbetweendisplayingandhidingallworksheetdatabaseheaderrows OpenstheFormatCellsdialogbox,forsettingtheformatandappearanceofselected cells(seeFormattingWorksheetCellsonpage 846)
843
Description
DisplaystheColumnWidthdialogbox.Setthewidthvalueofselectedcellsinthe specifiedunits.ClickStandardWidthtousethedefaultwidth.Thewidthofmultiple selectedcolumnscanbeadjustedatonetime. OpenstheRowHeightdialogbox;settherowheighttoautomaticallyfittheselected cellcontents,orsetaspecificrowheightinthespecifiedunits.Theheightofmultiple selectedrowscanbeadjustedatonetime. DisplaystheWorksheetPreferencesdialogbox.HeaderandFootertextfieldsandthe Marginsettingsapplytoprintedworksheetsonly.SelectShowGridtodisplaythe worksheetgridlines.SelectShowTabstoprintworksheetcolumnandrowheaders. SelectAutorecalctorecalculateallworksheetarithmeticfunctionswhencellsare edited.ClickFonttospecifytheworksheetdefaultfontandsize. Increasesordecreasesthezoompercentagebypresetlevelsfrom50%to300%;the currentzoomleveldisplaysintheworksheettitlebar.Selectazoomlevelfromthe worksheetmenu,orrollthemousewheelwhileholdingCtrl(Windows)orOption (Macintosh)toincreaseordecreasethezoomlevelbyincrementsof10%(regardlessof thenumberoflinesyouassignedthemousetoscrollinthemousesetup). Thisfeaturewillnotworkproperlyifstandardscrollingisdisabledinthemouse setup.Forexample,ifthemousesscrollingsizeissettonone,mousezoomingin theVectorworksprogramisdisabled.(Thespecificsettingsrequiredforthis featuredependonthetypeofmousebeingused.)
RowHeight
Preferences
Zoom
ClearContents Insert
Delete
PrinterSetup Print
844
Menu Item
Cut Copy Paste FormatCells Insert
Delete
Menu Item
Spreadsheet
Description
Convertsadatabaseheaderrowintoarowofspreadsheetcells.Thisdeletesall subrowsandtheinformationcontainedwithinthem.Anyformulasthatweredefined inthecolumnsoftheheaderrowremainintact.Thiscommandhasnoeffecton spreadsheetcells. ConvertsarowofspreadsheetcellsintoadatabaseheaderrowandopenstheCriteria dialogbox.Thiscommandhasnoeffectondatabaserows. OpenstheCriteriadialogboxforsettingthecriteriathatisusedtogeneratethedatabase subrows.Availableonlywhenadatabaseheaderrowisclicked. OpenstheCriteriadialogboxforeditingthecriteriathatisusedtogeneratethe databasesubrows.Availableonlywhenadatabaseheaderrowisclicked.
845
Description
Selectsallobjectsonthedrawingthatmeetthecriteriaforthedatabaserow.Available onlywhenadatabaseheaderrowisclicked.
Icon Item
DescendingSort
Description
Sortsthedatabasesubrowsindescendingorder,accordingtothecontentsofthiscolumn
AscendingSort
Sortsthedatabasesubrowsinascendingorder,accordingtothecontentsofthiscolumn
Summarize
846
Parameter
General Decimal Scientific Fractional Dimension DimensionArea Dimension Volume Angle
Description
Specifiesthedefaultgeneralformat Usesdecimalnumbers;enteravalueforthenumberofdecimalplaces,andifdesired,selectto usecommasasseparators Usesscientificnumbers;enteravalueforthenumberofdecimalplaces Usesfractionalnumbers;entertheroundingvalueforfractions Usesdimensionnumbers Usesthedimensionareaformat(precisionandunits)asspecifiedforthisdocument;also displaystheareaunitsafterthenumber Usesthedimensionvolumeformat(precisionandunits)asspecifiedforthisdocument;also displaysthevolumeunitsafterthenumber Determinestheaccuracyofanglesandthemeasurementsystemused;themeasurementsystem canbedegrees/minutes/seconds,ordecimalnumbersuptoeightdecimalplaces
847
Description
Usesdateformats;selectthedesiredformatfromthelist SelecttouseadatavalueofeitherTrueorFalse Selecttoenterastringofcharacters;thecellcontentsaretreatedastext,evenifanumberisinthe string Displaysthespecifiedleadertextbeforethecellvalue(exceptforBooleanandTextformats) Displaysthespecifiedtrailertextafterthecellvalue(exceptforBooleanandTextformats)
3. ClicktheAlignmenttabtospecifytextalignmentoptions.
Parameter
Alignment Horizontal Vertical TextOrientation VerticalText HorizontalText WrapText
Description
Setsthealignmentoftextinrelationtothecellborder Specifieshorizontaltextalignment;selectGeneraltoaligntextstringsontheleftand numbersontheright Specifiesverticaltextalignment Setsthetextorientation Orientstextvertically Orientstexthorizontally Selecttowraptextthatexceedsthecellwidth(automaticallyadjustingrowheight);deselect toallowtextthatislongerthanthecellwidthtofloatoveremptyadjacentcells.Ifadjacent cellscontaincontent,unwrappedtextmayappeartruncated.Numbersthatexceedthecell widtharedisplayedwith#characters.
848
Parameter
MergeCells
5. ClicktheBordertabtosetcellborderformattingoptions. SelecttheLineAttributes,andthenusethePresetsorPreviewbuttonstoaddorremoveborderelements.
Using Worksheets |
849
Parameter
LineAttributes Style Color Presets None Outline Inside Preview Top Horizontal Bottom Left Vertical Right
Description
Setsthelinestyleandthicknessfortheborderelement Setsthelinecolorfortheborderelement
6. ClickthePatternstabtospecifyfilloptionsfortheselectedcell(s).
850
Parameter
Style Color/Pattern
Description
SelectNonetoremovecurrentcellfilloptionsortospecifynofill;selectSolidorPatternto applyasolidfillcolororpatterntotheselectedcell(s) IfStyleissettoSolid,selectthefillColor;ifStyleissettoPattern,selectthePatternandthe foregroundandbackgroundcolors
7. ClickOKtosettheformattingfortheselectedcell(s).Theworksheetformattingalsoappliestoworksheets placedonadrawing.
851
852
Symbol
General Syntax Equalsign= Parentheses( ) Squarebrackets[ ] Period. Colon: Commaorsemicolon ,or;
Explanation
Beginseachformula;also indicatesavalueforavariable Enclosesafunctionargument; alsousedinarithmeticequations Enclosesarecorddestination Separatesarecordidentifierand afieldidentifier Separatespathnamelevelsincell references Separatesmultiplevaluesina functionargument;usea semicolonwhencommasare usedasdecimalseparatorsbythe operatingsystem Enclosesastringconstant Designatesanabsolutereference Designatesarangeofcells Addition Subtraction Multiplication Division Exponentiation
Example
=CriteriaVolume(t=wall) =acos(0.6) =A6+(A6*.07) =R IN ['myformat'] =Furniture.Type =MyWorksheet:A1 =sum(A2,E3) =sum(A2;E3)
Singlequote' Dollarsign$ Doubleperiod.. Arithmetic Operators Plussign+ HyphenAsterisk* Forwardslash/ Caretordoubleasterisk ^or**
853
Explanation
Integerdivision(returnsthe quotientroundedtothenearest integer) Remainderdivision(returnsthe remainderofthedivision operationasaninteger) Equal Notequal
Example
j:= 36 DIV 5;
MOD
k:= 36 MOD 5;
Comparison Equalsign= Operators Lessthanandgreaterthan (usedwith signs(orOption+=on IFfunction) Macintosh) <>or Lessthansign< Lessthanandequalsigns (orOption+<on Macintosh) <=or
=if((L='L2'),Area,0) =if((S<>'Dryer'),B9,0)
Lessthan Lessthanorequalto
=if((C7<100),100,C7) =if((E2<=G2),0.05,G2)
Greaterthan Greaterthanorequalto
=if((C7>100),100,C7) =if((E2>=G2),0.05,G2)
Toforcetheprogramtotreatanumberastext,enclosethenumberinsinglequotationmarks,asin40;orformat thecellasTextontheNumbertaboftheFormatCellsdialogbox. Formulasfollowstandardalgebraicrulesofhierarchy.Inthefollowingexample,thevalueincellC28isfirst multipliedby12,andthen4.5issubtractedfromthatvalue.Theresultisthendividedby12. =((C28*12)-4.5)/12 Thereareseveralbuiltinfunctionsthatcanbeusedinformulas,includingmathematicalfunctionsandfunctionsthat pullinformationfromobjectsinthedrawing.Touseoneormoreworksheetfunctionsinaformula,eitherenterthe functionmanually,orusethePasteFunctionandPasteCriteriacommandstoselectafunctionandselectioncriteria(if required)fromdialogboxes.SeeWorksheetFunctionsonpage 861formoreinformationabouthowtouse functions. Ifthereisalogicproblemwithaformula,anerrorcodedisplaysinthecell.
Error Code
#NAME? #VALUE! #CVAL?
Explanation
Thefieldnameinadatabaseheaderrowdefinitiondoesnotexistinthefile;seeRetrieving RecordInformationinaWorksheetonpage 860 Theargumentisthewrongtypeofdatafortheformula;forexample,acellreferencedina mathematicalformulacontainstext Acyclicalreferencecannotberesolved
854
Error Code
?Result? #OPCODE? #DIV0! #FAC? #OBJ! #CSTATUS?
Tomanuallyenteraformula: 1. Selectthecell. 2. Enteranequalsign(=),andthenentertheformula.TheentriesautomaticallydisplayintheworksheetFormula bar.Aformulacanconsistoffunctions,operators,cellreferences,andconstantvalues. 3. Whentheformulaiscomplete,clickthegreencheckmarktovalidatetheentry.Tocancelanentry,clicktheredX. 4. Theformulaexecutesassoonasthecellentryhasbeenvalidated(Autorecalcmustbeselectedintheworksheet preferences;seePreferencesonpage 843). ToenteraformulawiththePasteFunctionandPasteCriteriacommands: 1. Selectthecell. 2. Enteranequalsign(=).TheentryautomaticallydisplaysintheworksheetFormulabar. 3. SelectPasteFunctionfromtheWorksheetmenu. TheSelectFunctiondialogboxopens.
4. SelectafunctionfromthelistandclickOK.
855
For each list, click to browse for criteria options Design layer viewport functionality (Vectorworks Design Series required)
856
Syntax
worksheetname:celladdress worksheetname:rangeofaddresses
Example
=MyWorksheet:A1 =SUM(MyWorksheet:A1..A12)
Combination
$A1 $A$1 A$1
Description
Locksthespecifiedcolumnreferencebutleavestherowreferencerelative;thesamecolumnis alwaysreferredto,buttherowchangesiftheformulaisplacedinadifferentrow Locksboththespecifiedcolumnandrowreferences;regardlessofwheretheformulaiscopied,it alwaysreferstotheoriginalcell Locksthespecifiedrowreferencebutleavesthecolumnreferencerelative;thesamerowis alwaysreferredto,butthecolumnchangesiftheformulaisplacedinadifferentcolumn
857
Tocreateadatabaserow: 1. Rightclick(Windows)orCtrlclick(Macintosh)onthenumberoftherowtochange.
858
2. Fromtheworksheetrowmenu,selectDatabase. TheCriteriadialogboxopens.
859
Tolistrecorddataassociatedwitheachobject(suchascolororprice),seeRetrievingRecordInformationin aWorksheetonpage 860. Toshowtheresultsofaformulaforeachobject,seeEnteringFormulasinWorksheetCellsonpage 852. 6. Eachsubrowcelldisplaystheinformationrequested.Eachcellintheheaderrowdisplaysthetotalnumberof objectsfound,or,ifthecolumnreturnsnumericaldata,theheadercelldisplaysthesumforallsubrows. Informationfoundineachcolumncanbesortedusingtheascending,descending,andsummarizebuttons;see DatabaseRowSortandSummaryFunctionsonpage 845.
Code
ALL AR ASZ
Criteria Name
Everyobject Arrowhead Markersize
Code
PB PF PON
Criteria Name
Penbackground PenForeground Pluginobjectname
860
Criteria Name
Classname Fillbackground Fillforeground Font Fillpattern Fontsize Gradientfill Hatchfill Imagefill Layername Lineweight Objectname
Code
PP R S SEL SLST SST ST T TFI TX V WST
Criteria Name
Penpattern/Linestyle Objectrecord Symbolname Selectedstatus Slabstyle Sketchstyle Objectsubtype Objecttype Tilefill Texture Visibility Wallstyle
3. Clickthegreencheckmarktovalidatetheentry.
Syntax
=recordname.fieldname
Example
=Furniture.Type
Worksheet Functions |
861
Worksheet Functions
Worksheetfunctionstakeanargument,performanaction,andreturnavalueorvalues.Therearetwobasictypesof functions:thosethatusethevalue(s)youenter,andthosethatuseinformationfromobjectsinthedrawing.The argumentsrequiredbythetwofunctiontypesaredifferent. Numberortextarguments:Functionsthatbeginwithalowercaselettertypicallyrequireanumbervalueora celladdressastheargument.Forexample,theacosfunctionreturnsthearccosineofthevaluethatisspecifiedin thefunctionargument.Theargumentyouentercanbeamathematicalexpression(suchas3/5),anaddressofa cellthatcontainsanumber(suchasA12),oranactualnumber.Theargumentforalltrigonometryfunctionsmust beinradians. Criteriaarguments:Functionsthatbeginwithacapitallettermustbeappliedtooneormorespecificobjectsin thedrawing.Inacellinadatabaseheaderrow,afunctionisautomaticallyappliedtotheobjectlistedineach subrow,sonocriteriaargumentisrequired. However,inaspreadsheetcell,youmustentercriteriatoselecttheobjectsthefunctionappliesto.Forexample, theWidthfunctionreturnsthewidthofanobject.Tospecifywhichobjecttoobtainthewidthof,eitherusethe PasteCriteriacommandontheWorksheetmenu,orenterthecriteriamanually.SeeSearchCriteriaonpage 129 intheVectorScriptLanguageGuidefordetailsabouthowtospecifycriteriasuchastheobjecttype,class,or visibility. Thefollowingtablelistsalloftheworksheetfunctionsavailable,aswellaswhatkindofargumentthefunctiontakes.
Function (argument)
acos(number)
Description
Thearccosineofanumber.The arccosineistheanglewhose cosineisnumber.Thereturned angleisgiveninradiansinthe range0topi. Numberisthecosineofthe angle,andmustbefrom1to1.
Example
=acos(3/5) (returnstheangleforwhichthe cosinevalueis3/5)
Related Functions
cos
Angle(criteria)
Area(criteria)
Perim
862
Function (argument)
asin(number)
Example
=asin(A3) (returnstheangleforwhichthe sinevalueisgivenincellA3)
Related Functions
sin
atan(number)
Thearctangentofanumber. Thearctangentistheangle whosetangentisnumber.The returnedangleisgivenin radiansintherangepi/2topi/ 2.Toexpressthearctangentin degrees,usetherad2deg function(ormultiplytheresult by180/pi). Numberisthetangentofthe angleinquestion.
tan
Theaverage(mean)ofthe arguments Theminimumycoordinate (bottomboundary)ofthe objectsthatmeetthespecified criteria Theareaofonesideofthe specifiedwallorslab component,minusanyholes Thenameofthespecifiedwall orslabcomponent Thevolumeofthespecified component,minusanyholes
=average(85,70,95) (returnstheaverageofthethree numbers) =BotBound(t=locus) (returnstheycoordinateofthe locusthathasthelowesty coordinatevalueinthedrawing) =COMPONENTAREA(t=wall,1) (returnstheareaofthe componentspecified) =COMPONENTNAME(t=wall,1) (returnsthenameofthe componentspecified) =COMPONENTVOLUME(t=wall, 1) (returnsthevolumeofthe componentspecified
max,min,sum
863
Description
Joinsseveraltextstringsinto onetextstring
Example
=concat(B3,', ',B4) (returnsthecontentsofcellsB3 andB4asasinglestring, separatedbyacommaanda space) =cos(deg2rad(23)) (convertsa23degreeangletoits radianequivalent,andreturns thecosineoftheangle) =Count(S='door') (returnsthetotalnumberof symbolobjectsinthedrawing thatarenameddoor) =deg2rad(47) (convertsthe47degreeangle measurementtoitsradian equivalent) =exp(2) (returnsthenumericvalueofe raisedtothepowerof2)
Related Functions
cos(number)
acos
Count(criteria)
Thenumberofobjectsthat meetthespecifiedcriteria
deg2rad(number)
exp(number)
ln
Height(criteria)
Width
864
Function (argument)
if(logical_test, value_if_true, value_if_false)
Example
=if((C7>100),100,C7) whencommasareusedas decimalseparatorsbythe operatingsystem,use semicolonsinstead: =if((C7>100);100;C7) (ifthevalueincellC7isgreater than100,thevalueinthiscellis 100;otherwise,thevalueinthis cellisthesameasthevaluein cellC7)
Related Functions
int(number)
=int(B9) (returnsthevalueincellB9 withoutitsfractional component) =IsFlipped(t=rect) (returnsthetotalnumberof rectanglesinthedrawingthat areflipped) =LeftBound(t=locus) (returnsthexcoordinateofthe leftmostlocusinthedrawing) =Length(t=line) (returnsthetotallengthofall lineobjectsinthedrawing) =ln(12) (returnsthenaturallogarithmof 12) =log(2) (returnsthebase10logarithmof 2)
round
IsFlipped(criteria)
Thetotalnumberofflipped objectsthatmeetthespecified criteria Theleftsideminimumx coordinate(leftboundary)of theobjectsthatmeetthe specifiedcriteria Thelengthoflinesorwallsthat meetthespecifiedcriteria Thenaturallogarithm(basee). Numberisthepositivereal numberforwhichthe logarithmiscalculated.
LeftBound(criteria)
Length(criteria)
ln(number)
exp
log(number)
ln
865
Description
Thelargestnumberinthelistof arguments. Numberis114numbersfor whichthemaximumvalueisto befound.
Example
=max(C5,C7,C9) (returnsthelargestofthe numbersthatareincellsC5,C7, andC9) =min(C5,C7,C9) (returnsthesmallestofthe numbersthatareincellsC5,C7, andC9) =ObjectType(sel=true) (returnstheobjecttypevalueof theselectedobject;forexample, theobjecttypevalueforalightis 81)
Related Functions
min
min(number1, number2,...)
max
ObjectType(criteria)
Perim(criteria)
=Perim(sel=true) (returnsthetotalperimeterofall selectedobjects) =rad2deg(0.5235987) (convertstheradianangle measurementtoitsdegree equivalent) =RightBound(sel=true) (returnsthexcoordinateofthe rightmostpointontheselected objects) =RoofArea_Heated (ST=ROOFFACE) (returnsthecombinedheated roofareaofallroofandroofface objectsinthedrawing) =RoofArea_Heatedproj (T=ROOF) (returnsthecombinedheated roofareaofallroofobjectsinthe drawing,asprojectedtothe activelayerplane) BotBound, TopBound, LeftBound
rad2deg(number)
RightBound(criteria)
Therightsidemaximumx coordinate(rightboundary)of theobjectsthatmeetthe specifiedcriteria Theheatedareaoftheroof (insidethewallline)alongthe slope,combinedforallobjects thatmeetthespecifiedcriteria Theheatedareaoftheroof (insidethewallline)projected totheactivelayerplane, combinedforallobjectsthat meetthespecifiedcriteria
RoofArea_Heated (criteria)
RoofArea_HeatedProj (criteria)
866
Function (argument)
RoofArea_Total(criteria)
Example
=RoofArea_Total (ST=ROOFFACE) (returnsthecombinedtotalroof areaofallroofandroofface objectsinthedrawing)
Related Functions
RoofArea_TotalProj (criteria)
=RoofArea_Totalproj (T=ROOF) (returnsthecombinedtotalroof areaofallroofobjectsinthe drawing,asprojectedtothe activelayerplane) =round(D11) (returnsthevalueincellD11 roundedtothenearestwhole number) =sin(deg2rad(32)) (convertsa32degreeangletoits radianequivalent,andreturns thesineoftheangle) =SlabStyleName (sel=true) (returnstheslabstyleofthe selectedslabobject) asin int
round(number)
Roundsthespecifiednumber tothenearestwholenumber
sin(number)
SlabStyleName
Thenameofaslabstyle
SlabThickness(criteria)
=SlabThickness(T=SLAB) (returnsthecombinedthickness ofallslabobjectsinthedrawing) =sqrt(D27) (returnsthesquarerootofthe numberincellD27) =sum(A2,A10..A12) (returnsthesumofthenumbers containedincellsA2,A10,A11, andA12) =SurfaceArea(st=sphere) (returnsthetotalsurfaceareaof allsphereobjectsinthedrawing) Average
sqrt(number)
sum(number1, number2,...)
SurfaceArea(criteria)
867
Description
Thetangentofthegivenangle. Numberistheangleinradians forwhichthetangentis calculated.
Example
=tan(deg2rad(32)) (convertsa32degreeangletoits radianequivalent,andreturns thetangentoftheangle) =TopBound(sel=true) (returnstheycoordinateofthe topmostpointontheselected objects) =value('2e3') (returnsthenumericvalueof2 times10raisedtothepowerof3) =Volume(t=xtrd) (returnsthetotalvolumeofall extrudeobjectsinthedrawing) =WallArea_Gross(t=wall) (returnsthecombinedsurface areaofonewallfaceforallwalls inthedrawing) =WallArea_Net(sel=true) (returnsthesurfaceareaofone wallfacefortheselectedwall object,minusdoorandwindow areas) =WallAverageHeight (sel=true) (returnstheaverageheightofthe selectedwallobject) =WallStyleName (sel=true) (returnsthewallstyleofthe selectedwallobject)
Related Functions
atan
TopBound(criteria)
Themaximumycoordinate (topboundary)oftheobjects thatmeetthespecifiedcriteria Convertsatextstringthat representsanumbertoa number Thetotalvolumeofallobjects thatmeetthecriteria,basedon theVolumeunitsintheUnits dialogbox. Thecombined2Dgrosssurface areaofonewallfaceforwalls thatmeetthespecifiedcriteria Thecombined2Dgrosssurface areaofonewallface,without doorandwindowareas,for wallsthatmeetthespecified criteria Theaverageheightofawall, includingwallpeaksand differentstartingandending heights Thenameofawallstyle
value(text)
Volume(criteria)
WallArea_Gross (criteria)
WallArea_Net
WallArea_Net(criteria)
WallArea_Gross
WallAverageHeight (criteria)
WallStyleName(criteria)
WallThickness(criteria)
Width(criteria)
868
Function (argument)
XCenter(criteria)
Example
=XCenter(sel=true) (returnsthexcoordinatevalueof thecenteroftheselectedobject) =XCoordinate(sel=true) (returnsthexcoordinatevalueof theobjectrelativetotheuser origin) =YCenter(sel=true) (returnstheycoordinatevalue ofthecenteroftheselected object) =YCoordinate(sel=true) (returnstheycoordinatevalue oftheobjectrelativetotheuser origin) =ZCenter(sel=true) (returnsthezcoordinatevalueof thecenteroftheselectedobject) =ZCoordinate(sel=true) (returnsthezcoordinatevalueof theobjectrelativetotheobjects layerplane)
Related Functions
YCenter, ZCenter, XCoordinate YCoordinate, ZCoordinate, XCenter XCenter, ZCenter, YCoordinate XCoordinate, ZCoordinate, YCenter XCenter, YCenter, ZCoordinate XCoordinate, YCoordinate, ZCenter
XCoordinate(critiera)
YCenter(criteria)
YCoordinate(criteria)
ZCenter(criteria)
ZCoordinate(criteria)
Importing Worksheets
Datafromawidevarietyofworksheetformatscanbeimportedintoafile,includingworksheetdatafromother programsandworksheetsfromotherVectorworksfiles.
Exporting Worksheets |
869
Exporting Worksheets
Vectorworksworksheetfilescanbeexportedandreadbyspreadsheetprograms,suchasExcel,aswellasbysome wordprocessingprograms.Becausemanyoftheseprogramshavedifferentformatrequirements,severalexport formatsareavailable.Theseincludecommadelimited,tabdelimited,merge,DIF,andSYLK.Usingthetabdelimited format,forexample,createsafilethatcanbeopenedasatableinMicrosoftWord. ToexportaworksheetfromaVectorworksfile: 1. SelectFile>Export>ExportWorksheet. 2. TheExportWorksheetdialogboxopens.
870
Using Scripts
21
ThereareseveraloptionsforcustomizingtheVectorworksprogramtosuitawiderangeofindividualdesignneeds. OneofthemostimportantoptionsisVectorScript,alightweightPascallikeprogramminglanguage.UseVectorScript todoanythingfromcreatingsimpletoolsthatassistwiththemosttediousdraftingtaskstodevelopingsophisticated solutionsthataddressthemostdemandingdesignneeds. WhileVectorScriptprovidesarichsetofdevelopmenttoolsforcreatingscriptsfromscratch,therearealsoseveral commandsthatallowyoutocreatescriptswithoutdirectknowledgeoftheVectorScriptlanguage.TheCustom Selection,CustomTool/Attribute,andCustomModificationcommandsprovidetheabilitytocreateusefulscripts directly.(TheCustomModificationcommandrequiresthataVectorworksDesignSeriesproductbeinstalled;see CreatingCustomModificationScriptsonpage 567intheVectorworksDesignSeriesUsersGuide.) SeetheVectorScriptLanguageGuideforanintroductiontotheVectorScriptlanguage.TheVectorScriptLanguage Guideisavailableaspartofthehelpsystem,andalsoasaPDFfileinthehelpsystem. TheVectorScriptFunctionReferenceisacomprehensivecommandreferenceavailableonline.Itislocatedin: VWHelp/VectorScriptReference/VSFunctionReference.html.Anothersourceofdeveloperorienteddocumentation relatedtotheSDKandVectorScriptislocatedathttp://developer.vectorworks.net
Parameter
Select SelectOnly Deselect
Description
Selectstheobjectsmatchingthespecifiedcriteriawithoutaffectingtheexistingselection statusofotherobjects Deselectsallobjectspriortoperformingtheselectionoperation Deselectsanyobjectsmatchingthespecifiedcriteriawithoutaffectingtheselectionstatus ofotherobjectsinthefile
872
Parameter
ExecuteImmediately CreateScript
2. ClickCriteriatospecifytheselectioncriteriafortheoperation. TheCriteriadialogboxopens.
Criteria type Criteria comparison option Criteria selection parameter
873
2. Selectwhichattributesshouldbesavedinthescript. Thesavedattributesareusedwhenthescriptisexecutedandcanbemodifiedorresetasdesired.
Parameter
All
Description
Checkedbox:Allattributesinthegroupareselected;clicktodeselectallattributesin thegrouptobesavedtothescript. Emptybox:Noattributesinthegroupareselected;clicktoselectallattributesinthe grouptobesavedtothescript. Boxdisplays (Windows)or (Macintosh):Oneormoreattributesinthegroup arenotselected;clicktoselectallattributesinthegrouptobesavedtothescript.
874
Creating VectorScripts
VectorScriptsarecustomwrittenscriptsforperformingtaskswithinthefile,andtheyaresavedasresources.Like otherscriptscreatedusingtheautomatedscriptcreationtools,VectorScriptsarestoredinscriptpalettescontained withinthefile. TocreateaVectorScript: 1. SelectWindow>Palettes>ResourceBrowser. TheResourceBrowseropens. 2. FromtheResourcesmenu,selectNewResourcetodisplaytheNewResourcemenu. 3. SelectVectorScript. Ifnoscriptpaletteexists,enteranameforanewscriptpalettewhenprompted,andclickOK. Ifmultiplescriptpalettesexist,butarenotcurrentlyactive,theSelectScriptPalettedialogboxopens.Selectthe palettetoaddthescripttoandclickAdd. 4. EnteranameforthenewVectorScriptandclickOK. 5. TheVectorScriptEditoropenstobeginascripteditingsession. Forinformationoncreatingscripts,seetheVectorScriptLanguageGuide,availableinthehelpsystem,andthe VectorScriptFunctionReference,whichisacomprehensivecommandreferenceavailableonline.Itislocatedin VWHelp/VectorScriptReference/VSFunctionReference.html 6. ClickOKtosavethescriptintheactivescriptpalette.
Running VectorScripts
VectorScriptscanberuninavarietyofways.
Managing VectorScripts |
875
Managing VectorScripts
VectorScripts,likeanyotherVectorworksresource,canbeedited,moved,copied,renamed,ordeleted.VectorScripts alsohavetheaddedabilityofbeingencryptedtopreventediting. ForinformationontheVectorScriptEditor,seeTheVectorScriptEditoronpage 109intheVectorScriptLanguage Guide.TheVectorScriptLanguageGuideisavailableaspartofthehelpsystem,andalsoasaPDFfileinthehelp system.
Editing VectorScripts
ToeditaVectorScript: 1. SelectWindow>Palettes>ResourceBrowser. TheResourceBrowseropens. 2. Selectthescript,andthenselectEditfromtheResourcesmenu. TheVectorScriptEditordialogboxopens.
876
Parameter
Renaming VectorScripts
TorenameaVectorScript: 1. SelectWindow>Palettes>ResourceBrowser. TheResourceBrowseropens. 2. Selectthescripttobeedited,andthenselectRenamefromtheResourcesmenu. TheAssignNamedialogboxopens. 3. Enterthenewscriptname. 4. ClickOK.
Duplicating VectorScripts
ToduplicateaVectorScript: 1. SelectWindow>Palettes>ResourceBrowser. TheResourceBrowseropens. 2. Selectthescripttobeduplicated,andthenselectDuplicatefromtheResourcesmenu. TheAssignNamedialogboxopens. 3. Enterthenamefortheduplicatedscript,andthenclickOK. Theduplicatescriptiscreatedinthesamepaletteastheoriginalscript.
Deleting VectorScripts
TodeleteaVectorScript: 1. SelectWindow>Palettes>ResourceBrowser. TheResourceBrowseropens. 2. Selectthescripttobedeleted,andselectDeletefromtheResourcesmenu.
877
Importing VectorScripts
ToimportascriptfromanotherVectorworksfile: 1. SelectWindow>Palettes>ResourceBrowser. TheResourceBrowseropens. 2. Locatethefilecontainingthescript.Selectthescripttobeimported,andthenselectImportfromtheResources menu.(Alternatively,dragtheVectorScriptresourceintothedesiredVectorworksfile.) Thescriptisimportedintotheactivescriptpalette.Ifnopaletteisactive,selectthedestinationfortheimported script,whenprompted.
Encrypting VectorScripts
Ascriptcanbeencryptedandlockedtopreventediting. ToencryptaVectorScript: 1. SelectTools>Scripts>EncryptVectorScript. TheChooseVectorScriptFiledialogboxopens. 2. Locateandselectthescripttextfiletoencrypt. 3. ClickOpen. TheSaveEncryptedVectorScriptCodeDocumentdialogboxopens. 4. Enteranewnameforthescript,andthenselectthelocationforsavingthefile. 5. ClickSave. Thescriptissavedinanencryptedformat.
878
TheFundamentalsworkspaceisinstalledwiththeVectorworksFundamentalsproductin[Vectorworks]\Workspaces. IftheRenderworksproductisinstalled,alloftheuserinterfaceelementsareaddedtotheFundamentalsworkspace. EachVectorworksDesignSeriesproductisinstalledwithaunique,industryspecificworkspace.Anychangesmadeto thedefaultworkspacesaresavedintheUserDataandPreferencesfolder,tomaintaintheintegrityofboththedefault andcustomworkspaces(seeUserFoldersPreferencesonpage 26). Afteracustomworkspacehasbeencreated,userspecifiedchangestopalettepositionandsettingsareremembered acrossVectorworkssessions,butdonotcreateanewversionoftheworkspace.Torevertthepalettepositionand settingsbacktothesettingsestablishedwhenthecustomworkspacewascreated(intheUserDataandPreferences folder),clickResetSavedSettingsfromtheSessiontabofVectorworkspreferences(seeSessionPreferenceson page 21). Tocreateacustomworkspace,youcaneditthecurrentworkspace,editacopyofthecurrentworkspace,orcreatea newworkspace.Createmultipleworkspacesfordifferentdrawingneeds,orcustomizeasingleworkspacetoyour personalpreferences. Workspacecustomizationoptionsinclude: Addmenus,toolpalettes,toolsets,tools,andcommands Removeunusedmenus,toolpalettes,toolsets,tools,andcommands Rearrangetheorderandthepositionofmenus,toolsets,tools,andcommands Add,modify,deleteandprintthekeyboardshortcutsfortoolsandcommands Configurethecontextmenus Establishpalettepositionsandsettingstobeusedintheworkspace Youcanalsocreatecustomizedplugintools,commands,andobjects.SeeUsingVectorScriptPluginsonpage 87in theVectorScriptLanguageGuide.TheVectorScriptLanguageGuideisavailableaspartofthehelpsystem,andalsoas aPDFfileinthehelpsystem.
2. Selecttheworkspacetoedit.
880
Option
Editthecurrentworkspace Editacopyofthecurrentworkspace Createanewworkspace
5. Modifythemenus,contextmenus,tools,keyboardshortcuts,andpalettepositionsandsettingsasdescribedin thefollowingsections: ModifyingMenusandCommandsonpage 881 ModifyingContextMenusonpage 883 ModifyingToolPalettesandToolSetsonpage 884 ModifyingSnappingandModeShortcutsonpage 887 ModifyingPalettePositionsandSettingsonpage 888
881
All available commands, listed alphabetically All new, revised, or obsolete menus and commands in the current and prior version of Vectorworks All available commands, listed by category Click the triangle (Mac) or plus (+) sign (Windows) to display the available commands in the category
Option
Addanewmenuorsubmenu Addacommandtoamenu
Description
ClickdragtheNewMenucommandfromtheCommandslisttothedesired positionintheMenuslist;typethenewmenunameinplaceofNewMenu Clicktheplussign(Windows)ortriangle(Macintosh)toexpandthelistof commands;clickdragthecommandfromtheCommandslisttothedesired positionintheMenuslist
882
Option
Addaseparator
Moveanitem Deleteanitem
Changeamenuname
Windows 1. Select the command 2. Select a shortcut key combination 3. Click the screen and press the desired key
883
Description
AssignsthecombinationoftheCommandkeyandanotherkeytoaccessthis menucommand AssignsthecombinationoftheCommandkey,Optionkey,andanotherkeyto accessthismenucommand AssignsthecombinationoftheCommandkey,Shiftkey,andanotherkeyto accessthismenucommand AssignsthecombinationoftheCommandkey,Optionkey,Shiftkey,and anotherkeytoaccessthismenucommand
Option
Modifyakeyboardshortcut
Description
SelecttheshortcutfromtheMenuslist;selectanewshortcutkeycombination and/orenteradifferentkeyfortheshortcut(ifthatkeyisreservedbythe Vectorworksprogramorisalreadyinuse,amessagedisplays) SelecttheshortcutkeyfromtheMenuslistandpressDeleteorBackspace
Deleteakeyboardshortcut
4. ClickOKtoclosetheWorkspaceEditordialogbox.
884
885
All available tools, listed alphabetically All new, revised, or obsolete tools in the current and prior version of the Vectorworks program All available tools, listed by category Click the plus (+) sign (Windows) or the triangle (Mac) to display the available tools in the category
The tool palettes, tool sets, and tools in the current workspace Click a tool set label to display a preview of the current tools on the right side of the dialog box Click the plus (+) sign (Windows) or the triangle (Mac) to display the current tools or tool sets under the item
Option
Addanewtoolpalette
Description
ClickdragtheNewToolPalettecommandfromtheCreatelisttothePaletteslist; clicktheitemstextlabelandtypethenewpalettesnameinplaceofNewTool Palette ClickdragtheNewToolSetcommandfromtheCreatelisttothePaletteslist; clicktheitemstextlabelandtypethenewtoolsetsnameinplaceofNewToolSet Tochangethedefaulticonforthetoolset,selectthetoolset,clickSetToolSet Icon,andusethedialogthatopenstoselecta26x20PNGimagefiletouse Clicktheplussign(Windows)ortriangle(Macintosh)toexpandthelistoftools; clickdragthetool(ortheentiregroupoftools)fromtheToolslisttothedesired positioninthePaletteslist ClickdragtheiteminthePaletteslisttothedesiredposition SelecttheiteminthePaletteslistandpresstheDeletekey,or(onWindows)drag theitemoutsideofthePaletteslistdisplayarea. Ifyoudeleteanitemthathasotheritemsstackedbeneathit,allofthestacked itemsaredeletedalongwiththemainitem;topreventthis,movethestacked itemstoanotherlocationfirst.
Changethenameofatool paletteoratoolset
SelecttheitemfromthePaletteslist,clicktheitemstextlabel,andtypethedesired name;toolscannotberenamed
3. Ifdesired,assignorchangethecombinationofkeystouseasashortcuttoaccessatool.
886
Macintosh 1. Select the tool 2. Select a shortcut key combination 3. Press the desired key
Windows 1. Select the tool 2. Select a shortcut key combination 3. Click the screen and press the desired key
Description
Assignsthiskeytoaccessthistool AssignsthecombinationoftheOptionkeyandanotherkeytoaccessthistool AssignsthecombinationoftheShiftkeyandanotherkeytoaccessthistool AssignsthecombinationoftheOptionkey,Shiftkey,andanotherkeytoaccessthis tool
887
Description
AssignsthecombinationoftheAltkey,Shiftkey,andanotherkeytoaccessthistool
Option
Modifyakeyboardshortcut
Description
SelecttheshortcutfromthePaletteslist;selectanewshortcutkeycombination and/orenteradifferentkeyfortheshortcut(ifthatkeyisreservedbythe Vectorworksprogramorisalreadyinuse,amessagedisplays) SelecttheshortcutkeyfromthePaletteslistandpressDeleteorBackspace
Deleteakeyboardshortcut
5. ClickOKtoclosetheWorkspaceEditordialogbox.
888
Parameter
ModeGroups OtherKeys ToggleSmartCursorCues ToggleAnglesRelativeTo PriorSegment SetDatum SnapLoupe SetSmartPoint,Edge,or VectorSnapLock ToggleAutomatic WorkingPlane SuspendSnapping XrayFillsMode CoincidentSelection
SnappingKeys
3. ClickOKtoclosetheWorkspaceEditordialogbox.
889
7. Foreachcustomizedworkspace,repeattheproceduresintheWorkspaceEditordialogbox(customizemenus, contextmenus,tools,keyboardshortcuts),andwithinthedrawingfile(establishpalettepositionsandsettings).
890
3. OpentheVectorworksprogram,whichautomaticallyconvertstheworkspaceandplacestheoriginalfileina LegacyWorkspacesfolderwithinyour[User]/Workspacesfolder. 4. SelectTools>Workspaces><<customworkspace>>toaccessthecustomworkspace. 5. Fromthecustomworkspace,accesstheWorkspaceEditor. TheWorkspaceEditorOptionsdialogboxdisplays.Selecttheoptiontoeditacopyofthecurrentworkspaceand specifyanewnamefortheworkspace. 6. Modifythemenus,contextmenus,tools,andkeyboardshortcutsasdescribedhere: ModifyingMenusandCommandsonpage 881 ModifyingContextMenusonpage 883 ModifyingToolPalettesandToolSetsonpage 884 ModifyingSnappingandModeShortcutsonpage 887 7. ClickOKtosavethechanges. 8. Inthedrawingarea,modifythepalettepositionsandsettings,andselectWindow>Palettes>SavePalette Positionstosavethechanges,asdescribedinModifyingPalettePositionsandSettingsonpage 888.
B
Vectorworks
X X X X X X X
Library Hatches
Hatches_ANSI.vwx Hatches_Cartographic.vwx Hatches_Detail.vwx Hatches_Miscellaneous.vwx Hatches_PavingPatterns.vwx Hatches_Plant.vwx Hatches_Surfacematerial.vwx
Renderworks
Image Fills
ImageFills_ExteriorFinishes.vwx ImageFills_FlooringForboArtoleum.vwx ImageFills_FlooringForboEffect.vwx ImageFills_FlooringForboEternal.vwx ImageFills_FlooringForboMarmoleum.vwx ImageFills_FlooringForboSmaragd.vwx ImageFills_InteriorFinishes.vwx ImageFills_MetalsPlasticsGlass.vwx ImageFills_Nature.vwx ImageFills_StoneAndBrick.vwx ImageFills_WoodArcitex.vwx X X X X X X X X X X X
Image Props
PropsHiRes.vwx PropsLoRes.vwx X X
892
Vectorworks
X X X
Renderworks
Objects-Building Services
ElectricalAccurateLampsImp.vwx ElectricalAccurateLampsMetric.vwx HVAC1Line.vwx ProcessEquipt.vwx ProcessPiping.vwx ProcessValves.vwx X X X X X X
Textures
Textures_ExteriorFinishes.vwx Textures_FlooringForboArtoleum.vwx Textures_FlooringForboEffect.vwx Textures_FlooringForboEternal.vwx Textures_FlooringForboMarmoleum.vwx Textures_FlooringForboSmaragd.vwx Textures_InteriorFinishes.vwx Textures_MetalsPlasticsGlass.vwx X X X X X X X X
893
Vectorworks
Renderworks
X X X X
Description
PolygonfromInnerBoundarymodeisactive;clickinanenclosedareatocreatea 2Dpolygonbasedontheareasinnerboundary
894
Cursor
Windows
Macintosh
SelectFacespreferenceon
Thecursorhighlightsfacesthatcanbeusedinthechamferoperation
Windows
Macintosh
895
Description
Extract tool
ExtractPointor ExtractCurvemode Thecursorhighlightsedgesthatcanbeusedintheextractoperation
Windows
Macintosh
ExtractIsoparametricCurve orExtractSurfacemode
Thecursorhighlightsfacesthatcanbeusedintheextractoperation
Windows
Macintosh
Eyedropper tool
ApplyAttributesmodeisactive PickUpAttributesmodeisactive
Windows
Macintosh
SelectFacespreferenceon
Thecursorhighlightsfacesthatcanbeusedinthefilletoperation
Windows
Macintosh
Flyover tool
Clickdragtoflyoverthedrawing
896
Pan tool
ThePantoolisactive,orthepanmodeisactivatedwhenanothertoolisactive (Spacebarispressed)
Polyline tool
BzierVertexmode CubicVertexmode ArcVertexFilletmode
Project tool
Thecursorhighlightscurvesthatcanbeusedintheprojectoperation
Windows Macintosh
Push/Pull tool
InExtrudeFaceorMoveFacemode,thecursorhighlightsfacesthatcanbeused inthepush/pulloperation
Windows Macintosh
897
Description
Selection tool
Clicktoscaletheselectedobject Thecursorisoveranobject;clicktoselectorclickdragtomovetheobject Clickdragtoduplicatetheobject(theCtrlkeyispressedonWindows,orthe OptionkeyispressedonMacintosh) Thecursorisoveranobject;clicktoselectorclickdragtomovetheobject Clicktoaddanobjecttothecurrentselection(theShiftkeyispressed) Clickdragtoduplicateanobject(theCtrlkeyispressedonWindows,orthe OptionkeyispressedonMacintosh) Thecursorisnotoveranyselectableobject
Windows Macintosh
LassoSelectionmodeisactive PolygonalSelectionmodeisactive Thecursorisoveredgesorpointsofmultipleobjects;useeithertheCoincident SelectionkeyortheSelectCoincidentObjectscommandtoselecttheappropriate objects Thecursorisoveredgesorpointsofmultipleobjects,andtheShiftkeyispressed; useeithertheCoincidentSelectionkeyortheSelectCoincidentObjects commandtoselecttheappropriateobjectstoaddtotheselection Thecursorisoveredgesorpointsofmultipleobjects;useeithertheCoincident SelectionkeyortheSelectCoincidentObjectscommandtoselecttheappropriate objectstomove
898
Cursor
Shear tool
Clickthepointontheselectedobjectthatistoremainfixed,andthenmovethe cursortosheartheobject
Text tool
Clicktocreateatextobject
Clicktoplacethetexteditingcursorinatextobjectorinafield
Trim tool
Clicktotrimtheobjectunderthecursor
Windows Macintosh
899
Description
Worksheet object
Thecursorisoveraworksheetcell Thecursorisoveraworksheetcolumnheadercell Thecursorisoveraworksheetrowheadercell Clickdragleftorrighttochangethecolumnwidth Clickdragupordowntochangetherowheight Clickdragleft/righttoremove/addcolumns;clickdragup/downtoremove/add rows Clickdragtomovethecolumnorrowtoanewlocation
Windows
Macintosh
Zoom tool
MarqueeZoommodeisactive;clickandmovethecursortocreateamarquee aroundtheareatozoominon MarqueeZoommodeisactive,andtheAltkey(Windows)orOptionkey (Macintosh)ispressed;clickandmovethecursortocreateamarqueearoundthe areatozoomouton InteractiveZoommodeisactive;clickdraguptozoomin,orclickdragdownto zoomout
Context menus
(Macintoshonly) TheCtrlkeyispressedwhilethecursorisoveranopenareainthedrawing;click toopenthedocumentcontextmenu TheCtrlkeyispressedwhilethecursorisoveranobject;clicktoopentheobject contextmenu
900
Survey Bearings
TheacuteanglebetweentheMeridianandalinemeasuredfromNorthtoSouth,towardEastandWestgivesareading oflessthan90.
90
Coordinates W " N subtract from 180 to get positive angle 180 Coordinates W " S subtract from -180 to get negative angle
Coordinates E " N add to 0 to get positive angle Coordinates E " S subtract from 0 to get positive angle 0
Coordinates Coordinates S " W add to -90 S " E subtract from to get negative -90 to get negative angle angle
-90
901
Architectural Scale
Thefollowingtableprovidesthearchitecturalscaleconversion.
902
Renderworkstexturesarecomposedoffourshaders:color,reflectivity,transparency,andbump.Thisappendix describeseachshadertypeandprovidesadescriptionoftheparametersobtainedwheneditingshaders.
Description
Selectstheobjectsfillcolorattributetoapplyasacolortexture Selectsanimportedimagetoapplyasacolortexture;theimagecanalsobetintedwith color(seeCreatingImagebasedShadersonpage 613) Specifiesacolortobeappliedasatexture Clickthecolorboxtoselecttheshadercolor Lightensordarkenstheselectedcolor Canbeusedtocreateatexturewithasomewhatfuzzyappearance,likethatofapillow thatappearsslightlydarkerorlighteronitsedges Selecttheedgecolorbyclickingthecolorbox Selectthemaincolorbyclickingthecolorbox Createsavariegatedbrickpattern
SpecifiesthesizeofthebricksrelativetothetextureSize
904
Shader
Gaps Colors Size Noise(%) AltBricks Colors Row Column Noise Pattern
905
Description
Thepatternmightlookdifferentonaplaneasopposedtothesphereusedforthe example.Inaddition,theappearanceofeachpatterncanbedramaticallyaffectedby changestoitsparameters.Thisexampleshowsthreevariationsoftheblisteredturbulence pattern.
VaryingonlytheLowClipandHighClippercentagescancompletelychangethe appearanceofthepattern.
Theselectedshadertypealsoobviouslyaffectstheappearanceofthepattern.This exampleshowstheblisteredturbulencepatternasacolorshaderandasabumpshader.
Box
Smoothed,randomcubepattern
906
Shader
Blistered Turbulence
Buya
Generallydarkbackgroundwithoccasionalrandomlightareas
CellNoise
Tiledpatternwithhighcontrast
Cranal
Looping,curvingpatternoflines
907
Description
Organic,twistedpatternoflightanddarkareas
Displaced Turbulence
Smoothversionofturbulence,withrandomlightanddarkareas
FBM
Finer,detailedpatternofrandomlightanddarkareas
Hama
Similartotheloopingpatternofcranal,butmoreabruptandwithhighcontrast
908
Shader
Luka
ModNoise
Similartothetiledpatternofcellnoise,butwithlesscontrast
Naki
Rough,concretepattern
Noise
Soft,random,andunfocusedpatternofwiderlightareasandsomedarkareas
909
Description
Generallydarkbackgroundwithsmooth,flakedlightareas
Ober
Avarietyofroughanddetailedareas,interspersedwithlooping,flowinglines
Pezo
Generallydarkbackgroundwithsmaller,patchy,lighterareas
Poxo
Finegrained,detailedpattern
910
Shader
Random
Sema
Generallydarkbackgroundwithrandom,dripping/meltedlines
Stupl
Flowing,smearedpatternoflightanddarkareas
Turbulence
Softandsmooth,yetdetailednoisepattern
911
Description
Smoothed,varied,lessfocusednoisepattern
WavyTurbulence
Smooth,softnoisepatternwithoccasionalrandompeaks
CellVoronoi
Similartomodnoise,butwithirregularmosaicshapesratherthansquaretiles
DisplacedVoronoi
Organicvoronoipatternwithsmaller,innerpatternoffset
912
Shader
SparseConvolution
Voronoi1
Organic,detailedvoronoipatternofsmallcellshapes
Voronoi2
Blurredvoronoipatternwithoffsetsecondarypattern
Voronoi3
Sharporganicvoronoipatternofirregularcellshapes,highcontrastwithdarkoutlines
913
Description
Twisting,organicpatternwithsharploopingareasandflatareas
Wood
Detailedwoodgrainpattern
Marble
Marbled,veinedpatternwithhighdetail
Clickthecolorboxestoselectcolorvariationswithinthenoisepattern
914
Shader
Dimensionality
Solid shader
Wrapped shader
Pavement
SetsthesizeofthepavementasapercentageofthetextureSize
Clickthecolorboxestoselectcolorvariationswithinthepavementjoints SetsthewidthofthepavementjointgapasapercentageofthetextureSize
915
Description
Setsthebevelamountbetweenpavementstonesandpavementjoints Setstheamountofcolorvariationwithinthepavementgaps
Brick2
Alternatingbrickpatternwiththreecolors
Circles1
Alternatingpolkadotpatternwithtwocolors
916
Shader
Circles2
Circles3
Offsetpolkadotpatternwiththreecolors
Hexagons
Alternatinghexagonpatternwiththreecolors
Lines1
Alternatingpatternoflineswithtwocolors
917
Description
Linepatternwiththreecolors
Parquet
Parquetpatternwiththreecolors
Planks
Alternatingrectangularpattern,similartowoodplanks,withtwocolors
RadialLines1
Starburstpatternwithtwocolors
918
Shader
RadialLines2
Random
Irregularcellularpatternwithblendsofthreecolorsforastainedglasseffect
Rings1
Alternatingcircularpatternwithtwocolors
Rings2
Alternatingcircularpatternwiththreecolors
919
Description
Alternatingzigzagpatternwithtwocolors
Sawtooth2
Zigzagpatternwiththreecolors
Scales1
Alternatingscalepatternwithtwocolors
Scales2
Alternatingscalepatternwiththreecolors
920
Shader
Spiral1
Spiral2
Alternatingspiralpatternwiththreecolors
Squares
Alternatingcheckerboardpatternwithtwocolors
Triangles1
Alternatingtrianglepatternwithtwocolors
921
Description
Offsettrianglepatternwithtwocolors
Triangles3
Offsettrianglepatternwiththreecolors
Waves1
Alternatingwavypatternwithtwocolors
Waves2
Wavypatternwiththreecolors
922
Shader
Weave
Colors RandomizeColors Dimensions GroutWidth(%) BevelWidth(%) Horizontal Orientation Scale Global(%) Relative(%)U,V
Reflectivity Shaders
Shader
Image
Description
Specifiesanimportedimagetobeusedasthereflectivityshader(whiteis morereflective;blackislessreflective);seeCreatingImagebased Shadersonpage 613 Thisshaderisusefulforlampshades,lightbulbs,andcurtainsthatarelit frombehind.DeselectCastShadowsintheEditTexturedialogboxwhen usingthebacklitshader. Specifiesacolortobeappliedasabacklitcolor;clickthecolorboxto selectthecolor Controlsthebacklitbrightness Setstheamountofreflectiontouse,orsetto0fornoreflection Setstheamountofblurrinessforthereflection,orsetto0fornoblur
Backlit
Clickthecolorboxtosetthecolorappliedtotheglassatanangle,which isseenattheedgeoftheglass
923
Description
Clickthecolorboxtosetthecoloratthecenter(main)partoftheglass Setstheamountofblurrinessforthereflection,orsetto0fornoblur Theglowshaderoffersanalternativetocreatinglineorarealights,and cancreateneonsigns Setstheamountofglow Allowsthetexturetobecomealightsource,whenIndirectLightingis enabled(View>Lighting>SetLightingOptions) Createsapartiallyglowinglightthatisalsolitbyotherlightsources Setstheamountofreflectiontouse,orsetto0fornoreflection Setstheamountofblurrinessforthereflection,orsetto0fornoblur Createsmetalliceffects(alsotrycoloredmirrorshadersforpolished metaleffects) Metalliceffectsrequirethepresenceoflightobjectsinthedrawing. HDRIbackgroundlightingwillnotproducemetalliceffects.
Color Pattern
Reflection(%) Blurriness(%) Mirror Color Reflection(%) Blurriness(%) Plastic Color Brightness(%) Roughness(%) Reflection(%) Blurriness(%) Bricks
Setstheamountofreflectiontouse,orsetto0fornoreflection Setstheamountofblurrinessforthereflection,orsetto0fornoblur
924
Shader
Noise Pavement Tiles
Transparency Shaders
Shader
ImageMask Image
Description
Selectsanimportedimagetoapplyasatransparencymask(see CreatingImagebasedShadersonpage 613) Selectsanimportedimagetoapplyasatransparencytexture(see CreatingImagebasedShadersonpage 613),forcoloredtransparency andprojectedcoloredlightslikegoboprojectionsintheVectorworks Spotlightsoftware Specifiesacolortobeappliedasatransparency Clickthecolorboxtoselectthetransparencycolor Lightensordarkenstheselectedcolor Whenusingglasstransparency,settheaccompanyingcolorshadertoa darkcolor(orevenblack)forbestresults Setshowmuchlightpassesthroughtheglass;settoahighvaluewhen theglassisveryclear Aslightmovesthroughamedium,theindexmeasuresthechangeinthe directionofthelightsrays.Anindexof1.0indicatesnochange;atypical valueforwaterandiceis1.3,andforglassuse1.51.6. Tosavetime,useavalueof1.0x(justabove1)whentheglassisthin.
Color Blurriness(%)
925
Description
Clickthecolorboxtoselectthecolorthatalarge,thickobjectassumes, whenarayoflighthastraveledtheAbsorptionDistance
Different absorption colors (green, blue, and black, with the Color set to white)
AbsorptionDistance
Providesplain,uniformtransparencyofaspecifiedamount Setshowopaquetheshaderis;settoalowervalueformoretransparency andtoahighervalueformoreopacity Usesthetextureasarectangularmasktoapplyasatransparenttexture (usuallycombinedwithanothershadertocreateaspecificmasking effect).Usefulfordecals. Indicateshowtodisplaythemask:asingleinstance,infiniterepetitions, orasetnumberofrepetitionsineachdirection Theseparametersarethesameforallshaders;foradescription,see ColorShadersonpage 903 Theseparametersarethesameforallshaders;foradescription,see ColorShadersonpage 903 Theseparametersarethesameforallshaders;foradescription,see ColorShadersonpage 903 Theseparametersarethesameforallshaders;foradescription,see ColorShadersonpage 903
926
Bump Shaders
Shader
Image Bricks Noise Pavement Tiles
Description
Specifiesanimportedimagetobeusedasthesourceofthebumpmap displacement(seeCreatingImagebasedShadersonpage 613) Theseparametersarethesameforallshaders;foradescription,see ColorShadersonpage 903 Theseparametersarethesameforallshaders;foradescription,see ColorShadersonpage 903 Theseparametersarethesameforallshaders;foradescription,see ColorShadersonpage 903 Theseparametersarethesameforallshaders;foradescription,see ColorShadersonpage 903
Index
Numerics
2DDatabar 209 2DLocustool 255 2Dobjects,editingin3D 257 2DPlancommand 577 2DPolygontool 242,893 2DReshapetool 893 3DDatabar 209 3DLocustool 255 3Dperspective,simulating 324 3DPolygontool 249 3Dpolygon,reshaping 311 3DPowerPack 393 3DReshapetool 484,893 settingmeasurementunitsfor 75 snapping 139 AngularDimensiontool 727,894 Animations addingtextto 761 compressionsettingsfor 755,760 creatingalongapath 756 creatingusinganorbitpoint 753 editing 757 pausing 760 previewing 755,760 saving 755,761 viewing 761 Annotations addingsheetborders 376 addingtoviewports 775 creatingdrawinglabels 388 creatingreferencemarkers 391 creatingrevisionclouds 385 Antialiasing CustomRenderworksoption 694 OpenGLoption 685 Vectorworkspreference 20 ArcintoSegmentscommand 347 ArcLengthDimensiontool 729 ArcSmoothingcommand 280 Arctool 229 Architecturalscale,conversionchart 901 Arcs concentricconstraintsfor 747 conventionsfor 900 convertingtoangulardimension 730 creatingwithArctool 229 creatingwithQuarterArctool 234 dimensioning 724 dimensioninglengthof 729 dividingintosegments 347 tangentconstraintsfor 748 Arealights 675 Arithmeticexpressions,ineditfields 15 Arraysofobjects 273,511 Arrowkeyshortcuts 19,54 ArtisticRenderworkscommand 690 ArtisticRenderworksOptionscommand 696 Associativeandnonassociativehatches 541
A
ActivateClasscommand 35,112 ActivateLayercommand 35,104 ActivateObjectInfoPalettecommand 258 Activelayerplane 593 ActiveLayerScalecommand 72 Activeplaneslist 595 AddSolidscommand 343 AddSurfacecommand 340 Alertdialogboxes,turningonandoff 21 AlignLayerViewscommand 788 AlignPlanetool 605,894 AligntoGridcommand 294 Align/Distribute3Dcommand 293 Align/Distributecommand(2D) 292 AlwaysDisplayActiveDocument 159 Ambientlighting forlayers 661 forsheetlayerviewports 768 Analysistool 422 Angleofrotation,custom 286 Angletool 495 Angles constraining 741 dimensioning 727 measuring 739
928
| Index
BattInsulationtool 507 Battinsulation,usingatilefillfor 549 BzierSplineSmoothingcommand 279 Bitmaps compressing 295 tracing 296 Boomerangmode forpausingtools 15 whilemirroringobjects 287,288 whilemoving/duplicating/distributingobjects 266, 267 whilemoving/duplicating/distributingsymbolsin walls 516 whileoffsettingobjects 317 whilerotatingobjects 283,284 Border,ofdrawing SeeSheetborders Bottomcommand 575 Boxpositionindicator 259 BreakLinetool 218 Breakline,propertiesof 218 Bumpshaders definitionof 609 importingimagesfor 621 typesof 926
Associativedimensioning 30,714 AttachRecordcommand 199 AttributeMappingtool 561,642,894 Attributes applyingtoexistingobjects 526 associativehatchfills 561 changingdefaultswithEyedropper 528 fill 530 gradientfills 552,563 hatches 541 imagefills 557,564 linestyle 533 markers 538 opacity 532 pen 532 settingdefaults 526 settingdefaultsforaclass 109 settingdefaultsfornewobjects 80 settingforsymbols 202 settingwithascript 872 Tilefills 561 tilefills 548 transferring 526 usinghatchesas 541 Attributespalette 525 Autojoinwallspreference 18,454 Automaticdrawingcoordination 30 Autosavepreferences 24,44 Autoscrollfeature 57
C
Cabinets defaultcontentforhandles 157 Caching sitemodel 30 vectorinformation 20 viewportandradiosityimages 29,689 Callouttool 370 Cameraview adjusting 588 creating 586 linkingtosheetlayerviewport 590 CancelingoperationwithEsckey 15 Capitalizationcommand 361 CenterMarktool 726,894 Centeringobjects 293,294 Centroids creatingsweepswith 301 engineeringpropertiesof 346 ChamferEdgetool 438,894
B
Backcommand 575 Background(ofdrawingarea) changingtheblackbackgrounddisplay 65 changingthecolorof(standardbackground) 66 settingtheblackbackgroundpreference 20 Backgrounds(Renderworks) applying 656 creating 629 defaultcontentfor 157 purgingunused 271 usingHDRIas 631 usingimagesas 631 Backupfilepreferences 25,44 Basicpalette 9,11 BatchConvertcommand 46 Batchrendering 703
Index |
Chamfertool 337 ChangeAllFieldscommand 201 ChangeOneFieldcommand 201 ChangeSymbolAttrscommand 202 Channeltool 497 CheckforUpdatescommand ii CheckSpellingcommand 367 CINEMA4D(3Donly)command 793 Circletool 223 Circles concentricconstraintsfor 747 conventionsfor 900 creating 223 creatingtangenttothreelines 225 dimensioning 724 extruded 227 markingcenterof 726 tangentconstraintsfor 748 ClassOptionscommand 113 Classes applyingtextureswith 651 creating 106 descriptionof 2,105 dimensionclasspreference 30 duplicating 112 editing 108 importingfromstandardsorotherfiles 93 overridingviewportpropertiesof 780 purgingunused 272 savingcustom 93 setbyclass 111 settingactiveclass 19,35,111 settingattributeswhencreating 111 settingdisplay/snap/editoptions 113 settingvisibilityof 118 shortcutforswitching 19 usingstandardsfor 107 usingworkgroupreferencingfor 121 Clearcommand(Editmenu) 270 Clearcommand(Worksheetoption) 843 Clickdragvs.clickclickdrawing 18,51 ClipSurfacecommand 341 Cliptool 319 CloseAllcommand(Windowmenu) 43 Closecommand(Filemenu) 43 Clouds inRenderworksbackgrounds 630 indicatingrevisionswith 385 Collisioncontrol,forchaindimensions 716,719 Colorshaders definitionof 609 importingimagesfor 614 typesof 903 Colors activatingpalette 572 applying 566 blackandwhitedisplaypreference 29 blackbackgroundpreference 20 creatingchartinactivelayer 574 custompalettes 572 customizinginterfaceelements 71 defaultcontentforcolorpalettes 157 deletingpalettes 572 displayingandsortingoncolorpalette 569 importingfromanotherfile 573 palettemanager 571 pen 532 purging 572 selectingfromacolorpalette 570 selectingfromoperatingsystem 569 settingdefaultsforafile 567 settingdefaultsfordesignlayer 30,102 temperature 900 Columntool(allproductsbutVectorworks Architect) 520 ColumnWidthcommand 843 CombineintoSurfacecommand 341 Components applyingbetweendoublelines 217,248 creatinginwalls 455 deletingfromwalls 459 hidinginwalls 29 Composecommand 280 CompressImagescommand 295 Conetool 253 Connect/Combinetool 326 ConstrainedLinearDimensiontool 718 Constrainttools angle 741 coincident 747 colinear 746 concentric 747 cursorfor 895 distance 743 editingconstraints 748
929
930
| Index
CreateAnimationcommand 754,756 CreateBatchRenderJobcommand 703 CreateColorChartcommand 574 CreateContourstool 434 CreateDividingLinescommand 349 CreateDrapeSurfacecommand 412 CreateFilletSurfacecommand 412 CreateHelixSpiralcommand 432 CreateImagePropcommand 626 CreateInterpolatedSurfacecommand 402 CreateLayerLinkcommand 785 CreatePlanarCapscommand 417 CreatePolysfromWallscommand 463 CreateReportcommand 833 CreateRoofcommand 479 CreateSurfacefromCurvescommand 410 CreateSymbolcommand 175 CreateViewportcommand(Fundamentals) 762,765 CreateWallsfromPolygoncommand 460 CubicSplineSmoothingcommand 280 Cues,SmartCursor SeeSmartCursorcues Cursor,fullscreen 25 Cursors,tableof 893 Curves SeeNURBSobjects CustomRenderworksOptionscommand 694 CustomSelectioncommand 871 CustomTool/Attributecommand 872 Cut2DSectioncommand 784 Cut3DSectioncommand 783 Cutcommand(Editmenuoption) 268 Cutouts inroofs 484 insolids 434 Cylinders,creating 227
horizontaldistance 742 horizontalvertical 744 parallel 745 perpendicular 745 radius 741 tangent 748 verticaldistance 742 Constraints SeeParametricconstraints Content custom 158 defaultVectorworksFundamentalsand Renderworks 157 organizingthedisplayof 158 preferencefordisplayingdefaultcontent 22 Contextmenus cursorsfor(Macintoshonly) 899 customizing 883 descriptionof 34 Contours,creating 434 Conventionsusedinthisguide xi ConvertArctoRadiusPolyline 309 ConvertCopytoLinescommand 289 ConvertCopytoPolygonscommand 290 Convertto3DPolyscommand 290 ConverttoAreaLightcommand 675 ConverttoGenericSolidscommand 444 ConverttoGroupcommand 187 ConverttoLineDimensioncommand 730 ConverttoLineLightcommand 675 ConverttoLinescommand 289 ConverttoMeshcommand 290 ConverttoNURBScommand 400 ConverttoPolygonscommand 289 ConverttoViewportcommand 787 ConvertingVectorworksfiles batchoffiles 46 singlefile 49 Coordinates,ofobject 258 Copies duplicatingalongpath 277 ofObjectInfodata 258 usingCopycommand 268 usingDuplicateArraycommand 273,511 usingDuplicatecommand 273 Copycommand(Editmenu) 268
D
Dashstyles applying 533 creatingcustomstyles 535 defaultcontentfor 157 exportingtopreviousVectorworksversions 537 purgingunused 272
Index |
settingdefaultsforaclass 110 DashStylescommand 535 DashedHiddenLinecommand 682 Databar floating 212 generaldescriptionof 5 in2D 209 in3D 209 DataBarOptions 211 Databasecommand 844 DatabaseHeaderscommand 842 Databaserows addingtoworksheet 857 removingfromaworksheet 859 Datum(temporaryoriginpoint) 141 Decals creating 645 editing 649 Decomposecommand 281,788 Defaultcontent creatingcustomfiles 158 creatingresourcelibraries 172 listof 157 preferencefordisplaying 22 Degrees conventionsfor 900 measuring 739 settingasdocumentangleunits 76 DeleteAllGuidescommand 77 Deletecommand(Worksheetoption) 843 Deselectingobjects 58 Designlayers SeeLayers,design DetachRecordcommand 200 Dictionariesforspellchecking addingandediting 369 languagesavailable 367 Digitizingtablets 86 Dimensionalconstraints SeeParametricconstraints Dimensions addingtosheetlayerviewports 775 angular 727,729 associative 30,714 automaticallyassociatingwithobjects 30,715 baseline 721 chained 720 collisioncontrolfortextin 716,719 constrained 718 convertingobjectsinto 730 defaultclassfor 30,105 disassociating 714 dual 722 editing 731 managingcustomstandards 709 ofselectedobjects 722 ordinate(fromafixedpoint) 721 propertiesof 731 radial 723 settingadefaultstandardfor 31 settingthicknessofslash 31 settingunitsfor 73 unconstrainedbaseline 718 unconstrainedchained 717 unconstrainedlinear 715 DirectionofNURBScurve,showing 399 Directionallights 665 Distance constraininghorizontally 742 constrainingregardlessofangle 743 constrainingvertically 742 dimensioning 715 measuringwithoutrecording 738 snappingto 145 Distributingobjects 292,293 Dockingpalettes 11,22 DocumentPreferencescommand 28 Dormerwindows 487 DoubleLinePolygontool 247 DoubleLinetool 215 Doublelines creating 215 creatingpolygonswith 247 definingcomponentsbetween(lines) 217 definingcomponentsbetween(polygons) 248 DownloadingVectorworksupdates 22 DPI SeeResolution Draftingaids 347 Drapedsurfaces 411 Drawingarea 6 Drawingborders SeeSheetborders DrawingLabeltool 388
931
932
| Index
Exportcommand 791 ExportDXF/DWGcommand 810 ExportEPSFFilecommand 793 ExportHighDynamicRangeImage(HDRI) command 799 ExportIGEScommand 798 ExportImageFilecommand 794 ExportParasolidX_T(3Donly)command 797 ExportQuickTimeVRObjectcommand 802 ExportQuickTimeVRPanoramacommand 803 ExportStereoLithographycommand 798 ExportWorksheetcommand 793,869 Exportingfiles CINEMA4Dformat 793 databaseformats 792 DXF/DWGformat 792,806 EPSFformat 792,793 HDRIformat 799 IGESformat 793,797 imageformats 792,794 Metafileformats 792 olderVectorworksformats 793 ParasolidX_Tformat 793,797 PDFformat 792 PICTformat 792 QuickTimeformats 792,801 SATformat 793 StereoLithographyformat 793,798 VectorScriptcommands 793 worksheetformats 793,869 ExtendNURBScommand 431 Extensionlinesforsnapping 142 Extracttool 420,895 ExtrudeAlongPathcommand 298 Extrudecommand 297 Extrudes,reshaping 310 Eyedroppertool 526,895
Dualdimensions 722 DuplicateAlongPathcommand 277 DuplicateArraycommand 273,511 Duplicatecommand 273 DuplicateSymbolinWalltool 509 Dutchhiproofs 483 DXBfiles 812 DXF/DWG descriptionof 803 exporting 806 importing 818 informationlostintranslation 804
E
Edges chamfering 399,438 filleting 399,439 hidingandshowing 308 OpenGLoptionfor 685 selecting 396 snappingto 143 Edit2DComponentcommand(symbols) 185 Edit3DComponentcommand(symbols) 185 Edit3DWallHoleComponentcommand(symbols) 185, 518 EditAnnotationscommand 775 EditCameracommand 777 EditConstraintscommand 749 EditCriteriacommand 844 EditCropcommand 774 EditDesignLayercommand 773 EditGroupcommand 291 EditGroupOptions 211 EditMarkerListcommand 539 EditPolylinecommand 310 EditSymbolcommand 185 EditViewportcommand 771,774,776 Elevation,ofdesignlayer 98 EncryptVectorScriptcommand 877 EngineeringPropertiescommand 345 EvenDividecommand 350 ExitLayerLinkcommand 787 ExitSymbolcommand 187 ExitViewportcommand 774
F
Facesofsolids,selecting 397 FastRenderworkscommand 689 Favorites,inResourceBrowser 166,172 Feedbacksegment(SmartCursorcue) 147,153 Files appendingextensionstonamesof 22 closing 43
Index |
converting 45 creatinganewfileonstartup 22 displayingwatermarks 82 exporting 791 fingerprinted 40 importing 789 linking 121 listofrecentlyused 39 new 39 openingexisting 39 printing 83 recoveringcorrupteddata 95 reducingsizeof 19,29,270,295,444 saving 43 savingasaresourcelibrary 172 savingasatemplate 80 savingautomatically 24,44 savinginarenderedmode 689 VectorScript 874 watermarked 40 Fill applyingtightfilltotextobjects 356 applyingtoobjects 530 editinggradients 563 editingimagefills 564 mappingassociativehatchesandtiles 561 settingdefaultsforaclass 109 usinggradientsas 552 usinghatchesas 541 usingimagesas 557 usingtilesas 548 FilletEdgetool 439,895 Fillettool 335 Fillets creatingbetweenobjects 335 creatingbetweensurfaces 412 editingedgesof 399 joiningdoublelineswith 325 reshapingedgeswith 439 FinalQualityRenderworkscommand 689 FinalShadedPolygoncommand 683 FindResourcecommand 168 FindReplaceTextcommand 369 Fingerprintedfiles 40 FittoObjectscommand 591 FittoPageAreacommand 592 FixedPointResizetool 320,895 FlipHorizontalcommand 285 FlipVerticalcommand 285 Floatingdatabar 212 Floorcommand 445 Flyovertool 578,895 Fonts listofrecentlyused 361 mappingmissing 21,40 settingdefaultsfornewtext 354 settingforworksheets 848 ForceSelectcommand 35 FormatCellscommand 842,846 FormatTextcommand 359 Formulas,worksheet 852 Freehandtool 236 Frontcommand 575 Functions,worksheet 861
933
G
Gableroofs 482 GDI+imaging(Windows) 20 Geometricconstraints SeeParametricconstraints Glowshaderforgeometry 675 Gradians,settingasdocumentangleunits 76 Gradientcolors,inaRenderworksbackground 631 Gradientfills applying 554 creating 552 defaultcontentfor 157 editing 563 editingdefinitions 557 purgingunused 271 settingdefaultsforaclass 110 Graylayersandclasses 113,119 Grayscale,simulatingforprintsandPDFs 29 Grid activatinggridsnapping 135 aligningto 294 changingcolorof 67 printing 136 settingsfor 135 shortcutformovingobjectson 19 showingindrawingarea 136 Groundplane 66 Groupcommand 291 Groups
934
| Index
creating 291 editing 16 returningtotoplevelofnested 292 scaling 321 showingotherobjectswhileediting 20 ungrouping 291 Guideobjects 77
I
Ibeamtool 498 Imagefills applying 559 compressing 295 creating 557 defaultcontentfor 157 editing 564 inlibraries 891 settingdefaultsforaclass 110 Images asbackgrounds 631 asbumpshaders 621 ascolorshaders 614 asHDRIbackgrounds 631 asprops 626 asreflectivityshaders 615 astransparencyshaders 617 compressing 19,295 exportingdrawingsas 794 extracting 170 importing 790 purgingunused 271 referencing 124 Importcommand 789 ImportDXF/DWGcommand 820 ImportImageFilecommand 790 ImportSingleDXF/DWGcommand 822 Importing classes,layers,andobjects 93 colors 573 images 613 MicrosoftWordtable 869 resources 165 scriptpalettes 878 symbolsinfolders 189 VectorScript 877 Importingfiles DXF/DWGfilesassymbols 821 DXF/DWGformat 789,818 EPSFformat 789 IGESformat 790 images 790 Metafileformat 790 ParasolidX_Tformat 790 PICTformat 790 SATformat 790 VectorScript 790 worksheetformats 790,868
H
Handles customizingdisplayof 65 descriptionof 64 preferencefornumberof 18 Hatchcommand 546 Hatches applyingassociative 544 applyingnonassociative 546 associative 541 creatingnewfrommapped 563 defaultcontentfor 157 definingpatternfor 541 editingdefinitions 547 exampleofcreating 544 inlibraries 891 mappingassociativehatchfills 561 nonassociative 541 purgingunused 271 settingdefaultsforaclass 109 HDRIbackgrounds 631 Helixes 432 Helpsystem,descriptionof xii Hemispheretool 252 HiddenLinecommand 682 HideGuidescommand 77,78 Highlighting customizingdisplayof 65 descriptionof 63 preferencesfor 26 Hiproofs 480 Historyofviewchanges 592 Holesinobjects 319 Horizontalconstraints ConstrainHorizDistancetool 742 ConstrainHorizVerticaltool 744 Hybridobjects creatingsymbolsfrom 176 ungrouping 292
Index |
Indirectlighting 662 Insertcommand 843 InstallingVectorworks i Insulationfills 549 InterpolatedNURBSsurfaces 402 IntersectSolidscommand 343 IntersectSurfacecommand 340 InvertSelectioncommand 58 Invisiblelayersandclasses 113,119 Isoparametriccurve 394
935
J
Joincommand 324
K
Keyboardshortcuts SeeShortcuts Keys,specialfunctionsof 15
L
Label,drawing 388 Languages,forspellchecking 367 Layerlinks convertingtoandfromdesignlayerviewports 50,787 cropping 786 unlocking 786 LayerOptionscommand 113 Layerplane,definition 207 Layers,design aligningviewsforalllayers 788 applyingbackgroundsto 656 changingforsimilarobjectcreation 22 changingstackingorderof 99 convertingreferencedlayersintodesignlayer viewports 50 creating 94 creatingbackgroundsfor 629 creatingcustom 93 descriptionof 93 elevationanddefaultwallheight 98 importingfromstandardsorotherfiles 93 linking 784 overridingviewportpropertiesof 777 propertiesof 97 purgingunused 272 settingactive 19,35,103
settingcolor 102 settingdisplay/snap/editoptions 113 settingopacity 100 settingscale 71 settingtransfermode 100 settingvisibilityof 118 shortcutforswitching 19 usingstandardsfor 95 usingworkgroupreferencingfor 121,123 Layers,sheet creating 94 creatingcustom 93 descriptionof 93 importingfromstandardsorotherfiles 93 propertiesof 104 savingseparateviewsfor 18 LeaderLinetool 375 Leftcommand 575 LeftIsometriccommand 575 LeftRearIsometriccommand 575 Length,measuring 738 Libraries VectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworksdefault content 157 VectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworks objects 891 Licenseagreement ii Lighttool 665 Lighting addingareaandlinearlights 675 addingcustomlights 678 addingdirectional,point,andspotlights 665 changinglightsourcedirection 673 displayinglightobjects 20 indirect 662 lightsourcepreferences 666 lightsourceproperties 670 loadinglightdistributionfiles 679 settingambientlightoptions 661 settingsunlightoptions 663 turninglightsourcesonandoff 666 usingforweathereffects 631 LineintoSegmentscommand 348 Linelights 675 LineRenderOptionscommand 686 Linestyle applying 533 creatingcustomdashstyles 535
936
| Index
MakeGuidecommand 78 Mappingtextures withAttributeMappingtool 642 withtheObjectInfopalette 639 Margins,oftextblocks 358 Markertypes applying 538 byclass 110 editing 539 editingthemarkerlist 539 Masktransparencyshader 618 Math,inObjectInfopalette 15 Measuring angles 727 arclengths 729 distances 738 objects 709 objectsin3DwithNURBScurves 401 Menubar 5 Meshes convertingobjectsto 290 smoothingwhenrendering 30 Messagebar 6 Migratingfrompreviousversion Renderworks 608 Minimizingandmaximizingpalettes 10 Mirrortool 286 Missingfonts,mapping 21,40 Modelingdirectly 434 ModelinginVectorworks 207 Mouse activatingflyoverwithmousewheel 580 drawingwith 51 panningwithmousewheel 53 scrollingwithmousewheel 18,57 zoomingwithmousewheel 18,55 Move3Dcommand 264 MovebyPointstool 265,514,517 Movecommand 263,513 MovePagetool 54,896 MovePolygonHandlesmode(Reshapetool) 305 Movies SeeAnimations Movingobjects,shortcutfor 19 MultipleExtrudecommand 298
creatingcustomlinethicknesses 534 settingdefaultsforaclass 110 LineThicknesscommand 534 Linetool 214 Lines convertingobjectsto 289 convertingtodimensions 730 creatingacircletangenttothree 225 creatingbreaklines 218 creatingcolinear 746 creatingdouble 215,247 creatinghorizontalorvertical 744 creatingparallel 745 creatingperpendicular 745 creatingsingle 213 creatingtangent 748 dividingintosegments 348 leaderline 375 scalingwhiledrawing 214 LinkTexttoRecordcommand 197 Linking designlayers 784 fileswithworkgroupreferencing 121 symboltexttoarecord 197 ListSymbolscommand 203 LitFog(Renderworksbackground) 631 LocateinResourceBrowsercommand 169 Loci displayinglociobjects 20 effectswhenaligningordistributingobjects 293 extractingfrom3Dobjects 420 in2D 255 in3D 255 markingcentroidsofobjectswith 346 Locking Databarvalueswhensnapping 152 objects 282 LoftSurfacetool 404,896 Loggingprogramtime 21,27 LowerLeftIsometriccommand 575 LowerLeftRearIsometriccommand 575 LowerRightIsometriccommand 575 LowerRightRearIsometriccommand 575
M
Magnification SeeZooming
Index |
937
N
NarrowPerspectivecommand 578 Nestedgroups 291 Networkprotection ii Newcommand 39 Newfeatures inRenderworks ix inVectorworks iii NextView(onViewbar) 7,592 NoSmoothingcommand 279 Noneclass 105 NormalofNURBSsurface,showing 398 NormalPerspectivecommand 578 NormalScalecommand 57 Nudging shortcutfor 19 symbolsinwalls 513 NURBSarc 229 NURBScircle 224 NURBSCurvetool 400 NURBSobjects analyzing 422 combiningtwoobjects 331 composingmultipleobjects 280 connectingtoaboundaryobject 328,331 creatingcontours 434 creatingcurves 400 creatingdrapesurfaces 411 creatingfilletsurfacesbetween 412 creatinghelixesorspirals 432 creatinginterpolatedsurfaces 402 creatingplanarcaps 417 creatingshellsfromsurfaces 442 creatingsurfacesbyrevolvingprofiles 417 creatingsurfacesfromcurves 410 creatingtaperedextrudesfrom 300 decomposing 281 editingfillets/chamfers/shells 399 editingsurfacepropertiesof 419 extending 431 extractingcurvesfromsolidedges 420 extractingsurfacesfromsolidfaces 420 overviewof 393 projectingandaddingsurfaces 429 projectingandsplittingsurfaces 428 projectingandtrimmingsurfaces 428 rebuilding 426
reshapingcurves 312 reshapinggeometry 435 reversingcurvedirection 399 selectingconnectedobjects 281 showingcurvedirection 399 showingsurfacenormals 398 splittingbyline 335 splittingbypoint 333 stitchingandtrimmingsurfaces 443 NURBSsurfaces reshaping 313 sectioning 344 UandVdirection 419
O
Objectattributes,default 80 ObjectInfopalette activating 258 assigningtextures(Rendertab) 257,623 boxpositionindicator 220,259 copyingandpastingdata 258 editingproperties(Shapetab) 258 editingrecordinformation(Datatab) 262 reshapingwith 261 Objects,editing adding(AddSolidscommand) 343 aligningin3D 293 aligninginscreen 292 aligningtogrid 294 aligningtotheworkingplane 605 applyingattributesto 525 applyingtexturesto 639 applyingtransparency 532 centeringin3D 294 centeringinscreenplane 293 chamfering(ChamferEdgetool) 399,438 chamfering(Chamfertool) 337 changingstackingorder 269 clipping(ClipSurfacecommand) 341 clipping(Cliptool) 319 clipping(IntersectSurfacecommand) 340 clipping(SubtractSolidscommand) 344 combining(CombineintoSurfacecommand) 341 combining(Composecommand) 280 combining(Connect/Combinetool) 326 convertingacopytolines 289 convertingacopytopolygons 290 convertingfrompreviousversions 45 convertingtogeneric 443
938
| Index
spacinginscreenplane 293 splitting 332 stitchingandtrimmingsurfaces 443 transferringattributes 526 trimming 319 ungrouping 291 unlocking 282 withObjectInfopalette 257 ObliqueCabinetcommand 577 ObliqueCavaliercommand 577 Offsettool 315 Offsetting duplicatedobjects 18,315 fromadatumpoint 143 fromasmartedge 144 symbolsinwalls 181 Opacity designlayer 100 interfaceelements 71 objects 532 OpenGLcommand 682 OpenGLrenderoptions 685 Operators,inObjectInfopalette 15 Orbitpointanimations 753 Ordinatedimensions 721 Organizationcommand 89,94 Origin disablingdraggingof 79 movingwithSetOriginButton 79 settingfordrawingarea 78 settingforsheetlayer 105 switchingbetween 79 usingtemporarydatumpoint 141 Orthogonalcommand 577 Ovaltool 227 Ovals creatingbybox 228 creatingbywidthandheight 228 extruded 228,233 markingcenterof 726 Overrides forclasspropertiesinsheetlayerviewports 780 forlayerpropertiesinsheetlayerviewports 777
convertingtolines 289 convertingtopolygons 289 creatingshellsfromsolids 399,441 customselectionwithascript 871 cutting/copying/pasting 112,268 decomposing 281 deleting 270 deselecting 58 distributingin3D 293 distributinginscreen 292 duplicating(DuplicateAlongPathcommand) 277 duplicating(DuplicateArraycommand) 273 duplicating(Duplicatecommand) 273 duplicating(MovebyPointstool) 265 enteringandexitingobjects 16 extractingsurfacesfromsolidfaces 420 extruding 297 filleting(FilletEdgetool) 399,439 filleting(Fillettool) 335 grouping 291 intersection(IntersectSolidscommand) 343 joining(Joincommand) 324 joining(WallJointool) 462,470 locking 282 mappingtexturesto 638 markingcenterof 726 measuring 709,722 measuringdistancesbetween 738 mirroring 286 moving(Move3Dcommand) 264 moving(MovebyPointstool) 265 moving(Movecommand) 263 moving(Selectiontool) 58 nudging 19,513 offsettingduplicatesof 315 preventingresizingof 742,743 preventingrotationof 744 reshaping(Freehandtool) 237 reshaping(Reshapetool) 302,308,310 reshapingsolids 434 resizing 58,320 rotating 282 scaling 321,322 sectioningsolids 344 selecting 58,396 selectingconnectedobjects 281 settingdefaultattributes 80 shearing 324 smoothing 279 spacingin3D 294
P
PageSetupcommand 81 Palettes
Index |
Attributes 80,525 Basic 9 color 567 docking 11,22 minimizing/maximizing 10 modifyingwithWorkspaceEditor 884 ObjectInfo 257 resettingsavedpositions 10,23 resizing 5 ResourceBrowser 159 savingpositionsof 10,888 Snapping 133 specifyingmarginsfor 10,23 toolpalettefeatures 11 ToolSets 9 VectorScript 877 visualization 705 WorkingPlanes 602 Pantool 53,896 Panning,shortcutfor 19 Parallelobjects creatingwithConstrainParalleltool 745 creatingwithOffsettool 315 Parametricconstraints deleting 748 descriptionof 740 dimensionalconstraints 741 editing 748 errors 750 geometricconstraints 744 hiding 20,740 Parasolidmodelingkernel,convertingoldfilesto 49,50 PasteasPicturecommand 269 Pastecommand 268 PasteCriteriacommand 842,855 PasteFunctioncommand 842,854 PasteinPlacecommand 269 Paths creatingtextalong 362 duplicatingobjectsalong 277 editing 17 Patterns applyingtoobjects 530 defaultsforfile 531 settingdefaultsforaclass 109 Pausingthecurrenttool 15 Peaks addingtowalls 468 removingfromroofs 487 removingfromwalls 469 Penstyle applyingtoobjects 532 settingdefaultsforaclass 110 Perpendicularconstraints 745 Perspectivecommand(Projectionmenuoption) 577 Perspectivecommands(Viewmenu) 578 Perspective,andSheartool 324 Pillarcommand 461 Pillars,joiningtowalls 462 Planarobjects definition 207 extruding 208 Plane SeeWorkingplane,ActiveLayerplane Plants,adding(VBvisualPlanttool) 628 Pluginobjects creatingwithVectorScript 174 insertingfromatoolset 174 placingandediting 174 Pointlights 665 Polygons changingverticesof 306 combining 326 convertingto 289 creatingfromwalls 462 creatingroofsfrom 479 creatingwallsfrom 459 creatingwith2DPolygontool 242 creatingwith3DPolygontool 249 extruded 246 hidingandshowingedgesof 308 movinghandlesof 305 regular(equalsided) 248 smoothingcornersof 279 usingdoublelines 247 Polylinetool 234,896 Polylines changingverticesof 306 combining 326 convertingtextto 362 creatingfromwalls 462 creatingroofsfrom 479 creatingspirals 239 creatingwithFreehandtool 236 creatingwithPolylinetool 234 editing 310
939
940
| Index
resolution(documentpreference) 32 resolution(EditSheetLayersdialog) 105 resolution(Printdialogoption) 84 scaling 83 showingpageboundaries 82 worksheets 843 Profilesofobjects,editing 17 Projecttool 427,896 Projectioncommands 577 Propertiescommand 35 Properties,engineering 345 Props,usingimagesas 626 Protractortool 739 Purgecommand 270 Push/pullmode 208 Push/Pulltool 434,896
extruded 236 hidingandshowingedgesof 308 movinghandlesof 305 smoothingcornersof 279 Postscript,printingwith 84 PowerPack,3D 393 Preferences,document Dimensionstab 30 Displaytab 29 Resolutiontab 31 Preferences,Quick 33 AutoJoinWalls 33 Autosave 33 BlackandWhiteOnly 33 BlackBackground 33 DataBarandEditGroupOptions 34 HideDetails 34 ShowAcquisitionHints 34 ShowGrid 34 ShowOtherObjectsWhileinEditModes 34 ShowPageBoundary 34 ShowRulers 34 UseLayerColors 34 ZoomLineThickness 34 Preferences,Vectorworks 3Dtab 23 Autosavetab 24 Displaytab 19 Edittab 17 Interactivetab 25 resetting 28 Sessiontab 21 UserFolderstab 27 Previewing animations 755,760 fileimage 42 hatches 547 textures 611 thumbnailicons(MacintoshQuickLook) 42 PreviousSelectioncommand 61 Previousview(onViewbar) 7,592 Printcommand 83 Printing descriptionofprintarea 81 displayingprintarea(FittoPageArea) 592 drawings 83 grid 136 printersetupfordrawings 83 printersetupforworksheets 843
Q
QuarterArctool 234 Quartzimaging(Macintosh) 20 QuickLook(Macintosh) filepreview 42 filethumbnail 42 QuickPreferences 33 AutoJoinWalls 33 Autosave 33 BlackandWhiteOnly 33 BlackBackground 33 DataBarandEditGroupOptions 34 HideDetails 34 ShowAcquisitionHints 34 ShowGrid 34 ShowOtherObjectsWhileinEditModes 34 ShowPageBoundary 34 ShowRulers 34 UseLayerColors 34 ZoomLineThickness 34 QuickTimeanimations 753 QuickTimefiles 802,803 QuickTimeVRObjectcommand 792 QuickTimeVRPanoramacommand 792 Quitcommand 51
R
RadialDimensiontool 723,896 Radians,settingasdocumentangleunits 76
Index |
Radius constraining 741 dimensioning 725 editingin2Dobjects 302 editingin3Dobjects 310 offillets 336 RadiusSmoothingcommand 280 Rails loftingsurfaceswith 404 revolvingprofilesalong 417 Rasterizingprintoutput 85 RebuildNURBScommand 426 Recalculatecommand 842 Recordformats attaching 193 attachingtosymbols 199 changingallfieldvaluesforasymbol 201 changingonefieldforasymbol 200 creating 191 detachingfromsymbols 200 editing 195 editingforobjects 262 linkingtextwithinasymbolto 197 purgingunused 271 retrievingdataforworksheets 860 viewingdetailsof 262 Rectangletool 218 Rectangles creating 218 extruding 221 markingcenterof 726 rounded 221 rounded,extruded 223 RectangularTubingtool 500 Redocommand 53 Referencegrid definitionof 77 settingsfor 135 ReferenceMarkertool 391 Referencepoint(2Dlocus) 255 Referencing SeeWorkgroupreferences Reflectivityshaders definitionof 609 importingimagesfor 615 typesof 922 Refreshingthedrawingview 53 RegularPolygontool 248 RemoveWallBreakstool 470 Renaming VectorScript 876 workingplaneposition 604 RenderBitmaptool 19,701,897 RenderModes(onViewbar) 681,689 Rendersettings,saving 115 Renderingtime,optimizing 659 RenderingwithVectorworks cancelingarenderprocess 681 linerenderoptions 686 OpenGLoptions 685 smoothingmeshobjects 30 Renderworks advancedlighting 674 applyingandmappingtextures 257,635 applyingRenderworksbackgrounds 656 artisticoptions 695 batchrendering 703 cancelingabatchrender 705 cancelingarenderprocess 689 conductingshadowanalysis 664 creatingimageprops 626 creatinglayerbackgrounds 629 creatingtexturesandshaders 609 customoptions 694 editingtexturesandshaders 622 exportingrendereddrawings 799 optimizingperformance 659 preparingtorender 681 previousversionfiles 608 purgingunusedbackgrounds 271 renderingaselectedarea 701 renderingmodes 689 settingacameraview 586 smoothingmeshobjects 30 summaryofcommandsandtools 607 RenderworksCameratool 586 Renderworksstyles 690 applying 693 creating 690 defaultcontentfor 158 editing 693 Reports,creating 833 Resetting savedsettings 23 Vectorworkspreferences 28
941
942
| Index
default 157 deletingsymbols 190 editingreferenced 130 editingsymbols 185 finding 167 findingfromdrawing 169 identifyingduplicate 169 importingorreferencingfromanotherfile 165 importingsymbols 189 insertingsymbols 178 linkingtofavoritefiles 166,172 movingsymbols 188 purgingunused 270 usingworkgroupreferencingfor 121,128 VectorScriptpalettes 877 VectorScripts 874 VectorworksFundamentalsandRenderworks objects 891 ReverttoSavedcommand 45 RevisionCloudtool 385 RevolvewithRailcommand 417 Ribs,creating 430 Rightcommand 575 RightIsometriccommand 575 RightRearIsometriccommand 575 RoofFacecommand 473 Rooffaces connecting 475 creating 473 creatingcutoutsin 477 reshaping 475 Roofs addingdormerwindowsto 487 addingskylightsto 490 addingverticesto 486 applyingtexturesbyclass 655 applyingtexturesbymapping 637 applyingtexturesto 640,655 changingtoaDutchhipshape 483 changingtoagableshape 482 creating 478 creatingcutoutsin 484 editing 480 removing3Dpeaksfrom 487 reshaping 484 Rotate3Dcommand 285 Rotate3DViewcommand 583 Rotatecommand 361
Reshapetool 302 Reshaping 2Dobjects(Freehandtool) 237 3Dpolygons 311 extrudesandsolidprimitives 310 NURBScurves 312 NURBSsurfaces 313 overview 302 preferencefornumberofhandles 18 roofobjects 484 walls 465 Resizing objects 310,320 objectsinteractively 59 Resolution forPDFexport(Quartzonly) 32 forPICTexport 32 forprinting(documentpreference) 32 forprinting(Printdialogbox) 84 forprintingandviewing(EditSheetLayers dialog) 105 forprinting,summaryof 86 forWMFexport 32 of2Dobjectdisplay 18 of3Dobjectdisplay 24 ofbitmapdisplay 32 ofprintedpatterns 85 ofrotatedtextdisplay 32 ResourceBrowser contextmenu 164,170 descriptionof 159 favorites 166,172 hidingandshowingresourcetypes 162 menucommands 170 opening 159 viewingthumbnailimages 161 ResourceBrowsercommand 159 Resources browsingdocumentsfor 165 creating 163 creatingandusinggradients 552 creatingandusinghatches 541 creatingandusingimagefills 557 creatingandusingtiles 541,548 creatinglibrariesof 172 creatingrecordformats 191 creatingsymbolfolders 188 creatingsymbols 175 creatingworksheetsfrom 836
Index |
RotateLeft90Degreescommand 285 RotateRight90Degreescommand 285 Rotatetool 282,361 RotateViewtool 582,897 RotatedRectangletool 220 Rotating 3Dviews 582 controllingdisplayduring 24 objectswithmouse 282 preventingrotationofobjects 744 symbols 181,183 unrotating3Dobjects 286 withSelectiontool 59,282 workingplane 600 RoundTubingtool 501 RoundWalltool 453 RoundedRectangletool 222,223 Rounding,settingsfor 75 RowHeightcommand 843 Rulers descriptionof 6 showingandhiding 19 RunVectorScriptcommand 875 interactive,multipleobjects 59 interactive,singleobject 59 normal 57 ofcallouts 375 ofdesignlayers 71 ScaleObjectscommand 321 Scaling objects 321 symbols 323 Screenplane,definition 207 Screentips 15 Scriptpalettes 877 Scripts SeeVectorScript Scrolling automatically 57 showingandhidingscrollbars 19 withmousewheel 18,57 withscrollbars 57 SectionSolidscommand 344 Sections,cutting 783 SelectAllcommand 61 SelectCoincidentObjectscommand 61 SelectConnectedObjectscommand 281 SelectDataItemscommand 845 SelectGuidescommand 78 SelectItemcommand 845 Selecting allvisibleobjects 61 coincidentobjects 61 connectedobjects 281 drawingobjectswithcustomselectionscripts 871 edgesandfaces 396 guides 78 highlightingandhandles 63,65 highlightingpreferences 26 modifierkeysfor 58 objects 58 previouslyselectedobjects 61 Selectiontoolcursors 897 text 359 Selectionbox definition 150 settingsfor 25 Selectiontool 58 SendBackwardcommand 270 SendForwardcommand 270
943
S
SaveaCopyAscommand 44 SaveAscommand 44 SaveAsTemplatecommand 80 Savecommand 43 SavePalettePositionscommand 10,162,889 SaveViewcommand 114 SavedViewspalette 117 Saving animations 755,761 autosavepreferences 24 files 43 filesautomatically 44 palettepositions 10 revertingtolastsavedversion 45 toolattributesasascript 872 workingplanelocation 604 Scale architecturalconversionchart 901 importing 825 inprintersetup 83 interactive,disable 59
944
| Index
assigningtotools 884 documentandobjectcontextmenus 883 exportingtoatextfile 881 forarrowkeys 19 forselectingmodesonToolbar 6 ShowGuidescommand 78 ShoworHideConstraintscommand 740 SimpleStairtool 522 Sitemodels caching 30 Sketchstyles purgingunused 271 Skylights addingarealightsfor 675 creating 490 Slabstyles purgingunused 271 Slottool 507 SmartEdgetool 143 Smartpointssnapping 141 SmartPointstool 141 SmartCursorcues listof 153 usingwithparametricconstrainttools 740 SmartCursorSettingscommand 133 Snapbox definitionof 150 settingsfor 25 Snapgrid aligningto 294 definitionof 77 settingsfor 135 Snaploupe 152 SnaptoAngletool 139 SnaptoDistancetool 145 SnaptoGridtool 135 SnaptoIntersectiontool 146 SnaptoObjecttool 137 SnaptoTangenttool 147 SnaptoWorkingPlanetool 147 Snapping acquisitionhints 150 controlling 148 coplanar 135 customizingdisplayof 65 example 147
SendtoBackcommand 270 SendtoCINEMA4D(3Donly)command 793 SendtoFrontcommand 270 Serialnumber i,23 Set3DViewcommand 585 SetCriteriacommand 844 SetLightingOptionscommand 661 SetOrigincommand 78 SetPerspectivecommand 578 SetRenderworksBackgroundcommand 657 SetSizecommand 362 SetSunPositioncommand 663,664 SetWorkingPlanetool 597,898 ShadedPolygoncommand 683 ShadedPolygonNoLinescommand 683 Shaders definitionof 608 editing 622 editingfromResourceBrowser 625 editingselected 624 imagebased 613 parameters 903 Shadowanalysis 664 Shadows area/linelightoption 676 customlightoption 680 CustomRenderworksoptions 695 lightsourceoptionfor 667,670 OpenGLoptionfor 685 ShaftBreaktool 506 Sheartool 324,898 SheetBordertool 376 Sheetborders addingacustomtitleblock(Fundamentals) 382 addingatitleblock 381 placing 376 propertiesof 378 Sheetlayers SeeLayers,sheet ShellSolidtool 441,898 Shortcuts assigningkeystomodes 887 assigningkeystotoolpalettes 884 assigningtocommands 881 assigningtomodes 887 assigningtosnapping 887
Index |
incongesteddrawing 152 lockingvalueswithDatabar 152 overviewof 147 settingparameters 133 SmartCursorcues 153 suspending 133 toangles 139 todistance 145 tointersection 146 toobject 113,137 toplanrotationangle 140 totangent 146 toworkingplane 147 typesofsnappoints 148 usingthesnaploupe 152 vectorlocks 151 withaudiblecues 21 withextensionlines 142 withsmartedge 143 withsmartpoints 141 Snappingpalette 133 Solidprimitives,reshaping 310 Soundcues,turningonandoff 21 SpaceNavigatormouse 584 Spacingobjects 293,294 Spellcheckingtext 367 Spheretool 251 Spiraltool 239 Spirals in2D(Spiraltool) 239 in3D(CreateHelixSpiralcommand) 432 Splittool 332 Spotlights 666 Spreadsheetcommand 844 Spreadsheetrows,addingtoworksheets 851 SquareTubingtool 502 Stackingorder ofdesignlayers 99 ofobjects 269 Stairs hidingdetails 29 Stairs,creating(SimpleStairtool) 522 StandardViewscommand 575 Standards forclassesandlayers 93 fordimensions 31,709 StartBatchRendercommand 704
945
StitchandTrimSurfacescommand 443 Structuralshapes,defaultcontentfor 158 SubtractSolidscommand 344 Sunlightlightingoptions 663 Surfaces SeeNURBSobjects Surveybearings 900 Sweepcommand 301 SymbolInsertiontool 179,898 Symbols activatingwithpickupmode 182 advantagesofusing 173 applyingtextureto 651 attachingrecordsto 193,199 black,blue,green,andred 173 changingallfieldsof 201 changingattributesof 202 changingonefieldvalue 200 convertingtoagroup 187 creating 175 creatingalistof 203 creatinganewfolderfor 188 creatingholesin3Dwalls 518 deleting 190 detachingrecordsfrom 200 dragginganddropping 179 editing 183 editingdefinitionof 185 editinginwalls 517 editingrecordvalues 197 editingwallinsertionoptions 186 importing 189 importingfoldersof 189 inserting 178,179 insertinginwalls(dragginganddropping) 512 insertinginwalls(DuplicateArraycommand) 511 insertinginwalls(DuplicateSymbolinWalltool) 509 insertionoptions 176 makingglobaledits 199 movinginwalls(MovebyPointstool) 514,517 movinginwalls(Movecommand) 513 movinginwalls(nudging) 513 movinginwalls(Selectiontool) 512 movingintofolders 188 overviewof 173 propertiesof 183 purgingunused 271 purgingunusedfolders 272 removingfromwall 183
946
| Index
TextAlongPathcommand 363 Textstyles defaultcontentfor 158 purgingunused 272 Texttool 353 Textures applyingbyclass 651 applyingtoanobject 639 applyingtoobjectparts 640 applyingtosymbols 652 applyingwithAttributeMappingtool 642 creating 609 decals 645 defaultcontentfor 158 definitionof 608 editingfromObjectInfopalette 622 editingfromResourceBrowser 625 orientationof 638 previewing 611 purgingunused 271 Tilefills applying 550 creatingnewfrommapped 563 defaultcontentfor 158 defining 548 editingdefinitions 552 mappingtilefills 561 purgingunused 272 settingdefaultsforaclass 109 Titlebar 5 Titleblocks addingtoasheetborder 381 customizingforFundamentals 382 defaultcontentfor 158 Toolbar,keyboardshortcutsfor 6 ToolSetspalette 9,11 Tools changingdisplayof 12 creatingcustomscriptsfor 872 cursorsfor 893 modifyingwithWorkspaceEditor 884 pausing 15 popouttools 12 resettingsavedmodesettings 23 selectingtoolsets 13 viewingmultipletoolsets 13 Topcommand 575 TopLevelcommand 292
T
Tabletcommand 86 Tabs,intext 356 Tangentconstraints 748 TapeMeasuretool 738 Taperedextrudes 300 Teetool 504 Templates changingthedefault 81 creatingnewdocumentsfrom 39 savingdocumentsas 80 Text activatingeditingmode 357 addingtabsto 356 checkingspellingof 367 convertingtopolylines 362 creatingalongapath 362 creatingasablock 354 creatingasasingleline 354 creatingrotated 355 creatingwithatightfill 356 cursorsforcreatingandediting 898 editingpropertiesof 358 findingandreplacing 369 formatting 359 formatting,indimensions 731 inanimations 761 incustomdimensions 711 insheetlayerviewports 775 inworksheets 847 keyboardshortcutsforediting 358 linkingtorecordformats 197 pasting 357 position,indimensions 735 preferenceforadjustingflippedtext 30 preferenceforcreatingwithoutfill 20 preferenceforeditingrotatedtexthorizontally 18,355 rotatingexisting 361 selecting 359 settingdefaultsfor 354 unrotatingforediting 358 wrapping 355,361 wrapping,inworksheets 847
Index |
Top/Plancommand 575 TraceBitmapcommand 296 Transfermode,designlayer 100 TranslateViewtool 581,898 Transparency designlayer 100 objects 532 Transparencyshaders definitionof 609 editing 624 importingimagesfor 617 typesof 924 Triangletool 241 Trimcommand 318 Trimtool 319,898 TrueTypetoPolylinecommand 362 VectorScript creatingcustomselectionscripts 871 creatingcustomtool/attributescripts 872 creatingscriptsfromscratch 874 deletingscripts 876 descriptionof 871 duplicatingscripts 876 editingscripts 875 encryptingscripts 877 exporting 792 importingscriptpalettes 189,878 importingscripts 790,877 movingscriptstonewpalettes 877 openingscripts 877 renamingscripts 876 runningscripts 874 stoppingscriptsonwarnings 21 VectorScriptPluginEditorcommand 174 Vectorworks convertingpreviousversionfiles 45 exiting 51 exportingpreviousversionfiles 793 installing i previousRenderworksfiles 608 resettingsavedsettings 23 serialnumberfor i,23 updating ii,22 VectorworksPreferencescommand 17 VectorworksServiceSelect xiv Verticalconstraints ConstrainHorizVerticaltool 744 ConstrainVerticalDistancetool 742 Vertices addingtoapolygonorpolyline 306 addingtoaroof 486 addingtoawall 468 changingtocontrolpoints 306 movingon2Dobjects 309 movingonaNURBSsurface 313 reducinginNURBS 426 removing 307 selecting 313 shearingwith 324 Viewbar 7 settingactiveclasswith 112 settingactivelayerwith 103 Viewports,sheetlayer addingannotationsanddimensionsto 775 advancedpropertiesof 768
947
U
UnconstrainedLinearDimensiontool 715 Undocommand 52 Undo,preferencesfor 21 Ungroupcommand 291,788 Units customizingforadrawing 76 forlinethicknesses 535 indimensions 723 inimportedDXF/DWGfiles 825 settingoptionsforadrawing 73 usingformeasurements 738 Unitscommand 73 Unlockcommand 78,282,786 Unrotate3DObjectscommand 286 UnshadedPolygoncommand 682 UpdateAllViewportscommand 783 UpdatePluginObjectscommand 45 UpdateSelectedViewportscommand 783 UpdatingVectorworks ii,22
V
VBvisualplant adding 628 defaultcontentfor3Dplants 158 VBvisualPlanttool 629 Vectorlocks 151 VectorCachingpreference 20
948
| Index
applyingtexturesbyclass 654 applyingtextureswithbasicmapping 640 attributesbyclass 450 automaticallyjoining 18,454 changingelevationofpeaks 467 changinglengthof 466 changingroundwallradius 469 changingtextureorientationon 638 creating 445 creatingcomponentsfor 455 creatingfromapolygon 459 creatingpolygonsfrom 462 creatingpolylinesfrom 462 creatingroofsfrom 478 defaultcontentfortextures 158 deletingcomponentsfrom 459 directionof 454 editingcomponentsin 458 editingpropertiesof 464 editingsymbolsin 517 editingsymbolstocreate3Dholes 518 hidingcomponents 29 insertingsymbolsin(dragginganddropping) 512 insertingsymbolsin(DuplicateArraycommand) 511 insertingsymbolsin(DuplicateSymbolinWall tool) 509 insertingsymbolsinto 59,179 joining 324,470 joiningtopillars 462 movingsymbolsin(MovebyPointstool) 514,517 movingsymbolsin(Movecommand) 513 movingsymbolsin(nudging) 513 movingsymbolsin(Selectiontool) 512 preferencesfor 447 removing3Dpeaksfrom 469 removingbreaksfrom 470 reshaping 465 reshapingheightof 467 round 453 straight 446 trimming 318 Watermarkedfiles 40,82 WhatsThiscommand 896 Wheelmouse panningwith 53 scrollingwith 18,57 zoomingwith 18,55 Whitecardrendering 695 Wideflangetool 505
ambientlightingoptionsfor 768 annotatingobjectswithfilledpolygons 245 cachingrenderingandradiosityimages 29,689 creatingfromadesignlayer 762 creatingwithacropobject 765 croppingexisting 774 editinganassociateddesignlayer 771 editingRWcamera 776 imagetoclipboard 771 movingandediting 770 overridingclassproperties 780 overridinglayerproperties 777 propertiesof 766 showingotherobjectswhileediting 20 statusdisplay 770 transferringattributesbetween 526 updating 782 Views aligningforalldesignlayers 788 changingwithFittoObjectscommand 591 changingwithRotate3DViewcommand 583 changingwithRotateViewtool 582 changingwithSet3DViewcommand 585 changingwithTranslateViewtool 581 changingwithWalkthroughtool 580 deletingsaved 114 descriptionof 2 editingsaved 116,117 openingsaved 117 panning 53 preferenceforcenteringautomatically 20 refreshingwithPantool 53 saving 114 settingwithRenderworksCameratool 586 switchingtonextandprevious 592 usingstandard 575 Visibilityofclassesanddesignlayers,setting 118 Visualizationpalettecommand 705 VolumetricPropertiescommand 346
W
Walkthroughtool 580,899 WallJointool 470 Wallstyles purgingunused 272 Walltool 446 Walls adding3Dpeaksto 468,486
Index |
WidePerspectivecommand 578 Windows,dormer 487 Wireframe 578,689 Wireframecommand 682 WireframeOptionscommand 683 Workflows DXF/DWGexport 808 DXF/DWGimport 818 snapping 147 symbols 173 workgroupreferencing 121 workspaceeditor 879 Workgroupfolders(Vectorworkspreference) 28 Workgroupreferences correctingbrokenlinks 127 creatingandediting(layerimport) 123 deleting 130 descriptionof 121 editingreferencedresources 130 openingreferencedfiles 131 prioritiesofmultiplefiles 126 settingreferencingoptions 122 updatingfrommasterfiles 126 usingresourcesfrommasterfiles 128,165 Workingplane aligningobjectsto 605 appearanceof 596 automatic 208,594 changingappearanceof 67 deletingposition 604 descriptionof 593 manipulating 600 mirroringobjectsacross 288 renamingposition 604 rotating 600 savingposition 604 settinglocationof 597 showingaxislabels 136 showingZaxis 136 switchingtopreviouspositions 603 viewandmodes 605 WorkingPlanespalette 602 Worksheets addingrowsorcolumnsto 841,843 creatingablankworksheet 836 creatingwithCreateReportcommand 833 cutting,copying,andpastingcellcontents 841 deletingrowsorcolumnsfrom 843 descriptionofcursorsfor 899 displayingdatabaseitem 845 editingcellcontents 839 enteringdataindatabaserows 857 enteringdatainspreadsheetcells 851 errorcodes 853 exportingdatafrom 869 formattingcellsof 846 formulasyntaxfor 852 functionsof 861 importingdatainto 868 keysformovingaroundin 838 listofcommandsfor 842 mergingcells 848 movingacopyofrowsandcolumns 841 movingrowsandcolumns 841 openingexisting 837 placingondrawing 838,870 preferencesfor 843 printing 843 recalculating 842 resizingrowsandcolumns 840 retrievingrecordinformationinarow 860 selectingcellsin 839 selectingobjectsusingdatabaserows 859 sortingcolumnsin 845 summarizingidenticalitemsin 845 usingcellreferencesinformulas 856 zooming 843 Worksheetscommand 837 Workspaceeditor contextmenus 883 menuandcommandshortcuts 881 overviewof 879 paletteandtoolshortcuts 884 snappingandmodeshortcuts 887 WorkspaceEditorcommand 879 Workspaces creatingandediting 879 duplicating 880 exportingtotextfile 881 featuresof 4 migratingcustom 889
949
Z
Zoomcommand 843 Zoomtool 55 Zooming interactive 56 marquee 56
950
| Index
preferenceforlinethickness 20 withFittoObjectscommand 591 withFittoPageAreacommand 592 withthemousewheel 18,55 withtheViewbar 8,55 withtheZoomtool 55 Zoomtoolcursors 899